openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

May 2016

8 participants
57 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95817 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 May '16

10 May '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-05-10 17:43:29 +0200 (Tue, 10 May 2016) New Revision: 95817 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:39:47 UTC (rev 95816) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:43:29 UTC (rev 95817) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:06+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 17:43+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -47,22 +47,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les imatges abocades" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les " +"imatges abocades" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només " +"\"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli del kdump." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli " +"del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la " +"línia d'ordres predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 @@ -77,7 +91,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es conserven tots." +msgstr "" +"Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es " +"conserven tots." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -91,8 +107,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que " +"inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -127,7 +147,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" +msgstr "" +"El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 @@ -136,8 +157,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema " +"de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -176,8 +201,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només significa \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només " +"significa \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -186,8 +215,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. " +"Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -212,7 +245,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "" +"El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 @@ -323,7 +357,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els vells" +msgstr "" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els " +"vells" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -366,10 +402,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Cal reiniciar l'ordinador per aplicar els canvis." @@ -416,8 +450,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo\"." +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo" +"\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 @@ -739,11 +776,13 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilita/Inhabilita el Kdump \n" -" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" +" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre " +"de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" " Per aplicar els canvis cal reiniciar l'ordinador. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -760,10 +799,20 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Abocament de maquinari assistit \n" -" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." +" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es " +"fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari " +"assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a " +"arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu " +"aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és " +"adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -784,37 +833,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Format d'abocament \n" " Sense abocament - Només desa el registre del nucli. \n" " Forma tELF - Crea un fitxer d'abocament en format ELF. \n" -" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines amb gzip. \n" -" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més ràpid. \n" +" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines " +"amb gzip. \n" +" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més " +"ràpid. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinació del desament de la imatge del Kdump \n" -" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el tipus. " +" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el " +"tipus. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de fitxers local.\n" -" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" +"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de " +"fitxers local.\n" +" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de " +"desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump " +"mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -825,14 +884,18 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant FTP.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor FTP.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +"connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" " Habilita l'FTP anònim habilita la connexió anònima al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la connexió ftp. " +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -844,7 +907,8 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la màquina de destinació.\n" +"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la " +"màquina de destinació.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Port - El número de port per a la connexió.\n" " Directori al servidor - El camí per desar les imatges del kdump.\n" @@ -875,7 +939,8 @@ "by default." msgstr "" "La tria entre SSH i SFTP depèn\n" -"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per a ambdós\n" +"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per " +"a ambdós\n" "per defecte." #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 @@ -887,7 +952,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Desa la imatge del kdump a l'NFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -902,9 +968,12 @@ "CIFS - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant CIFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Compartició exportada - El nom de compartició del Windows.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la connexió. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" +" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al " +"servidor.\n" +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -913,7 +982,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli personalitzat.\n" +"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli " +"personalitzat.\n" " L'esquema de denominació és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz]\n" " Introduïu només cadena_nucli. " @@ -935,7 +1005,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +"d'ordres predeterminada. \n" " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" " \n" @@ -953,11 +1024,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " +"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " +"vells. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -976,48 +1050,68 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després d'un abocament." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després " +"d'un abocament." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor SMTP està\n" -" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor " +"SMTP està\n" +" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, " +"es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el servidor SMTP. Això és\n" -" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el " +"servidor SMTP. Això és\n" +" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà " +"servir SMTP pla.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un " +"missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces electròniques\n" -" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un abocament.\n" +"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces " +"electròniques\n" +" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un " +"abocament.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es " +"guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" "d'abocament el supera se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1036,7 +1130,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" +"p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1079,7 +1174,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un Kdump:</big> \n" "Escolliu un kdump de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" +"b>.\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1090,7 +1186,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1207,19 +1304,40 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de reescriure?" +msgstr "" +"L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de " +"reescriure?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Usa l'a&bocament de maquinari assistit" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" +"El Kdump no s'admet en aquest sistema.\n" +"Si continueu ara, el mòdul pot no funcionar correctament.\n" +"Per exemple, alguns paràmetres no es llegiran correctament\n" +"i la configuració resultant probablement serà inútil.\n" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "El Kdump no s'admet" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1228,129 +1346,133 @@ "Vegeu %{log} per a més detalls." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Llegint el fitxer de configuració..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Llegint les opcions d'arrencada del nucli..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Calculant els límits de memòria..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Llegint les particions dels discos..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Llegint la memòria disponible i calibrant-ne l'ús..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el fitxer de configuració /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "No s'han pogut llegir les opcions d'arrencada del nucli." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir la memòria disponible." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Actualitza les opcions d'arrencada" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Actualitzant les opcions d'arrencada..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No s'han pogut escriure els paràmetres." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Ha fallat l'addició del paràmetre crashkernel al gestor d'arrencada." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Estat del Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitat" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitat" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valor(s) de l'opció crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Format de l'abocament: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Destinació dels abocaments: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha %{available} disponibles." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha " +"%{available} disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1358,8 +1480,10 @@ "No es pot usar l'abocament de maquinari assistit.\n" "No té suport en aquest maquinari." -#~ msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -#~ msgstr "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." #~ msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" #~ msgstr "Memòria total del sistema (en MB):" @@ -1379,8 +1503,12 @@ #~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" #~ msgstr "Valor de l'opció crashkernel: %1" -#~ msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -#~ msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " +#~ "ssh, nfs, cifs" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer " +#~ "(sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" #~ msgid "SSH (scp)" #~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" @@ -1395,9 +1523,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "SSH - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant SSH.\n" #~ " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" -#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" +#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +#~ "connexió.\n" +#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges " +#~ "del kdump.\n" +#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. " +#~ "Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "El paquet de les kexec-tools no està disponible." @@ -1411,8 +1542,10 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format d'abocament \n" -#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de l'abocament individualment.\n" -#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF " +#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de " +#~ "l'abocament individualment.\n" +#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF </" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "No s'admet aquesta arquitectura; no s'ha afegit \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1426,11 +1559,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " +#~ "line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" -#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" +#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +#~ "d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump</" +#~ "i>.\n" #~ " \n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95816 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 May '16

10 May '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-05-10 17:39:47 +0200 (Tue, 10 May 2016) New Revision: 95816 Added: trunk/yast/ca/po/journalctl.ca.po Log: Added: trunk/yast/ca/po/journalctl.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/journalctl.ca.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/journalctl.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:39:47 UTC (rev 95816) @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 17:39+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"Language: ca\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Entrades del diari" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "Es mostren les entrades amb el text següent:" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Canvia el filtre..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Refresca" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Entrades per mostrar" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Registre d'entrades..." + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtres" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "des de l'arrencada anterior" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "des de l'arrencada del sistema" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "unitat (%s)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "fitxer (%s)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "prioritat (%s)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "sense condicions addicionals" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "filtrant per %s" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Des de l'arrencada del sistema" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "Des de l'arrencada anterior" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "Per a aquesta unitat de systemd" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "Per a aquest fitxer (executable o dispositiu)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "Amb aquesta prioritat com a mínim" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Hora" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Font" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Missatge"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95815 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 May '16

10 May '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-05-10 17:24:42 +0200 (Tue, 10 May 2016) New Revision: 95815 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:07:57 UTC (rev 95814) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-lio-server.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:24:42 UTC (rev 95815) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 10:59+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 17:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.10\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" #. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Destinacions" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Grup del portal" @@ -99,154 +99,160 @@ msgstr "Camí" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" msgstr "Afegeix" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edita" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimeix" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" -msgstr "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" +msgstr "Iniciador" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" -msgstr "Mapa Lun" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" +msgstr "Mapatge LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Auth" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Edita LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Edita Auth" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Copia" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Sense autenticació" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Autenticació d'entrada" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nom d'usuari" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contrasenya" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Autenticació de sortida" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "En arr&encar" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualment" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durant l'arrencada" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualment" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "Estat de TPG" + # KE #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clau" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Resum de la destinació de l'iSCSI LIO" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Destinació de l'iSCSI</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "Afegeix una destinació d'iSCSI" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" -msgstr "Modifica la configuració del client de destinació d'iSCSI" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" +msgstr "Modifica la configuració de l'iniciador de la destinació d'iSCSI" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Modifica la configuració de destinació Lun d'iSCSI" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuració avançada de la destinació d'iSCSI" @@ -256,7 +262,8 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Iniciant la configuració de la destinació de l'iSCSI LIO</big> \n" +"<big>Iniciant la configuració de la destinació de l'iSCSI LIO</big></" +"b> \n" "Espereu, si us plau... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -266,7 +273,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " +"Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -316,7 +324,8 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'una destinació d'iSCSI</big> \n" -"Seleccioneu una destinació iSCSI de la llista de destinacions iSCSI detectades.\n" +"Seleccioneu una destinació iSCSI de la llista de destinacions iSCSI " +"detectades.\n" "Si no s'ha detectat la vostra, feu servir Altres (no detectades)\n" "i després premeu Configura.\n" @@ -328,7 +337,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -338,8 +348,10 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resum de la configuració de les destinacions de l' iSCSI</big> \n" -"Obteniu un resum de les destinacions de l'iSCSI instal·lades i, a més a més,\n" +"<big>Resum de la configuració de les destinacions de l' iSCSI</big></" +"b> \n" +"Obteniu un resum de les destinacions de l'iSCSI instal·lades i, a més a " +"més,\n" "editeu-ne les configuracions. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 @@ -383,7 +395,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n" +"No és possible. Primer cal fer-ne la codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -399,92 +411,155 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació. Useu Sense autenticació o Entrant i Sortint (poden ser les dues alhora). Després introduïu l'Usuari i la Contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " +"User and Password." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació. Useu Sense autenticació o " +"Entrant i Sortint (poden ser les dues alhora). Després " +"introduïu l'Usuari i la Contrasenya." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Useu Afegeix per donar accés a un client per a un LUN importat des d'un grup de portal de destinació. Especifiqueu quin client té permís per accedir-hi (el nom del client és l'InitiatorName a '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' a l'iniciador iscsi). Suprimeix eliminarà l'accés del client al LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " +"imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " +"InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete " +"will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Useu Afegeix per donar a un iniciador (client iSCSI) accés a un " +"LUN importat des\n" +"d'un grup de portal de destinació. Especifiqueu quin iniciador té permís per " +"connectar-hi (useu InitiatorName\n" +"de \"/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi\" a l'iniciador iscsi). Suprimeix " +"eliminarà l'accés de l'iniciador al LUN." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "Amb Edita LUN es pot modificar el mapatge LUN. Tigueu present que el número de destinació LUN ha de ser únic. Després de prémer Edita Auth, seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació. Useu Entrant, Sortint o ambdós junts. Després introduïu l'Usuari i la Contrasenya. Si Usa autenticació està inhabilitat al diàleg anterior, Edita Auth està inhabilitat aquí." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to " +"set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth</" +"b> is disabled here." +msgstr "" +"Amb Edita LUN es pot modificar el mapatge LUN. Tigueu present que " +"el número de destinació LUN ha de ser únic. Després de prémer Edita " +"Auth, seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació. Useu Entrant, " +"Sortint o ambdós junts. Després introduïu l'Usuari i la " +"Contrasenya. Si us plau, assegureu-vos d'establir valors diferents " +"per a l'autenticació d'entrada i de sortida.\n" +"Si Usa autenticació està inhabilitat al diàleg anterior, Edita " +"Auth està inhabilitat aquí." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Copia ofereix la possibilitat de donar accés al LUN a un client addicional." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " +"to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Copia ofereix la possibilitat de donar accés al LUN a un iniciador " +"addicional." #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" -"Llista de destinacions i grups de portal de destinació oferts. Premeu Afegeix per crear una destinació nova.\n" -"Per suprimir un ítem o modificar-lo, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Edita o Suprimeix." +"Llista de destinacions i grups de portal de destinació oferts. Premeu " +"Afegeix per crear una destinació nova.\n" +"Per suprimir un ítem o modificar-lo, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Edita o " +"Suprimeix." #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Configuració de la IP / Port de la destinació d'iSCSI i LUN</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"És possible fer disponibles blocs de dispositius arbitraris o fitxers sota un LUN.\n" +"És possible fer disponibles blocs de dispositius arbitraris o fitxers sota " +"un LUN.\n" "Heu de proporcionar un camí als dispositius de bloc o fitxers. \n" -"El nom LUN és un nom arbitrari per identificar únicament el LUN. \n" -"Cal que el nom sigui únic dins el grup de portarl de destinació. Si l'usuari\n" +"El nom LUN és un nom arbitrari per identificar únicament el LUN</" +"b>. \n" +"Cal que el nom sigui únic dins el grup de portarl de destinació. Si " +"l'usuari\n" "no proporciona el nom per al LUN, es genera automàticament." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Sota l'Adreça IP i Número de Port especifiqueu sota quina adreça i port\n" +"Sota l'Adreça IP i Número de Port especifiqueu sota quina " +"adreça i port\n" "el servei estarà disponible. Per defecte, el número de port és 3260.\n" "Només són possibles les adreces IP assignades a una de les targetes de xarxa." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "Creeu una destinació nova. Reemplaceu els valors de plantilla pels valors correctes." +msgstr "" +"Creeu una destinació nova. Reemplaceu els valors de plantilla pels valors " +"correctes." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"És possible fer disponibles blocs de dispositius arbitraris o fitxers sota un lun. \n" +"És possible fer disponibles blocs de dispositius arbitraris o fitxers sota " +"un lun. \n" "Heu de proporcionar un camí als dispositius de bloc o fitxers. \n" -"El nom LUN és un nom arbitrari per identificar únicament el LUN. \n" -"Cal que el nom sigui únic dins el grup de portarl de destinació. Si l'usuari\n" +"El nom LUN és un nom arbitrari per identificar únicament el LUN</" +"b>. \n" +"Cal que el nom sigui únic dins el grup de portarl de destinació. Si " +"l'usuari\n" "no proporciona el nom per al LUN, es genera automàticament." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "És possible afegir, editar o suprimir totes les opcions de configuració addicionals." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"És possible afegir, editar o suprimir totes les opcions " +"de configuració addicionals." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Editeu el nombre LUN si cal, establiu el Tipus (nullio és per a fer-ne proves).\n" -"Si Type=fileio establiu el Camí al dispositiu de disc o fitxer.SCSI IDi Sectors són opcionals." +"Editeu el nombre LUN si cal, establiu el Tipus (nullio és per " +"a fer-ne proves).\n" +"Si Type=fileio establiu el Camí al dispositiu de disc o fitxer." +"SCSI IDi Sectors són opcionals." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -503,8 +578,8 @@ msgstr "Contrasenya no vàlida." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" -msgstr "El Lun seleccionat ja s'està utilitzant!" +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" +msgstr "El LUN seleccionat ja s'està utilitzant!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" @@ -512,7 +587,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "El camí seleccionat ha de ser o bé un dispositiu de bloc o un fitxer normal!" +msgstr "" +"El camí seleccionat ha de ser o bé un dispositiu de bloc o un fitxer normal!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" @@ -531,8 +607,8 @@ msgstr "Seleccioneu un fitxer o un dispositiu" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" -msgstr "Client Lun" +msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgstr "Iniciador de LUN" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 msgid "Target LUN" @@ -551,8 +627,8 @@ msgstr "Cal habilitar com a mínim una autenticació!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "Nom del client:" +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "Nom de l'iniciador:" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" @@ -560,22 +636,22 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" -msgstr "El nom del client no pot estar en blanc!" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" +msgstr "El nom de l'iniciador no pot estar en blanc!" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" -msgstr "Ja existeix el nom del client!" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" +msgstr "Ja existeix el nom de l'iniciador!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" -msgstr "Nom del nou client:" +msgid "New initiator name:" +msgstr "Nom de l'iniciador nou:" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" @@ -585,99 +661,105 @@ msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Anul·la" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Habilitat" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Inhabilitat" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir l'element seleccionat?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Problema creant la destinació %1 amb tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Problema establint el portal de xarxa a %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Error en eliminar lun %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Problema establint lun %1 (name:%2) al camí %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Problema establint auth de %1:%2 a %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "La destinació no pot estar en blanc." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "El grup de portal de destinació no pot estar en blanc." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "La destinació ja existeix." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Entrant" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Sortint" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "None" msgstr "Cap" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Inhabilitat" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -"No hi ha cap client especificat.\n" -"Per permetre que un client entri a la destinació; si us plau,\n" +"No hi ha cap iniciador especificat.\n" +"Per permetre que un iniciador entri a la destinació; si us plau,\n" "useu el botó \"afegeix\" i introduïu-ne el nom\n" "(vegeu /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi a initiator).\n" -"Realment voleu continuar sense accés de client?" +"Realment voleu continuar sense accés d'iniciador?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "Problema suprimint lun %4 per al client %3 a %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "Problema suprimint LUN %4 per a l'iniciador %3 a %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "Problema afegint lun %4:%5 per al client %3 a %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "Problema afegint LUN %4:%5 per a l'iniciador %3 a %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" -msgstr "Problema suprimint el client %3 de %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" +msgstr "Problema suprimint l'iniciador %3 de %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" -msgstr "Problema en crear el client %3 per a %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" +msgstr "Problema en crear l'iniciador %3 per a %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "Problema canviant auth per al client %3 a %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "Problema canviant auth per a l'iniciador %3 a %1:%2" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 @@ -690,11 +772,11 @@ msgstr "Iniciant..." #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "No es pot desar la configuració de lio" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "No es pot desar la configuració de tcm" @@ -795,6 +877,18 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resum de la configuració..." +#~ msgid "Client" +#~ msgstr "Client" + +#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#~ msgstr "Modifica la configuració del client de destinació d'iSCSI" + +#~ msgid "Client Lun" +#~ msgstr "Client Lun" + +#~ msgid "Client name:" +#~ msgstr "Nom del client:" + #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "Executa el SuSEconfig"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95814 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 May '16

10 May '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-05-10 17:07:57 +0200 (Tue, 10 May 2016) New Revision: 95814 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:06:04 UTC (rev 95813) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/iscsi-client.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:07:57 UTC (rev 95814) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 17:18+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 17:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ msgstr "Edita" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Disconnect" -msgstr "Desconnecta" +msgid "Log Out" +msgstr "Surt" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -127,6 +127,9 @@ msgstr "Descobreix" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +msgid "Log In" +msgstr "Entra" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Connecta't" @@ -209,8 +212,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Iniciador de l'iSCSI</h1>" @@ -239,7 +242,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici</big> \n" -"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"Per interrompre de forma segura la utilitat de configuració, premeu " +"Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -282,7 +286,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'un iniciador de l'iSCSI</big> \n" "Seleccioneu un iniciador de l'iSCSI de la llista d'iniciadors detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, feu servir Altres (no detectats)\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, feu servir Altres (no " +"detectats)\n" "i després premeu Configura'ls.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -293,7 +298,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podeu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -303,7 +309,8 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big> \n" +"<big>Resum de la configuració dels iniciadors de l' iSCSI</big></" +"b> \n" "Obtingueu un resum dels iniciadors de l'iSCSI instal·lats i, a més a més,\n" "editeu-ne les configuracions. \n" @@ -329,49 +336,86 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." -msgstr "Llista de sessions actuals.Useu el botó Afegeix per obtenir objectius addicionals. S'inicia un discobriment per detectar objectius nous i el mode d'inici d'objectius ja connectats es manté sense canvis. Use Desconnecta per cancel·lar la connexió i, amb això, eliminar l'objectiu de la llista. Per canviar l'estat de l'inici, premeu Edita." +msgid "" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" +"b>.\n" +"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" +"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +msgstr "" +"Llista de sessions actuals. Per afegir un nou dispositiu, premeu Afegeix</" +"b>.\n" +"Per suprimir-ne un, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Surt.\n" +"Per canviar l'estat d'inici, premeu Commuta.\n" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advertiment</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr "Quan accediu a un dispositiu iSCSI de LECTURA/ESCRIPTURA, assegureu-vos que aquest accés és exclusiu. En cas contrari, hi ha un risc potencial de corrupció de dades.\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.\n" +msgstr "" +"Quan accediu a un dispositiu iSCSI de LECTURA/ESCRIPTURA, " +"assegureu-vos que aquest accés és exclusiu. En cas contrari, hi ha un risc " +"potencial de corrupció de dades.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"El nom de l'iniciador és un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"En cas que tingueu iBFT, aquest valor s'afegirà des d'allà i només el podeu canviar a la configuració de BIOS." +"ElNom de l'iniciador és un valor d' <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>.\n" +"Si teniu iBFT, aquest valor s'afegirà des d'allà i no el podreu canviar " +"(només des de la configuració de la BIOS)." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu utilitzar l'iSNS (Servei de noms d'emmagatzematge d'Internet) per trobar objectius en lloc de fer servir el mètode predeterminat de SendTargets,\n" -"introduïu l'adreça IP del servidor iSNS i el port. És recomanable que el port predeterminat sigui el 3205.\n" +"Si voleu utilitzar l'iSNS (Servei de noms d'emmagatzematge " +"d'Internet) per trobar objectius en lloc de fer servir el mètode " +"predeterminat de SendTargets,\n" +"introduïu l'adreça IP del servidor iSNS i el port. És recomanable que el " +"port predeterminat sigui el 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " +"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu l'adreça IP del servidor iSCSI de destinació.\n" -"Canvieu-ne només el Port si cal. Per a l'autenticació, useu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya. Si no us cal l'autenticació,\n" -"seleccioneu Sense Autenticació.\n" +"Introduïu l' adreça IP del servidor descobert.\n" +"Només canvieu el Port si cal. Quant a l'autenticació, feu servir el " +"Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya. Si no us cal l'autenticació,\n" +"seleccioneu l'opció Sense autenticació.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "Llista de nodes oferts per el dispositiu iSCSI. Seleccioneu un element i feu clic a Connecta't. " +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"Connect. " +msgstr "" +"Llista de nodes oferts per el dispositiu iSCSI. Seleccioneu un element i feu " +"clic a Connecta't. " +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " +"Password." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació i introduïu el Nom d'usuari i la " +"Contrasenya." + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Inici</h1>" @@ -380,31 +424,32 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"Manual és per a objectius iSCSI que no s'han de connectar per defecte,\n" +"Manual és per a objectius iSCSI que no s'han de connectar per " +"defecte,\n" "l'usuari ho ha de fer manualment.\n" -"En arrencar és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar durant l'arrencada, per exemple, quan\n" +"En arrencar és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar durant " +"l'arrencada, per exemple, quan\n" "l'arrel és en iSCSI. Així serà evaluat per initrd.\n" -"Automàtic és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar quan s'iniciï el servei iSCSI.\n" +"Automàtic és per a objectius iSCSI que s'han de connectar quan " +"s'iniciï el servei iSCSI.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 -msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" -msgstr "<h1>Autenticació</h1>" - +#. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." -msgstr "La configruació per defecte aquí és Sense autenticació. Desmarqueu la casella si us cal autenticació per motius de seguretat. Introduïu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya per a \"Incoming Authentication\", \"Outgoing Authentication\" o per a ambdues.Atenció: l'autenticació d'entrada aquí té correlació amb l'autenticació de sortida a la banda del servidor iSCSI de destinació i a la inversa." +msgid "" +"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " +"to any target." +msgstr "" +"Llista de dispositius descoberts. Feu una nova cerca amb Descobreix o " +"bé feu clic a Connecta't per a connectar-vos a qualsevol dispositiu." -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." -msgstr "Aquesta pantalla mostra la llista d'objectius descoberts.Useu el botó Descobreix per obtenir objectius iSCSI disponibles des d'un servidor especificat amb l'adreça IP. Connecta a un objectiu per establir la connexió. Si l'entrada ha tingut èxit la columna Connectat mostra l'estat \"cert\" i l'objectiu apareixerà a la pantalla Dispositius connectats. Per eliminar un objectiu useu el botó Suprimeix. Pista: només és possible l'eliminació per als que no estan connectats. Si cal, marqueu Desconnecta a Dispositius connectats primer.Atenció: iniciar una altra vegada el procés Descobreix significa fer un redescobriment d'objectius que possiblement canviarà el mode d'inici dels que ja estan connectats (a \"manual\", per defecte). Canvieu a la pantalla Dispositius connectats i useu el botó Afegeix si voleu afegir-ne de nous sense canviar el mode d'inici." - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -455,39 +500,31 @@ msgstr "El camp del port no pot estar buit" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 -msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" -msgstr "Nom de l'iniciador incorrecte" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 msgid "" -"\n" +"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" +"El nom de l'iniciador és incorrecte.\n" +"La sintaxi correcta és\n" +"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identificador]\n" +"o bé eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identificador]\n" "\n" -"La sinaxi correcta és\n" -"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" -"o eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" -"\n" "Exemple:\n" -"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -"\n" -"Voleu usar el nom?\n" +"iiqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Inseriu l'adreça IP." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Inseriu el port." @@ -496,36 +533,40 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "Cert" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "Fals" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "L'objectiu amb aquest nom ja està connectat. Assegureu-vos que l'opció de dispositius multicamí està habilitada per prevenir la corrupció de dades." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"L'objectiu amb aquest nom ja està connectat. Assegureu-vos que l'opció de " +"dispositius multicamí està habilitada per prevenir la corrupció de dades." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continua" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Anul·la" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "El dispositiu ja està connectat." @@ -542,8 +583,12 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." +msgid "" +"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +"" +msgstr "" +"Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1</" +"b>." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -614,81 +659,141 @@ msgstr "tot" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom de l'iniciador de l'iBFT i d'/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi són diferents.\n" -"El nom de l'iniciador antic se substituirà pel valor de l'iBFT i es crearà una còpia de seguretat.\n" +"El nom de l'iniciador de l'iBFT i d'/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi són " +"diferents.\n" +"El nom de l'iniciador antic se substituirà pel valor de l'iBFT i es crearà " +"una còpia de seguretat.\n" "Si voleu utilitzar un nom d'iniciador diferent, canvieu-lo a la BIOS.\n" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 -msgid "Target connection failed.\n" -msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió amb la destinació.\n" - #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resum de la configuració..." -#~ msgid "Log Out" -#~ msgstr "Surt" +#~ msgid "Disconnect" +#~ msgstr "Desconnecta" -#~ msgid "Log In" -#~ msgstr "Entra" - #~ msgid "" -#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" -#~ "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" -#~ "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +#~ "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get " +#~ "additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " +#~ "start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use " +#~ "Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " +#~ "from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Llista de sessions actuals. Per afegir un nou dispositiu, premeu Afegeix.\n" -#~ "Per suprimir-ne un, seleccioneu-lo i premeu Surt.\n" -#~ "Per canviar l'estat d'inici, premeu Commuta.\n" +#~ "Llista de sessions actuals.Useu el botó Afegeix per " +#~ "obtenir objectius addicionals. S'inicia un discobriment per detectar " +#~ "objectius nous i el mode d'inici d'objectius ja connectats es manté sense " +#~ "canvis. Use Desconnecta per cancel·lar la connexió i, amb això, " +#~ "eliminar l'objectiu de la llista. Per canviar l'estat de l'inici, " +#~ "premeu Edita." #~ msgid "" -#~ "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -#~ "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +#~ "Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." +#~ "iscsi</tt>. \n" +#~ "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are " +#~ "only able to change it in the BIOS setup." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "ElNom de l'iniciador és un valor d' <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" -#~ "Si teniu iBFT, aquest valor s'afegirà des d'allà i no el podreu canviar (només des de la configuració de la BIOS)." +#~ "El nom de l'iniciador és un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/" +#~ "initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +#~ "En cas que tingueu iBFT, aquest valor s'afegirà des d'allà i només el " +#~ "podeu canviar a la configuració de BIOS." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -#~ "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +#~ "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" +#~ "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username</" +#~ "b> and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" #~ "select No Authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Introduïu l' adreça IP del servidor descobert.\n" -#~ "Només canvieu el Port si cal. Quant a l'autenticació, feu servir el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya. Si no us cal l'autenticació,\n" -#~ "seleccioneu l'opció Sense autenticació.\n" +#~ "Introduïu l'adreça IP del servidor iSCSI de destinació.\n" +#~ "Canvieu-ne només el Port si cal. Per a l'autenticació, useu el " +#~ "nom d'usuari i la contrasenya. Si no us cal " +#~ "l'autenticació,\n" +#~ "seleccioneu Sense Autenticació.\n" -#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus d'autenticació i introduïu el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya." +#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Autenticació</h1>" -#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." -#~ msgstr "Llista de dispositius descoberts. Feu una nova cerca amb Descobreix o bé feu clic a Connecta't per a connectar-vos a qualsevol dispositiu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " +#~ "Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', " +#~ "'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note:</" +#~ "b> 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing " +#~ "Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La configruació per defecte aquí és Sense autenticació. " +#~ "Desmarqueu la casella si us cal autenticació per motius de seguretat. " +#~ "Introduïu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya per a \"Incoming " +#~ "Authentication\", \"Outgoing Authentication\" o per a ambdues.</" +#~ "p>Atenció: l'autenticació d'entrada aquí té correlació amb " +#~ "l'autenticació de sortida a la banda del servidor iSCSI de destinació i a " +#~ "la inversa." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +#~ "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the " +#~ "Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " +#~ "specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the " +#~ "connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows " +#~ "status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets " +#~ "screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint:</" +#~ "b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If " +#~ "required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.</" +#~ "p>Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing " +#~ "a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of " +#~ "already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected " +#~ "Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new " +#~ "targets without changing the start-up mode." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta pantalla mostra la llista d'objectius descoberts.Useu " +#~ "el botó Descobreix per obtenir objectius iSCSI disponibles des " +#~ "d'un servidor especificat amb l'adreça IP. Connecta a un " +#~ "objectiu per establir la connexió. Si l'entrada ha tingut èxit la columna " +#~ "Connectat mostra l'estat \"cert\" i l'objectiu apareixerà a la " +#~ "pantalla Dispositius connectats. Per eliminar un objectiu useu " +#~ "el botó Suprimeix. Pista: només és possible " +#~ "l'eliminació per als que no estan connectats. Si cal, marqueu " +#~ "Desconnecta a Dispositius connectats primer.</" +#~ "p>Atenció: iniciar una altra vegada el procés Descobreix " +#~ "significa fer un redescobriment d'objectius que possiblement canviarà el " +#~ "mode d'inici dels que ja estan connectats (a \"manual\", per defecte). " +#~ "Canvieu a la pantalla Dispositius connectats i useu el botó " +#~ "Afegeix si voleu afegir-ne de nous sense canviar el mode d'inici.</" +#~ "p>" + +#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +#~ msgstr "Nom de l'iniciador incorrecte" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" #~ "The correct syntax is\n" #~ "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" #~ "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Example:\n" #~ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Do you want to use the name?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El nom de l'iniciador és incorrecte.\n" -#~ "La sintaxi correcta és\n" -#~ "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identificador]\n" -#~ "o bé eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identificador]\n" #~ "\n" +#~ "La sinaxi correcta és\n" +#~ "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#~ "o eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#~ "\n" #~ "Exemple:\n" -#~ "iiqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +#~ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Voleu usar el nom?\n" +#~ msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió amb la destinació.\n" + #~ msgid "Initiator Name" #~ msgstr "Nom de l'iniciador"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95813 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 May '16

10 May '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-05-10 17:06:04 +0200 (Tue, 10 May 2016) New Revision: 95813 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2016-05-10 10:35:27 UTC (rev 95812) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2016-05-10 15:06:04 UTC (rev 95813) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:38+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 12:35+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 17:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Softcatalà\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 @@ -1449,6 +1449,11 @@ "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration?" msgstr "" +"La descàrrega d'actualitzacions de l'instal·lador des de \n" +"%s\n" +"ha fallat.\n" +"\n" +"Voleu comprovar la configuració de la xarxa?" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 @@ -2116,11 +2121,15 @@ #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL \"%1\" a través del protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha " +"retornat el codi %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL \"%1\" a través del protocol FTP. El servidor ha " +"returnat el codi %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95812 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 May '16

10 May '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-05-10 12:35:27 +0200 (Tue, 10 May 2016) New Revision: 95812 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po 2016-05-10 10:35:27 UTC (rev 95812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:31+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:35+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: none\n" "Language: ca\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2016-05-10 10:35:27 UTC (rev 95812) @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:18+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:38+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 12:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Softcatalà\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciant..." @@ -108,7 +108,8 @@ msgstr "" "La interfície gràfica no s'ha pogut iniciar.\n" "\n" -"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació mínima),\n" +"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació " +"mínima),\n" "o bé, que la targeta gràfica no s'admeti.\n" "\n" "Com a alternativa, la interfície en mode text del YaST2 us guiarà\n" @@ -180,7 +181,9 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara " +"completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -193,7 +196,8 @@ "Si continueu ara, les particions actuals\n" "del disc dur se suprimiran o es formataran (i s'esborraran\n" "les dades existents en aquestes particions) \n" -"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors." +"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 @@ -203,35 +207,38 @@ "previous dialogs." msgstr "" "Si continueu ara, es modificaran les particions\n" -"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg\n" +"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de " +"diàleg\n" "anteriors." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "Torneu enrere i comproveu els paràmetres si no n'esteu segur." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "Confirmeu l'actualització" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -244,7 +251,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "Inicia &l'actualització" @@ -262,18 +269,25 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria del nucli." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra " +"de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria " +"del nucli." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -281,51 +295,7 @@ msgstr "Anotant dispositius a la llista negra..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "Generant el perfil AutoYaST si és necessari..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la instal·lació?" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "Clona la configuració de sistema" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "&Clona la configuració de sistema" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no l'escriguis</a>)." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST no es desarà (<a href=\"%1\">escriu-lo</a>)." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiant els fitxers al sistema instal·lat..." @@ -353,8 +323,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar " +"la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -365,8 +339,12 @@ msgstr "&No instal·lis des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL com a font de la instal·lació" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL " +"com a font de la instal·lació" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -374,12 +352,20 @@ msgstr "Aquí podeu crear imatges personalitzades.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una imatge aquí" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" +msgstr "" +"Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una " +"imatge aquí" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada durant la instal·lació)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada " +"durant la instal·lació)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -395,7 +381,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" +msgstr "" +"Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -404,23 +391,32 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació més de pressa.\n" -"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat que coincideix amb la selecció\n" -"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des dels paquets\n" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació " +"més de pressa.\n" +"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat " +"que coincideix amb la selecció\n" +"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des " +"dels paquets\n" "de la manera habitual.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation." msgstr "" -"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" -"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" +"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas " +"complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" +"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt " +"més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" "La resta de tasques es faran igual que a una instal·lació automàtica normal." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -431,11 +427,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" -"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va crear la imatge." +"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data " +"dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" +"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va " +"crear la imatge." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -477,13 +477,15 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -521,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr "Actualitzacions per a %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producte desconegut" @@ -550,52 +552,26 @@ "Seleccioneu l'opció d'executar una actualització en línia ara.\n" "Podeu ometre aquest pas i executar-ne una més tard.\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Llengua, teclat i acord de llicència" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "&Llengua" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Notes de la versió..." -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&Disposició del teclat" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "&Accepto l'acord de llicència." - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "T&est del teclat" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Acord de llicència" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "&Traduccions de la llicència..." - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -603,26 +579,29 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n" +"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar " +"durant la instal·lació i al\n" "sistema instal·lat.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "S'ha d'acceptar la llicència per continuar la instal·lació.\n" -"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les traduccions disponibles.\n" +"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les " +"traduccions disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -633,7 +612,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -646,7 +625,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -658,22 +637,48 @@ "en algun moment.\n" "\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Notes de la versió..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Acord de llicència" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "&Llengua" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&Disposició del teclat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "&Accepto l'acord de llicència." + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#. !/usr/bin/env rspec +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287 +#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Heu d'acceptar la llicència per instal·lar aquest producte" +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "T&est del teclat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "&Traduccions de la llicència..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -752,20 +757,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilitzeu Clona si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +"autoyast.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui instal·lat." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui " +"instal·lat." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -776,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "El paquet autoyast2 no està instal·lat. S'inhabilita la clonació." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "El sistema es reiniciarà ara..." @@ -785,8 +799,8 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." @@ -794,7 +808,7 @@ #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -803,29 +817,31 @@ "Interrompent la instal·lació...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "S'ha habilitat la depuració.\n" -"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels paquets." +"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels " +"paquets." #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Baixant la imatge a %1/s" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Baixant la imatge %1 a %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Desplegant la imatge..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Desplegant la imatge %1..." @@ -843,42 +859,47 @@ msgstr "&Disc a usar" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les " +"dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Disc dur per al desplegament de la imatge" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Detectant els controladors disponibles" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activació del disc" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configura els discos &DASD " -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configura els discos &ZFCP " -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configura les interfícies &FCoE" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configura els discos &iSCSI " -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" -msgstr "Canvia la configuració de la xarxa..." +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "Configuració de &xarxa..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 @@ -896,7 +917,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Iniciant" @@ -909,12 +930,15 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" +msgstr "" +"S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les actualitzacions?" +msgstr "" +"Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les " +"actualitzacions?" #. check box #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 @@ -936,53 +960,53 @@ msgstr "Creant una llista dels scripts d'acabament per cridar..." #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Còpia dels fitxers al sistema instal·lat" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Desament de la configuració" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Desament dels paràmetres d'instal·lació" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Instal·lació del gestor d'arrencada" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Preparació del sistema per a la primera arrencada" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Comprovant l'etapa: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Cridant el pas %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" #. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "S'ha produït un error d'instal·lació" @@ -1007,51 +1031,58 @@ msgstr "Preparant la configuració inicial del sistema..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Opcions d'instal·lació" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "&Afegeix repositoris en línia abans de la instal·lació" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "In&clou productes complementaris de suports independents" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Opcions d'instal·lació</big>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o l'actualització,\n" +"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o " +"l'actualització,\n" "seleccioneu Afegeix repositoris en línia abans de la instal·lació." #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el &product; seleccioneu\n" +"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el " +"&product; seleccioneu\n" "Inclou els productes complementaris dels suports independents.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" +"drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, " +"vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1107,10 +1138,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necessita una xarxa configurada per utilitzar repositoris remots\n" -"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la configuració.\n" +"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la " +"configuració.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1124,26 +1157,37 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE ofereix diferents\n" -"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més importants:\n" +"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE</" +"i> ofereix diferents\n" +"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més " +"importants:\n" "el GNOME i el KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons d'instal·lació mínima)\n" -"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. Més tard a la selecció\n" -"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" -"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons " +"d'instal·lació mínima)\n" +"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. " +"Més tard a la selecció\n" +"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o " +"afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" +"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1167,7 +1211,8 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1206,8 +1251,10 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema Linux\n" -"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.\n" +"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema " +"Linux\n" +"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</" +"p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 @@ -1221,7 +1268,8 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccioneu un escenari que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats.\n" -"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de programari.\n" +"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de " +"programari.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1313,19 +1361,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." +msgstr "" +"El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació." +"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics " +"per a la instal·lació." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1335,7 +1386,7 @@ "Si us plau, comproveu el maquinari!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1346,7 +1397,7 @@ "(especialment en sistemes S/390 o iSCSI).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1359,7 +1410,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1367,6 +1418,38 @@ "No s'han pogut iniciar els repositoris de programari.\n" "S'interromp la instal·lació." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut trobar una actualització vàlida a\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut obtenir l'actualització des de\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215 +msgid "" +"Downloading installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1420,8 +1503,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Canvia..." @@ -1434,10 +1517,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí es mostren tots els repositoris que s'han trobat\n" -"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al procés d'actualització." +"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al " +"procés d'actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1446,7 +1531,8 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Per habilitar, eliminar o inhabilitar un URL, feu clic a\n" -"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula." +"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1622,7 +1708,8 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Cal realitzar alguns passos abans que el sistema estigui preparat\n" -"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu clic a\n" +"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu " +"clic a\n" "Següent per continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1656,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "Establint la memòria cau de l'enllaçador..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Desant la configuració de la xarxa..." @@ -1749,7 +1836,8 @@ "\n" "Carregant el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec.\n" "\n" -"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de reiniciar.\n" +"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de " +"reiniciar.\n" "Espereu, si us plau.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1783,33 +1871,22 @@ msgstr "Encongint la partició PREP..." #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu reiniciar-ho tot als valors per defecte?" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis." -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Lloc on s'ha desat la configuració" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al registre." - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Ometent la configuració a petició de l'usuari" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1818,25 +1895,25 @@ "resoldre abans de continuar.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Adaptant la proposta als paràmetres actuals..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analitzant el sistema..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERROR: no hi ha proposta" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1849,42 +1926,38 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Omet la configuració" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Utilitza la configuració següent" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "&Exporta la configuració" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." +msgstr "" +"Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, " +"feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Torna als valors per defecte" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Actualitza" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instal·la" @@ -1914,37 +1987,41 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" +"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la " +"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1956,7 +2033,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1968,7 +2045,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1979,23 +2056,24 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Proposta d'instal·lació de l'UML" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines virtuals\n" +"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines " +"virtuals\n" "Linux independents al sistema principal." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2012,6 +2090,17 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Habilitant l'administració remota..." +#. skip forward or backward +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "Rol del sistema" + +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" +"Canviar el rol del sistema pot desfer alguns ajustaments que hàgiu fet." + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -2019,10 +2108,71 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Creant la instantània del sistema de fitxers d'arrel..." +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "Ha fallat llegir el fitxer a %1/%2.\n" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "Ha fallat llegir el fitxer a %1.\n" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "Ha fallat muntar %1." + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "Ha fallat llegir un fitxer al CD. Camí: %1/%2." + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "No es pot obtenir el fitxer remot %1" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "%1 no està muntat i ha fallat el muntatge" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "No es pot trobar el fitxer %1" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL \"%1\" a través del protocol TFTP." + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "Protocol desconegut %1." + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures @@ -2056,9 +2206,69 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets automàticament\n" +"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets " +"automàticament\n" "S'obrirà el gestor de programari perquè les resolgueu manualment." +#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." +#~ msgstr "Generant el perfil AutoYaST si és necessari..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +#~ "profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +#~ "interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If " +#~ "this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +#~ "xml</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil " +#~ "d'AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +#~ "sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +#~ "necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +#~ "instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +#~ "aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +#~ "autoinst.xml</tt>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la " +#~ "instal·lació?" + +#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Clona la configuració de sistema" + +#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration" +#~ msgstr "&Clona la configuració de sistema" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " +#~ "l'escriguis</a>)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST no es desarà (<a href=\"%1\">escriu-lo</a>)." + +#~ msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Canvia la configuració de la xarxa..." + +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Lloc on s'ha desat la configuració" + +#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al " +#~ "registre." + +#~ msgid "&Export Configuration" +#~ msgstr "&Exporta la configuració" + #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" #~ msgstr "ERROR: falta el títol" @@ -2067,8 +2277,10 @@ #~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" #~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es canviïn. Per modificar\n" -#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.\n" +#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es " +#~ "canviïn. Per modificar\n" +#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Iniciant l'entorn d'instal·lació..." @@ -2131,7 +2343,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Desconnectat " #~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." -#~ msgstr "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." #~ msgid "Probing network cards..." #~ msgstr "S'estan detectant les targetes de xarxa..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95811 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 May '16

10 May '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-05-10 11:37:25 +0200 (Tue, 10 May 2016) New Revision: 95811 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,370 +8,944 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-01 10:22+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-01 10:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: none\n" "Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.6\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" -msgstr "Mòdul de configuració d'autenticació del client" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" +msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" -msgstr "Resum de configuració del client d'autenticació" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" -msgstr "Creeu un autoyast rnc de @paràmetres" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "" +"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " +"\"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " +"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " +"provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " +"compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " +"from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Valor" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descripció" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "Filtre de nom:" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "Cap." #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Paràmetres obligatoris" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Paràmetres opcionals" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "Si us plau, completeu tots els paràmetres obligatoris següents:\n" +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" -msgstr "Configuració del client d'autenticació" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "Configuració global" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Crea el directori local en entrar" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" -msgstr "Habilita el dimoni SSSD" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" -msgstr "Seccions" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" -msgstr "Servei nou/Domini" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" -msgstr "Suprimeix el servei/domini" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" +msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Service Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" + +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" -msgstr "Personalització - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Options - %s" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nom" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "Valor" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Descripció" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " +"authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " +"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" -msgstr "Més paràmetres" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Name filter:" -msgstr "Filtre de nom:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"El sistema està configurat per usar nss_ldap.\n" -"El modul està dissenyat per configurar el sistema a través de sssd.\n" -"Si voleu continuar, la configuració de nss_ldap serà eliminada.\n" -"Voleu continuar?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -"El sistema està configurat com a client OES.\n" -"El modul està dissenyat per configurar el sistema a través de sssd.\n" -"Si voleu continuar, la configuració de client OES serà desactivada.\n" -"Voleu continuar?" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." -msgstr "No podeu suprimir la secció SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" -msgstr "Realment voleu suprimir la secció %s?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " +"Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " +"which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Aquest és un paràmetre obligatori i no es pot suprimir." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Confirmeu la supressió del paràmetre:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " "failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"El paràmetre és important. La supressió del paràmetre pot causar una fallada " -"en l'inici de l'SSSD.\n" -"Si us plau, consulteu el manual de l'SSSD abans de continuar.\n" -"Encara voleu continuar?" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" -msgstr "Cap domini habilitat" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +msgid "No domain" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " +"domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"No hi ha cap domini habilitat al paràmetre [sssd] \"domains\".\n" -"L'SSSD no s'iniciarà i només hi haurà disponible l'autenticació local.\n" -"Voleu procedir?" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" -msgstr "Dominis inactius trobats" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." +msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" -msgstr "Voleu habilitar un altre servei o unir-vos a un domini?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " +"computer:" +msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Servei" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" -msgstr "Domini" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com):" -msgstr "Nom del domini (exemple.com):" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" -msgstr "Proveïdor d'identificació:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" -msgstr "Proveïdor d'autenticació:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "Domini activat" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." -msgstr "No hi ha més serveis per habilitar." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu un nom per al domini nou." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " +"requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " +"resolver." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." -msgstr "Aquest nom de domini ja s'usa." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" +msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." -msgstr "Indica quina és la sintaxi de fitxer config" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "Llista separada per comes de serveis que s'inicien quan s'inicia sssd." +"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " +"AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Serveis suportats: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -"El nombre de cops que els serveis haurien d'intentar reconnectar en cas que " -"falli el proveïdor de dades o reiniciar abans de deixar-ho estar" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -"SSSD pot fer servir més dominis alhora, però almenys se n'ha de configurar " -"un o SSSD no s'iniciarà." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" +msgstr "" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " +"memberships?" msgstr "" -"Aquest paràmetre conté la llista de dominis en l'ordre en què seran " -"necessaris." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " +"name." msgstr "" -"Expressió regular per defecte que descriu com analitzar l'string que conté " -"el nom d'usuari i el domini dins d'aquests components." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "Aquest nom de domini ja s'usa." + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" -"El format per defecte de printf(3)-compatible que descriu com traduir un " -"tuple (nom, domini) en un nom plenament qualificat." +"El nombre de cops que els serveis haurien d'intentar reconnectar en cas que " +"falli el proveïdor de dades o reiniciar abans de deixar-ho estar" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" +"domain tuple into FQDN" msgstr "" -"SSSD monitoritza l'estat de resolv.conf per identificar quan necessita " -"actualitzar el seu resolver DNS intern." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " +"internal DNS resolver" msgstr "" -"Per defecte, intentarem usar inotify per a això, i es tornarà a consultar " -"resolv.conf cada cinc segons si inotify no es pot usar." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 msgid "" "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +"files" msgstr "" -"El directori al sistema de fitxers on SSSD hauria de desar els fitxers de " -"memòria cau de Kerberos replay." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" msgstr "" -"Aquesta string s'utilitzarà com a nom de domini per defecte per a tots els " -"noms sense un component de nom de domini." #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " +"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -"Màscara de bits que indica quins nivells de depuració seran visibles. 0x0010 " -"és el valor per defecte així com el valor mès baix permès, 0xFFF0 és el mode " -"més textual." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Afegeix un segell de temps als missatges de depuració" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Afegeix microsegons al segell de temps als missatges de depuració" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." -msgstr "Temps en segons entre batecs per a aquest servei." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " +"service process" msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció especifica el nombre màxim de fitxers descriptors que pot " -"obrir alhora aquest procés SSSD." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " +"without any communication" msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció especifica el nombre de segons que un client d'un procés SSSD " -"pot esperar en un fitxer descriptor sense comunicar-se." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " +"ping check failure" msgstr "" -"Si un servei no està responent a comprovacions ping (vegeu l'opció " -"“timeout”, temps d'espera), primer és enviat el senyal SIGTERM que " -"l'instrueix a sortir correctament." -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "" "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " "all users)?" @@ -379,7 +953,7 @@ "Quants segons hauria de guardar nss_sss les enumeracions (peticions " "d'informació sobre tots els usuaris)?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "" "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " @@ -389,7 +963,7 @@ "internament si són demanades més enllà d'un percentatge del valor del domini " "entry_cache_timeout." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "" "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " @@ -399,22 +973,22 @@ "de cache (és a dir, cerques d'entrades no vàlides de base de dades, com ara " "no existents) abans de preguntar-ho al rerefons una altra vegada." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Exclou certs usuaris de ser cridats pel rerefons SSS" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Exclou certs grups de ser cridats pel rerefons SSS" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "" "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" "Si voleu que l'usuari filtrat encara sigui membre de grup establiu aquesta " "opció a fals." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 msgid "" "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " "or a template." @@ -422,7 +996,7 @@ "Passa per alt el directori home de l'usuari. Podeu proveir un valor absolut " "o bé una plantilla." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "" "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " "explicitly by the domain's data provider." @@ -430,34 +1004,34 @@ "Estableix una plantilla per defecte per al directori home de l'usuari si no " "n'hi ha cap d'especificat explícitament pel proveïdor de dades del domini." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Passa per alt la interfície d'entrada per a tots els usuaris." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Restringeix la interfície d'entrada a un dels valors llistats." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" "Reemplaça qualsevol instància d'aquestes interfícies amb el shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "" "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" "La interfície per defecte per usar si no n'hi ha cap de permesa instal·lada " "a la màquina." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "" "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" "La interfície per defecte per usar si el proveïdor no en retorna cap durant " "la cerca." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "" "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " "considered valid." @@ -465,7 +1039,7 @@ "Especifica el temps en segons durant el qual la llista de subdominis es " "considerarà vàlida." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "" "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " "valid." @@ -473,8 +1047,7 @@ "Especifica el temps en segons durant el qual els registres a la in-memory " "cache seran vàlids." -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "" "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " "logins (in days since the last successful online login)." @@ -483,7 +1056,7 @@ "s'haurien de permetre les entrades a la memòria cau (en dies des de l'última " "entrada satisfactòria)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "" "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." @@ -492,14 +1065,14 @@ "offline_failed_login_attempts abans que un altre intent d'entrada sigui " "possible." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "" "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" "Controla quins tipus de missatges es mostren a l'usuari durant " "l'autenticació." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "" "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " @@ -510,13 +1083,12 @@ "d'assegurar que l'autenticació es fa amb l'última informació." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Mostra un avís N dies abans que caduqui la contrasenya." -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "" "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." @@ -524,8 +1096,7 @@ "Evaluar o no els atributs de sudoNotBefore i sudoNotAfter que implementen " "entrades de sudoers depenents de l'hora." -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "" "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " "hits before asking the back end again." @@ -533,15 +1104,14 @@ "Especifica per quants segons el responder autofs hauria de guardar les " "coincidències negatives abans de preguntar una altra vegada al rerefons." -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "" "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " "file." msgstr "" "Si descomentar o no noms de host i adreces al fitxer gestionat known_hosts." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "" "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " "host keys were requested." @@ -549,9 +1119,7 @@ "Quants segons mantenir un host al fitxer known_hosts gestionats després que " "les claus del host siguin demanades." -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "" "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " "outside these limits, it is ignored." @@ -559,13 +1127,13 @@ "Límits UID i GID per al domini. Si un domini conté una entrada que és fora " "d'aquests límits, s'ignora." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" "Llegeix totes les entitats de la base de dades de rerefons (augmenta la " "càrrega del servidor)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "" "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " "will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." @@ -573,7 +1141,7 @@ "Si el servei no s'acaba després dels segons “force_timeout”, el monitor el " "tancarà a la força enviant un senyal SIGKILL." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "" "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " "backend again." @@ -581,7 +1149,7 @@ "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides abans de " "preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "" "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " "the backend again." @@ -589,7 +1157,7 @@ "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de l'usuari " "abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "" "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " "the backend again." @@ -597,7 +1165,7 @@ "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de grup " "abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "" "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " "asking the backend again." @@ -605,7 +1173,7 @@ "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de netgroup " "abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "" "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " "the backend again." @@ -613,7 +1181,7 @@ "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de servei " "abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "" "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " "again." @@ -621,7 +1189,7 @@ "Quants segons sudo hauria de considerar les regles vàlides abans de " "preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "" "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " "before asking the backend again." @@ -629,11 +1197,11 @@ "Quants segons el servei d'autofs hauria de considerar els mapes " "d'automounter vàlids abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Desa a la cau les credencials per a l'ús fora de línia" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "" "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " "being removed during a cleanup of the cache." @@ -642,11 +1210,11 @@ "l'última entrada satisfactòria abans de ser eliminades en una neteja de " "cache." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveïdor d'dentificació usat pel domini" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "" "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " "as the user's login name reported to NSS." @@ -654,43 +1222,43 @@ "Useu el nom complet i el domini (tal com l'ha formatat el domini " "full_name_format) com a nom d'entrada de l'usuari reportat a NSS." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "El proveïdor d'autenticació usat pel domini" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveïdor de control d'accés usat per al domini." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "" "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" "El proveïdor que hauria de gestionar les operacions de canvi de contrasenya " "per al domini." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveïdor de SUDO usat pel domini." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" "El proveïdor que hauria de gestionar la càrrega de paràmetres de selinux." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "El proveïdor que hauria de gestionar la crida de subdominis." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "Proveïdor d'autofs usat per al domini." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "El proveïdor usat per obtenir la informació d'identitat del host." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "" "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " "containing user name and domain into these components." @@ -698,7 +1266,7 @@ "Expressió regular per a aquest domini que descriu com analitzar l'string que " "conté el nom d'usuari i el domini en aquests components." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "" "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " "domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." @@ -706,7 +1274,7 @@ "El format per defecte de printf(3)-compatible que descriu com traduir un " "tuple (nom, domini) en un nom plenament qualificat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "" "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " "performing DNS lookups." @@ -714,7 +1282,7 @@ "Proporciona l'habilitat de seleccionar una família d'adreces preferides per " "usar quan es facin cerques DNS." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "" "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " "resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." @@ -722,7 +1290,7 @@ "Defineix el temps (en segons) per esperar una resposta del resolver DNS " "abans d'assumir que és inabastable." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "" "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " "the service discovery DNS query." @@ -730,15 +1298,15 @@ "Si el service discovery s'usa al rerefons, especifica la part del domini de " "la cerca (query) DNS del servei discovery." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Passa per sobre del valor GID primari amb l'especificat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Tracta l'usuari i els noms de grups com a casos sensibles." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517 msgid "" "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " "lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " @@ -748,7 +1316,7 @@ "per ID es fa per 'canonicalitzar' el nom en cas que el nom demanat sigui un " "àlies." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522 msgid "" "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" @@ -756,11 +1324,11 @@ "dins d'aquest domini." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Llista separada per comes d'usuaris que tenen permesa l'entrada." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533 msgid "" "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " "to groups within this SSSD domain." @@ -768,7 +1336,7 @@ "Llista separada per comes de grups que tenen permesa l'entrada. Això " "s'aplica només a grups dins del domini SSSD." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538 msgid "" "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " "applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." @@ -778,7 +1346,7 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547 msgid "" "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " "directory." @@ -786,21 +1354,21 @@ "L'eina afegeix un nom d'entrada a base_directory i l'usa com a directori " "home." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552 msgid "" "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" "Indiqueu si un directori home s'hauria de crear per defecte per a nous " "usuaris." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557 msgid "" "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" "Indiqueu si un directori home s'hauria d'eliminar per defecte per a usuaris " "eliminats." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562 msgid "" "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " "home directory." @@ -808,7 +1376,7 @@ "Usat per sss_useradd(8) per especificar els permisos per defcte en un " "directori home de nova creació." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567 msgid "" "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " @@ -818,24 +1386,28 @@ "directori home de l'usuari, quan el directori home és creat per " "sss_useradd(8)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "El directori spool de correu." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "L'ordre que s'executa després que s'elimini un usuari." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Els URI (ldap://) de servidors LDAP (separats per comes)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "La base DN per defecte a usar per fer regles sudo LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " "should connect in the order of preference." @@ -843,7 +1415,7 @@ "Especifica la llista separada per comes d'URIs dels servidors LDAP a la qual " "SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." @@ -852,64 +1424,64 @@ "SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència per canviar la " "contrasenya d'un usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "Base DN per a la cerca LDAP" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "Tipus d'esquema LDAP" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "El bind DN per defecte a usar per fer operacions LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "El tipus de token d'autenticació del vincle (bind) DN per defecte." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "El token d'autenticació de la vinculació DN per defecte." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "La classe d'objecte d'una entrada d'usuari a LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon al nom d'entrada de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon a l'id de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon a l'id de grup primari de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon al camp gecos de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671 msgid "" " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el nom del directori home de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté la ruta de shell per defecte de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el UUID/GUID d'un objecte d'usuari LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté l'objectSID d'un objecte d'usuari LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " "parent object." @@ -917,7 +1489,7 @@ "L'atribut LDAP que conté el timestamp de la darrera modificació de l'objecte " "de parentiu." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " @@ -927,7 +1499,7 @@ "l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (data de " "l'últim canvi de contrasenya)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " @@ -937,7 +1509,7 @@ "l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (l'edat de " "contrasenya mínima)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " @@ -947,7 +1519,7 @@ "l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (edat de " "contrasenya màxima)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " @@ -957,7 +1529,7 @@ "l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (periode " "avisant de contrasenya)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " @@ -967,7 +1539,7 @@ "l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (periode " "d'inactivitat de contrasenya)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " "parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " @@ -977,7 +1549,7 @@ "aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva " "shadow(5) counterpart (data de d'expiació del compte)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " "an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " @@ -987,7 +1559,7 @@ "atribut LDAP que guarda la data i l'hora de l'últim canvi de contrasenya a " "kerberos." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " "an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." @@ -996,7 +1568,7 @@ "atribut LDAP que guarda la data i l'hora de caducitat de la contrasenya " "vigent." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " "of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." @@ -1004,7 +1576,7 @@ "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un " "atribut LDAP que guarda l'hora de caducitat del compte." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " "of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." @@ -1012,7 +1584,7 @@ "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un " "atribut LDAP que guarda el camp de bit del control de compte d'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " "determines if access is allowed or not." @@ -1020,7 +1592,7 @@ "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o equivalent, aquest paràmetre " "determina si l'accés és permès o no." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " "access is allowed or not." @@ -1028,7 +1600,7 @@ "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina si " "l'accés és permès o no." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " "which date access is granted." @@ -1036,7 +1608,7 @@ "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina fins a " "quina data es permet l'accés." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " "hours of a day in a week when access is granted." @@ -1044,18 +1616,18 @@ "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina les " "hores del dia en una setmana en què l'accés es permet." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " "(UPN)." msgstr "" "L'atribut LDAP que conté l'usuari de Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté les claus públiques SSH de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775 msgid "" "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " @@ -1065,12 +1637,12 @@ "el real part de l'UPN en minúscules, la qual cosa podria fer que fallés " "l'autenticació." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" "Establiu aquesta opció a veritat (true) si voleu usar un upper-case realm." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781 msgid "" "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " "enumerated records." @@ -1078,7 +1650,7 @@ "Especifica quants segons l'SSSD ha d'esperar abans de refrescar la memòria " "cau dels registres enumerats." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786 msgid "" "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " @@ -1088,15 +1660,15 @@ "grups sense membres i usuaris que no han entrat mai) i les elimina per " "estalviar espai." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon al nom sencer de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que llista les afiliacions del grup d'usuaris." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801 msgid "" "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " "use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " @@ -1106,7 +1678,7 @@ "la presència de l'atribut authorizedService a l'entrada d'usuari LDAP per " "determinar un privilegi d'accés." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806 msgid "" "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " "presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " @@ -1116,31 +1688,31 @@ "d'un atribut host a l'entrada d'usuari LDAP per determinar un privilegi " "d'accés." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "La classe d'objecte d'una entrada de grup a LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon al nom del grup." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon a l'id del grup." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el nom dels membres del grup." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el UUID/GUID d'un objecte del grup LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté l'objectSID d'un objecte del grup LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846 msgid "" " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " "parent object." @@ -1148,7 +1720,7 @@ "L'atribut LDAP que conté el timestamp de la darrera modificació del objecte " "de parentiu." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852 msgid "" "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " @@ -1158,7 +1730,7 @@ "(p. e. RFC2307bis), llavors aquesta opció controla quants nivells de nesting " "SSSD seguiran." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " "feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " @@ -1168,7 +1740,7 @@ "d'Active Directory que podria accelerar les operacions de cerca en " "desplegaments amb grups complexos o deep nested." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " "feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " @@ -1179,50 +1751,50 @@ "amb grups complexos o deep nested)." # l -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " La classe d'objecte d'una entrada de netgroup a LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon al nom de netgroup." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté els noms dels membres del netgroup." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" "L'atribut LDAP que conté els triples de netgroup (host, usuari i domini)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el UUID/GUID de l'objecte de netgroup LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "La classe d'objecte d'un servei d'entrada a LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " "aliases." msgstr "" "L'atribut LDAP que conté el nom dels atributs de servei i els seus àlies." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el port gestionat per aquest servei." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté els protocols entesos per aquest servei." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922 msgid "" "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " "for this attribute type." @@ -1230,7 +1802,7 @@ "Una base DN opcional, marge de cerca i filtre LDAP per restringir cerques " "LDAP per a aquest tipus d'atribut." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927 msgid "" " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " @@ -1240,7 +1812,7 @@ "executar abans que es cancel·lin i els resultats siguin retornats (i s'entra " "en mode fora de línia)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932 msgid "" "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " @@ -1251,7 +1823,7 @@ "cancel·lin i els resultats siguin retornats (i s'entra en mode fora de " "línia)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937 msgid "" "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " "following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." @@ -1259,7 +1831,7 @@ "Especifica el temps (en segons) després del qual el poll(2)/select(2) " "seguint un connect(2) retorna en cas de no activitat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942 msgid "" "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " "will abort if no response is received." @@ -1267,7 +1839,7 @@ "Especifica el temps (en segons) després del qual les crides a synchronous " "LDAP APIs s'avortaran si no es rep resposta." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947 msgid "" "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " "maintained." @@ -1275,7 +1847,7 @@ "Especifica el temps (en segons) durant el qual una connexió a un servidor " "LDAP es mantindrà." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952 msgid "" "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." @@ -1283,11 +1855,11 @@ "Especifica el nombre de registres a rebre des de LDAP en una sola petició. " "Alguns servidors LDAP forcen un límit màxim per petició." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Deshabilita el control de paginació LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "" "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " "security level necessary to establish the connection." @@ -1295,7 +1867,7 @@ "Quan es comunica amb el servidor LDAP usant SASL, especifica el nivell mínim " "de seguretat necessari per establir la connexió." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966 msgid "" "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." @@ -1303,11 +1875,11 @@ "Especifica el nombre de membres de grup que han de faltar a la memòria cau " "interna per tal d'iniciar una cerca dereferenciada." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Valida la certificació del servidor a la sessió LDAP TLS" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "" "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " "Authorities that sssd will recognize." @@ -1315,7 +1887,7 @@ "Especifica el fitxer que contè el certificats de tots del certificats " "autoritzats que l'sssd reconeixerà." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "" "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " "certificates in separate individual files." @@ -1323,19 +1895,19 @@ "Especifica la ruta d'un directori que conté el certificat d'autoritat " "certifica en fitxers individuals de separació." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Especifica el fitxer que conté el certificat per a la clau del client." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Especifica el fitxer que conté la clau del client." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Especifica suits cipher acceptables." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999 msgid "" "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " "channel." @@ -1343,7 +1915,7 @@ "Especifica que la connexió de proveïdor id de ha d'usar també tls per " "protegir el canal." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004 msgid "" "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " @@ -1353,19 +1925,19 @@ "dels atributs ldap_user_objectsid i ldap_group_objectsid en comptes de " "confiar en ldap_user_uid_number i ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Especifica el mecanisme de SASL a usar." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Especifica l'id d'autenticació de SASL a usar." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Especifica el realm SASL a usar." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023 msgid "" "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." @@ -1373,38 +1945,38 @@ "Si s'estableix a veritat, la biblioteca LDAP farà una cerca inversa per " "canonicalitzar el nom del host durant un SASL bind." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Especifica quin keytab usar quan s'usa SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" "Especifica que el proveïdor id hauria d'init les credencials de Kerberos " "(TGT)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica la vida en segons del TGT si s'usa GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043 msgid "" "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu la política per evaluar la caducitat de la contrasenya de la " "banda del client." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Especifica si el referral chasing automàtic hauria d'estar habilitat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" "Especifica el nom del servei a usar quan el descobriment de servei està " "habilitat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "" "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " "password changes when service discovery is enabled." @@ -1412,7 +1984,7 @@ "Especifica el nom del servei a usar per trobar un servidor LDAP que permeti " "canvis de contrasenyes quan el service discovery està habilitat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062 msgid "" "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " "days since the Epoch after a password change operation." @@ -1420,7 +1992,7 @@ "Especifica si actualitzar l'atribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change amb dies " "des de l'Epoch després d'una operació de canvi de contrasenya." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067 msgid "" "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " @@ -1430,7 +2002,7 @@ "aquesta opció és obligatòria. Especifica un criteri de filtre de cerca LDAP " "que ha de complir-se perquè l'usuari tingui accés en aquest host." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072 msgid "" " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " "be enabled." @@ -1438,15 +2010,15 @@ "Amb aquesta opció es poden habilitar els atributs de control d'accés " "d'avaluació del client." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Llista separada per comes de les opcions de control d'accés." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Especifica com es fa la deferència d'àlies quan es fa una cerca." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088 msgid "" "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " "use the RFC2307 schema." @@ -1454,12 +2026,12 @@ "Permet retenir usuaris locals com a membres d'un grup LDAP per a servidors " "que usen l'esquema RFC2307." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" "Adreces IP o noms d'amfitrió dels servidors Kerberos (separats per comes)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." @@ -1468,11 +2040,11 @@ "servidors Kerberos a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar, en ordre de " "preferència." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Regne de Kerberos (p. e. EXEMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119 msgid "" "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " "servers can be defined here." @@ -1480,15 +2052,15 @@ "Si el servei de canvi de contrasenya no s'executa al KDC, es poden definir " "servidors alternatius aquí." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Directori on desar la memòria cau de les credencials." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Localització de la memòria cau de les credencials d'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134 msgid "" " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " "password request is aborted." @@ -1496,7 +2068,7 @@ "Temps d'espera en segons després de l'avortament d'una petitició " "d'autenticació en línia o petició de canvi de contrasenya." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139 msgid "" "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " "spoofed." @@ -1504,7 +2076,7 @@ "Verifiqueu amb l'ajuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtingut no hagi sigut " "'spoofed'." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144 msgid "" "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " "KDCs." @@ -1512,7 +2084,7 @@ "La localització del keytab a usar quan es validin les credencials obtingues " "de KDCs." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149 msgid "" "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " "request a TGT when the provider comes online again." @@ -1520,7 +2092,7 @@ "Desa la contrasenya de l'usuari si el proveïdor està fora de línia i l'usa " "per demanar un TGT quan els proveïdor torni a estar en línia." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "" "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " "immediately followed by a time unit." @@ -1528,7 +2100,7 @@ "Demana un tiquet renovable amb una llargada de vida total, donat com un " "enter immediatament seguit d'una unitat de temps." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "" "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " "followed by a time unit." @@ -1536,12 +2108,12 @@ "Demana un tiquet amb un temps de vida, donat com a enter immediatament " "seguit per una unitat de temps." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" "El temps en segons entre dues comprovacions si s'hauria de renovar el TGT." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "" "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" "authentication." @@ -1549,25 +2121,25 @@ "Habilita el flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) per a la " "preautenticació de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Especifica el servidor principal a usar per a FAST." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" "Especifica si el host o l'usuari principal haurien de ser canonicalitzats." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Especifica el nom de domini del Directori Actiu." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adreces IP o noms d'amfitrió dels servidors AD (separats per comes)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "" "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " "which SSSD should connect in order of preference." @@ -1575,21 +2147,17 @@ "La llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o de noms de host dels servidors " "AD als quals SSSD s'hauria de connectar per ordre de preferència." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201 msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " +"used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -"Opcional, pot ser que s'estableixi on el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom " -"qualificat complet usat en el domini de Active Directory per idintificar " -"aquest host." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Passar per sobre del directori home de l'usuari." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218 msgid "" " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " "Active Directory user and group SIDs." @@ -1597,7 +2165,7 @@ " Especifica el lligam superior del rang de POSIX ID per usar per mapejar " "l'usuari Active Directory i grup SIDs." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223 msgid "" "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " "Active Directory user and group SIDs." @@ -1605,19 +2173,19 @@ "Especifica el lligam superior del rang de POSIX ID per usar per mapejar " "l'usuari Active Directory i grup SIDs." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Especifica el nombre d'ID disponibles per a cada tall." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Espicifiqueu el domini SID del domini per defecte." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom del domini predeterminat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241 msgid "" "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " "winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." @@ -1626,27 +2194,25 @@ "manera més semblant a l'algoritme winbind's “idmap_autorid”." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Especifica el nom del domini IPA." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adreces IP o noms d'amfitrió dels servidors IPA (separats per comes)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263 msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -"Es pot establir en màquines en què el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom " -"completament qualificat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "La ubicació del muntador automàtic que farà servir aquest client IPA." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " "FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." @@ -1654,54 +2220,279 @@ "Aquesta opció diu a l'SSSD d'actualitzar automàticament la construcció de " "servidor DNS dins FreeIPA v2 amb l'adreça IP del client." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "El TTL per aplicar al registre del client DNS quan s'actualitza." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "" "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" "Escolliu la interfície adreça IP de la qual s'hauria d'usar per a les " "actualitzacions dinàmiques de DNS." -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat habilitar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema per " -"a la diagnosi." +#~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "Mòdul de configuració d'autenticació del client" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "" -"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " -"to diagnose." -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat iniciar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema per a " -"la diagnosi (journalctl -n -u %s)." +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#~ msgstr "Resum de configuració del client d'autenticació" -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar nss_ldap.\n" +#~ msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#~ msgstr "Creeu un autoyast rnc de @paràmetres" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar sssd.\n" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuració del client d'autenticació" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar OES.\n" +#~ msgid "Global Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuració global" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar només /etc/passwd.\n" +#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Crea el directori local en entrar" +#~ msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#~ msgstr "Habilita el dimoni SSSD" + +#~ msgid "Sections" +#~ msgstr "Seccions" + +#~ msgid "New Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "Servei nou/Domini" + +#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "Suprimeix el servei/domini" + +#~ msgid "Customisation - %s" +#~ msgstr "Personalització - %s" + +#~ msgid "More Parameters" +#~ msgstr "Més paràmetres" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +#~ "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El sistema està configurat per usar nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "El modul està dissenyat per configurar el sistema a través de sssd.\n" +#~ "Si voleu continuar, la configuració de nss_ldap serà eliminada.\n" +#~ "Voleu continuar?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" +#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +#~ "If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El sistema està configurat com a client OES.\n" +#~ "El modul està dissenyat per configurar el sistema a través de sssd.\n" +#~ "Si voleu continuar, la configuració de client OES serà desactivada.\n" +#~ "Voleu continuar?" + +#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#~ msgstr "No podeu suprimir la secció SSSD." + +#~ msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +#~ msgstr "Realment voleu suprimir la secció %s?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD " +#~ "startup failure.\n" +#~ "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +#~ "Do you still wish to continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El paràmetre és important. La supressió del paràmetre pot causar una " +#~ "fallada en l'inici de l'SSSD.\n" +#~ "Si us plau, consulteu el manual de l'SSSD abans de continuar.\n" +#~ "Encara voleu continuar?" + +#~ msgid "No domain enabled" +#~ msgstr "Cap domini habilitat" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +#~ "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +#~ "Do you still wish to proceed?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No hi ha cap domini habilitat al paràmetre [sssd] \"domains\".\n" +#~ "L'SSSD no s'iniciarà i només hi haurà disponible l'autenticació local.\n" +#~ "Voleu procedir?" + +#~ msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#~ msgstr "Dominis inactius trobats" + +#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#~ msgstr "Voleu habilitar un altre servei o unir-vos a un domini?" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Servei" + +#~ msgid "Domain" +#~ msgstr "Domini" + +#~ msgid "Domain name (example.com):" +#~ msgstr "Nom del domini (exemple.com):" + +#~ msgid "Identification provider:" +#~ msgstr "Proveïdor d'identificació:" + +#~ msgid "Authentication provider:" +#~ msgstr "Proveïdor d'autenticació:" + +#~ msgid "Activate Domain" +#~ msgstr "Domini activat" + +#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#~ msgstr "No hi ha més serveis per habilitar." + +#~ msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#~ msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu un nom per al domini nou." + +#~ msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#~ msgstr "Indica quina és la sintaxi de fitxer config" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Llista separada per comes de serveis que s'inicien quan s'inicia sssd." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Serveis suportats: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +#~ "configured or SSSD won't start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSSD pot fer servir més dominis alhora, però almenys se n'ha de " +#~ "configurar un o SSSD no s'iniciarà." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +#~ "queried." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquest paràmetre conté la llista de dominis en l'ordre en què seran " +#~ "necessaris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string " +#~ "containing user name and domain into these components" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Expressió regular per defecte que descriu com analitzar l'string que " +#~ "conté el nom d'usuari i el domini dins d'aquests components." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +#~ "(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El format per defecte de printf(3)-compatible que descriu com traduir un " +#~ "tuple (nom, domini) en un nom plenament qualificat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to " +#~ "update its internal DNS resolver." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSSD monitoritza l'estat de resolv.conf per identificar quan necessita " +#~ "actualitzar el seu resolver DNS intern." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back " +#~ "to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per defecte, intentarem usar inotify per a això, i es tornarà a consultar " +#~ "resolv.conf cada cinc segons si inotify no es pot usar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El directori al sistema de fitxers on SSSD hauria de desar els fitxers de " +#~ "memòria cau de Kerberos replay." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +#~ "domain name component." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta string s'utilitzarà com a nom de domini per defecte per a tots " +#~ "els noms sense un component de nom de domini." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +#~ "default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " +#~ "verbose mode." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Màscara de bits que indica quins nivells de depuració seran visibles. " +#~ "0x0010 és el valor per defecte així com el valor mès baix permès, 0xFFF0 " +#~ "és el mode més textual." + +#~ msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#~ msgstr "Temps en segons entre batecs per a aquest servei." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +#~ "opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta opció especifica el nombre màxim de fitxers descriptors que pot " +#~ "obrir alhora aquest procés SSSD." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD " +#~ "process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta opció especifica el nombre de segons que un client d'un procés " +#~ "SSSD pot esperar en un fitxer descriptor sense comunicar-se." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), " +#~ "it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si un servei no està responent a comprovacions ping (vegeu l'opció " +#~ "“timeout”, temps d'espera), primer és enviat el senyal SIGTERM que " +#~ "l'instrueix a sortir correctament." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect " +#~ "the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify " +#~ "this host." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Opcional, pot ser que s'estableixi on el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom " +#~ "qualificat complet usat en el domini de Active Directory per idintificar " +#~ "aquest host." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +#~ "qualified name." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Es pot establir en màquines en què el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom " +#~ "completament qualificat." + +#~ msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha fallat habilitar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema " +#~ "per a la diagnosi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u " +#~ "%s) to diagnose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha fallat iniciar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema per " +#~ "a la diagnosi (journalctl -n -u %s)." + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +#~ msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar nss_ldap.\n" + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" +#~ msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar sssd.\n" + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" +#~ msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar OES.\n" + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" +#~ msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar només /etc/passwd.\n" + #~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" #~ msgstr "Configuració d'autenticació del client" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:18+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:19+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. progress step title #. progress step title #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." +msgstr "" +"Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Aquesta operació pot trigar una mica" @@ -53,12 +54,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. We will have to set default entries which are defined +#. in the import call of ServicesManager #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -124,8 +125,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema actual" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema " +"actual" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -153,22 +157,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el camí\n" -"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació especificada." +"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el " +"camí\n" +"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació " +"especificada." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els permisos dels fitxers.\n" -"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos poden ser una\n" -"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que representa\n" +"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els " +"permisos dels fitxers.\n" +"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos " +"poden ser una\n" +"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que " +"representa\n" "el patró de bits dels nous permisos." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -242,13 +254,17 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses aplicacions i serveis\n" +"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses " +"aplicacions i serveis\n" "que s'hagi de copiar íntegrament al sistema instal·lat, per exemple, si\n" -"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració httpd.conf." +"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració " +"httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -273,7 +289,8 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" +msgstr "" +"Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -290,7 +307,8 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la configuració." +"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la " +"configuració." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile @@ -301,13 +319,16 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest sistema:\n" +"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest " +"sistema:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." +"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui " +"tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -326,23 +347,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Execució de les seqüències posteriors" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Reiniciant tots els serveis actius" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Activant l'objectiu per defecte de Systemd" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Acabant la configuració" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Processant el recurs %1" @@ -515,104 +534,93 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." +msgstr "" +"Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Executa les seqüències anteriors a la instal·lació de l'usuari" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Configura els paràmetres generals" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Configura la llengua" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Crea els plans de les particions" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Configura el carregador de l'arrencada" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registre" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configura les seleccions de programari" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configureu l'objectiu per defecte de Systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 -msgid "Configure users and groups" -msgstr "Configura els usuaris i els grups" - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Executant scripts d'usuari de preinstal·lació" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configurant els paràmetres generals..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Establint la llengua..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Creant els plans de les particions..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configurant el carregador d'arrencada..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrant el sistema..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configurant les seleccions de programari..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configurant la destinació per defecte de Systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 -msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." -msgstr "Important la configuració d'usuaris i grups..." - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Preparant el sistema per a la instal·lació automàtica" -#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a -#. network configuration is available. So this will be written -#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the -#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc -#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#. configure general settings +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Manejant els productes complementaris..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configurant la llengua..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -621,7 +629,7 @@ "Torneu-ho a provar.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -681,10 +689,12 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els missatges d'instal·lació,\n" +"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els " +"missatges d'instal·lació,\n" "a més de registrar-los o mostrar-los (amb temps d'espera). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -693,7 +703,8 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "És recomanable mostrar tots els missatges amb el temps d'espera.\n" -"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han d'ignorar.\n" +"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han " +"d'ignorar.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -708,12 +719,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallat per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " +"Detallat per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "\n" @@ -725,8 +738,11 @@ msgstr "Ubicació de la font d'instal·lació (com http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu aquesta opció)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu " +"aquesta opció)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -741,29 +757,37 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Tipus de declaració a /etc/fstab:\n" "\tNormalment els sistemes de fitxers a muntar es defineixen a /etc/fstab\n" -"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que és més convenient\n" -"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" -"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" +"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que " +"és més convenient\n" +"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de " +"fitxers\n" +"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " +"inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" +"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. " +"En general, només\n" "\t és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "\t L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" "\t" @@ -864,7 +888,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers vàlid\n" +"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers " +"vàlid\n" "Seleccioneu-ne un per continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -933,8 +958,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/" +"boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1001,9 +1029,12 @@ "No s'ha trobat ni obtingut cap perfil per a aquest ordinador.\n" "Comproveu que heu especificat la ubicació correcta a\n" "la línia d'ordres i torneu-ho a provar. A causa d'aquest error, només\n" -"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu utilitzant\n" -"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de reiniciar\n" -"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de control.\n" +"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu " +"utilitzant\n" +"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de " +"reiniciar\n" +"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de " +"control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1039,7 +1070,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi \"&product;.\n" +"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi " +"\"&product;.\n" "" #. force help text width @@ -1112,7 +1144,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de control. \n" +msgstr "" +"Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de " +"control. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1227,7 +1261,8 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de pertànyer\n" +"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de " +"pertànyer\n" "el fitxer de control actual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1404,8 +1439,12 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema " +"actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1419,8 +1458,11 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1473,8 +1515,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Selecciona un directori" @@ -1559,11 +1600,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "S'ha importat el fitxer Kickstart.\n" -"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i les\n" +"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i " +"les\n" "particions s'han importat correctament." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1598,7 +1641,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Comprovant l'XML amb validació del RNG..." @@ -1608,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "Secció %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Comprovant l'XML amb validació del RNC..." @@ -1647,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "Reinicia la màquina després de la segona fase" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Gestió de signatures" @@ -1693,25 +1736,32 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma predeterminada\n" -"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema durant\n" -"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la pantalla \n" -"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" +"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma " +"predeterminada\n" +"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema " +"durant\n" +"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la " +"pantalla \n" +"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació " +"automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode manual\n" +"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode " +"manual\n" "després de la primera arrencada (després de la instal·lació del paquet).\n" "\n" @@ -1748,7 +1798,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" +msgstr "" +"Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1855,12 +1906,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord amb el DTD i\n" -"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" +"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord " +"amb el DTD i\n" +"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en " +"manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" "es poden ignorar, per exemple, quan es creen classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1881,19 +1935,24 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de configuració.\n" +"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de " +"configuració.\n" "Les dades importades es carregaran al sistema de gestió de la configuració \n" -"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE.\n" +"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "Per a crear un perfil de referència, aquesta eina llegeix\n" -"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de llegir\n" -"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets.\n" +"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de " +"llegir\n" +"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1901,10 +1960,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al sistema de destinació.\n" +"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al " +"sistema de destinació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1942,7 +2003,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no s'ha definit cap partició i el disc indicat també és el \n" @@ -1962,40 +2024,58 @@ msgstr "Opcions avançades" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions " +"noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 " +"creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es " +"pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden configurar\n" -"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de control de forma manual.\n" +"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden " +"configurar\n" +"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de " +"control de forma manual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la configuració\n" -"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear particions LVM i RAID\n" +"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la " +"configuració\n" +"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear " +"particions LVM i RAID\n" "sense formatar.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha " +"retornat el codi %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha " +"retornat el codi %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2075,20 +2155,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts anteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la instal·lació. \n" +"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la " +"instal·lació. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts posteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha acabat\n" +"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha " +"acabat\n" "la instal·lació. Aquests scripts s'executen fora de l'entorn chroot.\n" "" @@ -2100,7 +2183,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2108,8 +2192,10 @@ "<H3>Scripts Chroot</H3>\n" "Per a executar els scripts posteriors a la instal·lació a l'entorn\n" "chroot, seleccioneu les opcions de l'script chroot. Aquests scripts\n" -"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els scripts \n" -"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del sistema \n" +"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els " +"scripts \n" +"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del " +"sistema \n" "instal·lat, utilitzeu sempre el punt de muntatge \"/mnt\" als scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2118,13 +2204,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Podeu executar els scripts chroot en una fase posterior quan\n" -"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana especial \"chrooted\".\n" +"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana " +"especial \"chrooted\".\n" "Aquesta operació permet executar els scripts al sistema instal·lat. \n" "\n" @@ -2154,13 +2242,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intèrpret:</H3>\n" -"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" +"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts " +"d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" " Python per als scripts anteriors a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" @@ -2170,32 +2260,43 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accés a la xarxa:</H3>\n" -"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa s'inhabilita i\n" +"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa " +"s'inhabilita i\n" "requereix l'inici dels scripts per fer que la xarxa estigui disponible. Una\n" -"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" -"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" -"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior a la instal·lació.\n" +"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és " +"utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" +"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. " +"Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" +"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior " +"a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retroacció i depuració:</H3>\n" -"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" -"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que us poden ajudar\n" +"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un " +"quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" +"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que " +"us poden ajudar\n" "a depurar l'script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2283,12 +2384,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar la instal·lació\n" -"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la instal·lació.\n" +"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar " +"la instal·lació\n" +"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la " +"instal·lació.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2308,15 +2412,21 @@ #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" -msgstr "S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML notifica:\n" +msgstr "" +"S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML " +"notifica:\n" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de " +"l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2329,51 +2439,53 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No s'han pogut recuperar les classes definides en funció de l'usuari.\n" -"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" -"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb el fitxer de control original\n" +"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són " +"disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" +"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb " +"el fitxer de control original\n" "sense utilitzar les classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Tria el perfil" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Obtenint el fitxer de control del disquet." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Obtenint el fitxer de control (%1) del servidor TFTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Obtenint el fitxer de control (%1) del servidor NFS: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Obtenint el fitxer de control (%1) del servidor HTTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Obtenint el fitxer de control (%1) del servidor FTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copiant el fitxer de control del fitxer %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copiant el fitxer de control del dispositiu /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copiant el fitxer de control de la ubicació predeterminada." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Origen desconegut." @@ -2383,7 +2495,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2393,28 +2505,34 @@ "Mitjançant el sistema de gestió de la configuració es poden\n" "configurar gairebé tots els recursos del fitxer de control.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics als disponibles\n" -"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el sistema, es recullen les dades\n" +"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics " +"als disponibles\n" +"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el " +"sistema, es recullen les dades\n" "introduïdes i s'exporten al fitxer de control que es pot utilitzar per\n" "a instal·lar un altre sistema mitjançant l'AutoYaST.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "A més dels mòduls existents i coneguts,\n" -"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i complexes, incloses\n" +"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i " +"complexes, incloses\n" "les particions, les opcions generals i el programari.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2441,105 +2559,91 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Voleu confirmar la instal·lació?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Segona fase de l'AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "La màquina s'atura després de la primera fase" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Aturant la màquina després de la segona fase" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Torna a iniciar la màquina després de la segona fase" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "S'accepten fitxers sense signar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "No s'accepten fitxers sense signar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "S'accepten fitxers sense una suma de verificació" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "No s'accepten fitxers sense una suma de verificació" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "S'accepten verificacions errònies" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "No s'accepten verificacions errònies" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "S'accepten claus GPG desconegudes" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "No s'accepten claus GPG desconegudes" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "S'importen claus GPG noves" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "No s'importen claus GPG noves" -#. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 -msgid "Syncing time..." -msgstr "Sincronitzant l'hora..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 -msgid "Syncing time with %s." -msgstr "Sincronitzant l'hora amb %s." - -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 -msgid "Time syncing failed." -msgstr "Ha fallat la sincronització de l'hora." - -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 -msgid "Cannot update system time." -msgstr "No es pot actualitzar l'hora del sistema." - #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no existeix." +msgstr "" +"No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no " +"existeix." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, proporcioneu-ne un." +msgstr "" +"El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, " +"proporcioneu-ne un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2612,7 +2716,7 @@ msgstr "Desconegut" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2622,133 +2726,156 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en afegir el dipòsit %1." #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. " +"Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creant la imatge - instal·lant els paquets" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu " +"el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Desa la imatge a ..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "Ara podeu fer canvis a la imatge a %1/\n" -"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a ser modificada." +"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a " +"ser modificada." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /" +"tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "S'ha creat correctament la imatge" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "no s'ha pogut obtenir el fitxer directory.yast a `%1`.\n" -"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no existeix." +"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no " +"existeix." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir '%1'. Tornar-ho a provar?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir '%1'. Ha fallat la creació de la imatge." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Preparant l'estructura de directoris de la imatge ISO..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "configuració d'arrencada per al DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "Ok" msgstr "D'acord" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" +"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un " +"fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" "Si premeu el botó d'acord, es crearà la imatge ISO." #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Desa la imatge ISO a ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Creant el fitxer de la imatge ISO..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "S'ha creat la imatge ISO amb èxit a %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Patrons seleccionats" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Paquets seleccionats de forma individual" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Paquets que s'han de suprimir" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Imposa el paquet del nucli" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "No s'han pogut establir els patrons: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " +"secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al disc dur. Falten %1 MB" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al " +"disc dur. Falten %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2777,7 +2904,8 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "S'han trobat diverses particions arrel. No s'ha configurat\n" -"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" +"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a " +"terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2786,31 +2914,34 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Recollint dades de configuració..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." -msgstr "Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues vegades." +msgstr "" +"Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues " +"vegades." #. Save sections of current profile to separate files #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure la secció %1 al fitxer %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." +msgstr "" +"Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2826,8 +2957,27 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "D'&acord" +#~ msgid "Configure users and groups" +#~ msgstr "Configura els usuaris i els grups" + +#~ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Important la configuració d'usuaris i grups..." + +#~ msgid "Syncing time..." +#~ msgstr "Sincronitzant l'hora..." + +#~ msgid "Syncing time with %s." +#~ msgstr "Sincronitzant l'hora amb %s." + +#~ msgid "Time syncing failed." +#~ msgstr "Ha fallat la sincronització de l'hora." + +#~ msgid "Cannot update system time." +#~ msgstr "No es pot actualitzar l'hora del sistema." + #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Configura el nivell d'execució" @@ -2850,18 +3000,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Introduïu la informació de la partició segons les vostres\n" -#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" +#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el " +#~ "número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el " +#~ "recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les " +#~ "particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de " +#~ "la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup " +#~ "de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la documentació en línia.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2915,17 +3075,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu la mida de la partició o el número d'una partició." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en aquelles particions.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, " +#~ "assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició " +#~ "d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en " +#~ "aquelles particions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-07 17:32+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:19+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question #. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ msgstr "Eliminant el paquet %s de la memòria" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "No s'ha definit cap flux de treball per a aquest mode d'instal·lació." @@ -462,14 +462,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Continua la instal·lació" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "&Abandona la instal·lació" @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ "S'ha produït un error intern quan s'integrava el flux de treball addicional." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "El valor de %1 no és vàlid." @@ -1147,6 +1147,79 @@ "En alguns dels entorns no estan disponibles algunes de les tecles\n" "de funció o bé no n'hi ha cap de disponible." +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Recarrega després de desar-ne els paràmetres" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Estat del servei" + +#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " +"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " +"during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " +"dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " +"in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Estat actual:" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Inicia durant l'arrencada del sistema" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196 +msgid "running" +msgstr "executant-se" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "Atura-ho ara" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "aturat" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "Inicia-ho ara" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path #: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 @@ -1347,7 +1420,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Omet" @@ -1370,7 +1443,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Contrasenya" @@ -1589,27 +1662,27 @@ msgstr "Fitxer de versió %{file} no trobat" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Segur que voleu avortar la instal·lació?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Segur que voleu avortar la reparació del sistema del YaST?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Avorta la reparació del sistema" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Continua la reparació del sistema" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1622,7 +1695,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1637,7 +1710,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1648,18 +1721,18 @@ "Caldrà que instal·leu el sistema una altra vegada." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Segur que ho voleu avortar?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalls..." @@ -2714,47 +2787,47 @@ "No es permeten espais.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Zona externa" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Zona interna" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Zona desmilitaritzada" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Zona desconeguda" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2770,8 +2843,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2780,72 +2853,72 @@ "Executeu el tallafoc del YaST2 i assigneu-lo.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del tallafoc" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Comprova si hi ha dispositius de xarxa" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Llegeix la configuració actual" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Comprova si hi ha possibles serveis conflictius" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Comprovant els dispositius de xarxa..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Llegint la configuració actual..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Comprovant si hi ha possibles serveis conflictius..." #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Escrivint la configuració del tallafoc" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres del tallafoc" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Ajusta el servei del tallafoc" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Ajustant el servei del tallafoc..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure els paràmetres" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Protocol desconegut (%1)" @@ -2977,49 +3050,50 @@ #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. #. -#. @param [String] service name +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) #. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil #. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private #. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the #. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function #. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} #. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service #. defined by package. #. #. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition #. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) #. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage #. #. @example #. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( #. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "El servei amb el nom '%{service_name}' no existeix" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Servei: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Servei desconegut \"%1\"" @@ -3043,35 +3117,75 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Desinstal·la" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77 +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descarregant el paquet %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Baixada del paquet" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "El paquet %1 està trencat, ha fallat la comprovació d'integritat." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Voleu tornar a intentar la instal·lació del paquet?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Voleu interrompre la instal·lació?" @@ -3080,15 +3194,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "S'ha produït un error: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3099,35 +3213,35 @@ "programari.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Desinstal·lant el paquet %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Instal·lant el paquet %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Desinstal·lant el paquet" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instal·lant el paquet" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'eliminació del paquet %1." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la instal·lació del paquet %1." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " @@ -3139,7 +3253,7 @@ "de programari." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " @@ -3159,27 +3273,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Cara A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Cara B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Disc %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Mitjà %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3188,7 +3302,7 @@ "'%1' " #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3201,7 +3315,7 @@ "Comproveu que el directori sigui accessible." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3215,83 +3329,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Salta't el refresc automàtic" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Expulsa" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Expulsió &automàtica del CD o el DVD" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Voleu tornar a intentar la instal·lació?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Voleu ometre el suport?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignorant el suport erroni..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Creant el repositori %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear el repositori." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "No es pot recuperar la descripció del repositori remot." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en recuperar les noves metadades." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "El repositori no és vàlid." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Les metadades del repositori no són vàlides." @@ -3299,92 +3413,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Voleu tornar-ho a intentar?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Explorant el repositori %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en explorar el repositori." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detalls de l'exploració del repositori." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Les metadades del repositori no són vàlides." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repositori %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descarregant el paquet delta RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Baixada del paquet Delta RPM" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Aplicant el paquet delta RPM %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Aplicació del paquet Delta RPM" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paquet:" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Iniciant l'script %1 (pedaç %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Execució de l'script" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pedaç:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Resultat de l'script" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3393,7 +3507,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3408,38 +3522,38 @@ "ja no hi siguin o estiguin caducats." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Salta't el refresc" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descarregant" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Està baixant: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Comprovant la base de dades dels paquets" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" "Reconstruint la base de dades dels paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una " "mica." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3448,17 +3562,17 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" "Convertint la base de dades dels paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una mica." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estat" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3467,12 +3581,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Llegint la base de dades RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Llegint els paquets instal·lats" @@ -3483,27 +3597,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Examinant la base de dades RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "No s'ha pogut iniciar l'objectiu" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Lectura de la base de dades RPM" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autenticació d'usuaris" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3514,20 +3628,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nom d'&usuari" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Mostra els &detalls" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Mida:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Temps que resta fins al proper intent automàtic: %1" @@ -3606,12 +3720,12 @@ "resolució manual al gestor de paquets." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la instal·lació dels paquets necessaris." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3622,12 +3736,12 @@ "és possible que YaST no funcioni correctament.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "No es pot continuar sense instal·lar els paquets necessaris." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3636,22 +3750,22 @@ "necessaris, és possible que YaST no funcioni correctament.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Confirma la llicència del paquet: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Hi estic d'acord" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "No &hi estic d'acord" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3673,7 +3787,7 @@ "b>." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " @@ -3692,7 +3806,7 @@ "llista.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3707,7 +3821,7 @@ "\t\t Amb el menú contextual.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3719,7 +3833,7 @@ "\t\t on podeu veure i seleccionar paquets individuals de programari.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " @@ -3743,99 +3857,99 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Selecció de programari i tasques del sistema" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(més)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "La instal·lació ha acabat amb èxit." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Ha fallat la instal·lació dels paquets" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Missatge d'error: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquets que han fallat: %1." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquets instal·lats: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquets actualitzats: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquets eliminats: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquets que no s'han instal·lat: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquets" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Temps emprat: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Mida total instal·lada: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Mida total de la descàrrega: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Estadístiques" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Registre de la instal·lació" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalls" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Després d'instal·lar paquets" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Mostra aquest informe" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Acaba" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Continua dins el gestor de programari" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687 msgid "" "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " "or removed packages." @@ -3843,28 +3957,28 @@ "<BIG>Resum de la instal·lació</BIG> Aqui hi teniu un resum dels " "paquets instal·lats o eliminats." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Informe de la instal·lació" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Paquets instal·lats" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Paquets actualitzats" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Paquets esborrats" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Paquets que resten" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -4313,41 +4427,41 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Instal·lant..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Suports" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Restant" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Temps" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Accions fetes:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Espereu mentre s'instal·len els paquets." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "" "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " "the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " @@ -4360,37 +4474,37 @@ "component de sistema bàsic no està instal·lat." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s Notes de la versió" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Presentació amb diapo&sitives" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalls" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Fent l'actualització" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Fent la instal·lació" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instal·lació dels paquets" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4399,7 +4513,7 @@ "la instal·lació?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Interromput" @@ -4994,6 +5108,16 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Dispositiu Bluetooth" +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +msgid "" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" +msgstr "" + #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 msgid "" @@ -5075,7 +5199,7 @@ "separats pel signe de dos punts." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5088,7 +5212,7 @@ "i la darrera part tampoc no pot començar amb una xifra." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -6047,72 +6171,33 @@ "servidor DNS.\n" "El nom d'amfitrió %2 no s'hi pot afegir." -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "Estat del servei" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Current status</big> \n" +#~ "Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the " +#~ "same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start " +#~ "service during boot'.\n" +#~ "<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" +#~ "Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +#~ "service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' " +#~ "buttons).\n" +#~ "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +#~ "Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +#~ "disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the " +#~ "service in the already running system.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Estat actual</big> \n" +#~ "Mostra l'estat actual del servei. L'estat es mantindrà igual després de " +#~ "desar-ne els paràmetres, independentment del valor de \"Inicia el servei " +#~ "durant l'arrencada\".\n" +#~ "<big>Recarrega després de desar-ne els paràmetres</big> \n" +#~ "Només aplicable si el servei s'executa actualment. Assegura que el servei " +#~ "en execució recarrega la nova configuració després de desar-la (a través " +#~ "de \"D'acord\" o el botó \"Desa\").\n" +#~ "<big>Inicia durant l'arrencada del sistema</big> \n" +#~ "Marqueu-ho per habilitar que el servei s'iniciï durant l'arrencada del " +#~ "sistema. Desmarqueu-ho per inhabilitar el servei. Això no afecta l'estat " +#~ "actual del servei al sistema que ja s'executa.\n" -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' " -"buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " -"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " -"in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Estat actual</big> \n" -"Mostra l'estat actual del servei. L'estat es mantindrà igual després de " -"desar-ne els paràmetres, independentment del valor de \"Inicia el servei " -"durant l'arrencada\".\n" -"<big>Recarrega després de desar-ne els paràmetres</big> \n" -"Només aplicable si el servei s'executa actualment. Assegura que el servei en " -"execució recarrega la nova configuració després de desar-la (a través de " -"\"D'acord\" o el botó \"Desa\").\n" -"<big>Inicia durant l'arrencada del sistema</big> \n" -"Marqueu-ho per habilitar que el servei s'iniciï durant l'arrencada del " -"sistema. Desmarqueu-ho per inhabilitar el servei. Això no afecta l'estat " -"actual del servei al sistema que ja s'executa.\n" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "Estat actual:" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "Inicia durant l'arrencada del sistema" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "Recarrega després de desar-ne els paràmetres" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -msgid "running" -msgstr "executant-se" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "Atura-ho ara" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "aturat" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "Inicia-ho ara" - #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut muntar el mitjà correcte per al repositori." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:30+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 @@ -31,49 +31,160 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "Suprimiu una opció global" +msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +msgstr "Suprimeix una opció global o una opció de secció" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "Establiu una opció global" +msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +msgstr "Especifiqueu una opció global o una opció de secció" +#. command line help text for add action +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 +msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" +msgstr "Afegiu una nova secció - si us plau, feu servir el mode interactiu" + #. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 msgid "Print value of specified option" msgstr "Imprimeix el valor de l'opció especificada" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 +msgid "The name of the section" +msgstr "Nom de la secció" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 msgid "The key of the option" msgstr "Clau de l'opció" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 msgid "The value of the option" msgstr "Valor de l'opció" +#. command line error report, %1 is section name +#. command line error report, %1 is section name +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 +msgid "Section %1 not found." +msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1" + #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "No s'ha especificat el valor." +#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name +#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 +msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" +msgstr "" +"Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia " +"d'ordres" + #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 +msgid "Section name must be specified." +msgstr "Cal especificar el nom de la sessió." + +#. command line error report +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "No s'ha especificat l'opció." -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Valor: %s" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "No existeix l'opció especificada." +#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 +msgid "Value: %1" +msgstr "Valor: %1" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"El sistema es pararà ara.%1\n" +"Per a més detalls, llegiu-ne el capítol\n" +"a la documentació. \n" + +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "El sistema tornarà a arrencar ara..." + +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible " +"que el sistema no pugui arrencar." + +#. error in the proposal +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les " +"particions" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Arrencada" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Arrencada" + +#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Disk Order" +msgstr "Ordre dels discos" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Paràmetres d'ordre dels discs" + +#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 +msgid "Boot Menu" +msgstr "Menú d'arrencada" + +#. `VSpacing(1), +#. Window title +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgstr "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -95,13 +206,18 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada \n" -"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" -"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i tot\n" +"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " +"de l'arrencada \n" +"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador " +"d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" +"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i " +"tot\n" "si el carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat a l'MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -122,10 +238,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Temps d'espera en segons \n" -"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" +"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es " +"carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -137,112 +255,178 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Si premeu Defineix com a predeterminat, la secció\n" -"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada mostrarà \n" -"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un altre\n" -"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" -"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les seccions en\n" -"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall.\n" +"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " +"d'arrencada mostrarà \n" +"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un " +"altre\n" +"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el " +"temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" +"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les " +"seccions en\n" +"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" +"b>.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del sistema operatiu que\n" +"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el " +"registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del " +"sistema operatiu que\n" "arrenca la partició activa)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions recomanades, l'altra és\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions " +"recomanades, l'altra és\n" "Arrenca des de la partició arrel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"It is recommended to install grub to MBR" +msgstr "" +"Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' i " +"usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" +"És recomanable instal·lar el Grub a l'MBR" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" +"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana " +"si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" "a l'ordinador." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició\n" -"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" -" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que " +"hi hagi una partició\n" +"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de " +"particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi " +"d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" +" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre " +"d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per a iniciar la secció." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la partició d'arrel \n" +"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la " +"partició d'arrel \n" "es troba en una partició lògica i falta la partició /boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar la partició des d'on arrencar." - #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar " +"la partició des d'on arrencar." + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la taula MD\n" +"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la " +"taula MD\n" "permet escriure el GRUB a l'MBR dels dos discs." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a utilitzar\n" -"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info grub2</code>) per a més detalls." +"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a usar\n" +"per a la consola de sèrie. Si us plau, vegeu la documentació del grub " +"(<code>info grub</code>) per a més detalls." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -"Definició de terminal \n" -"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. e. una consola de sèrie),\n" -"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a l'ordre,\n" -"com a <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en què premeu\n" -"qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com a terminal GRUB." +"Definició del terminal \n" +"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie " +"(p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" +"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" +"code> a\n" +"l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el " +"qual\n" +"premeu qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com un terminal GRUB." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté una llista de números de secció\n" -"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no arrenqui." +"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté " +"una llista de números de secció\n" +"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no " +"arrenqui." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú " +"d'arrencada." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "" +"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que s'utilitzarà " +"per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 +msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." +msgstr "" +"Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals acústics</" +"p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " +"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"it in Retype Password." msgstr "" -"Protegeix el carregador d'arrencada amb contrasenya \n" -"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya." +"Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú del carregador \n" +"Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. " +"El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" +"a l'opció Repeteix la contrasenya." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -256,160 +440,229 @@ "Per afegir un disc, premeu Afegeix.\n" "Per eliminar un disc, premeu Elimina." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Ubicacions del carregador d'arrencada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició d'arrencada" +msgstr "" +"Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " +"d'arrencada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Temps d'espera en segons" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Secció d'arrencada predeterminada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" +msgstr "Usa Grub &fiable" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partició d'arrencada personalitzada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Arrenca des de la partició arrel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Arrenca des de la partició ampliada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr " &Paràmetres de connexió de sèrie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Oculta el menú en arrencar" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +msgid "Graphical &Menu File" +msgstr "Fitxer del &menú gràfic" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "&Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "&Senyalador de depuració" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. Bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Summary: +#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration +#. and installation +#. +#. Authors: +#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz> +#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> +#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de> +#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 +msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" +msgstr "Escolliu un nou fitxer de menú gràfic" + +#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 +msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" +msgstr "Habilita &senyals acústics" + #. Validate function of a popup #. @param [String] key any widget key #. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation #. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Prot&egeix el carregador d'arrencada amb contrasenya" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" -msgstr "Només p&rotegeix la modificació de l'entrada" - #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Contrasenya" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "&Torneu a escriure la contrasenya" +#. Common widget of a console +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "Usa la &consola de sèrie" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "&Arguments de la consola" + +#. textentry header +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Dispositiu" + +#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "El mapa de dispositius ha de contenir com a mínim un dispositiu" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "Dis&cos" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555 +msgid "&Up" +msgstr "&Amunt" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556 +msgid "&Down" +msgstr "&Avall" + #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Arrenca des de la partició &arrel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Arrenca& des de la partició d'arrencada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Partició d'arrencada &personalitzada" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Ubicació del carregador d'arrencada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Arrenca des del &registre d'arrencada mestre" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Arrenca des de &la partició ampliada" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "Partició d'arrencada &personalitzada" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Habilita la red&undància per a MD Array" +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 +msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +msgstr "&Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada" + #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Paràmetres del nucli" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada" -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Arrencada segura" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Activa &suport per a l'arrencada segura" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Lloc del &carregador d'arrencada" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "Escolliu la partició on s'instal·la la seqüència d'arrencada." @@ -428,34 +681,80 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els " +"paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que " +"ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " +msgid "" +"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir els " +"paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu \"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-" +"prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que " +"només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu " +"\"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " +"boot entry name. " +msgstr "" +"El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat " +"per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Paràmetre &opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "D&istribuïdor" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&Mode Vga" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 +msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" +msgstr "Paràmetre opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli a prova de &fallades" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatius" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Bandera MBR protectora" @@ -464,20 +763,30 @@ #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels #. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) #. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) +#. combo box item +#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels +#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels +#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) +#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." msgstr "Mode de lletra estàndard de 8 píxels." #. item of a combo box +#. item of a combo box #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 msgid "Text Mode" msgstr "Mode de text" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "No especificat" @@ -498,70 +807,227 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Autodetecta amb el grub2" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Escolliu el fitxer del menú gràfic" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Usa una consola &gràfica" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Resolució de la consola" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Tema de la consola" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "Usa la &consola de sèrie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "&Arguments de la consola" - -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de manera adient." +msgstr "" +"Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de " +"manera adient." #. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 +#. file open popup caption +#. file open popup caption +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Seleccioneu un fitxer" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador " +"d'arrencada." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Arrenca els paràmetres del carregador d'arrencada" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "No hi ha cap opció per definir per al carregador d'arrencada actual." +#. heading +#. heading +#. heading +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Kernel Section" +msgstr "Secció del nucli" + +#. frame +#. frame +#. frame +#. frame +#. frame +#. frame +#. frame +#. frame +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 +msgid "Section Settings" +msgstr "Paràmetres de la secció" + +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" +msgstr "Paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada: gestió de la secció" + +#. heading +#. radio button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 +msgid "Xen Section" +msgstr "Secció del Xen" + +#. heading +#. radio button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 +msgid "Menu Section" +msgstr "Secció del menú" + +#. heading +#. radio button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 +msgid "Dump Section" +msgstr "Secció d'abocament" + +#. label +#. label +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 +msgid "Other System Section" +msgstr "Una altra secció del sistema" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 +msgid "&Filename" +msgstr "&Nom del fitxer" + +#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 +msgid "Filename: %1" +msgstr "Nom del fitxer: %1 " + +#. multiline edit header +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 +msgid "Fi&le Contents" +msgstr "&Contingut del fitxer" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 +msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" +msgstr "Configuració manual avançada" + +#. sections list widget +#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections +#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections +#. menu button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Altres" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 +msgid "Image" +msgstr "Imatge" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 +msgid "Xen" +msgstr "Xen" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 +msgid "Floppy" +msgstr "Disquet" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 +msgid "Menu" +msgstr "Menú" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 +msgid "Dump" +msgstr "Fictici" + +#. table header, Def stands for default +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 +msgid "Def." +msgstr "Pred." + +#. table header +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "Etiqueta" + +#. table header +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipus" + +#. table header; header for section details, either +#. the specification of the kernel image to load, +#. or the specification of device to boot from +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 +msgid "Image / Device" +msgstr "Imatge/dispositiu" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 +msgid "Set as De&fault" +msgstr "Defineix com a opció per de&fecte" + #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Carregador d'arrencada" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -575,66 +1041,116 @@ "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "E&dita els fitxers de configuració" +#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 +msgid "" +"\n" +"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" +"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" +"\n" +"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" +"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" +"\n" +"Select a course of action:\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Heu decidit canviar el carregador de l'arrencada. És possible que\n" +"es perdin algunes opcions en convertir la configuració.\n" +"\n" +"Es desarà la configuració actual i podreu restaurar-la\n" +"en tornar al carregador de l'arrencada actual.\n" +" \n" +"Seleccioneu una acció a seguir:\n" +#. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "&Proposa una configuració nova" +#. radiobutton +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 +msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" +msgstr "Con&verteix la configuració actual" + +#. radiobutton +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 +msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" +msgstr "&Inicia una nova configuració des de zero" + +#. radiobutton +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 +msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" +msgstr "&Llegeix la configuració desada al disc" + +#. radiobutton +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 +msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" +msgstr "Rei&nicia la configuració desada abans de la conversió" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 +msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" + +#. pushbutton +#. menu button entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 +msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +msgstr "E&dita els fitxers de configuració" + #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "&Inicia des de zero" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "Torn&a a llegir la configuració del disc" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "Restaura l'MBR del disc dur" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Escriu el codi d'arrencada del carregador al disc" -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Altres" - #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "L'MBR s'ha restaurat correctament" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "Ha fallat la restuaració de l'MBR." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Ha fallat l'escriptura dels paràmetres del carregador." +#. tab header +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 +msgid "&Section Management" +msgstr "&Gestió de la secció" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 +msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" +msgstr "Instal·lació &del carregador de l'arrencada" + #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Opcions del &carregador d'arrencada" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada" - #. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 msgid "" @@ -653,30 +1169,44 @@ "<big>Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada> \n" "Espereu... " -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) +#. help text, optional part of following #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" +"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" +"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +msgstr "" +"Si teniu diversos sistemes Linux instal·lats,\n" +"el YaST pot intentar trobar-los i fusionar-ne els menús." + +#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Amb el botó Altres,\n" -"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" -"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de zero o\n" +"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" +"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de " +"zero o\n" "tornar a llegir la configuració desada al disc. %1" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." msgstr "" -"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" "premeu Edita els fitxers de configuració." #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 msgid "" " In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu." @@ -685,14 +1215,16 @@ "del menú d'arrencada." #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció seleccionada." +msgstr "" +"Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció " +"seleccionada." #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -701,27 +1233,32 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció seleccionada \n" -"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada \n" +"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció " +"seleccionada \n" +"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " +"d'arrencada \n" "mostra un menú d'arrencada i espera que l'usuari \n" "seleccioni el nucli o un altre sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es\n" "prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà el \n" -"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les seccions\n" -"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall." +"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les " +"seccions\n" +"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" +"B>." #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" "o bé, Suprimeix per suprimir la secció seleccionada." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" @@ -730,7 +1267,7 @@ "El gestor d'arrencada (%1) es pot instal·lar de les maneres següents:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -741,39 +1278,59 @@ "a l'ordinador." #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "\n" "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (arrel) \n" +"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</" +"tt> (arrel) \n" ". És l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició apropiada\n" ". Seleccioneu Activa la partició del carregador d'arrencada i\n" -"Reemplaça l'MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada\n" +"Reemplaça l'MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del " +"carregador d'arrencada\n" "per actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre,\n" "si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per iniciar &product;." +#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 +#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"\n" +"- On a Floppy Disk.\n" +"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" +"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" +"the BIOS of your machine to use this option." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"- A un disquet.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un mecanisme " +"d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet al\n" +"BIOS de la màquina per poder-la fer servir." + #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del sistema\n" +"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del " +"sistema\n" "en seleccionar aquesta opció." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -782,77 +1339,86 @@ msgstr "" "Per exemple, la major part dels ordinadors tenen un límit de BIOS\n" "que limita l'arrencada a\n" -"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada utilizat,\n" +"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada " +"utilizat,\n" "podreu o no arrencar des d'una partició lògica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" +"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</" +"tt> o\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) al camp d'entrada." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 msgid "" "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com ara el mapa\n" -"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada." +"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com " +"ara el mapa\n" +"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador " +"d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Tipus de carregador de l'arrencada \n" -"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu instal·lar,\n" +"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu " +"instal·lar,\n" "feu servir Carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "Boot Loader Options \n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, feu clic a\n" +"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, " +"feu clic a\n" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "Expert Manual Configuration \n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configuració manual avançada \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador d'arrencada.\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada.\n" "Nota: el fitxer de configuració final pot tenir un sagnat diferent." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nom de la secció \n" -"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" +"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del " +"carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" "de secció ha de ser únic." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 msgid "" "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" "Select the type of the new section to create." @@ -861,7 +1427,7 @@ "Seleccioneu el tipus de la secció nova que voleu crear." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" @@ -872,79 +1438,94 @@ "secció seleccionada." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres imatges\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres " +"imatges\n" "per carregar i iniciar." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una altra imatge,\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una " +"altra imatge,\n" "però que s'iniciï en un entorn XEN." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu Un altre sistema (carregador en cadena) per afegir\n" -"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc.\n" +"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del " +"disc.\n" "Serveix per arrencar altres sistemes operatius." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu el Menú de secció per afegir una secció que\n" -"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix per\n" +"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix " +"per\n" "arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Ordre dels discos durs: %1" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "No instal·lis cap carregador d'arrencada " #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "No instal·lis cap carregador d'arrencada" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada" +#. popup, %1 is bootloader name +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 +msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." +msgstr "S'ha copiat el sector d'arrencada %1 al disquet." + +#. popup - continuing +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 +msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." +msgstr "Deixa el disquet a la disquetera. " + #. popup message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 msgid "" @@ -960,16 +1541,22 @@ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada " +"sense desar-la?\n" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" +#. yes-no popup question +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 +msgid "Really delete section %1?" +msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la secció %1?" + #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "El camp de la contrasenya no pot estar buit." #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -977,15 +1564,83 @@ "Els valors introduïts a \"Contrasenya\" i \"Repeteix la contrasenya\"\n" "no coincideixen. Torneu a escriure la contrasenya." +#. message popup, %1 is sectino label +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 +msgid "" +"The disk settings have changed.\n" +"Check section %1 settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc.\n" +"Comproveu els paràmetres de la secció %1.\n" + +#. message popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 +msgid "" +"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" +"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc i heu editat els fitxers\n" +"de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres del " +"carregador de l'arrencada.\n" + #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete #. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" +#. combobox item +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 +msgid "Do Not Create a File System" +msgstr "No creïs un sistema de fitxers" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 +msgid "Create an ext2 File System" +msgstr "Crea un sistema de fitxers ext2" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 +msgid "Create a FAT File System" +msgstr "Crea un sistema de fitxers FAT" + +#. label +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 +msgid "" +"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" +"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" +"and confirm with OK.\n" +msgstr "" +"S'escriurà el sector d'arrencada de LILO al disquet.\n" +"Inseriu un disquet formatat \n" +"i confirmeu amb \"D'acord\".\n" + +#. checkbox +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 +msgid "&Low Level Format" +msgstr "Format de &nivell baix" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 +msgid "&Create File System" +msgstr "&Crea el sistema de fitxers" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 +msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" +msgstr "Ha fallat el format de nivell baix. Voleu tornar-ho a provar?" + +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 +msgid "Creating file system failed." +msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear el sistema de fitxers" + #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 msgid "" "The name selected is already used.\n" "Use a different one.\n" @@ -994,7 +1649,7 @@ "Utilitzeu-ne un altre.\n" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 msgid "" "An error occurred during boot loader\n" "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" @@ -1002,9 +1657,14 @@ "S'ha produït un error en instal·lar el carregador d'arrencada.\n" "Voleu tornar a carregar la configuració del carregador d'arrencada?\n" +#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 +msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut instal·lar el carregador de l'arrencada." + #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1027,791 +1687,738 @@ "Voleu continuar?\n" #. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" msgstr "&Sí, torna a escriure-ho" -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les particions." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. Bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Summary: +#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets +#. +#. Authors: +#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 +msgid "Image Section" +msgstr "Secció d'imatge" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "El mapa de dispositius ha de contenir com a mínim un dispositiu" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 +msgid "" +"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +"directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. " +"Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció " +"Navega." -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Paràmetres d'ordre dels discs" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 +msgid "" +"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al " +"nucli com a dispositiu arrel." -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "Dis&cos" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"directly or choose by using Browse.\n" +msgstr "" +"L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el disc " +"RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de " +"fitxer\n" +"directament o bé escollir-los amb Navega.\n" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Dispositiu" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +"booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per a " +"arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no està disponible." +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " +"this section." +msgstr "" +"Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es " +"necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al dispositiu %{device}." +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " +"found on your computer." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes " +"operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada..." +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " +"needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a " +"l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per a " +"arrencar-la" -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " +"to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " +"grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"El sistema es pararà ara.%1\n" -"Per a més detalls, llegiu-ne el capítol\n" -"a la documentació. \n" +"L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes permet " +"especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria dels casos, " +"voleu\n" +"especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de la " +"llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "El sistema tornarà a arrencar ara..." +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " +"image \n" +"and start it in a Xen environment.\n" +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o una " +"altra imatge\n" +"i iniciar-los en un entorn XEN.\n" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Arrencada" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 +msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Arrencada" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "" +"Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir " +"els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 +msgid "Menu Section" +msgstr "Secció del menú" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les particions" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 +msgid "Partition of Menu File" +msgstr "Partició del fitxer de menú" +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " +"loaded menu file." +msgstr "" +"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " +"loaded menu file." + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " +"to be on the first disk." +msgstr "" +"Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el Windows " +"normalment necessita ser al primer disc." + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Edit and Delete" +msgstr "" +"Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és " +"possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" +"Editar and Esborrar" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Allow attempt to relocate\n" +"Usually specified in global section" +msgstr "" +"Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació\n" +"Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" +"Usually specified in global section" +msgstr "" +"Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura</" +"b> \n" +"Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" +"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +"file on a SCSI disk partition." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que " +"especifica com\n" +"crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu de " +"cinta, o a un\n" +"fitxer d'una partició de disc SCSI." + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" +"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la " +"configuració.\n" +"Les seccions de menú representen una llista de tasques agrupades.\n" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " +"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris de " +"l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" +"Si us plau, tingueu en compte que això també desactivarà l'AppArmor." + +#. radio button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 +msgid "Image Section" +msgstr "Secció d'imatge" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 +msgid "&Kernel Image" +msgstr "&Imatge de nucli" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 +msgid "&Root Device" +msgstr "&Dispositiu arrel " + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 +msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" +msgstr "Disc RAM &inicial" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 +msgid "Chainloader Section" +msgstr "Secció del carregador de cadenes" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 +msgid "Use Password Protection" +msgstr "Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 +msgid "&Other System" +msgstr "&Altres sistemes" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 +msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" +msgstr "No &verifiquis el sistema de fitxers abans de l'arrencada" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 +msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" +msgstr "&Activeu aquesta partició quan la seleccioneu per a l'arrencada" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 +msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" +msgstr "&Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega en cadena" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 +msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" +msgstr "&Mapa de secció del primer disc al mapa de dispositius" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 +msgid "&Hypervisor" +msgstr "&Hipervisor" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 +msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" +msgstr "&Paràmetres de l'hipervisor Xen adicionals" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 +msgid "&Partition of Menu File" +msgstr "&Partició del fitxer de menú" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 +msgid "&Menu Description File" +msgstr "&Fitxer de descripció del menú" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 +msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" +msgstr "&Imposeu el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 +msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" +msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una &nova ubicació" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 +msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" +msgstr "Directori &objectiu per a la secció" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 +msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" +msgstr "Fitxer de paràmetres &opcionals" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 +msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" +msgstr "Secció d'abocament (obsoleta)" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Dispositiu d'abocament" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 +msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" +msgstr "&Dispositiu d'abocament SCSI " + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 +msgid "&List of Menu Entries" +msgstr "&Llista d'entrades del menú" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 +msgid "&Number of Default Entry" +msgstr "&Número de l'entrada predeterminada" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 +msgid "&Timeout in seconds" +msgstr "&Temps d'espera en segons" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 +msgid "&Show boot menu" +msgstr "&Mostra el menú d'arrencada" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 +msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" +msgstr "C&opia la imatge a la partició d'arrencada." + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 +msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" +msgstr "&Omet correctament la secció dels errors " + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 +msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" +msgstr "Arrenca la &partició d'un altre sistema" + +#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 +msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" +msgstr "La secció d'imatge ha de tenir una imatge de kernel especificada." + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 +msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +msgstr "El fitxer de la imatge ara no existeix. Realment el voleu usar?" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 +msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +msgstr "El fitxer initrd ara no existeix. Realment el voleu usar?" + +#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 +msgid "Enable &SELinux" +msgstr "Activa &SELinux" + +#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 +msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" +msgstr "El nom inclou un o més caràcters no permesos" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 +msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." +msgstr "Pregunta per la resolució durant la càrrega." + +#. radio button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 +msgid "Clone Selected Section" +msgstr "Clona la secció seleccionada" + +#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 +msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" +msgstr "Un altre sistema (carregador de cadenes)" + +#. frame +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 +msgid "Section Type" +msgstr "Tipus de secció" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 +msgid "Section &Name" +msgstr "Nom de la &secció" + +#. error report +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les " +"particions." + #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#. +#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not " +"install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" +"\">install</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita " +"arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." - #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Canvia'n la ubicació: %s" +#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipus de carregador d'arrencada: %1 " +#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 +msgid " (\"/boot\")" +msgstr " (\"/boot\")" + #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (ampliada)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 +msgid " (\"/\")" +msgstr " (\"/\")" + #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 +#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Estat de la ubicació: %1" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 +#. section name "suffix" for default section +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 +msgid " (default)" +msgstr " (per defecte)" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 +msgid "Sections: %1" +msgstr "Seccions: %1" + +#. summary text +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 +msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el carregador de l'arrencada, crea\n" +"només els fitxers de configuració " + +#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 +msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" +msgstr "Proposa i &fusiona amb els menús existents del GRUB " + +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no " +"sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Activa l'arrencada segura: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada desconegut: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador %2" +msgstr "" +"Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador " +"%2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers " +"btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-" +"ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com " +"a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "" +"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra " +"ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." +#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +msgid "" +"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " +"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " +"Installation Details\"" +msgstr "" +"El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs " +"necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, l'ordre " +"d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del carregador\"." + #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "La bandera d'activació no l'ha establerta l'instal·lador. Si no n'hi ha cap d'establerta, algunes BIOS podrien refusar l'arrencada." - -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "L'instal·lador no modificarà l'MBR del disc. Si no és que ja contingui un codi d'arrencada, la BIOS no podrà arrencar el disc." - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Comprova el carregador d'arrencada" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Llegeix el mètode de partició" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Carrega la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Comprovant el carregador d'arrencada..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Llegint les particions..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Carregant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" +#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 +msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +msgstr "Paràmetres afegits del nucli: %1" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Crea l'initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Desa els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creant l'initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Desant els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Instal·lant el carregador d'arrencada..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -#~ msgstr "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " +#~ msgid "Delete a global option" +#~ msgstr "Suprimiu una opció global" -#~ msgid "D&istributor" -#~ msgstr "D&istribuïdor" +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "Establiu una opció global" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Terminal Definition \n" -#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Definició del terminal \n" -#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" -#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a\n" -#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el qual\n" -#~ "premeu qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com un terminal GRUB." +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "Valor: %s" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -#~ "it in Retype Password." +#~ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info " +#~ "grub2</code>) for details." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú del carregador \n" -#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" -#~ "a l'opció Repeteix la contrasenya." +#~ "Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a " +#~ "utilitzar\n" +#~ "per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub " +#~ "(<code>info grub2</code>) per a més detalls." -#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." - -#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -#~ msgstr "Paràmetre opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli a prova de &fallades" - -#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" -#~ msgstr "Suprimeix una opció global o una opció de secció" - -#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" -#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu una opció global o una opció de secció" - -#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "Afegiu una nova secció - si us plau, feu servir el mode interactiu" - -#~ msgid "The name of the section" -#~ msgstr "Nom de la secció" - -#~ msgid "Section %1 not found." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1" - -#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia d'ordres" - -#~ msgid "Section name must be specified." -#~ msgstr "Cal especificar el nom de la sessió." - -#~ msgid "Disk Order" -#~ msgstr "Ordre dels discos" - -#~ msgid "Boot Menu" -#~ msgstr "Menú d'arrencada" - #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" -#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" +#~ "Terminal Definition \n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. " +#~ "a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +#~ "code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#~ "which you\n" +#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" -#~ "És recomanable instal·lar el Grub a l'MBR" +#~ "Definició de terminal \n" +#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie " +#~ "(p. e. una consola de sèrie),\n" +#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" +#~ "code> a l'ordre,\n" +#~ "com a <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en què " +#~ "premeu\n" +#~ "qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com a terminal GRUB." -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." - -#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -#~ msgstr "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals acústics" - -#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -#~ msgstr "Usa Grub &fiable" - -#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -#~ msgstr "Fitxer del &menú gràfic" - -#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -#~ msgstr "Escolliu un nou fitxer de menú gràfic" - -#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -#~ msgstr "Habilita &senyals acústics" - -#~ msgid "&Up" -#~ msgstr "&Amunt" - -#~ msgid "&Down" -#~ msgstr "&Avall" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció del nucli" - -#~ msgid "Section Settings" -#~ msgstr "Paràmetres de la secció" - -#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -#~ msgstr "Paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada: gestió de la secció" - -#~ msgid "Xen Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció del Xen" - -#~ msgid "Menu Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció del menú" - -#~ msgid "Dump Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció d'abocament" - -#~ msgid "Other System Section" -#~ msgstr "Una altra secció del sistema" - -#~ msgid "&Filename" -#~ msgstr "&Nom del fitxer" - -#~ msgid "Filename: %1" -#~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer: %1 " - -#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents" -#~ msgstr "&Contingut del fitxer" - -#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Configuració manual avançada" - -#~ msgid "Image" -#~ msgstr "Imatge" - -#~ msgid "Xen" -#~ msgstr "Xen" - -#~ msgid "Floppy" -#~ msgstr "Disquet" - -#~ msgid "Menu" -#~ msgstr "Menú" - -#~ msgid "Dump" -#~ msgstr "Fictici" - -#~ msgid "Def." -#~ msgstr "Pred." - -#~ msgid "Label" -#~ msgstr "Etiqueta" - -#~ msgid "Type" -#~ msgstr "Tipus" - -#~ msgid "Image / Device" -#~ msgstr "Imatge/dispositiu" - -#~ msgid "Set as De&fault" -#~ msgstr "Defineix com a opció per de&fecte" - #~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Select a course of action:\n" +#~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +#~ "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the " +#~ "password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then " +#~ "booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the " +#~ "password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the " +#~ "password if you repeat it in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Heu decidit canviar el carregador de l'arrencada. És possible que\n" -#~ "es perdin algunes opcions en convertir la configuració.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Es desarà la configuració actual i podreu restaurar-la\n" -#~ "en tornar al carregador de l'arrencada actual.\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "Seleccioneu una acció a seguir:\n" +#~ "Protegeix el carregador d'arrencada amb contrasenya \n" +#~ "A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol " +#~ "entrada requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la " +#~ "modificació de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada " +#~ "però modificar-ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava)." +#~ " El YaST només acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu " +#~ "escriure la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Con&verteix la configuració actual" +#~ msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +#~ msgstr "Només p&rotegeix la modificació de l'entrada" -#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -#~ msgstr "&Inicia una nova configuració des de zero" - -#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -#~ msgstr "&Llegeix la configuració desada al disc" - -#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -#~ msgstr "Rei&nicia la configuració desada abans de la conversió" - -#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" - -#~ msgid "&Section Management" -#~ msgstr "&Gestió de la secció" - -#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -#~ msgstr "Instal·lació &del carregador de l'arrencada" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +#~ msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si teniu diversos sistemes Linux instal·lats,\n" -#~ "el YaST pot intentar trobar-los i fusionar-ne els menús." +#~ "La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja " +#~ "no està disponible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "- On a Floppy Disk.\n" -#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option." +#~ msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "- A un disquet.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet al\n" -#~ "BIOS de la màquina per poder-la fer servir." +#~ "La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al " +#~ "dispositiu %{device}." -#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "S'ha copiat el sector d'arrencada %1 al disquet." - -#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -#~ msgstr "Deixa el disquet a la disquetera. " - -#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?" -#~ msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la secció %1?" - #~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n" -#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n" +#~ "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some " +#~ "BIOSes could refuse to boot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc.\n" -#~ "Comproveu els paràmetres de la secció %1.\n" +#~ "La bandera d'activació no l'ha establerta l'instal·lador. Si no n'hi ha " +#~ "cap d'establerta, algunes BIOS podrien refusar l'arrencada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" +#~ "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +#~ "contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc i heu editat els fitxers\n" -#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" +#~ "L'instal·lador no modificarà l'MBR del disc. Si no és que ja contingui un " +#~ "codi d'arrencada, la BIOS no podrà arrencar el disc." -#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -#~ msgstr "No creïs un sistema de fitxers" - -#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -#~ msgstr "Crea un sistema de fitxers ext2" - -#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System" -#~ msgstr "Crea un sistema de fitxers FAT" - #~ msgid "" -#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -#~ "and confirm with OK.\n" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'escriurà el sector d'arrencada de LILO al disquet.\n" -#~ "Inseriu un disquet formatat \n" -#~ "i confirmeu amb \"D'acord\".\n" +#~ "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de " +#~ "particions GPT" -#~ msgid "&Low Level Format" -#~ msgstr "Format de &nivell baix" - -#~ msgid "&Create File System" -#~ msgstr "&Crea el sistema de fitxers" - -#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -#~ msgstr "Ha fallat el format de nivell baix. Voleu tornar-ho a provar?" - -#~ msgid "Creating file system failed." -#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear el sistema de fitxers" - -#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut instal·lar el carregador de l'arrencada." - -#~ msgid "Image Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció d'imatge" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció Navega." - -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al nucli com a dispositiu arrel." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -#~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer\n" -#~ "directament o bé escollir-los amb Navega.\n" +#~ "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no " +#~ "arrencar." -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." - -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" - -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." - -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per a arrencar-la" - #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " +#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria dels casos, voleu\n" -#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" +#~ "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de " +#~ "dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader " +#~ "Installation Details\"" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o una altra imatge\n" -#~ "i iniciar-los en un entorn XEN.\n" - -#~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." - -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." - -#~ msgid "Menu Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció del menú" - -#~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" -#~ msgstr "Partició del fitxer de menú" - -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." - -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" -#~ "Edit and Delete" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" -#~ "Editar and Esborrar" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Allow attempt to relocate\n" -#~ "Usually specified in global section" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació\n" -#~ "Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" -#~ "Usually specified in global section" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura \n" -#~ "Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que especifica com\n" -#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu de cinta, o a un\n" -#~ "fitxer d'una partició de disc SCSI." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la configuració.\n" -#~ "Les seccions de menú representen una llista de tasques agrupades.\n" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" -#~ "Si us plau, tingueu en compte que això també desactivarà l'AppArmor." - -#~ msgid "Image Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció d'imatge" - -#~ msgid "&Kernel Image" -#~ msgstr "&Imatge de nucli" - -#~ msgid "&Root Device" -#~ msgstr "&Dispositiu arrel " - -#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -#~ msgstr "Disc RAM &inicial" - -#~ msgid "Chainloader Section" -#~ msgstr "Secció del carregador de cadenes" - -#~ msgid "Use Password Protection" -#~ msgstr "Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya" - -#~ msgid "&Other System" -#~ msgstr "&Altres sistemes" - -#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -#~ msgstr "No &verifiquis el sistema de fitxers abans de l'arrencada" - -#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -#~ msgstr "&Activeu aquesta partició quan la seleccioneu per a l'arrencada" - -#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -#~ msgstr "&Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega en cadena" - -#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -#~ msgstr "&Mapa de secció del primer disc al mapa de dispositius" - -#~ msgid "&Hypervisor" -#~ msgstr "&Hipervisor" - -#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -#~ msgstr "&Paràmetres de l'hipervisor Xen adicionals" - -#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -#~ msgstr "&Partició del fitxer de menú" - -#~ msgid "&Menu Description File" -#~ msgstr "&Fitxer de descripció del menú" - -#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -#~ msgstr "&Imposeu el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura" - -#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -#~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una &nova ubicació" - -#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -#~ msgstr "Directori &objectiu per a la secció" - -#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -#~ msgstr "Fitxer de paràmetres &opcionals" - -#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -#~ msgstr "Secció d'abocament (obsoleta)" - -#~ msgid "&Dump Device" -#~ msgstr "&Dispositiu d'abocament" - -#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -#~ msgstr "&Dispositiu d'abocament SCSI " - -#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -#~ msgstr "&Llista d'entrades del menú" - -#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -#~ msgstr "&Número de l'entrada predeterminada" - -#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -#~ msgstr "&Temps d'espera en segons" - -#~ msgid "&Show boot menu" -#~ msgstr "&Mostra el menú d'arrencada" - -#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -#~ msgstr "C&opia la imatge a la partició d'arrencada." - -#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -#~ msgstr "&Omet correctament la secció dels errors " - -#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -#~ msgstr "Arrenca la &partició d'un altre sistema" - -#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -#~ msgstr "La secció d'imatge ha de tenir una imatge de kernel especificada." - -#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -#~ msgstr "El fitxer de la imatge ara no existeix. Realment el voleu usar?" - -#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -#~ msgstr "El fitxer initrd ara no existeix. Realment el voleu usar?" - -#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux" -#~ msgstr "Activa &SELinux" - -#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -#~ msgstr "El nom inclou un o més caràcters no permesos" - -#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -#~ msgstr "Pregunta per la resolució durant la càrrega." - -#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section" -#~ msgstr "Clona la secció seleccionada" - -#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -#~ msgstr "Un altre sistema (carregador de cadenes)" - -#~ msgid "Section Type" -#~ msgstr "Tipus de secció" - -#~ msgid "Section &Name" -#~ msgstr "Nom de la &secció" - -#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")" -#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")" - -#~ msgid " (\"/\")" -#~ msgstr " (\"/\")" - -#~ msgid " (default)" -#~ msgstr " (per defecte)" - -#~ msgid "Sections: %1" -#~ msgstr "Seccions: %1" - -#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No instal·lis el carregador de l'arrencada, crea\n" -#~ "només els fitxers de configuració " - -#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -#~ msgstr "Proposa i &fusiona amb els menús existents del GRUB " - -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de particions GPT" - -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del carregador\"." - -#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -#~ msgstr "Paràmetres afegits del nucli: %1" - -#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no arrencar." - -#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" - #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -1857,37 +2464,61 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Diagnòstic de proveïdor" -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del grub a l'MBR)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està " +#~ "completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS " +#~ "només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del " +#~ "grub a l'MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és fora de l'abast.\n" -#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre a la configuració del carregador)." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és " +#~ "fora de l'abast.\n" +#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu " +#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre " +#~ "a la configuració del carregador)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO ja no té suport." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És " +#~ "possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita partició primària Apple HFS." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita " +#~ "partició primària Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP Boot." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP " +#~ "Boot." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Stay &LILO" @@ -1895,8 +2526,11 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converteix els paràmetres i instal·la el GRUB" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -#~ msgstr "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions globals &ELILO" @@ -1926,54 +2560,72 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la informació de l'ELILO\n" +#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la " +#~ "informació de l'ELILO\n" #~ "en cas de tenir problemes en l'arrencada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " +#~ "nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " +#~ "S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text') \n" -#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes màquines." +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú " +#~ "de text') \n" +#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes " +#~ "màquines." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Evita el mode EDD30 \n" -#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la variable a TRUE.\n" -#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la variable,\n" -#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha una opció per no haver\n" +#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la " +#~ "variable a TRUE.\n" +#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la " +#~ "variable,\n" +#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha " +#~ "una opció per no haver\n" #~ "de forçar la variable.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1983,8 +2635,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació \n" -#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt inicial de càrrega del\n" -#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" +#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt " +#~ "inicial de càrrega del\n" +#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el " +#~ "nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2006,7 +2660,8 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estableix la interfície d'usuari per a ELILO\n" -#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"" +#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2035,8 +2690,10 @@ #~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)\n" -#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador (chooser)\n" +#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</" +#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador " +#~ "(chooser)\n" #~ "ho permet." #~ msgid "" @@ -2053,8 +2710,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació de la imatge d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " +#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Força el mode interactiu" @@ -2078,7 +2739,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " +#~ "text')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Missatge imprès a la pantalla principal (si s'admet)" @@ -2090,7 +2753,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Evita el mode EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació" @@ -2117,16 +2781,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Imposeu el muntatge de rootfs de només lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " +#~ "text')" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " +#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Mostra el contingut d'un fitxer mitjançant les &tecles de funció" #~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" -#~ msgstr "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" #~ msgstr "Establiu el nivell d'informació en &text [0-5] " @@ -2175,30 +2846,41 @@ #~ "caperta tindrà la sort de marcar-ho com a arrencable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " +#~ "nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " +#~ "S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" @@ -2212,48 +2894,61 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partició per a la duplicació del carregador\n" -#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació d'arrencada.\n" +#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació " +#~ "d'arrencada.\n" #~ "Si es dóna aquesta opció, la partició d'arrencada es convertirà a FAT. \n" -#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots " +#~ "els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Canviar el dispositiu d'arrencada NV-RAM\n" -#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" +#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-" +#~ "device\" \n" #~ "amb el camí total OpenFirmware apuntant al dispositiu especificat a\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Si falta aquesta opció, el sistema podria no arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No fer servir OS-chooser\n" -#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el sistema Apple G5 \n" +#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del " +#~ "Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el " +#~ "sistema Apple G5 \n" #~ "s'estavellarà si no té un monitor connectat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Temps d'espera en segons per a MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" +#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no " +#~ "s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" #~ "si no es prem cap tecla per arrencar MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2266,11 +2961,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada fins i tot amb errors\n" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari és\n" -#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una configuració no suportada." +#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari " +#~ "és\n" +#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una " +#~ "configuració no suportada." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació del carregador de l'arrencada PPC" @@ -2303,7 +3001,9 @@ #~ msgstr "No feu servir el selector de SO" #~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " +#~ "errors" #~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" #~ msgstr "Partició PReP o FAT" @@ -2351,7 +3051,9 @@ #~ msgstr "&Arrenca sempre des de la partició FAT" #~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " +#~ "errors" #~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" #~ msgstr "&Camí de la carpeta d'arrencada" @@ -2466,17 +3168,24 @@ #~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per carregar\n" +#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per " +#~ "carregar\n" #~ "el sistema, heu de carregar ELILO per mitjà de la consola EFI." -#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" -#~ msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +#~ "\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" +#~ "\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "El carregador LILO està suportat" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no carregar-se." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no " +#~ "carregar-se." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar la plantilla de configuració del maquinari." @@ -2537,7 +3246,9 @@ #~ "<big>Àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada</big> \n" #~ "Fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada evita\n" #~ "que els fitxers del carregador es desplacin durant\n" -#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es carregui\n" +#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es " +#~ "carregui\n" #~ "el carregador de l'arrencada.\n" -#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" +#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu " +#~ "Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" #~ "." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/control.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-18 18:59+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:22+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,262 +17,289 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"Enhorabona!\n" -"S'ha completat la instal·lació de l'openSUSE a l'ordinador.\n" -"Després de clicar a Acaba, podreu entrar al sistema.\n" -"Visiteu-nos a %1.\n" -"Gaudiu-ne! L'equip de desenvolupament de l'openSUSE\n" -" " +"\n" +"La instal·lació ha acabat satisfactòriament.\n" +"El sistema ja està a punt per fer-lo servir.\n" +"Cliqueu a Acaba per entrar al sistema.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Si us plau, visiteu-nos a http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"L'entorn d'escriptori de l'ordinador proporciona la interfície gràfica\n" -"de l'usuari, així com un conjunt d'aplicacions de correu, navegació,\n" -"ofimàtica, jocs i utilitats per gestionar l'ordinador.\n" -"\n" -"L'openSUSE ofereix diverses opcions per a l'entorn d'escriptori. Els entorns\n" -"d'escriptori més usats són el GNOME i el KDE, i reben un suport igual a openSUSE.\n" -"Ambdós escriptoris són senzills d'utilitzar, ben integrats i tenen un aspecte atractiu.\n" -"Cada entorn d'escriptori té un estil distintiu; per tant, el vostre gust personal\n" -"també determina quin dels dos és el més adient per a vosaltres." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "Servidor CIM" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Escriptori GNOME" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +msgid "Installation Settings" +msgstr "Paràmetres de la instal·lació" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Escriptori KDE" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Resum" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Escriptori XFCE" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "Expert" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Escriptori LXDE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Sistema X Window mínim" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Escriptori Enlightenment" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Selecció mínima del servidor (mode de text)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -msgid "Installation Settings" -msgstr "Paràmetres de la instal·lació" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres de la instal·lació autònoma" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres d'actualització" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de la xarxa" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del maquinari" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparació" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Carrega la configuració de xarxa de linuxrc" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Autocofiguració de xarxa" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Benvingut" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Activació de la xarxa" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activació del disc" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Anàlisi del sistema" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Complements" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disc" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horària" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Dipòsits en línia" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Complements" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Selecció d'escriptoris" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres de l'usuari" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instal·lació" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Descripció general de la instal·lació" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Realitza la instal·lació" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instal·lació" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema que voleu actualitzar" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualització" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "Resum de l'actualització" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Fes l'actualització" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuració" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Instal·lació base" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Configuració de l'AutoYaST" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuració" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del sistema" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enhorabona!\n" +#~ "S'ha completat la instal·lació de l'openSUSE a l'ordinador.\n" +#~ "Després de clicar a Acaba, podreu entrar al sistema.\n" +#~ "Visiteu-nos a %1.\n" +#~ "Gaudiu-ne! L'equip de desenvolupament de l'openSUSE\n" +#~ " " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'entorn d'escriptori de l'ordinador proporciona la interfície gràfica\n" +#~ "de l'usuari, així com un conjunt d'aplicacions de correu, navegació,\n" +#~ "ofimàtica, jocs i utilitats per gestionar l'ordinador.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "L'openSUSE ofereix diverses opcions per a l'entorn d'escriptori. Els entorns\n" +#~ "d'escriptori més usats són el GNOME i el KDE, i reben un suport igual a openSUSE.\n" +#~ "Ambdós escriptoris són senzills d'utilitzar, ben integrats i tenen un aspecte atractiu.\n" +#~ "Cada entorn d'escriptori té un estil distintiu; per tant, el vostre gust personal\n" +#~ "també determina quin dels dos és el més adient per a vosaltres." + +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Escriptori GNOME" + +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Escriptori KDE" + +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Escriptori XFCE" + +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Escriptori LXDE" + +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "Sistema X Window mínim" + +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Escriptori Enlightenment" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Selecció mínima del servidor (mode de text)" + +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Dipòsits en línia" + +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Selecció d'escriptoris" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" @@ -294,24 +321,12 @@ #~ "\n" #~ " " -#~ msgid "CIM Server" -#~ msgstr "Servidor CIM" - -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "Resum" - -#~ msgid "Expert" -#~ msgstr "Expert" - #~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuració dels serveis de xarxa" #~ msgid "Installation Summary" #~ msgstr "Resum de la instal·lació" -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "Resum de l'actualització" - #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Instal·lació dels productes complementaris" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:25+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,27 +17,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module #: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Configuració del Crowbar" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "Comú a tots" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" -msgstr "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" +msgstr "SLES 12 SP1" #. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 @@ -48,27 +38,20 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough " +"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/" +"product for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris d'actualització.\n" -"\n" -"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" -" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria tenir un URL:\n" -"\n" -"<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" -"\n" -"Per a una descripció detallada, mireu la guia de desplegament.\n" -"" #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148 @@ -78,7 +61,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar." +msgstr "" +"Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar.</" +"p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -88,11 +73,15 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació rellevant.\n" -"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa bastió com a llista separada per espais." +"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació</" +"b> rellevant.\n" +"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa " +"bastió com a llista separada per espais." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -187,28 +176,31 @@ msgstr "Adreça &IP" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "Pregunta en cas d'error" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "Plataforma de destinació" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arquitectura" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -217,72 +209,77 @@ "Trieu un nom diferent." #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "&URL del servidor" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Nom del repositori" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "&Pregunta en cas d'error" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "&URL del repositori" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "Un URL buit significa que s'usarà el valor per defecte." #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "A&fegeix un repositori" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "Servidor SMT local" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "Servidor SMT remot" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "Servidor SUSE Manager" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalitza" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nom d'usuari" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contrasenya" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Repetiu la contrasenya" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nom d'usuari no pot estar en blanc." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -291,7 +288,7 @@ "Intenteu-ho de nou." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -300,17 +297,17 @@ "Seleccioneu un altre nom." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "El format de la interfície \"%1\" no és vàlid." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitat" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -320,7 +317,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -329,7 +326,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -338,17 +335,17 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "L'adreça del router \"%1\" no és part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "L'adreça IP \"%1\" no forma part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -357,60 +354,63 @@ "Adapteu-los-hi usant el botó \"Edita l'abast\"." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Adreça IP Min" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Adreça IP Max" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "L'adreça \"%1\" no és part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "L'adreça més baixa ha de ser més baixa que la més alta." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Els abasts \"%1\" i \"%2\" se sobreposen." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres de l'&usuari" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per defecte." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" +"Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per " +"defecte." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Mod&e de xarxa" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Xarxa de bastió" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Xar&xes" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Re&positoris" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ "Podeu consultar l'UI del web de Crowbar a http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resum de la configuració del Crowbar" @@ -478,42 +478,88 @@ msgstr "Iniciant..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del Crowbar" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Llegeix la configuració" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Llegint la configuració..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del Crowbar" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres..." +#~ msgid "Common for All" +#~ msgstr "Comú a tots" + +#~ msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +#~ msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" + +#~ msgid "SLES 12" +#~ msgstr "SLES 12" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.</" +#~ "p>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +#~ "enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +#~ " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +#~ "possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look " +#~ "like:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<ul>\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> for SMT server\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris " +#~ "d'actualització.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE " +#~ "Manager, n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" +#~ " als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és " +#~ "possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria " +#~ "tenir un URL:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<ul>\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> for SMT server\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Per a una descripció detallada, mireu la guia de desplegament.\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" #~ "currently not supported.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -536,24 +582,30 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" +#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> for SMT server\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris d'actualització.\n" +#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris " +#~ "d'actualització.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Alguns exemples d'URL:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ per al servidor SMT\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> per al servidor SMT\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per a una descripció detallada, consulteu la Guia de desplegament.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-06 16:43+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. command line help text for DHCP server module #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 @@ -60,9 +60,7 @@ msgstr "Gestió de les opcions de subxarxa de DHCP" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Llista tots els amfitrions definits amb una adreça fixa" @@ -102,242 +100,249 @@ msgstr "L'adreça IP (o amfitrió) de l'amfitrió amb una adreça fixa" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Seleccioneu la interfície de xarxa a usar" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "Imprimeix la interfície usada actualment i llista altres interfícies disponibles" +msgstr "" +"Imprimeix la interfície usada actualment i llista altres interfícies " +"disponibles" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Imprimeix les opcions actuals" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Estableix una opció global" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Clau d'opció (per exemple: ntp-servers)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Valor d'opció (per exemple: adreça IP)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "L'adreça IP més baixa de la gamma d'assignació d'adreces dinàmiques" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "L'adreça IP més alta de la gamma d'assignació d'adreces dinàmiques" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Temps d'arrendament per defecte en segons" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Temps d'arrendament màxim en segons" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "El servidor DHCP està habilitat" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor DHCP està inhabilitat" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Amfitrió: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Maquinari: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "Adreça IP: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "Nom d'amfitrió no especificat." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "No existeix l'amfitrió especificat." #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Cap" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Interfícies seleccionades: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Altres interfícies: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "No existeix la interfície especificada." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "Operació amb la interfície no especificada." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "S'ha d'establir una clau d'opció." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "Cal definir-ne el valor." #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Gamma d'adreça: %1-%2" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Temps d'arrendament per defecte: %1" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Temps d'arrendament màxim: %1" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Error en desar els paràmetres. Voleu canviar-los?" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Ha fallat desar la configuració" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del servidor DHCP" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Opcions globals" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de subxarxa" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Amfitrió amb adreces fixes" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Xarxa compartida" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Conjunt d'adreces" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Opcions específiques de grup" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "Classe" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subxarxa" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "&Amfitrió" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "Xarxa &compartida" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grup" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "&Conjunt d'adreces" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Classe" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Tipus de declaracions" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Tipus de declaració" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Configuració d'interfície" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "Gestió de claus TSIG" @@ -362,253 +367,215 @@ msgstr "Segons" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: inici" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inici" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: selecció de targeta" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Selecció de targeta" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: paràmtres globals" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres globals" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: DHCP dinàmic" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP dinàmic" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: gestió de l'amfitrió" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Gestió de l'amfitrió" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: configuració avançada" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuració avançada" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "En arr&encar" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualment" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durant l'arrencada" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualment" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "S'està executant el servidor DHCP" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "No s'està executant el servidor DHCP" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "&Inicia el servidor DHCP ara" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "A&tura el servidor DHCP ara" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "Desa els paràmetres i reinicia el servidor DHCP &ara" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Inicia el servidor DHCP ara" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Atura el servidor DHCP ara" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Desa els paràmetres i reinicia el servidor DHCP ara" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "Arguments d'inici del servidor DHCP" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "Targetes de xarxa per al servidor DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Seleccionat" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Nom d'interfície" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nom del dispositiu" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Selecciona" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Desmarca" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Adreça DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Cal que seleccioneu com a mínim una interfície de xarxa." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Una o més interfícies de xarxa seleccionades no està configurada (no adreça IP i \n" +"Una o més interfícies de xarxa seleccionades no està configurada (no adreça " +"IP i \n" "màscara de xarxa assignades)." #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "Suport &LDAP" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nom del servidor DHCP (opcional)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nom del &domini" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor de noms &primari" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor de noms &secundari" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "&Passarel·la per defecte (Router) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Servidor d'h&ora NTP" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Servidor d'im&pressió" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Servidor &WINS" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Temps d'a&rrendament per defecte " #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Unitats" @@ -616,48 +583,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "El valor especificat no és un nom d'amfitrió vàlid o una adreça IP." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Informació de subxarxa" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "&Xarxa actual" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "&Màscara de xarxa actual" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Bi&ts de la màscara de xarxa" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "Adreça IP mín&ima" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Adreça IP mà&xima" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Gamma d'adreça IP" @@ -665,10 +632,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Primera adreça IP" @@ -676,61 +643,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "Últi&ma adreça IP" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Permet &BOOTP dinàmic" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Temps d'arrendament" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Predeterminat" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Màxim" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Uni&tats" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "&Crea una nova zona DNS des de zero" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Edita la zona DNS actual" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Obtén informació sobre la zona actual" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Sincronitza el servidor DNS..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -740,8 +707,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Introduïu els valor per al dos caps de la gamma de l'adreça IP." @@ -749,137 +716,139 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"La gamma d'adreces de DHCP dinàmic ha de ser a la mateixa xarxa que el servidor DHCP.\n" +"La gamma d'adreces de DHCP dinàmic ha de ser a la mateixa xarxa que el " +"servidor DHCP.\n" "La IP %1 no coincideix amb la xarxa %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Amfitrió registrat" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Adreça de maquinari" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipus" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Configuració de llista" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nom" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Adreça &IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Adreça de &maquinari" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token-Ring " #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "C&anvia a la llista" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Suprimeix de la llis&ta" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring " #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "L'adreça de maquinari no és vàlida.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "L'adreça de maquinari ha de ser única." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "El nom de l'amfitrió no pot estar en blanc." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Ja existeix un amfitrió amb el nom %1." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Introduïu una IP d'amfitrió." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Cal definir l'adreça de maquinari." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Primer seleccioneu un amfitrió." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Cal definir el valor d'entrada." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -900,19 +869,21 @@ "Voleu continuar?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" no és una opció vàlida de la línia d'ordres del servidor DHCP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "L'opció de línia d'ordres del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requereix un argument" +msgstr "" +"L'opció de línia d'ordres del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requereix un argument" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " +"write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -920,14 +891,15 @@ msgstr "" "Heu especificat un fitxer de configuració alternatiu per al servidor DHCP.\n" "\n" -"El YaST no en té suport. El mòdul del servidor DHCP només pot llegir i escriure\n" +"El YaST no en té suport. El mòdul del servidor DHCP només pot llegir i " +"escriure\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. La nova configuració de %1 no s'importarà. Tots\n" "els canvis es desaran al fitxer de configuració per defecte.\n" " \n" "Realment voleu continuar?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Auxiliar del servidor DHCP (%1 of 4)" @@ -940,7 +912,8 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " +"hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -951,11 +924,13 @@ "<big>Afegir una nova gamma de registres DNS</big> \n" "La primera adreça IP defineix\n" "l'inici d'adreces de la gamma i l'última adreça IP en defineix\n" -"l'última. La base de nom d'amfitrió és una cadena que determina com els noms d'amfitrió\n" +"l'última. La base de nom d'amfitrió és una cadena que determina com " +"els noms d'amfitrió\n" "es creen (com ara <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> o <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> se substitueix pel número d'amfitrió a la gamma.\n" "Si no es defineix <tt>%i</tt>, el número s'afegeix al final de la\n" -"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> es pot usar només una vegada a la base de nom d'amfitrió.\n" +"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> es pot usar només una vegada a la base de nom " +"d'amfitrió.\n" "Inicia defineix el primer número que s'usa per al primer\n" "amfitrió. Els noms d'amfitrió es creen incrementalment.\n" @@ -971,8 +946,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Auxiliar DNS</big> \n" "En aquest auxiliar, creeu una zona DNS nova\n" -"directament des de la configuració del servidor DHCP. Aquesta zona DNS és important\n" -"si voleu identificar els vostres clients DHCP pel nom d'amfitrió. La zona DNS\n" +"directament des de la configuració del servidor DHCP. Aquesta zona DNS és " +"important\n" +"si voleu identificar els vostres clients DHCP pel nom d'amfitrió. La zona " +"DNS\n" "tradueix noms a les adreces IP assignades. També podeu\n" "crear una zona inversa que tradueixi adreces IP a noms.\n" @@ -980,10 +957,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.\n" msgstr "" "El Nou nom de zona o el Nom de zona inversa\n" -"s'agafen del servidor DHCP actual i dels paràmetres de xarxa i no es poden canviar.\n" +"s'agafen del servidor DHCP actual i dels paràmetres de xarxa i no es poden " +"canviar.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1002,7 +981,8 @@ "They administer all the DNS zone records.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servidors de noms</big> \n" -"Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la correcta funcionalitat del servidor DNS.\n" +"Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la correcta funcionalitat del " +"servidor DNS.\n" "Administren tots els registres de zona DNS.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) @@ -1021,22 +1001,26 @@ "Cada consulta DNS (per exemple la cerca d'una adreça IP per a un nom\n" "d'amfitrió en una zona DNS) primer pregunta a la zona de parentiu\n" "(<tt>com</tt> per a <tt>example.com</tt>) per als servidors de noms\n" -" de la zona actual. Llavors envia una consulta DNS a aquests servidors de noms per\n" +" de la zona actual. Llavors envia una consulta DNS a aquests servidors de " +"noms per\n" "demanar l'adreça IP desitjada. \n" -"Per tant, especifiqueu sempre el nom d'amfitrió del servidor DNS actual com un dels\n" +"Per tant, especifiqueu sempre el nom d'amfitrió del servidor DNS actual com " +"un dels\n" "servidors de noms de la zona.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " +"current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" "Per afegir un nou servidor de noms, cliqueu a Afegeix,\n" "empleneu-ne el formulari i cliqueu a D'acord. Si el nou servidor de\n" -"noms s'inclou a la zona DNS actual, introduïu-ne també l'adreça IP. Això és \n" +"noms s'inclou a la zona DNS actual, introduïu-ne també l'adreça IP. Això " +"és \n" "obligatori perquè s'usa durant la creació de la zona.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1056,14 +1040,18 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registres DNS</big> \n" -"Definiu noms d'amfitrió DNS per a tots clients DHCP. No cal que definiu tots els\n" +"Definiu noms d'amfitrió DNS per a tots clients DHCP. No cal que definiu tots " +"els\n" "noms d'amfitrió un per un. Establiu regles simples sobre com\n" -"es creen els noms d'amfitrió. Aquestes regles defineixen les gammes d'adreces IP a usar\n" -"i la cadena des de la qual es generen els noms d'amfitrió per a una gamma.\n" +"es creen els noms d'amfitrió. Aquestes regles defineixen les gammes " +"d'adreces IP a usar\n" +"i la cadena des de la qual es generen els noms d'amfitrió per a una gamma.</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 @@ -1118,8 +1106,10 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sincronització DNS</big> \n" -"Aquesta és l'eina avançada per editar els paràmetres del servidor DNS per tal que\n" -"coincideixin amb els paràmetres DHCP. Aquí només es mantenen registres \"A\", registres\n" +"Aquesta és l'eina avançada per editar els paràmetres del servidor DNS per " +"tal que\n" +"coincideixin amb els paràmetres DHCP. Aquí només es mantenen registres \"A" +"\", registres\n" "DNS que converteixen noms d'amfitrions en adreces IP.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1130,9 +1120,11 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"La Subxarxa acutal i la Màscara de xarxa mostren els paràmetres actuals de xarxa.\n" +"La Subxarxa acutal i la Màscara de xarxa mostren els " +"paràmetres actuals de xarxa.\n" "El domini s'agafa de la configuració actual de DHCP.\n" -"La primera adreça IP i la segona adreça IP coincideixen amb la gamma\n" +"La primera adreça IP i la segona adreça IP coincideixen amb la " +"gamma\n" "actual de DHCP dinàmic.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1152,20 +1144,27 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " +"corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " +"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Per crear o suprimir un sol registre DNS,\n" "cliqueu a afegeix o suprimeix.\n" -"Per sincronitzar les entrades DNS amb les seves formes inverses a la seva zona\n" +"Per sincronitzar les entrades DNS amb les seves formes inverses a la seva " +"zona\n" "inversa corresponent, seleccioneu Sincronitza amb la zona inversa.\n" "Useu Suprimeix registres DNS de gamma coincident \n" -"des de Tasques especials per suprimir qualsevol informació relacionada amb aquesta gamma d'adreces IP. Per crear una gamma nova de registres DNS, seleccioneu\n" -"Afegeix una gamma nova de registres DNS de les Tasques especials.\n" +"des de Tasques especials per suprimir qualsevol informació " +"relacionada amb aquesta gamma d'adreces IP. Per crear una gamma nova de " +"registres DNS, seleccioneu\n" +"Afegeix una gamma nova de registres DNS de les Tasques especials</" +"b>.\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1217,7 +1216,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "L'última adreça IP ha de ser més alta que la primera." @@ -1244,7 +1243,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Nom d'amfitrió no vàlid." @@ -1255,9 +1254,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Adreça IP no vàlida." @@ -1275,44 +1274,44 @@ "permeses (%2-%3) definides al servidor DHCP.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "Regenerant les entrades de la zona DNS..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Afegint un registre DNS nou" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Nom de l'ordinador central" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "Afegint la gamma DHCP %1-%2 al servidor DNS..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Supressió de registres DNS coincidents amb gamma" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Suprimint registres a la gamma %1-%2 del servidor DNS server..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1321,7 +1320,7 @@ "El servidor DNS no pot escriure-hi registres.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1331,18 +1330,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la zona %1." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "Sincronitzant els registres inversos de DNS..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1351,62 +1350,62 @@ "Segur que voleu cancel·lar-ho?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domini" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Xarxa" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Màscara de subxarxa" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "Registres de zona DNS" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "IP assignada" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Afegeix..." #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "Ta&sques especials" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Afegeix una nova gamma de registres DNS" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Executa l'auxiliar per reescriure la zona DNS des de zero" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Sincronitza amb la zona inversa %1" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: sincronització del servidor DNS" @@ -1443,11 +1442,14 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" -"No s'ha proporcionat cap adreça IP per a un servidor de noms a la zona DNS actual.\n" -"Això pot no funcionar perquè cada zona necessita el nom i la IP del seu servidor de noms definit.\n" +"No s'ha proporcionat cap adreça IP per a un servidor de noms a la zona DNS " +"actual.\n" +"Això pot no funcionar perquè cada zona necessita el nom i la IP del seu " +"servidor de noms definit.\n" "Realment voleu usar els paràmetres actuals?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name @@ -1701,15 +1703,15 @@ "Espereu, si us plau..." #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" "Available Interfaces." msgstr "" "<big>Interfícies de xarxa</big> \n" -"Seleccioneu les interfícies de xarxa que el servidor DHCP hauria d'escoltar des\n" +"Seleccioneu les interfícies de xarxa que el servidor DHCP hauria d'escoltar " +"des\n" "de les Interfícies disponibles." #. help text 2/2 @@ -1729,20 +1731,9 @@ "Aquesta opció només està disponible si el tallafoc\n" "està habilitat." -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" -"<big>Servidor DHCP</big>\n" -"Per executar el servidor DHCP cada vegada que s'engega l'ordinador, establiu\n" -"Inicia el servidor DHCP." - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1750,11 +1741,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Per executar el dimoni DHCP en mode Chroot jail, activeu l'opció\n" -"Executa el servidor DHCP en Chroot jail. És més segur i molt recomanable\n" +"Executa el servidor DHCP en Chroot jail. És més segur i molt " +"recomanable\n" "que inicieu els dimonis en mode Chroot jail." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1765,7 +1757,7 @@ "habiliteu el Suport LDAP." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1773,14 +1765,16 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Declaracions configurades mostra les opcions de configuració en ús.\n" -"Per modificar una declaració existent, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a Edita.\n" +"Declaracions configurades mostra les opcions de configuració en " +"ús.\n" +"Per modificar una declaració existent, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a Edita</" +"b>.\n" "Per afegir-ne una de nova, seleccioneu una declaració que hauria d'incloure\n" "la nova i cliqueu a Afegeix.\n" "Per esborrar una declaració, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a Suprimeix." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1795,16 +1789,17 @@ "d'actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de subxarxa</big> \n" -"Establiu l'adreça de xarxa i la màscara de xarxa de la subxarxa." +"Establiu l'adreça de xarxa i la màscara de xarxa de la " +"subxarxa." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1815,7 +1810,7 @@ "opcions especials a Nom d'amfitrió." #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1828,7 +1823,7 @@ "El nom no afecta el comportament del servidor DHCP." #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1841,7 +1836,7 @@ "El nom no afecta el comportament del servidor DHCP." #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1849,12 +1844,13 @@ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Xarxa compartida</big> \n" -"Establiu el nom per a la xarxa compartida a Nom de la xarxa compartida. \n" +"Establiu el nom per a la xarxa compartida a Nom de la xarxa compartida</" +"b>. \n" "És només per a la vostra identificació.\n" "El nom no afecte el comportament del servidor DHCP." #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -1863,7 +1859,7 @@ "Establiu el nom de la classe d'amfitrions a Nom de classe." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1878,27 +1874,29 @@ "una, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a Suprimeix." #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per ajustar el DNS dinàmic per a amfitrions d'aquesta subxarxa, useu DNS dinàmic." +"Per ajustar el DNS dinàmic per a amfitrions d'aquesta subxarxa, useu DNS " +"dinàmic." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" "Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Habilitació de DNS dinàmic</big> \n" -"Per habilitar actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques per a aquesta subxarxa, establiu\n" +"Per habilitar actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques per a aquesta subxarxa, " +"establiu\n" "Habilita DNS dinàmic per a aquesta subxarxa." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1907,13 +1905,16 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>Clau TSIG</big> \n" -"Per fer actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques, cal establir la clau d'autenticació. Useu\n" -"Clau TSIG Key per seleccionar la clau a usar per a l'autenticació. La clau ha\n" -"de ser la mateix per als servidors DHCP i DNS. Especifiqueu la clau tant per a la zona\n" +"Per fer actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques, cal establir la clau d'autenticació. " +"Useu\n" +"Clau TSIG Key per seleccionar la clau a usar per a l'autenticació. La " +"clau ha\n" +"de ser la mateix per als servidors DHCP i DNS. Especifiqueu la clau tant per " +"a la zona\n" "de reenviament i la zona inversa." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1921,56 +1922,68 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP</big> \n" -"S'han d'actualitzar els paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP per fer que el \n" +"S'han d'actualitzar els paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP per fer que " +"el \n" "DNS dinàmic funcioni correctament. Per fer-ho automàticament, establiu\n" "Actualitza els paràmetres globals de DNS dinàmic." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Zones per actualitzar</big> \n" -"Especifiqueu les zones de reenviament i inverses a actualitzar. Per a totes dues, especifiqueu també \n" -"el seu servidor de noms primari. Si el servidor de noms s'executa al mateix amfitrió que el servidor DHCP,\n" +"Especifiqueu les zones de reenviament i inverses a actualitzar. Per a totes " +"dues, especifiqueu també \n" +"el seu servidor de noms primari. Si el servidor de noms s'executa al mateix " +"amfitrió que el servidor DHCP,\n" "podeu deixar els camps en blanc." #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " +"with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Arguments d'inici del servidor DHCP</big> \n" -"Aquí podeu especificar els paràmetres amb què voleu que s'iniciï el servidor DHCP \n" -"(p.e. \"-p 1234\") per escoltar un port no estàndard). Per a totes les opcions possibles,\n" -"consulteu el manual de dhcpd. Si ho deixeu en blanc, s'usaran els valors per defecte." +"Aquí podeu especificar els paràmetres amb què voleu que s'iniciï el servidor " +"DHCP \n" +"(p.e. \"-p 1234\") per escoltar un port no estàndard). Per a totes les " +"opcions possibles,\n" +"consulteu el manual de dhcpd. Si ho deixeu en blanc, s'usaran els valors per " +"defecte." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció de la targeta de xarxa</big> \n" -"Seleccioneu una o més targetes de xarxa de la llista a usar pel servidor DHCP.\n" +"Seleccioneu una o més targetes de xarxa de la llista a usar pel servidor " +"DHCP.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Opcionalment, també podeu especificar el Nom de servidor DHCP\n" -"(el nom de l'objecte dhcpServer LDAP), si és diferent del vostre nom d'amfitrió.\n" +"(el nom de l'objecte dhcpServer LDAP), si és diferent del vostre nom " +"d'amfitrió.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1980,27 +1993,29 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." msgstr "" -"El nom de domini estableix el domini per al qual el servidor DHCP \n" +"El nom de domini estableix el domini per al qual el servidor " +"DHCP \n" "arrenda adreces IP a clients." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"La IP del servidor de noms primari i la IP del servidor de noms secundari \n" +"La IP del servidor de noms primari i la IP del servidor de " +"noms secundari \n" "ofereixen aquests servidors de noms als clients DHCP.\n" "Aquests valors han de ser adreces IP." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." @@ -2009,7 +2024,7 @@ "valor com a ruta per defecte a la taula d'encaminament dels clients." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -2018,12 +2033,15 @@ "servidor per a la sincronització de l'hora." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "Servidor d'impressió ofereix aquest servidor com a servidor d'impressió per defecte." +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "" +"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "" +"Servidor d'impressió ofereix aquest servidor com a servidor " +"d'impressió per defecte." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -2032,16 +2050,19 @@ "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " +"expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"El Temps d'arrendament per defecte estableix el temps després del qual\n" -" la IP arrendada caduca i el client ha de demanar una IP una altra vegada." +"El Temps d'arrendament per defecte estableix el temps després del " +"qual\n" +" la IP arrendada caduca i el client ha de demanar una IP una altra vegada.</" +"p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2054,35 +2075,39 @@ "\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Gamma d'adreça IP</big> \n" "Establiu la primera adreça IP i l'última adreça IP\n" -"de la gamma d'adreces arrendades als clients. Aquestes adreces han de tenir la mateixa màscara de xarxa.\n" -"Per exemple, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> i <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marqueu la bandera \n" +"de la gamma d'adreces arrendades als clients. Aquestes adreces han de tenir " +"la mateixa màscara de xarxa.\n" +"Per exemple, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> i <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marqueu la " +"bandera \n" "permet BOOTP dinàmic si la gamma especificada pot ser dinàmicament\n" "assignada tant a clients BOOTP com a clients DHCP.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Temps d'arrendament</big> \n" -"Establiu el temps d'arrendament per defecte per a la gamma d'adreça IP actual,\n" +"Establiu el temps d'arrendament per defecte per a la gamma d'adreça " +"IP actual,\n" "que estableix el temps de refresc IP òptim per als clients. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." @@ -2091,7 +2116,7 @@ "durant el qual aquesta IP està bloquejada per al client al servidor DHCP." #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2102,16 +2127,17 @@ "Configuració avançada del servidor DHCP." #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" "<big>Gestió d'amfitrió</big> \n" -"Utilitzeu aquest diàleg per editar amfitrions amb adreça estàtica vinculant." +"Utilitzeu aquest diàleg per editar amfitrions amb adreça estàtica vinculant." +"" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2126,17 +2152,18 @@ "canvieu-ne els valors i cliqueu a Canvia a la llista." #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "Per eliminar un amfitrió, seleccioneu Suprimeix de la llista." +msgstr "" +"Per eliminar un amfitrió, seleccioneu Suprimeix de la llista." #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus de declaració a afegir." #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2145,7 +2172,7 @@ "seleccioneu Subxarxa." #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2154,7 +2181,7 @@ "(normalment una adreça fixa), seleccioneu amfitrió." #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2163,7 +2190,7 @@ "mútiples xarxes lògiques), seleccioneu Xarxa compartida." #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." @@ -2172,7 +2199,7 @@ "si han de compartir alguns paràmetres), seleccioneu Grup." #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2183,36 +2210,37 @@ "subxarxa, seleccioneu Conjunt d'adreces." #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" "select Class." msgstr "" "Per crear una classe de condició que es pugui usar per\n" -"gestionar els clients de manera diferent segons la classe a la qual pertanyen,\n" +"gestionar els clients de manera diferent segons la classe a la qual " +"pertanyen,\n" "seleccioneu Classe." #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "A&dreces" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "L'adreça introduïda no és vàlida." #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Cal especificar com a mínim una adreça." @@ -2222,94 +2250,94 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Valors" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "Les adreces introduïdes no són vàlides." #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Cal especificar almenys una adreça parell." #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "Activat" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Desactivat" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "Cal especificar-ne un valor." #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Adreça nova" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "Valor &nou" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Separeu les múltiples adreces amb espais." #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "&Afegeix adreça parell" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "L'adreça més baixa ha de ser més baixa que la més alta." #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Si canvieu això, actualitzeu també la configuració de syslog." #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&Tipus de maquinari" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "Adreça &MAC" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "L'adreça IP més baixa" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "L'adreça IP més alta" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2318,7 +2346,7 @@ "es perdran tots els canvis. N'esteu segur?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2329,18 +2357,19 @@ "Continuar?" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"Les interfícies de xarxa llistades a sota no es mencionen a cap zona del tallafoc.\n" +"Les interfícies de xarxa llistades a sota no es mencionen a cap zona del " +"tallafoc.\n" "%1\n" "Executeu la configuració del tallafoc del YaST per assignar-les a una zona." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2350,8 +2379,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2359,199 +2388,188 @@ "Aquesta funció no està disponible durant la\n" "preparació de la instal·lació automàtica." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "Reinicia el servidor DHCP" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "Desa els paràmetres i reinicia el servidor DHCP" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "Declaracions &configurades" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "&DNS dinàmic" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clau TSIG de la zona de reenviament" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Claus TSIG de la zona inversa" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Seleccioneu el fitxer amb la clau d'autenticació" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" -msgstr "&Inicia el servidor DHCP" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Aplica els canvis" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "&Executa el servidor DHCP dins Chroot Jail" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Avan&çat" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "Mostra el &registre" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "Configuració d'&interfície" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "Adreça de &xarxa" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "&Màscara de xarxa" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "&Nom del grup" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "&Nom del conjunt" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "&Nom de la xarxa compartida" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "&Nom de classe" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Interfícies disponibles" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "Obre el tallafoc per a les interfícies seleccionades" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "&Habilita DNS dinàmic per a aquesta subxarxa" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "&Actualitza els paràmetres globals de DNS dinàmic" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zona" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS &primari" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "In&verteix la zona" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS pr&imari" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Configuració &avançada del servidor DHCP..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprova l'entorn" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres del tallafoc" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres del servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres del servidor DNS" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprovació de l'entorn..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "S'estan llegint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres del servidor DHCP..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres del servidor DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2567,8 +2585,8 @@ "\n" "Avorntant ara." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2577,7 +2595,7 @@ "en el servidor LDAP no estarà disponible." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2586,87 +2604,87 @@ "Voleu crear-ne una configuració nova?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres del servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres del tallafoc" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Reinicia el servidor DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Escriu la configuració del servidor DNS" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres del servidor DHCP" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Reiniciant el servidor DHCP..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Escrivint la configuració del servidor DNS..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en reiniciar el dimoni DHCP" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "El servidor DHCP s'inicia a l'arrencada" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "El servidor DHCP no s'inicia en arrencar" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Escolta %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Gamma de l'adreça dinàmica: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Configuració d'LDAP no vàlida. No es pot usar l'LDAP." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "El suport per a dhcpServiceDN múltiple no està implementat." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "El DN del servei DHCP no està definit." @@ -2674,22 +2692,65 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en actualitzar %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en escriure /etc/dhcpd.conf." + +#~ msgid "DHCP server is running" +#~ msgstr "S'està executant el servidor DHCP" + +#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running" +#~ msgstr "No s'està executant el servidor DHCP" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&Inicia el servidor DHCP ara" + +#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "A&tura el servidor DHCP ara" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Desa els paràmetres i reinicia el servidor DHCP &ara" + +#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Inicia el servidor DHCP ara" + +#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Atura el servidor DHCP ara" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Desa els paràmetres i reinicia el servidor DHCP ara" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" +#~ "To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +#~ "Start DHCP Server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Servidor DHCP</big>\n" +#~ "Per executar el servidor DHCP cada vegada que s'engega l'ordinador, " +#~ "establiu\n" +#~ "Inicia el servidor DHCP." + +#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Reinicia el servidor DHCP" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Desa els paràmetres i reinicia el servidor DHCP" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "&Inicia el servidor DHCP" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-05 12:19+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.10\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module #: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 @@ -179,7 +179,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" +"p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -221,145 +222,218 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Arrencada:\n" -"\t\t\tmarqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant l'arrencada\n" +"\t\t\tmarqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant " +"l'arrencada\n" "\t\t\tmarqueu \"Off\", el servidor DRBD s'inicia manualment\n" "\t\tActiveu o desactiveu: On /Off:\n" "\t\t\tIniciar o aturar el servidor DRBD ara mateix\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Configuració de recursos de DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar o suprimir un recurs\n" +"Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar " +"o suprimir un recurs\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " +"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " +"resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"\n" -"\t\tEl nom és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió de Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\".\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar que connexions entrants des del dispositiu soci arribin al dispositiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per connectar amb el node del dispositiu soci.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que s'està descrivint. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació (sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc, seguit del seu número menor. Altrament, podeu ometre el nom o la paraula menor i el seu número. Si ometeu el nom, s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" -"\t\tCom ara: \"/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}\" o \"/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}\"\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc realment per desar-hi i recuperar les dades. No accediu mai a un dispositiu com aquest mentre s'executi DRBD al capdamunt.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Intern significa que l'última part del dispositiu de còpia de seguretat s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" -"\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i la memòria intermèdia d'enviament TCP local.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i la cache de la memòria intermèdia remota.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i el disc remot.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " +"el disc local i la memòria intermèdia d'enviament TCP local.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " +"el disc local i la cache de la memòria intermèdia remota.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " +"el disc local i el disc remot.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió, si aquest node és un clúster degradat\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió, si " +"aquest node és un clúster degradat\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: què fer quan el dispostiu de nivell més baix informa d'un io-error als nivells més alts\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: la mida del connector TCP de la memòria d'enviament\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: nombre màxim de peticions per ser assignades pel DRBD\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: què fer quan el dispostiu de nivell més baix " +"informa d'un io-error als nivells més alts\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: la mida del connector TCP de la memòria " +"d'enviament\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: nombre màxim de peticions per ser assignades pel " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: si el node soci falla en enviar un paquet de resposta esperat dins d'una desena part de segon, el node soci és considerat mort i, per tant, la connexió TCP/IP és abandonada. Ha de ser inferior a connect-int i ping-int. El valor per defecte és 60 = 6 segons, la unitat 0.1 segons.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet keep-alive. En cas que la resposta no es rebi en aquest període de temps, és considerat mort. El valor per defecte és 500ms, la unitat per defecte és 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet keep-alive\n" +"\t\ttimeout: si el node soci falla en enviar un paquet de resposta " +"esperat dins d'una desena part de segon, el node soci és considerat mort i, " +"per tant, la connexió TCP/IP és abandonada. Ha de ser inferior a connect-int " +"i ping-int. El valor per defecte és 60 = 6 segons, la unitat 0.1 segons.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un " +"paquet keep-alive. En cas que la resposta no es rebi en aquest període de " +"temps, és considerat mort. El valor per defecte és 500ms, la unitat per " +"defecte és 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet " +"keep-alive\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: el número més alt de blocs de dades entre dues barreres d'escriptura\n" -"\t\tko-count: el node secundari falla en completar una petició d'escriptura simple durant una quantitat del temps d'espera, és expulsat del clúster. El valor per defecte és 0, que inhabilita aquesta característica.\n" -"\t\trate: per assegurar una operació suau de l'apliació damunt de DRBD, és possible limitar l'amplada de banda que pot ser usada per a sincronitzacions en segon pla. Per defecte és 250 KB/s, la unitat per defecte és KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: paràmetre, controleu la grandària que pot arribar a tenir l'àrea activa (hot area) (= active set). El nombre per defecte d'extensions és 127. (Mínim: 7, Màxim: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: el número més alt de blocs de dades entre dues " +"barreres d'escriptura\n" +"\t\tko-count: el node secundari falla en completar una petició " +"d'escriptura simple durant una quantitat del temps d'espera, és expulsat del " +"clúster. El valor per defecte és 0, que inhabilita aquesta característica.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\trate: per assegurar una operació suau de l'apliació damunt de " +"DRBD, és possible limitar l'amplada de banda que pot ser usada per a " +"sincronitzacions en segon pla. Per defecte és 250 KB/s, la unitat per " +"defecte és KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: paràmetre, controleu la grandària que pot arribar " +"a tenir l'àrea activa (hot area) (= active set). El nombre per defecte " +"d'extensions és 127. (Mínim: 7, Màxim: 3843)\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Configuració d'LVM</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" +"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: " +"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed " +"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " +"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " +"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " +"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " +"environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"\n" -"\t\tEl fitxer de configuració LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tPer usar LVM amb DRBD, és necessari canviar algunes opcions al fitxer de configuració d'LVM i eliminar entrades de cau antigues als nodes.\t\tVegeu man lvm.conf per a més informació, incloent-hi la disposició del fitxer.\n" -"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tFiltre de dispositiu: això emmascara el dispositiu de bloc subjacent de la llista de dispositius que l'LVM escaneja per signatures de volums físics. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM té la instrucció de llegir les signatures de volums físics des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des de dispositius de bloc de còpia de seguretat subjacents.\t\tAutofiltre: d'acord amb la configuració de drbd, el filtre LVM sempre es canviarà automàticament. Per canviar-lo manualment, desmarqueu la casella AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tEl filtre consisteix en un conjunt d'expressions regulars. Aquestes expressions es poden delimitar amb un caràcter triat per vosaltres i prefixat amb o bé una \"a\" (per acceptar) o una \"r\" (per rebutjar).\t\tPer exemple, establir un filtre com a [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" -"\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: habilita/activa l'escriptura de la cau LVM, és així per defecte. Inhabilita la cau quan es fa desament de xarxa, com ara nfs. \n" -"\n" -"\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Configuració global del DRBD</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." - #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per " +"desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats fins ara.\n" +"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats " +"fins ara.\n" "Pot ser que volgueu desactivar-ho si teniu la cònsola del servidor\n" "connectada a un port sèrie amb capacitats de registre limitades.\n" "El diàleg mostrarà el recompte cada 'refresca el diàleg' segons,\n" "poseu-ho a zero si voleu desactivar el refresc completament. " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -374,7 +448,7 @@ " com s'han configurat en aquest fitxer. " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" @@ -383,7 +457,7 @@ "Configureu drbd aquí. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -392,22 +466,24 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un drbd:</big> \n" "Escolliu un drbd de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" +"b>.\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -418,7 +494,7 @@ "editeu-ne les configuracions. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -427,7 +503,7 @@ "Premeu Afegeix per configurar un drbd." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -438,7 +514,7 @@ "Després premeu Edita o Suprimeix.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -450,18 +526,19 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal fer-ne la codificació. :-)\n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal fer-ne la " +"codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -472,50 +549,108 @@ " \n" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuració del filtre LVM de DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "Modifica el filtre de dispositius LVM automàticament" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Filtre de dispositius" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Escrivint LVM cache" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Habilita LVM Cache" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "Avís! S'hauria d'inhabilitar la cau LVM per usar drbd." + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "Usa lvmetad per a LVM" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "Usa LVM metad" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "Avís! No s'hauria d'usar lvmetad per a clúster." + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Nom del recurs" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "Nodes" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Afegeix" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Edita" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Esborra" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "Desa" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "D'acord" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Cancel·la" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584 +msgid "Node name can not be empty." +msgstr "El nom del node no pot estar buit." + #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." -msgstr "Els noms dels nodes han de ser diferents." - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local." +msgstr "" +"El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Si us plau, empleneu tots els camps." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "Si us plau, configureu dos nodes com a mínim." + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "Introduïu el nom del node:" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757 +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "El nom del node ha de ser diferent." + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -620,70 +755,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Ha fallat la fusió fitxers de configuració DRBD separats\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Ha fallat l'escriptura de drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració de DRDB" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres globals" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Llegeix els recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Llegeix les configuracions d'LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Llegeix l’estat del dimoni" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres de SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres globals..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Llegint els recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Llegint les configuracions d'LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "S’està llegint l’estat del dimoni..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Ha fallat fer la còpia de seguretat drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Ha fallat la neteja de drbd.conf per al test drbdadm" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -691,12 +826,12 @@ "Configuració no vàlida del recurs %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Ha fallat portar enrere drbd.conf" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Escrivint la configuració de DRDB" @@ -704,69 +839,196 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres globals" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Escriu els recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Escriu les configuracions d'LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Fixa l'estat del dimoni" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres de SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "S’està escrivint la configuració global..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Escrivint els recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Escrivint les configuracions d'LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Establint l'estat del dimoni..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres de SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Ha fallat fer el directori /etc/drbd.d" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" -#~ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" +#~ "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " +#~ "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to " +#~ "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to " +#~ "connect to the node's partner device.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " +#~ "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " +#~ "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " +#~ "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, " +#~ "you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the " +#~ "name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +#~ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/" +#~ "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " +#~ "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " +#~ "top of it.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +#~ "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" #~ "\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\tEl \"nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\" al nom d'amfitrió.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar conneccions d'entrada des del dispostiu interlocutor que arribin al dispostiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per connectar al node del dispositiu interlocutor.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que es descriu. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació (sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc,després del seu número menor. O bé ometeu el nom o el menor i el número menor. Si ometeu el nom s'usarà s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbdminor.\n" -#~ "\t\tAixí: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' o '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc per, de fet, desar i recurperar les dades. Mai no accedeix a un dispositiu així mentre el DRBD s'executa a sobre.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": intern. Intern significa que l'última part del dispostiu de suport s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" +#~ "\t\tEl nom és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió de " +#~ "Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\".\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per " +#~ "dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar que connexions entrants des del " +#~ "dispositiu soci arribin al dispositiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port " +#~ "TCP que s'usa per connectar amb el node del dispositiu soci.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que " +#~ "s'està descrivint. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació " +#~ "(sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell " +#~ "que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc, seguit del seu número menor. " +#~ "Altrament, podeu ometre el nom o la paraula menor i el seu número. Si " +#~ "ometeu el nom, s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" +#~ "\t\tCom ara: \"/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}\" o " +#~ "\"/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}\"\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc realment per " +#~ "desar-hi i recuperar les dades. No accediu mai a un dispositiu com aquest " +#~ "mentre s'executi DRBD al capdamunt.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Intern significa que l'última part del " +#~ "dispositiu de còpia de seguretat s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" #~ "\t\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +#~ "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in " +#~ "the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes." +#~ "\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the " +#~ "file layout.\n" +#~ "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#~ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from " +#~ "the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, " +#~ "LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, " +#~ "rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t" +#~ "\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM " +#~ "filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, " +#~ "disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +#~ "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +#~ "expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +#~ "with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor " +#~ "example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +#~ "Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\tEl fitxer de configuració LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +#~ "\t\tPer usar LVM amb DRBD, és necessari canviar algunes opcions al " +#~ "fitxer de configuració d'LVM i eliminar entrades de cau antigues als " +#~ "nodes.\t\tVegeu man lvm.conf per a més informació, incloent-hi la " +#~ "disposició del fitxer.\n" +#~ "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#~ "\t\tFiltre de dispositiu: això emmascara el dispositiu de bloc " +#~ "subjacent de la llista de dispositius que l'LVM escaneja per signatures " +#~ "de volums físics. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM té la instrucció de llegir les " +#~ "signatures de volums físics des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des " +#~ "de dispositius de bloc de còpia de seguretat subjacents.\t" +#~ "\tAutofiltre: d'acord amb la configuració de drbd, el filtre " +#~ "LVM sempre es canviarà automàticament. Per canviar-lo manualment, " +#~ "desmarqueu la casella AutoFilter.\n" +#~ "\t\tEl filtre consisteix en un conjunt d'expressions regulars. " +#~ "Aquestes expressions es poden delimitar amb un caràcter triat per " +#~ "vosaltres i prefixat amb o bé una \"a\" (per acceptar) o una \"r\" (per " +#~ "rebutjar).\t\tPer exemple, establir un filtre com a [\"r|/dev/sda." +#~ "*|\"]\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\tLVM cache: habilita/activa l'escriptura de la cau LVM, és " +#~ "així per defecte. Inhabilita la cau quan es fa desament de xarxa, com " +#~ "ara nfs. \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\t" + +#~ msgid "Node names must be different." +#~ msgstr "Els noms dels nodes han de ser diferents." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" +#~ "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " +#~ "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to " +#~ "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to " +#~ "connect to the node's partner device.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " +#~ "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " +#~ "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " +#~ "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either " +#~ "omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a " +#~ "default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +#~ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/" +#~ "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " +#~ "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " +#~ "top of it.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +#~ "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +#~ "\t\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t\tEl \"nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió " +#~ "Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\" al nom " +#~ "d'amfitrió.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per " +#~ "dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar conneccions d'entrada des del dispostiu " +#~ "interlocutor que arribin al dispostiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port " +#~ "TCP que s'usa per connectar al node del dispositiu interlocutor.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que " +#~ "es descriu. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació " +#~ "(sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell " +#~ "que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc,després del seu número menor. O " +#~ "bé ometeu el nom o el menor i el número menor. Si ometeu el nom s'usarà " +#~ "s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbdminor.\n" +#~ "\t\tAixí: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' o '/" +#~ "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc per, de fet, desar " +#~ "i recurperar les dades. Mai no accedeix a un dispositiu així mentre el " +#~ "DRBD s'executa a sobre.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": intern. Intern significa que l'última part del " +#~ "dispostiu de suport s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" +#~ "\t\t" + #~ msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" #~ msgstr "Arrenca -- Inicia el DRBD ara i durant l'arrencada" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/geo-cluster.ca.po 2016-05-10 09:37:25 UTC (rev 95811) @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 18:07+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-10 11:31+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 11:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: none\n" "Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module #: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 @@ -60,10 +60,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de Geo Clúster" @@ -115,17 +113,17 @@ msgstr "àrbitre" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Add" msgstr "Afegeix" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edita" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimeix" @@ -133,25 +131,24 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "lloc web" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "tiquet" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" -msgstr "Autentificació" +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Autenticació" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "Ca&ncel·la" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "D'acord" @@ -160,178 +157,193 @@ msgstr "Habilita l'autentificació de seguretat" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentification file" -msgstr "Fitxer d'autentificació" +msgid "Authentication file" +msgstr "Fitxer d'autenticació" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." -msgstr "Un camí relatiu es desarà a /etc/booth o s'usarà un camí absolut directament." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." +msgstr "El fitxer s'escriurà a /etc/booth." #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." -msgstr "Per a un geo clúster de nova creació, premeu el botó de sota per generar /etc/booth/<clau>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." +msgstr "Per escriure en un altre directori, introduïu-ne el camí absolut." #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." -msgstr "Per afegir-se a un geo clúster existent; si us plau, copieu /etc/booth/<clau> des d'un altre node manualment." +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" +"booth/<key>." +msgstr "" +"Per a un geo clúster de nova creació, premeu el botó de sota per generar /" +"etc/booth/<clau>." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" -msgstr "Genera el fitxer de clau d'autentificació" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"Per afegir un geo-clúster existent, si us plau, copieu /etc/booth/<clau> des " +"d'altres nodes manualment." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" +msgstr "Genera el fitxer de clau d'autenticació" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "Bàsic" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancel·la" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu una adreça IP vàlida" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Introduïu el tiquet i el temps d'espera" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "temps d'espera" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "reintents" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "pes" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "caduca" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "adquireix després" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "el temps d'espera no és vàlid" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "la caducitat no és vàlida" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "l'acquireafter no és vàlid" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "els reintents no són vàlids" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "els valors de reintents inferiors a 3 són il·legals!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "els pesos no són vàlids" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "el tiquet no pot estar buit" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del tallafoc" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Introduïu una adreça IP del vostre àrbitre" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Editeu l'adreça IP del vostre àrbitre" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Introduïu l'adreça IP del vostre lloc web" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Adreça IP del vostre lloc web" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Ja existeix aquest nom de tiquet!" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "El nom de configuració no pot estar buit." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "El nom de la configuració no pot ser duplicat." #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "el port no és vàlid!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "el transport s'ha d'emplenar!" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "l'àrbitre s'ha d'emplenar!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "el lloc web s'ha d'emplenar!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "el tiquet s'ha d'emplenar!" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " -msgstr "Ha fallat la creació del fitxer d'autentificació" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738 +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " +msgstr "Ha fallat la creació del fitxer d'autenticació " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " -msgstr "El fitxer d'autentificació s'ha creat correctament." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "Fitxer d'autenticació" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr " creat satisfactòriament." + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Selecció de la configuració del GeoClúster" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Escolliu el fitxer de configuració:" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentification Configuration" -msgstr "Configuració de l'autentificació" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" +msgstr "Configuració de l'autenticació" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 @@ -360,10 +372,8 @@ msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració de Geo Clúster" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" @@ -373,7 +383,6 @@ msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Llegeix els paràmetres de SuSEFirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." @@ -410,7 +419,6 @@ msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escrivint els paràmatres de SuSEFirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." @@ -478,6 +486,38 @@ msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Resum de la configuració..." +#~ msgid "Authentification" +#~ msgstr "Autentificació" + +#~ msgid "Authentification file" +#~ msgstr "Fitxer d'autentificació" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path " +#~ "directly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un camí relatiu es desarà a /etc/booth o s'usarà un camí absolut " +#~ "directament." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " +#~ "node manually." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per afegir-se a un geo clúster existent; si us plau, copieu /etc/booth/" +#~ "<clau> des d'un altre node manualment." + +#~ msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#~ msgstr "Genera el fitxer de clau d'autentificació" + +#~ msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +#~ msgstr "Ha fallat la creació del fitxer d'autentificació" + +#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#~ msgstr "El fitxer d'autentificació s'ha creat correctament." + +#~ msgid "Authentification Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuració de l'autentificació" + #~ msgid "site have to be filled" #~ msgstr "el lloc web s'ha d'emplenar"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95810 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 May '16

08 May '16

Author: belphegor Date: 2016-05-08 10:10:27 +0200 (Sun, 08 May 2016) New Revision: 95810 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po Log: only merged Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:03+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -53,8 +53,13 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 " +"xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してくださ" +"い。" #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -84,15 +89,16 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>メディア: %1, パス: %2, 製品: %3</li>\n" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgstr "アドオン \"%1\" を \"%2\" から利用できるようにしてください。" + +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "アドオン製品の追加に失敗しました。" -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "アドオン \"%1\" を \"%2\" から利用できるようにしてください。" - #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media #. placeholder for unknown directory @@ -138,7 +144,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgid "" +"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." msgstr "インストールする拡張言語を選択し、 OK を押してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question @@ -341,7 +348,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>アドオン製品のインストール</big> \n" "ここにはインストールすることを選択した全ての製品が表示されています。\n" -"新しい製品を追加するには、 追加 を、既に追加してある製品を削除するには\n" +"新しい製品を追加するには、 追加 を、既に追加してある製品を削除するに" +"は\n" "製品を選択してから 削除 を押してください。" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name @@ -392,12 +400,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "ここには、お使いのシステムにインストールされている全てのアドオン製品が表示されています。" +msgstr "" +"ここには、お使いのシステムにインストールされている全てのアドオン製品が表示" +"されています。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "追加 ボタンを押して新しいアドオン製品を追加するか、 削除 ボタンを押して使用中のアドオンを削除することができます。" +msgid "" +"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " +"an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "" +"追加 ボタンを押して新しいアドオン製品を追加するか、 削除 ボ" +"タンを押して使用中のアドオンを削除することができます。" #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 @@ -447,7 +461,8 @@ "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケージが\n" +"アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケー" +"ジが\n" "削除されます。\n" "\n" "削除してよろしいですか？" @@ -472,7 +487,8 @@ "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" "お使いのシステムにはインストールの際にアドオン製品を追加するのに\n" -"十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してください。\n" +"十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してくださ" +"い。\n" "\n" "\n" "アドオン製品の設定を飛ばしますか？" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:27+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -90,7 +90,8 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "サービスが有効化されていない場合はデータベースを作成することができません" +msgstr "" +"サービスが有効化されていない場合はデータベースを作成することができません" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -101,8 +102,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "LDAP サーバは既に作成されています。設定についてはインストール済みのシステムで後から変更できます。" +msgid "" +"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " +"later in the installed system." +msgstr "" +"LDAP サーバは既に作成されています。設定についてはインストール済みのシステムで" +"後から変更できます。" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -114,8 +119,12 @@ msgstr "[手動設定]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "システムルートパスワードを取得できません。 LDAP サーバのパスワードを設定して続行してください。" +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " +"continue." +msgstr "" +"システムルートパスワードを取得できません。 LDAP サーバのパスワードを設定して" +"続行してください。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -209,8 +218,12 @@ "続けることはできません。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." -msgstr "OpenLDAP レプリケーション設定が失敗しました。インストール完了後に再設定してください。" +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " +"finished." +msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP レプリケーション設定が失敗しました。インストール完了後に再設定してく" +"ださい。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -232,8 +245,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " +"running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " +"you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "既存の設定が存在しますが、 LDAP サーバは現在起動していません。\n" @@ -264,7 +279,8 @@ msgstr "" "お使いのシステムは現在、 /etc/openldap/slapd.conf の設定ファイルを\n" "利用するように設定されています。 YaST では、 OpenLDAP (back-config) \n" -"を利用した動的な設定データベースにのみ対応しています。お使いの既存の設定を新しい\n" +"を利用した動的な設定データベースにのみ対応しています。お使いの既存の設定を新" +"しい\n" "設定データベースに移行しますか？\n" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 @@ -321,7 +337,9 @@ msgstr "LDAP サーバは稼働していません。" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " +"to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "設定を読み出し直して再起動するか、もしくは新しく設定を作り直しますか？" #. get helps page @@ -357,7 +375,8 @@ msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" -msgstr "YaST は、このコンピュータの完全修飾ドメイン名を判別できませんでした。\n" +msgstr "" +"YaST は、このコンピュータの完全修飾ドメイン名を判別できませんでした。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." @@ -457,12 +476,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "レプリケーション用にアカウントを設定する" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "は正しい LDAP DN ではありません" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" @@ -488,8 +507,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "プロバイダの詳細" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" @@ -497,7 +516,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "プロバイダのホスト名" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLS の使用" @@ -532,15 +551,19 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" -msgstr "プロバイダサーバ上の \"cn=config\" データベースへの接続に失敗しました。\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " +"server.\n" +msgstr "" +"プロバイダサーバ上の \"cn=config\" データベースへの接続に失敗しました。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"プロバイダサーバを確認し、 \"cn=config\" データベースに対するリモート接続を受け付けているかどうか\n" +"プロバイダサーバを確認し、 \"cn=config\" データベースに対するリモート接続を受" +"け付けているかどうか\n" "と、正しいパスワードを入力しているかどうかをそれぞれご確認ください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -574,16 +597,21 @@ "既にそのサーバがレプリケーションコンシューマとして動作しているようです。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "" +"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "現時点では、 cn=config の多段レプリケーションには対応していません。" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "プロバイダサーバ上のレプリケーション設定に定義されている、認証情報の確認に失敗しました。\n" +msgid "" +"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " +"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "" +"プロバイダサーバ上のレプリケーション設定に定義されている、認証情報の確認に失" +"敗しました。\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "テストは下記のエラーメッセージを返しました:" @@ -602,13 +630,16 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"レプリケーション用のマスターサーバとして動作させる場合は、設定データベースを\n" -"リモートからアクセスできるようにする必要があります。設定データベースにパスワードを設定してください。\n" +"レプリケーション用のマスターサーバとして動作させる場合は、設定データベース" +"を\n" +"リモートからアクセスできるようにする必要があります。設定データベースにパス" +"ワードを設定してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " +"encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -642,12 +673,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " +"started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -" LDAP サーバをシステムの起動時に開始する場合は はい を選択してください。\n" +" LDAP サーバをシステムの起動時に開始する場合は はい を選択してくだ" +"さい。\n" "LDAP サーバを開始しない場合は いいえ を選んでください。注意:\n" -"いいえ を選択すると、 OpenLDAP の設定を変更することができなくなります。\n" +"いいえ を選択すると、 OpenLDAP の設定を変更することができなくなりま" +"す。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -655,23 +690,33 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "ここでは、 OpenLDAP で対応している様々なプロトコルリスナー (プロトコルの受け入れ) を、有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、 OpenLDAP で対応している様々なプロトコルリスナー (プロトコルの受" +"け入れ) を、有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " +"communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " +"configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP は通常の LDAP インターフェイスで、ポート番号は 389 を使用します。 TLS/SSL による暗号化は、\n" -"サーバ証明書を設定したあと StartTLS の操作によって行なうことができるようになります。" +"LDAP は通常の LDAP インターフェイスで、ポート番号は 389 を使用しま" +"す。 TLS/SSL による暗号化は、\n" +"サーバ証明書を設定したあと StartTLS の操作によって行なうことができるようにな" +"ります。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " +"protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " +"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS は \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" インターフェイスの意味で、ポート番号 636 を利用して\n" -" SSL 暗号化による保護接続を行なうことができます。この機能を正しく動作させるには、サーバ証明書の設定が\n" +"LDAPS は \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" インターフェイスの意味で、ポート" +"番号 636 を利用して\n" +" SSL 暗号化による保護接続を行なうことができます。この機能を正しく動作させるに" +"は、サーバ証明書の設定が\n" "必要です (\"グローバル設定\"/\"TLS 設定\" をご覧ください) 。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -680,9 +725,12 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI は \"LDAP over IPC\" インターフェイスの意味です。これを利用すると、\n" -"Unix ドメインソケットを通じて LDAP サーバにアクセスすることができます。 YaST では、この\n" -"インターフェイスを介してサーバとの通信を行なっているため、無効化すべきではありません。\n" +"LDAPI は \"LDAP over IPC\" インターフェイスの意味です。これを利用す" +"ると、\n" +"Unix ドメインソケットを通じて LDAP サーバにアクセスすることができます。 YaST " +"では、この\n" +"インターフェイスを介してサーバとの通信を行なっているため、無効化すべきではあ" +"りません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" @@ -703,20 +751,30 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " +"Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " +"and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " +"library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " +"more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -"データベース を hdb, bdb, mdb から選択してください。 hdb は\n" -" bdb バックエンドの派生形で、階層構造のデータベースレイアウトを使用し、\n" -"サブツリーの名前変更に対応しています。それ以外は bdb と同じです。 hdb データベースは\n" -"良好な性能を得るために bdb データベースよりも大きな idlcachesize を必要とします。\n" -"mdb データベースは OpenLDAP の軽量メモリマップデータベース (LMDB)ライブラリを利用して、データを保存します。\n" -"hdb バックエンドと似ていますが、領域面の有効性と実行時の性能の両方を兼ね備えています。\n" +"データベース を hdb, bdb, mdb から選択してくだ" +"さい。 hdb は\n" +" bdb バックエンドの派生形で、階層構造のデータベースレイアウトを使用" +"し、\n" +"サブツリーの名前変更に対応しています。それ以外は bdb と同じです。 " +"hdb データベースは\n" +"良好な性能を得るために bdb データベースよりも大きな idlcachesize</" +"b> を必要とします。\n" +"mdb データベースは OpenLDAP の軽量メモリマップデータベース (LMDB)ライ" +"ブラリを利用して、データを保存します。\n" +"hdb バックエンドと似ていますが、領域面の有効性と実行時の性能の両方を兼" +"ね備えています。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -728,27 +786,38 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" +"b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " +"other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " +"the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," +"dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " +"Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "管理者 DN と LDAP 管理者パスワード は、 \n" -"データベースのアクセス権やその他の管理制限を回避できるスーパーユーザの認証情報を\n" -"指定するものです。 ベース DN の追加 を選択すると、上記の ベース DN に追加すること\n" -"ができます。たとえばベース DN が <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> でルート DN が <tt>c=Admin</tt> とすると、\n" -" 両方を組み合わせて <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> が実際のルート DN になります。 " +"データベースのアクセス権やその他の管理制限を回避できるスーパーユーザの認証情" +"報を\n" +"指定するものです。 ベース DN の追加 を選択すると、上記の ベース " +"DN に追加すること\n" +"ができます。たとえばベース DN が <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> でルート DN が " +"<tt>c=Admin</tt> とすると、\n" +" 両方を組み合わせて <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> が実際のルート DN にな" +"ります。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " +"password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "このウイザードをインストール時に実行している場合は、\n" -"LDAP 管理者パスワード は初期状態で、インストール作業中に入力したシステムの root \n" +"LDAP 管理者パスワード は初期状態で、インストール作業中に入力したシステ" +"ムの root \n" "パスワードと同じに設定されています。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -760,11 +829,15 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"このデータベースを OpenLDAP クライアントツール (たとえば ldapsearch) 向けの既定のデータベースとして使用するには、\n" -" このデータベースを OpenLDAP 向けの既定のものとして使用する を選択してください。\n" +"このデータベースを OpenLDAP クライアントツール (たとえば ldapsearch) 向け" +"の既定のデータベースとして使用するには、\n" +" このデータベースを OpenLDAP 向けの既定のものとして使用する を選択して" +"ください。\n" "これにより、ホスト名 \"localhost\" と上記で入力した ベース DN が\n" -" OpenLDAP のクライアント設定ファイル <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> に書き込まれます。\n" -"このチェックボックスは、サーバ内で最初のデータベースを作成する場合に既定で選択されます。\n" +" OpenLDAP のクライアント設定ファイル <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> に書き" +"込まれます。\n" +"このチェックボックスは、サーバ内で最初のデータベースを作成する場合に既定で選" +"択されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" @@ -781,9 +854,12 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"設定データベースに対して、プレーンテキストの認証 (LDAP シンプルバインド) を有効にしたり無効にしたり\n" -"するには、それぞれ関連するチェックボックスを選択してください。設定データベースに対する\n" -"プレーンテキストの認証は、十分な保護のある (たとえば SSL/TLS 暗号化などの) 接続でのみ許可されます。\n" +"設定データベースに対して、プレーンテキストの認証 (LDAP シンプルバインド) " +"を有効にしたり無効にしたり\n" +"するには、それぞれ関連するチェックボックスを選択してください。設定データベー" +"スに対する\n" +"プレーンテキストの認証は、十分な保護のある (たとえば SSL/TLS 暗号化などの) 接" +"続でのみ許可されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -791,11 +867,14 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " +"been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"設定データベースに対する管理パスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更 を押してください。\n" -"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化 を選択することができます。\n" +"設定データベースに対する管理パスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更" +" を押してください。\n" +"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化" +" を選択することができます。\n" "なお、パスワード項目は既に設定済みである場合でも空白で表示されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 @@ -804,40 +883,62 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." -msgstr "ここでは BDB および HDB データベースに関する基本設定を変更することができます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは BDB および HDB データベースに関する基本設定を変更することができま" +"す。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " +"automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "完全な DN を入力するか、先頭部分のみを入力してから ベースDNを追加 を押してベース DN を追加してください。" +msgstr "" +"完全な DN を入力するか、先頭部分のみを入力してから ベースDNを追加 " +"を押してベース DN を追加してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " +"Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " +"Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " +"set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"管理者アカウントに対するパスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更 を押してください。\n" -"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化 を選択することができます。\n" +"管理者アカウントに対するパスワードを変更するには、 パスワードの変更</" +"b> を押してください。\n" +"ポップアップウインドウが現われ、新しいパスワードの入力と パスワード暗号化" +" を選択することができます。\n" "パスワード項目は既に設定済みである場合でも空白で表示されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " +"adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " +"number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " +"RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " +"Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " +"HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " +"entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"項目キャッシュ と インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) で、\n" -" OpenLDAP 内部のキャッシュサイズを調整することができます。 項目キャッシュ では\n" -" OpenLDAP 内部のメモリキャッシュにどれだけの項目数を記憶しておくかを指定します。搭載メモリ量が十分にある環境では、\n" -"メモリ内にデータベース全体を保存できるほどの値に設定しておくと良いでしょう。 インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) \n" -"は索引の付けられた属性の検索を高速化させるために使用します。一般的に、 HDB データベースには\n" -"検索の性能を上げるために大きな IDL キャッシュを必要とします (おおよそ項目キャッシュの 3 倍程度)\n" +"項目キャッシュ と インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) " +"で、\n" +" OpenLDAP 内部のキャッシュサイズを調整することができます。 項目キャッシュ" +" では\n" +" OpenLDAP 内部のメモリキャッシュにどれだけの項目数を記憶しておくかを指定しま" +"す。搭載メモリ量が十分にある環境では、\n" +"メモリ内にデータベース全体を保存できるほどの値に設定しておくと良いでしょう。 " +"インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ) \n" +"は索引の付けられた属性の検索を高速化させるために使用します。一般的に、 HDB " +"データベースには\n" +"検索の性能を上げるために大きな IDL キャッシュを必要とします (おおよそ項目" +"キャッシュの 3 倍程度)\n" "。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -854,15 +955,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " +"server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " +"before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " +"but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " +"extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"データベースに格納するよりも前の段階で OpenLDAP サーバがリクエスト内の平文パスワードを暗号化する必要がある場合は、\n" -"平文パスワードをハッシュする を選んでください。この設定は X.500/LDAP 情報モデルに違反しますが、\n" -"パスワードを管理するためにパスワード変更拡張操作を利用しない LDAP クライアント用に\n" +"データベースに格納するよりも前の段階で OpenLDAP サーバがリクエスト内の平文" +"パスワードを暗号化する必要がある場合は、\n" +"平文パスワードをハッシュする を選んでください。この設定は X.500/LDAP " +"情報モデルに違反しますが、\n" +"パスワードを管理するためにパスワード変更拡張操作を利用しない LDAP クライアン" +"ト用に\n" "必要となる場合があります。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -873,22 +981,32 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -" \"アカウントロック\" 状態を通知する を有効にしていると、ロックされたアカウントの認証を行なった\n" -"場合に、ロックされている旨の通知が届けられます。この通知は、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては有用な情報になってしまいます。\n" -"厳格なセキュリティを適用するサーバでは、このオプションを有効にしないでください。\n" +" \"アカウントロック\" 状態を通知する を有効にしていると、ロックされ" +"たアカウントの認証を行なった\n" +"場合に、ロックされている旨の通知が届けられます。この通知は、悪意のある攻撃者" +"にとっては有用な情報になってしまいます。\n" +"厳格なセキュリティを適用するサーバでは、このオプションを有効にしないでくださ" +"い。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "既定のポリシーオブジェクト DN には既定のポリシーオブジェクト名を入力します。" +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " +"DN." +msgstr "" +"既定のポリシーオブジェクト DN には既定のポリシーオブジェクト名を入" +"力します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " +"may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"ポリシーの編集 を押すと既定のポリシーを作成したり変更したりすることができます。\n" -"ポリシーオブジェクトをサーバから読み込むため、 LDAP 管理者パスワードを尋ねられることがあります。\n" +"ポリシーの編集 を押すと既定のポリシーを作成したり変更したりすること" +"ができます。\n" +"ポリシーオブジェクトをサーバから読み込むため、 LDAP 管理者パスワードを尋ねら" +"れることがあります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" @@ -896,40 +1014,54 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "このダイアログでは、 bdb データベースの hdb インデックスオプションを変更することができます。" +msgstr "" +"このダイアログでは、 bdb データベースの hdb インデックスオプションを変更す" +"ることができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." -msgstr "この表には、現在インデックスが設定されている属性の一覧が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " +"defined." +msgstr "" +"この表には、現在インデックスが設定されている属性の一覧が表示されています。" +"" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " +"types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"インデックスは OpenLDAP に対して、特定の検索における性能を向上させるために使用します。\n" -"インデックスはデータベース内で多く検索に使用される項目に対して設定されるべきものです。\n" +"インデックスは OpenLDAP に対して、特定の検索における性能を向上させるために" +"使用します。\n" +"インデックスはデータベース内で多く検索に使用される項目に対して設定されるべき" +"ものです。\n" "この YaST では 3 つの異なる種類のインデックスを設定することができます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " +"configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"存在: このインデックスは、存在するかどうか (たとえば <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> )\n" -"を検索する際に使用します。存在インデックスは、データベース内でその属性の設定が\n" +"存在: このインデックスは、存在するかどうか (たとえば " +"<tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> )\n" +"を検索する際に使用します。存在インデックスは、データベース内でその属性の設定" +"が\n" "ほとんど為されない場合に設定すべきものです。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " +"index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"均等: このインデックスはイコールで結ばれる種類の検索 (たとえば (<tt>(attributeType=<特定の値>)</tt>) を行なう際に使用します。\n" +"均等: このインデックスはイコールで結ばれる種類の検索 (たとえば " +"(<tt>(attributeType=<特定の値>)</tt>) を行なう際に使用します。\n" "均等 インデックスは <tt>objectclass</tt> の属性に対しては\n" "常に設定されるべきものです。\n" @@ -937,7 +1069,10 @@ msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" -msgstr "部分文字列: このインデックスは部分文字列の検索 (たとえば <tt>(attributeType=<文字列の一部>*)</tt> ) を行なう際に使用します。\n" +msgstr "" +"部分文字列: このインデックスは部分文字列の検索 (たとえば " +"<tt>(attributeType=<文字列の一部>*)</tt> ) を行なう際に使用します。</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" @@ -945,20 +1080,26 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい属性に対してインデックスを設定するには、 追加 ボタンを押してください。\n" -"既存のインデックスを削除するには 削除 を、既にインデックスを設定した属性に対して\n" +"新しい属性に対してインデックスを設定するには、 追加 ボタンを押して" +"ください。\n" +"既存のインデックスを削除するには 削除 を、既にインデックスを設定した属" +"性に対して\n" "オプションを変更するには 編集 をそれぞれ押してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " +"added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " +"indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: データベースのサイズに依存しますが、新しくインデックスを追加すると、それが有効になるまでに\n" +"注意: データベースのサイズに依存しますが、新しくインデックスを追加すると、" +"それが有効になるまでに\n" "しばらくの時間がかかります。設定をサーバに書き込むと、\n" -"バックグラウンド処理でデータベースに対してインデックスの生成を開始します。\n" +"バックグラウンド処理でデータベースに対してインデックスの生成を開始します。</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" @@ -968,35 +1109,46 @@ msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" -msgstr "この表には、選択したデータベースに設定されている全てのアクセス制御設定が表示されています。\n" +msgstr "" +"この表には、選択したデータベースに設定されている全てのアクセス制御設定が表" +"示されています。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " +"more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"それぞれのルールについて、ルールに該当するターゲットオブジェクトが表示されます。ルールについての\n" -"より詳しい表示やルールの変更については、表内のルールを選択して 編集 を押してください。\n" +"それぞれのルールについて、ルールに該当するターゲットオブジェクトが表示され" +"ます。ルールについての\n" +"より詳しい表示やルールの変更については、表内のルールを選択して 編集 を" +"押してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"新しいアクセス制御ルールを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、アクセス制御ルールを削除するには\n" +"新しいアクセス制御ルールを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、アクセス制御" +"ルールを削除するには\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " +"target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " +"using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" OpenLDAP のアクセス制御の評価は、ターゲットの該当条件 (DN やフィルタ、属性など) に\n" -"適合している最初のルールで停止します。そのため、意図している動作に合わせるには\n" -"ルールの順序を変更する必要がある場合があります。これは、それぞれ 上へ と 下へ\n" +" OpenLDAP のアクセス制御の評価は、ターゲットの該当条件 (DN やフィルタ、属" +"性など) に\n" +"適合している最初のルールで停止します。そのため、意図している動作に合わせるに" +"は\n" +"ルールの順序を変更する必要がある場合があります。これは、それぞれ 上へ " +"と 下へ\n" "ボタンで行なうことができます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 @@ -1005,11 +1157,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " +"checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" "現在選択したデータベースを他のサーバに複製したい場合は、\n" -"\"このデータベースに対して ldapsync プロバイダを有効にする\" のチェックボックスを選択してください。" +"\"このデータベースに対して ldapsync プロバイダを有効にする\" のチェッ" +"クボックスを選択してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1017,21 +1171,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " +"(stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " +"synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " +"or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " +"indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " +"is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは、同期状態の情報 (\"contextCSN\" の属性内に保存されます) をデータベースに\n" -"書き込む頻度を指定します。最後に情報を書き込んでから、 \"操作\" で指定した\n" -"書き込み操作の回数や \"分\" で指定した時間が経過すると、データベースの\n" -"同期処理が動作します。既定では状態情報 (既定では両方とも '0') は、正しくシャットダウンした\n" +"ここでは、同期状態の情報 (\"contextCSN\" の属性内に保存されます) を" +"データベースに\n" +"書き込む頻度を指定します。最後に情報を書き込んでから、 \"操作\" で指定" +"した\n" +"書き込み操作の回数や \"分\" で指定した時間が経過すると、データベース" +"の\n" +"同期処理が動作します。既定では状態情報 (既定では両方とも '0') は、正しく" +"シャットダウンした\n" "場合にのみ書き込まれます。間隔を短く設定して書き込みを行なうと、不正な\n" -"シャットダウンが発生してもすぐに回復できますが、多くの LDAP 書き込み操作が発生する環境の場合、\n" +"シャットダウンが発生してもすぐに回復できますが、多くの LDAP 書き込み操作が発" +"生する環境の場合、\n" "パフォーマンスの劣化が発生する場合があります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 @@ -1040,15 +1204,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " +"operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " +"the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " +"replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " +"server." msgstr "" -"データベースに対して行なった書き込み操作情報を記録するための、メモリ内セッションログ機能を設定\n" +"データベースに対して行なった書き込み操作情報を記録するための、メモリ内セッ" +"ションログ機能を設定\n" "します。ここでは、セッションログ内に保存する書き込み操作数を指定します。\n" -"セッションログの設定は、 \"refreshOnly\" のレプリケーションを行なう場合にのみ便利です。\n" -"このような場合は、レプリケーションを高速化し、マスターサーバでの負荷を削減することができます。" +"セッションログの設定は、 \"refreshOnly\" のレプリケーションを行なう場" +"合にのみ便利です。\n" +"このような場合は、レプリケーションを高速化し、マスターサーバでの負荷を削減す" +"ることができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1056,11 +1227,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " +"the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" "このデータベースを他のサーバに対する複製にしたい場合は、\n" -"\"このデータベースはレプリケーションコンシューマです\" を選択してください。\n" +"\"このデータベースはレプリケーションコンシューマです\" を選択してくだ" +"さい。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" @@ -1072,13 +1245,18 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" +"standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは、マスターサーバに対する認証接続を行なう際の詳細を入力します。それぞれ\n" -"使用するプロトコル (ldap または ldaps) とマスターサーバの完全修飾\n" -"ドメイン名を入力してください。ここで入力する完全修飾ドメイン名は、マスターサーバの\n" -" TLS/SSL 証明書を検証するために重要な設定です。また、マスターサーバが非標準の LDAP\n" +"ここでは、マスターサーバに対する認証接続を行なう際の詳細を入力します。それぞ" +"れ\n" +"使用するプロトコル (ldap または ldaps) とマスターサーバの完全修" +"飾\n" +"ドメイン名を入力してください。ここで入力する完全修飾ドメイン名は、マスター" +"サーバの\n" +" TLS/SSL 証明書を検証するために重要な設定です。また、マスターサーバが非標準" +"の LDAP\n" "ポートを使用している場合は、ポート番号も設定してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -1106,8 +1284,10 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist: スレーブサーバはマスターサーバとの同期を行なうにあたり、恒久的な接続を作成します。\n" -"サーバ上で更新された項目は、その接続を介して即時にスレーブに送信されます。\n" +"refreshAndPersist: スレーブサーバはマスターサーバとの同期を行なうに" +"あたり、恒久的な接続を作成します。\n" +"サーバ上で更新された項目は、その接続を介して即時にスレーブに送信されます。</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1115,11 +1295,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " +"authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " +"database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは、マスターに対して認証を行なう際に利用する、 DN とパスワードを指定します。\n" -"指定した DN には、レプリケーションを行なうデータベースの全項目に対する読み込み権限が必要です。\n" +"ここでは、マスターに対して認証を行なう際に利用する、 DN とパスワードを指定" +"します。\n" +"指定した DN には、レプリケーションを行なうデータベースの全項目に対する読み込" +"み権限が必要です。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1129,13 +1313,18 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " +"configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " +"the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"スレーブサーバを読み込み専用として設定する場合、スレーブサーバは書き込み操作に対して LDAP 照会の形で応答を行ないます。\n" -"既定では、この照会はクライアントからマスターサーバを示します。ここでは照会先として他のサーバを指定することができます。\n" -"これはつまり、カスケード化された設定の場合に便利な機能で、スレーブサーバ向けのプロバイダが\n" +"スレーブサーバを読み込み専用として設定する場合、スレーブサーバは書き込み操" +"作に対して LDAP 照会の形で応答を行ないます。\n" +"既定では、この照会はクライアントからマスターサーバを示します。ここでは照会先" +"として他のサーバを指定することができます。\n" +"これはつまり、カスケード化された設定の場合に便利な機能で、スレーブサーバ向け" +"のプロバイダが\n" "スレーブ自身になっている場合に都合の良い機能です。\n" #. Read dialog help @@ -1178,51 +1367,71 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "このダイアログには、今作成した設定についての短い概要が示されています。\n" -" 完了 を押して設定を書き込み、 LDAP サーバモジュールを終了してください。\n" +" 完了 を押して設定を書き込み、 LDAP サーバモジュールを終了してくださ" +"い。\n" "\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr " LDAP サーバの起動 から LDAP サーバの起動または停止を行なうことができます。 " +msgid "" +"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" +"p> " +msgstr "" +" LDAP サーバの起動 から LDAP サーバの起動または停止を行なうことがで" +"きます。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." -msgstr "はい を選択すると、 次へ を押して設定ウイザードを開始することができます。" +msgid "" +"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " +"wizard." +msgstr "" +"はい を選択すると、 次へ を押して設定ウイザードを開始するこ" +"とができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" -"ファイアウオールが設定されている場合は、適切なチェックボックスにチェックを入れることで、\n" +"ファイアウオールが設定されている場合は、適切なチェックボックスにチェックを" +"入れることで、\n" " OpenLDAP が必要とするネットワークポートを開くことができます。\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" -msgstr "設定したい LDAP サーバの種類を選択してください。下記のシナリオが利用できます:" +msgid "" +"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " +"are available:" +msgstr "" +"設定したい LDAP サーバの種類を選択してください。下記のシナリオが利用できま" +"す:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " +"with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" -msgstr "単独サーバ: レプリケーションの準備を行なわない、単独動作の OpenLDAP サーバを設定します。\n" +msgstr "" +"単独サーバ: レプリケーションの準備を行なわない、単独動作の " +"OpenLDAP サーバを設定します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"レプリケーション設定内でのマスターサーバ: レプリケーション設定について、マスターサーバ\n" +"レプリケーション設定内でのマスターサーバ: レプリケーション設定につ" +"いて、マスターサーバ\n" "(プロバイダ) となるための OpenLDAP 設定を作成します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " +"replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"レプリカ (スレーブ) サーバ: レプリケーション設定について、マスターサーバから\n" +"レプリカ (スレーブ) サーバ: レプリケーション設定について、マスター" +"サーバから\n" "設定を含む全情報を複製する OpenLDAP 設定を作成します。" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1240,26 +1449,34 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -" TLS/SSL での暗号化を有効にするには、 TLS を有効にする チェックボックスを選択してください。\n" +" TLS/SSL での暗号化を有効にするには、 TLS を有効にする チェックボッ" +"クスを選択してください。\n" "この場合は、サーバが使用する証明書も設定する必要があります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " +"server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"LDAP over SSL (ldaps) インターフェイスを有効にする を選択すると、お使いのサーバに対して\n" -"ポート 636 で LDAPS 接続を受け入れるようになります。チェックをしない場合、 OpenLDAP は StartTLS 拡張操作を介した TLS 暗号化接続のみに対応します。\n" +"LDAP over SSL (ldaps) インターフェイスを有効にする を選択すると、お" +"使いのサーバに対して\n" +"ポート 636 で LDAPS 接続を受け入れるようになります。チェックをしない場合、 " +"OpenLDAP は StartTLS 拡張操作を介した TLS 暗号化接続のみに対応します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " +"that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -"共通サーバ証明書を、関連する YaST モジュールでインストールしてある場合は、\n" -"共通サーバ証明書の使用 をチェックすると、 OpenLDAP サーバでその証明書を使用することができます。\n" +"共通サーバ証明書を、関連する YaST モジュールでインストールしてある場合" +"は、\n" +"共通サーバ証明書の使用 をチェックすると、 OpenLDAP サーバでその証明書" +"を使用することができます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" @@ -1268,12 +1485,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" +"b>,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " +"corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"共通サーバ証明書をお持ちでない場合、または OpenLDAP サーバに対して異なる証明書を使用したい場合は、\n" -"証明機関の証明書ファイル と 証明書ファイル 、および 証明書の鍵ファイル\n" +"共通サーバ証明書をお持ちでない場合、または OpenLDAP サーバに対して異なる証" +"明書を使用したい場合は、\n" +"証明機関の証明書ファイル と 証明書ファイル 、および 証明書の" +"鍵ファイル\n" "のそれぞれにファイル名を入力してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 @@ -1281,7 +1502,8 @@ "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい証明機関を作成したり、証明機関の管理モジュールを起動したりしたい場合は、\n" +"新しい証明機関を作成したり、証明機関の管理モジュールを起動したりしたい場合" +"は、\n" "証明機関管理モジュールの起動 を押してください。\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1292,18 +1514,23 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " +"in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " +"support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" "このダイアログではスキーマファイルを追加または削除することができます。\n" -" 追加 を押すと新しいスキーマのファイルを選択するためのダイアログが表示されます。注意: OpenLDAP \n" -"(back-config を使用したとき) では、現在スキーマデータの削除に対応していません。" +" 追加 を押すと新しいスキーマのファイルを選択するためのダイアログが表示" +"されます。注意: OpenLDAP \n" +"(back-config を使用したとき) では、現在スキーマデータの削除に対応していませ" +"ん。" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " +"statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" "デバッグ情報や統計情報を syslog に記録する際に使用する、\n" @@ -1311,7 +1538,9 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgid "" +"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " +"disallow:" msgstr " OpenLDAP に対して、許可／禁止する機能を選択してください:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1320,16 +1549,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " +"requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPv2 バインド要求: サーバが LDAPv2 のバインド要求を受け入れるかどうかを設定します。\n" +"LDAPv2 バインド要求: サーバが LDAPv2 のバインド要求を受け入れるかど" +"うかを設定します。\n" "なお、 OpenLDAP では LDAPv2 に完全には対応していません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " +"when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " +"present) " msgstr "" "認証情報が記入されている匿名バインド: 認証情報が記入されている\n" "匿名でのバインド (パスワードは存在するが、 DN が記入されていない)バインド\n" @@ -1345,7 +1578,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " +"unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1363,13 +1597,16 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する: この項目を選択すると、サーバは\n" -"匿名でのバインド要求を受け入れなくなります。なお、この項目を設定しても、匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは\n" +"匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する: この項目を選択すると、サーバ" +"は\n" +"匿名でのバインド要求を受け入れなくなります。なお、この項目を設定しても、匿名" +"によるディレクトリアクセスは\n" "一般に禁止されません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " +"Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" "簡易バインド認証を禁止する: 簡易バインド認証を完全に\n" @@ -1378,11 +1615,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " +"back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"StartTLS 操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する:\n" -"この項目を選択すると、サーバは StartTLS 操作を受け付けたとき、認証済みのコネクションを\n" +"StartTLS 操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する" +":\n" +"この項目を選択すると、サーバは StartTLS 操作を受け付けたとき、認証済みのコネ" +"クションを\n" "匿名状態に強制的に移行しないようになります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 @@ -1392,98 +1632,151 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "認証したあとは StartTLS を禁止する:\n" -"この項目を選択すると、サーバは既に認証済みの場合、 StartTLS 操作を禁止します。\n" +"この項目を選択すると、サーバは既に認証済みの場合、 StartTLS 操作を禁止しま" +"す。\n" "\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " +"\"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " +"overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " +"of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"設定済みのデータベースの一覧が表示されています。種類が \"フロントエンド\" や\n" -" \"設定\" になっているデータベースは、特別な内部用のデータベースであることを\n" -"示しています。 \"フロントエンド\" データベースは全てのデータベースに適用される\n" +"設定済みのデータベースの一覧が表示されています。種類が \"フロントエンド\" " +"や\n" +" \"設定\" になっているデータベースは、特別な内部用のデータベースであること" +"を\n" +"示しています。 \"フロントエンド\" データベースは全てのデータベースに適用され" +"る\n" "サーバ全体のアクセス制御を設定するものです。 \"設定\"\n" "データベースは LDAP サーバ自身の設定を保持しているものです。\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "新しいデータベースを追加するには データベースの追加 を押してください。" +msgstr "" +"新しいデータベースを追加するには データベースの追加 を押してくださ" +"い。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " +"Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"データベースを削除するには、一覧からデータベースを選択して データベースの削除....\n" -"を押してください。 \"設定\" と \"フロントエンド\" データベースは、削除できません。\n" +"データベースを削除するには、一覧からデータベースを選択して データベース" +"の削除....\n" +"を押してください。 \"設定\" と \"フロントエンド\" データベースは、削除できま" +"せん。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " +"here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"ここでは、設定データベース (\"cn=config\") に対するパスワードを入力します。\n" -"これは、設定データベースをリモートからアクセスできるようにするために必要です。" +"ここでは、設定データベース (\"cn=config\") に対するパスワードを入力" +"します。\n" +"これは、設定データベースをリモートからアクセスできるようにするために必要で" +"す。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " +"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " +"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"サーバに対して MirrorMode 設定での参加を行ないたい場合は、 \"MirrorMode レプリケーションの準備\"\n" -"のチェックボックスにチェックを入れてください。これにより、 MirrorMode レプリケーションで必要となる、 serverId 属性を生成します。\n" +"サーバに対して MirrorMode 設定での参加を行ないたい場合は、 " +"\"MirrorMode レプリケーションの準備\"\n" +"のチェックボックスにチェックを入れてください。これにより、 MirrorMode レプリ" +"ケーションで必要となる、 serverId 属性を生成します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " +"server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " +"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"スレーブサーバとして設定するには、マスターサーバに問い合わせるためにいくつかの情報が必要です。\n" -"マスターサーバのホスト名やプロトコル (\"ldap\" または \"ldaps\") のほか、必要に応じて\n" -"ポート番号やマスターの設定データベース (\"cn=config\") にたいするパスワード入力も行なってください。" +"スレーブサーバとして設定するには、マスターサーバに問い合わせるためにいくつ" +"かの情報が必要です。\n" +"マスターサーバのホスト名やプロトコル (\"ldap\" または \"ldaps" +"\") のほか、必要に応じて\n" +"ポート番号やマスターの設定データベース (\"cn=config\") にたいするパス" +"ワード入力も行なってください。" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." -msgstr "Kerberos サーバに対する <big>領域</big> と <big>マスターパスワード</big> を指定します。" +msgid "" +"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " +"Kerberos server." +msgstr "" +"Kerberos サーバに対する <big>領域</big> と <big>マスターパスワード</big> " +"を指定します。" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "Kerberos の領域には任意の ASCII 文字列を指定することができますが、慣習上はお使いのドメイン名を大文字にしたものを使用します。 \n" +msgid "" +"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " +"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "" +"Kerberos の領域には任意の ASCII 文字列を指定することができますが、慣習上は" +"お使いのドメイン名を大文字にしたものを使用します。 \n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "この文字列には、この領域に対する Kerberos データベースの場所を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"この文字列には、この領域に対する Kerberos データベースの場所を指定します。" +"" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベース上のプリンシパルのアクセス許可を判断する際に使用する、アクセス制御リスト (ACL) ファイルの場所を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " +"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベース上のプリンシパルのアクセス許可を判断" +"する際に使用する、アクセス制御リスト (ACL) ファイルの場所を指定します。" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベースに対して認証する際に使用する、keytab ファイルの場所を指定します。 " +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " +"authenticate to the database." +msgstr "" +"この文字列には、 kadmin がデータベースに対して認証する際に使用する、" +"keytab ファイルの場所を指定します。 " #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "この絶対時間には、この領域内で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の有効期限を指定します。 " +msgid "" +"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " +"created in this realm." +msgstr "" +"この絶対時間には、この領域内で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の有効期" +"限を指定します。 " #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "これらのフラグには、この領域で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の属性を指定します。" +msgid "" +"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"これらのフラグには、この領域で作成されたプリンシパルに設定する既定の属性を" +"指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1492,7 +1785,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "プリンシパルに対し、先付け日付のチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定します。" +msgstr "" +"プリンシパルに対し、先付け日付のチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定しま" +"す。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1501,7 +1796,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "プリンシパルに対し、転送可能なチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定します。" +msgstr "" +"プリンシパルに対し、転送可能なチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1510,7 +1806,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "プリンシパルに対し、更新可能なチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定します。" +msgstr "" +"プリンシパルに対し、更新可能なチケットの取得を許可するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1527,8 +1824,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "このフラグを有効にすることで、プリンシパルに対してユーザ間認証を行なうための他ユーザ向けセッション鍵の取得を許可します。" +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " +"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "" +"このフラグを有効にすることで、プリンシパルに対してユーザ間認証を行なうための" +"他ユーザ向けセッション鍵の取得を許可します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1536,8 +1837,18 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "このフラグをクライアントのプリンシパルに対して有効にすると、プリンシパルに対して KDC からチケットを受け取る前に事前認証を行なう要求をします。サービスプリンシパルでこのフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパル用のサービスチケットが事前認証チケットの設定されたチケット認可チケット (TGT) に対してのみ発行されることになります。" +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " +"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " +"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " +"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " +"set." +msgstr "" +"このフラグをクライアントのプリンシパルに対して有効にすると、プリンシパルに対" +"して KDC からチケットを受け取る前に事前認証を行なう要求をします。サービスプリ" +"ンシパルでこのフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパル用のサービスチケットが事" +"前認証チケットの設定されたチケット認可チケット (TGT) に対してのみ発行されるこ" +"とになります。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1545,8 +1856,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルはチケットを受信する前にハードウエアデバイスを利用した事前認証を求められます。" +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " +"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "" +"このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルはチケットを受信する前にハードウエアデ" +"バイスを利用した事前認証を求められます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1554,8 +1869,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルにサービスチケットを発行できるようになります。" +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " +"principal." +msgstr "" +"このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルにサービスチケットを発行でき" +"るようになります。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1563,8 +1882,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルがチケット許可チケット (TGT) を基礎にしたチケットの取得ができるようになります。TGT を取得するために認証手順を繰り返しません。" +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" +"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " +"used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "" +"このフラグを有効にすると、プリンシパルがチケット許可チケット (TGT) を基礎にし" +"たチケットの取得ができるようになります。TGT を取得するために認証手順を繰り返" +"しません。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1572,8 +1897,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルに対してチケットを発行するようになります。無効にすると、実質的にはこの領域内のプリンシパルを無効にします。" +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " +"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"このフラグを有効にすると、 KDC がこのプリンシパルに対してチケットを発行するよ" +"うになります。無効にすると、実質的にはこの領域内のプリンシパルを無効にしま" +"す。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1582,7 +1913,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルに対してパスワード変更を強制します。" +msgstr "" +"このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルに対してパスワード変更を強制しま" +"す。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -1590,34 +1923,63 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルがパスワード変更サービスとしてマークされます。これは特別な事例でのみ利用されます。たとえばユーザのパスワードが有効期限切れになっている場合、ユーザはそのプリンシパルに対して通常のパスワード認証によらずチケットを受け取る必要があるような場合です。" +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " +"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " +"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " +"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"このフラグを有効にすると、このプリンシパルがパスワード変更サービスとしてマー" +"クされます。これは特別な事例でのみ利用されます。たとえばユーザのパスワードが" +"有効期限切れになっている場合、ユーザはそのプリンシパルに対して通常のパスワー" +"ド認証によらずチケットを受け取る必要があるような場合です。" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "この項目には、パスワード内に含まれていてはならない文字列を含むファイルの場所を指定します。もしもこのタグが設定されていないかプリンシパルに割り当てられたポリシーが無い場合、パスワードのチェックは行なわれません。" +msgid "" +"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " +"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " +"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "" +"この項目には、パスワード内に含まれていてはならない文字列を含むファイルの場" +"所を指定します。もしもこのタグが設定されていないかプリンシパルに割り当てられ" +"たポリシーが無い場合、パスワードのチェックは行なわれません。" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "このポート番号には、この領域のために Kadmind デーモンに割り当てるポート番号を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " +"for this realm." +msgstr "" +"このポート番号には、この領域のために Kadmind デーモンに割り当てるポート番" +"号を指定します。" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " +"with kdb5_stash." msgstr "kdb5_stash で保存されるマスターキーを置く場所を指定します。" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "この文字列には、この領域用に KDC に設定するポート番号の一覧を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"この文字列には、この領域用に KDC に設定するポート番号の一覧を指定します。" +"" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "この項目ではマスターキーに関連づけられるプリンシパルの名前を指定します。既定値は 'K/M' です。" +msgid "" +"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " +"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "" +"この項目ではマスターキーに関連づけられるプリンシパルの名前を指定します。既" +"定値は 'K/M' です。" #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 @@ -1626,58 +1988,104 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの最大有効時間を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"valid for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの最大有効時間を指定します。</" +"p>" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの更新時間間隔を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"この差分時間設定では、この領域内でのチケットの更新時間間隔を指定します。</" +"p>" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "" +"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " +"combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "この領域に対するプリンシパル既定の key/salt の組み合わせ一覧" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "この領域のプリンシパルに対して許可する key/salt の組み合わせを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"この領域のプリンシパルに対して許可する key/salt の組み合わせを指定します。" +"" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "複数の領域にまたがるチケットの輸送リストについて、領域名から算出された輸送パスと krb5.conf ファイル内の [capaths] との間で確認するかどうかを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " +"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " +"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "" +"複数の領域にまたがるチケットの輸送リストについて、領域名から算出された輸送" +"パスと krb5.conf ファイル内の [capaths] との間で確認するかどうかを指定しま" +"す。" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "この LDAP 特有のタグは、LDAP サーバとの間で維持される接続数を表わします。" +msgid "" +"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " +"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "" +"この LDAP 特有のタグは、LDAP サーバとの間で維持される接続数を表わします。" +"" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "この LDAP 特有のタグは、 Kerberos サーバを開始する際に利用するオブジェクト用の、隠しパスワードのファイルを表わします。" +msgid "" +"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " +"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "" +"この LDAP 特有のタグは、 Kerberos サーバを開始する際に利用するオブジェクト" +"用の、隠しパスワードのファイルを表わします。" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "領域のプリンシパルに含まれるサブツリーの一覧を指定します。この一覧では ':' (コロン) 区切りでサブツリーオブジェクトの DN を表わします。この検索スコープはサブツリー以下のプリンシパルを検索するためのスコープを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " +"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" +"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " +"the subtree." +msgstr "" +"領域のプリンシパルに含まれるサブツリーの一覧を指定します。この一覧では " +"':' (コロン) 区切りでサブツリーオブジェクトの DN を表わします。この検" +"索スコープはサブツリー以下のプリンシパルを検索するためのスコープを指定しま" +"す。" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "領域のプリンシパルが作成されるコンテナの DN を指定します。この領域向けにコンテナ参照が設定されていない場合、プリンシパルは領域コンテナ内に作成されます。" +msgid "" +"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " +"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " +"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "" +"領域のプリンシパルが作成されるコンテナの DN を指定します。この領域向けにコ" +"ンテナ参照が設定されていない場合、プリンシパルは領域コンテナ内に作成されま" +"す。" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "この領域内のプリンシパルに対する最大チケット生存時間を指定します。" +msgstr "" +"この領域内のプリンシパルに対する最大チケット生存時間を指定します。" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "この領域内のプリンシパルに対する最大チケット更新時間を指定します。" +msgid "" +"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +"" +msgstr "" +"この領域内のプリンシパルに対する最大チケット更新時間を指定します。" #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2001,20 +2409,26 @@ msgstr "サーバ URI" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "このサーバは MirrorMode ノードとしては設定されていません。 \"次へ\" を押して、標準の OpenLDAP 設定ウイザードを起動してください。" +msgid "" +"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " +"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "" +"このサーバは MirrorMode ノードとしては設定されていません。 \"次へ\" を押し" +"て、標準の OpenLDAP 設定ウイザードを起動してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "OpenLDAP MirrorMode 概要" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "" +"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "YaST モジュールを起動したホスト自身を削除することはできません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." -msgstr "別の MirrorMode サーバで、 yast2 openldap-mirrormode を実行してください。" +msgstr "" +"別の MirrorMode サーバで、 yast2 openldap-mirrormode を実行してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" @@ -2190,7 +2604,8 @@ #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" -msgstr "現時点では、複数のレプリケーションコンシューマの設定には対応していません" +msgstr "" +"現時点では、複数のレプリケーションコンシューマの設定には対応していません" #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** @@ -2321,16 +2736,22 @@ msgstr "不許可フラグの選択 (&A):" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する (匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは禁止されません)" +msgid "" +"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " +"directory access)" +msgstr "" +"匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する (匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは禁止さ" +"れません)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "簡易バインド認証を無効にする" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "StartTLS 操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する" +msgid "" +"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "" +"StartTLS 操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2404,7 +2825,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "インデックスキャッシュ (IDL キャッシュ)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "チェックポイント設定" @@ -2422,7 +2843,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "このデータベースに対して、プレーンテキスト認証 (単純なバインド) を許可します。" +msgstr "" +"このデータベースに対して、プレーンテキスト認証 (単純なバインド) を許可しま" +"す。" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2472,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "インデックスの追加" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "パスワードポリシーの設定" @@ -2635,241 +3058,246 @@ msgstr "指定したディレクトリが存在しません。作成しますか?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "認証が失敗しました。パスワードが誤っている可能性があります。\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "エラーメッセージ: '" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "もう一度試してみますか？" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "使用可能な属性種類" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "選択した属性種類" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "このルールを以下に適用" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "DN の項目" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "選択" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "アクセスレベルの設定" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "ここでアクセス制御の評価を停止する (既定値)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "次のアクセス制御ルールに続く (\"break\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "このルールの評価を続ける (\"continue\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "DN をテキスト欄に入力してください" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "サブツリー DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "グループ DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "アクセス制御ルールの編集" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "ターゲットオブジェクト" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "以下のフィルタに該当するもの:" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "LDAP フィルタ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "このルールを一覧にある属性にのみ適用する" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "属性" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "アクセスレベル" # 北米インデアン、ワショー族 # 「WASHOE ワショー語」とも -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "誰" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "フローコントロール" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "上" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "下" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "属性 のテキスト欄に、正しい属性の一覧を入力してください" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "テキスト欄に正しい LDAP フィルタを入力してください" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." -msgstr "少なくとも 1 つの項目を、 \"アクセスレベル\" の一覧に追加する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"少なくとも 1 つの項目を、 \"アクセスレベル\" の一覧に追加する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "ターゲット" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "フィルタ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデータベースには現在の YaST モジュールではサポートしていない\n" -"アクセス制御ルールが含まれています。アクセス制御ダイアログは無効化されます。\n" +"アクセス制御ルールが含まれています。アクセス制御ダイアログは無効化されま" +"す。\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "このデータベースをレプリケーションコンシューマとします。" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "プロバイダ名" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "ポート" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "レプリケーション種類" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "レプリケーション間隔" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "日" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "時間" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "認証 DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "カスタムな更新参照" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "ターゲットホスト" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "レプリケーション間隔の指定が正しくありません" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "プロバイダに対して LDAP 接続の確認を行ないましたが、失敗しました" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "このまま続行しますか？" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "プロバイダに対して LDAPsync の機能を確認しましたが、失敗しました" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "ターゲットとなるサーバで LDAPsync プロバイダが有効になっているかどうか、ご確認ください。" +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +msgid "" +"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "" +"ターゲットとなるサーバで LDAPsync プロバイダが有効になっているかどうか、ご確" +"認ください。" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "このデータベースに対して ldapsync プロバイダを有効にする" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "操作" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "セッションログ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "セッションログを有効にする" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "レプリケーション設定" @@ -3077,8 +3505,12 @@ msgstr "既定のパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを作成しています" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "OpenLDAP のインデックス作成が完了するのを待っています (この処理には数分程度の時間がかかります)" +msgid "" +"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " +"some minutes)" +msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP のインデックス作成が完了するのを待っています (この処理には数分程度の" +"時間がかかります)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3097,8 +3529,12 @@ msgstr "パスワードポリシーオブジェクトの作成に失敗しました。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "OpenLDAP データベースに対するインデックス生成の完了を待機している際に、エラーが発生しました。\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " +"finish.\n" +msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP データベースに対するインデックス生成の完了を待機している際に、エラー" +"が発生しました。\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3199,8 +3635,12 @@ msgstr "自分自身の完全修飾ドメイン名を判別できませんでした。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "レプリケーション向けのマスターサーバは、自分自身の完全修飾ドメインを知っていないと正しく動作しません。" +msgid "" +"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " +"own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "" +"レプリケーション向けのマスターサーバは、自分自身の完全修飾ドメインを知ってい" +"ないと正しく動作しません。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3230,13 +3670,19 @@ msgstr "LDAP DN が正しくありません: \"%s\" RDN 値を抽出できません" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "\"c\" 属性の値には、 ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードを含んでいなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" +"letter code." +msgstr "" +"\"c\" 属性の値には、 ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードを含んでいなけ" +"ればなりません。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "サフィックスの最初の部分は、 'c=', 'st=', 'l=', 'o=', 'ou=', 'dc=' のいずれかである必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"サフィックスの最初の部分は、 'c=', 'st=', 'l=', 'o=', 'ou=', 'dc=' のいずれか" +"である必要があります。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format @@ -3246,7 +3692,9 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "ベース DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式に対応していません) 。" +msgstr "" +"ベース DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式" +"に対応していません) 。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format @@ -3256,7 +3704,9 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "ルート DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式に対応していません) 。" +msgstr "" +"ルート DN \"%s\" は複数の値が存在する RDN です (YaST モジュールでは、この方式" +"に対応していません) 。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." @@ -3272,7 +3722,8 @@ msgstr "証明機関の証明書ファイル: \"%s\" が存在しません。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "" +"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "プロバイダサーバのサーバ証明書の検証時にエラーが発生しました。\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 @@ -3306,12 +3757,16 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "データベースの種類 '%s' はサポートされていません。利用可能なものは 'bdb' または 'hdb' です。" +msgstr "" +"データベースの種類 '%s' はサポートされていません。利用可能なものは 'bdb' また" +"は 'hdb' です。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "'countryName' (国) は ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードである必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"'countryName' (国) は ISO-3166 に定義されている 2 文字の国コードである必要が" +"あります。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-13 20:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "しばらくお待ちください" @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. We will have to set default entries which are defined +#. in the import call of ServicesManager #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -128,8 +128,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "現在稼働中のシステムをベースにした、 AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するクライアント" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"現在稼働中のシステムをベースにした、 AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するクライア" +"ント" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -157,22 +160,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"このダイアログを利用することで、ファイルの内容のコピーとインストールするシステムの最終\n" -"配置場所を指定します。 YaST2 は、このファイルを指定した場所にコピーします。 " +"このダイアログを利用することで、ファイルの内容のコピーとインストールするシ" +"ステムの最終\n" +"配置場所を指定します。 YaST2 は、このファイルを指定した場所にコピーします。 " +"" #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"コピーしたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定してください。\n" -"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更方法を示した\n" -"記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: '755', '777' 等) \n" +"コピーしたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定してく" +"ださい。\n" +"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アク" +"セス権は変更方法を示した\n" +"記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: " +"'755', '777' 等) \n" "を利用することができます。" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -246,13 +257,17 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "様々なアプリケーションやサービスを自動的に設定する目的で、あらかじめ\n" -"設定ファイルを用意しておくことができます。この場合、設定ファイルはインストール完了\n" -"後、特定の場所にコピーされます。たとえば Web サーバをインストールして、 httpd.conf の\n" +"設定ファイルを用意しておくことができます。この場合、設定ファイルはインストー" +"ル完了\n" +"後、特定の場所にコピーされます。たとえば Web サーバをインストールして、 " +"httpd.conf の\n" "設定ファイルを準備する場合などがあります。" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -291,7 +306,8 @@ "\n" "Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、現時点ではサポートされていません:\n" +"AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、現時点ではサポートされてい" +"ません:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" @@ -306,13 +322,16 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、このシステムでは処理することができません:\n" +"AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、このシステムでは処理するこ" +"とができません:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"誤った表記を行なっているか、もしくはお使いのプロファイル内の <software/> セクションで、必要な YaST パッケージが含まれていないものと思われます。" +"誤った表記を行なっているか、もしくはお使いのプロファイル内の <software/> セク" +"ションで、必要な YaST パッケージが含まれていないものと思われます。" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -331,23 +350,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "事後のスクリプトを実行しています" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "実行中の全てのサービスを再起動しています" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "systemd の既定のターゲットを有効化しています" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "設定を終了しています" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "リソース %1 を処理しています" @@ -422,7 +439,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"システムを自動インストールするための準備をしています。しばらくお待ちください。\n" +"システムを自動インストールするための準備をしています。しばらくお待ちくださ" +"い。\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -520,104 +538,94 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "システムを自動インストールするための準備を行なっています。しばらくお待ちください。" +msgstr "" +"システムを自動インストールするための準備を行なっています。しばらくお待ちく" +"ださい。" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "プレインストールユーザスクリプトを実行" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "一般設定 " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "言語を設定する" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "パーティションプランを作成" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "ブートローダの設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "登録" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "ソフトウエア選択の設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "systemd 既定のターゲットの設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 -msgid "Configure users and groups" -msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定" - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "プレインストールユーザスクリプトを実行しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "一般的な設定を行なっています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "言語を設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "パーティションプランを作成しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "ブートローダを設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "システムを登録しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "ソフトウエア選択を設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "systemd 既定のターゲットを設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 -msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." -msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定をー取り込んでいます..." - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "自動インストールのためのシステム準備" -#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a -#. network configuration is available. So this will be written -#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the -#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc -#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#. configure general settings +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "アドオン製品を処理しています..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "言語を設定しています..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -626,7 +634,7 @@ "再度試してください。\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -686,10 +694,12 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" +"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほ" +"か、それらを記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" "表示したりすることができます。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -697,8 +707,10 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"メッセージ のすべてを、タイムアウト付きで表示しておくことをお勧めします。\n" -"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものではありません。\n" +"メッセージ のすべてを、タイムアウト付きで表示しておくことをお勧めし" +"ます。\n" +"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視する" +"べきものではありません。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -713,12 +725,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"以下の 基本 選択のいずれかを選び、 詳細 ボタンを押して アドオン の\n" +"以下の 基本 選択のいずれかを選び、 詳細 ボタンを押して アドオ" +"ン の\n" "選択やパッケージの選択を追加してください。\n" "\n" @@ -730,8 +744,10 @@ msgstr "インストール元の場所 (http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/ のように)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "このシステムのインストール元 (これを選択した場合は、イメージを作成できません)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"このシステムのインストール元 (これを選択した場合は、イメージを作成できません)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -746,14 +762,18 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab のマウント方法:\n" "\t通常、マウントするファイルシステムは、デバイス名を利用して /etc/fstab に\n" -"\t指定しますが、 UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステムを\n" +"\t指定しますが、 UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステム" +"を\n" "\tマウントするように設定することもできます。また、全てのファイルシステムで\n" "\tUUID やボリュームラベルを使用できるとは限りません。このオプションが\n" "\t無効になっている場合は、指定することはできません。\n" @@ -763,13 +783,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "ボリュームラベル:\n" -"\tこの項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通常、\n" +"\tこの項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは" +"通常、\n" "\tボリュームラベルでマウントするよう設定した場合にのみ意味を持ちます。\n" "\tボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。\n" "\t" @@ -870,7 +892,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"パーティションを作成する旨の選択を行ないましたが、正しいファイルシステムを選択していません。\n" +"パーティションを作成する旨の選択を行ないましたが、正しいファイルシステムを選" +"択していません。\n" "続行するには正しいファイルシステムを選択してください。\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -939,12 +962,16 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ有効です。" +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" であ" +"る場合にのみ有効です。" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." -msgstr "サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、物理ボリュームに対しては正しい選択ではありません。" +msgstr "" +"サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、物理ボリュームに対しては正しい選択ではありません。" #. Displayed when tree is empty #: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 @@ -1008,8 +1035,10 @@ "コマンドラインで正しい場所を指定したかどうかを\n" "確認し、再度実行してみてください。このエラーのため、\n" "ディレクトリではなく URL のみを入力することができます。ルールや\n" -"ホスト名ベースのコントロールファイルを使用している場合は、インストール処理を\n" -"実行し直してコントロールファイルにアクセスできることを確認してください。\n" +"ホスト名ベースのコントロールファイルを使用している場合は、インストール処理" +"を\n" +"実行し直してコントロールファイルにアクセスできることを確認してください。</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1118,7 +1147,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "コントロールファイルのクラス定義には、このインターフェイスを使用します。 \n" +msgstr "" +"コントロールファイルのクラス定義には、このインターフェイスを使用します。 " +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1232,7 +1263,8 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"表示されているクラスから、現在のコントロールファイルが属すべきクラスを 1 つまたは\n" +"表示されているクラスから、現在のコントロールファイルが属すべきクラスを 1 " +"つまたは\n" "複数選んでください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1409,7 +1441,9 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" msgstr "現在のシステムにモジュール '%1' の設定を適用してよろしいですか？" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1424,7 +1458,9 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" msgstr "現在のシステムにプロファイルの設定を適用してよろしいですか？" #. EXIT @@ -1461,7 +1497,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"全ての コントロールファイル を保存するディレクトリを、 リポジトリ\n" +"全ての コントロールファイル を保存するディレクトリを、 リポジトリ" +"\n" "欄に入力してください。" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1478,7 +1515,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" @@ -1556,18 +1594,21 @@ "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" "file and try again." msgstr "" -"Kickstart ファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。ファイルの構文を確認して\n" +"Kickstart ファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。ファイルの構文を確認し" +"て\n" "再度実行してください。" #. Set resource name, if not using default value #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart ファイルをインポート\n" -"しました。文法を確認し、パッケージ選択とパーティション設定に正しく反映されているかどうか\n" +"しました。文法を確認し、パッケージ選択とパーティション設定に正しく反映されて" +"いるかどうか\n" "を確認してください。" #. Validate Dialog @@ -1602,7 +1643,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "RNG 検証で XML を確認しています..." @@ -1612,7 +1653,7 @@ msgstr "セクション %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "RNC 検証で XML を確認しています..." @@ -1651,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "第 2 ステージの完了後にマシンを再起動する" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "署名処理" @@ -1697,25 +1738,29 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "望まないインストールを避けるため、インストール確認オプションは\n" "既定で有効になっています。このことにより、インストール作業の最中に\n" "いったん作業を止め、通常の提案画面で要求された操作の概要を表示します。\n" -"作業を止めずに自動的にインストールを進めるには、このチェックを外してください。\n" +"作業を止めずに自動的にインストールを進めるには、このチェックを外してくださ" +"い。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインストール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" +"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケー" +"ジのインストール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 @@ -1857,12 +1902,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"このツールでは xmllint を利用してプロファイルのドキュメント種類を検証し、\n" -"足りないデータが無いかどうかを調べます。たとえばクラスの作成時など、データの不足が意図的で\n" +"このツールでは xmllint を利用してプロファイルのドキュメント種類を" +"検証し、\n" +"足りないデータが無いかどうかを調べます。たとえばクラスの作成時など、データの" +"不足が意図的で\n" "ある場合は、表示されるエラーメッセージを無視することもできます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1883,7 +1931,8 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Kickstart ファイルをインポートするには、設定ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" +"Kickstart ファイルをインポートするには、設定ファイルのパスを入力してくださ" +"い。\n" "インポートされたデータは SUSE で利用できるオプションを追加できるよう、\n" "設定管理システムに読み込まれます。\n" @@ -1891,7 +1940,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "このツールでは、このシステムから情報を読み出すことで参照プロファイルを\n" "作成することができます。たとえばパーティション設定やパッケージ選択など、\n" @@ -1903,10 +1953,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"右の一覧表には目的のシステム上に作成するパーティションが表示されています。\n" +"右の一覧表には目的のシステム上に作成するパーティションが表示されていま" +"す。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1944,7 +1996,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "指定したドライブにルートパーティションが必要であるにもかかわらず、\n" @@ -1964,8 +2017,18 @@ msgstr "詳細オプション" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成し、全ての新しいパーティションを拡張パーティション内の論理パーティションとして追加します。なお AutoYaST に対して、特定のパーティションをプライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションとして作成するよう指示することもできます。また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成し、全ての新しい" +"パーティションを拡張パーティション内の論理パーティションとして追加します。な" +"お AutoYaST に対して、特定のパーティションをプライマリパーティションや拡張" +"パーティションとして作成するよう指示することもできます。また、パーティション" +"のサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1979,12 +2042,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"LVM と RAID の設定については、文書をお読みのうえ設定を既存のコントロールファイルに\n" +"LVM と RAID の設定については、文書をお読みのうえ設定を既存のコントロールファ" +"イルに\n" "追加してください。未フォーマットの LVM と RAID パーティションのみを作成\n" "することができます。\n" "\n" @@ -1992,12 +2057,16 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "HTTP(S) プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されました。" +msgstr "" +"HTTP(S) プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード " +"%2 が返されました。" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "FTP プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されました。" +msgstr "" +"FTP プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が" +"返されました。" #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2084,7 +2153,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2102,16 +2172,19 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>chroot スクリプト</H3>\n" "ポストインストールスクリプトを chroot 環境下で動作させるには、\n" -"chroot スクリプト のオプションを選択してください。これらのスクリプトは\n" +"chroot スクリプト のオプションを選択してください。これらのスクリプト" +"は\n" "最初の再起動を行なう前に実行されます。既定では、 chroot スクリプトは\n" -"インストールシステムの環境下で実行されます。インストール済みのシステムにアクセスするには、\n" +"インストールシステムの環境下で実行されます。インストール済みのシステムにアク" +"セスするには、\n" "お使いのスクリプトから \"/mnt\" のマウントポイント以下を参照してください。\n" "\n" @@ -2120,7 +2193,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2144,7 +2218,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>初期化スクリプト</H3>\n" -"これらのスクリプトは最初の起動処理の際、 YaST がシステムの設定を終えた後に\n" +"これらのスクリプトは最初の起動処理の際、 YaST がシステムの設定を終えた後" +"に\n" "実行されます。完了スクリプトは特別な rc スクリプトを使用して\n" "一度だけ実行されます。\n" "完了スクリプトは起動処理の最後、ネットワークが初期化された後に\n" @@ -2157,13 +2232,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>インタプリタ:</H3>\n" -"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や Python\n" +"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 " +"Perl や Python\n" "などのスクリプトは、プレインストールスクリプトには設定できません。\n" "\n" @@ -2173,32 +2250,41 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>ネットワークアクセス:</H3>\n" "ポストインストールスクリプトの実行中はネットワークが動作しないため、\n" "ネットワークにアクセスできるようにするには準備処理が必要になります。\n" -"ネットワーク機能付きのポストインストールスクリプトの代替としては、実行する際に\n" +"ネットワーク機能付きのポストインストールスクリプトの代替としては、実行する際" +"に\n" "システムの設定が完了していることを保証する初期化スクリプトがあります。\n" -"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク オプションを使用することもできます。\n" +"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネッ" +"トワーク オプションを使用することもできます。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>フィードバックとデバッグ:</H3>\n" -"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" -"デバッグを有効にすると、フィードバック表示にスクリプトをデバッグするための多くの情報が\n" +"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標" +"準エラー出力をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" +"デバッグを有効にすると、フィードバック表示にスクリプトをデバッグするための多" +"くの情報が\n" "表示されるようになります。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2286,11 +2372,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマイズしたり、\n" +"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストー" +"ルをカスタマイズしたり、\n" "インストールの各ステージでインストールを制御したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 @@ -2317,9 +2405,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルを解析中に XML パーサがエラーを報告しました。エラーメッセージ:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"AutoYAST プロファイルを解析中に XML パーサがエラーを報告しました。エラーメッ" +"セージ:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2338,45 +2430,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "プロファイルの選択" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "コントロールファイルをフロッピィディスクから読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 の TFTP サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "%2 の NFS サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 の HTTP サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 の FTP サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "%1 のファイルからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "/dev/%1 のデバイスからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "デフォルトの場所からコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "不明なソース。" @@ -2386,7 +2478,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2396,23 +2488,28 @@ "コントロールファイルのほとんどすべてのリソースを、\n" "設定管理システムで設定することができます。\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用するものと\n" -"同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールする時に利用する\n" +"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセン" +"ターで利用するものと\n" +"同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールす" +"る時に利用する\n" "コントロールファイルに出力されます。\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "これらのモジュールのほか、パーティションや一般的な設定、\n" @@ -2443,105 +2540,91 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "インストール開始時に確認を表示する" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "AutoYaST の第 2 ステージ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "ステージ 1 の完了後にマシンを停止する" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "ステージ 2 の完了後にマシンを停止する" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "ステージ 2 の完了後にマシンを再起動する" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "署名なしのファイルを受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "署名なしのファイルを受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "チェックサムなしのファイルを受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "チェックサムなしのファイルを受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "検証が失敗したものを受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "検証が失敗したものを受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "不明な GPG 鍵を受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "不明な GPG 鍵を受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "新しい GPG 鍵をインポートする" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "新しい GPG 鍵をインポートしない" -#. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 -msgid "Syncing time..." -msgstr "時刻を同期しています..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 -msgid "Syncing time with %s." -msgstr "%s と時刻を同期しています。" - -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 -msgid "Time syncing failed." -msgstr "時刻の同期に失敗しました。" - -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 -msgid "Cannot update system time." -msgstr "システム時刻を更新できません" - #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "ボリュームグループ %1 を再利用することができません。ボリュームグループは存在しません。" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループ %1 を再利用することができません。ボリュームグループは存在" +"しません。" #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を行なってください。" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりま" +"せん。設定を行なってください。" #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2613,58 +2696,69 @@ msgstr "不明" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"ソフトウエアリポジトリを検索しましたが、下記のパッケージが見つかりませんでした:\n" +"ソフトウエアリポジトリを検索しましたが、下記のパッケージが見つかりませんでし" +"た:\n" "%1" #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を追加できませんでした" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "パターンのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"パターンのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log を" +"ご確認ください。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "イメージの作成 - パッケージをインストールしています" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "パッケージのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"パッケージのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log " +"をご確認ください。" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "イメージの保存 ..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "%1/ 内でイメージを変更することができます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すとイメージは圧縮され、変更できなくなります。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "イメージの圧縮が '%1' で失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" +msgstr "" +"イメージの圧縮が '%1' で失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "イメージは正しく作成されました" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2673,83 +2767,93 @@ "存在しない場合は、 'ls -F > directory.yast' で作成することができます。" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "'%1' を読み込めません。再試行しますか？" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "'%1' を読み込めません。 ISO の作成に失敗しました。" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "ISO のファイル構造を準備しています ..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "DVD 向けの起動設定" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "Ok" msgstr "了解" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうことができます。\n" +"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更" +"を行なうことができます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すと ISO を作成します。" #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "ISO イメージの保存 ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "ISO ファイルを作成しています ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO は %1 に正しく作成できました" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "選択したパターン" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "個別に選択されたパッケージ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "削除するパッケージ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "必須のカーネルパッケージ" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "パターンを設定できません： %1" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを確認してください。" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアの" +"セクションを確認してください。" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しません。 %1 MB 不足しています" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに" +"適合しません。 %1 MB 不足しています" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2787,14 +2891,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "設定データを収集しています..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルを暗号化します。パスワードを 2 回入力してください" @@ -2802,16 +2906,18 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "ファイル %2 にセクション %1 を書き込むことができませんでした。" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルは暗号化されています。正しいパスワードを入力してください。" +msgstr "" +"AutoYAST プロファイルは暗号化されています。正しいパスワードを入力してくださ" +"い。" #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2827,3 +2933,20 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" +#~ msgid "Configure users and groups" +#~ msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定" + +#~ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +#~ msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定をー取り込んでいます..." + +#~ msgid "Syncing time..." +#~ msgstr "時刻を同期しています..." + +#~ msgid "Syncing time with %s." +#~ msgstr "%s と時刻を同期しています。" + +#~ msgid "Time syncing failed." +#~ msgstr "時刻の同期に失敗しました。" + +#~ msgid "Cannot update system time." +#~ msgstr "システム時刻を更新できません" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -97,10 +97,12 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "証明機関のパスワード (セキュリティ: 環境変数により指定されるべきものです)" +msgstr "" +"証明機関のパスワード (セキュリティ: 環境変数により指定されるべきものです)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "" +"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "P12 パスワード (セキュリティ: 環境変数により指定されるべきものです)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -117,15 +119,18 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " +"certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " +"certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "YaST では既定の証明機関と証明書を自動的に生成します。この証明機関と証明書は\n" " Apache サーバとの通信に使用されます。\n" -"ここではこの証明機関と証明書の設定を変更したり、証明機関と証明書をファイルからインポートしたりすることができます。\n" +"ここではこの証明機関と証明書の設定を変更したり、証明機関と証明書をファイルか" +"らインポートしたりすることができます。\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -369,8 +374,12 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "ローカルマシンの名前を判別することができません。 'サーバ名' および '電子メール' の値を変更してください。" +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " +"Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" +"ローカルマシンの名前を判別することができません。 'サーバ名' および '電子メー" +"ル' の値を変更してください。" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -391,16 +400,21 @@ msgstr "古い設定を削除してよろしいですか？" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパスワードを設定して続行してください。" +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパス" +"ワードを設定して続行してください。" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。 \n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" +"い。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -412,7 +426,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "より高いセキュリティのためにパスワードを変更しておくことをお勧めします。" +msgstr "" +"より高いセキュリティのためにパスワードを変更しておくことをお勧めします。" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" @@ -454,11 +469,14 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " +"certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "root のパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。 \n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" +"い。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -469,8 +487,12 @@ msgstr "証明機関および証明書をファイルからインポートしています" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "既定のホスト名 linux は本当に唯一のものですか？証明書はホスト名が正しく設定されている場合にのみ正しく働きます。" +msgid "" +"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " +"only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "" +"既定のホスト名 linux は本当に唯一のものですか？証明書はホスト名が" +"正しく設定されている場合にのみ正しく働きます。" #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -507,7 +529,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " +"certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -519,13 +542,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " +"the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "今すぐ作成またはインポートせずに、\n" -"インストール済みのシステムで既定の証明機関および証明書を作成することもできます。\n" +"インストール済みのシステムで既定の証明機関および証明書を作成することもできま" +"す。\n" " \n" #. Creates Country items @@ -619,7 +644,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " +"and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" @@ -650,38 +676,67 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." -msgstr "サーバ証明書は、 SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行なうサービスで使用されています。" +msgid "" +"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " +"network connections." +msgstr "" +"サーバ証明書は、 SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行なうサービスで使用され" +"ています。" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "共通サーバ証明書 は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービスに対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。" +msgid "" +"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " +"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" +"共通サーバ証明書 は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービスに" +"対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。" #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." -msgstr "YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " +"configuration of such a service." +msgstr "" +"YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできる" +"ものもあります。" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "インポート／置換 ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、既存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。" +msgid "" +"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " +"certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "" +"インポート／置換 ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、既" +"存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "削除 ボタンを押すと、証明書を削除することができます。なお、他のサービスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " +"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "" +"削除 ボタンを押すと、証明書を削除することができます。なお、他のサー" +"ビスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "証明書は 証明機関管理 モジュール内にある 証明書 セクションから ファイルにエクスポート を利用するとファイルに書き込むことができます。" +msgid "" +"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " +"section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "" +"証明書は 証明機関管理 モジュール内にある 証明書 セクションか" +"ら ファイルにエクスポート を利用するとファイルに書き込むことができま" +"す。" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." -msgstr "ディスクからインポートする証明書は 関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形式 である必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " +"format with CA chain." +msgstr "" +"ディスクからインポートする証明書は 関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形" +"式 である必要があります。" #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -744,8 +799,12 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "現在の証明機関についての特別な情報が 証明書, 証明書失効リスト, 詳細設定 の形で提供されています。 " +msgid "" +"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" +"b>, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "" +"現在の証明機関についての特別な情報が 証明書, 証明書失効リスト</" +"b>, 詳細設定 の形で提供されています。 " #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -880,8 +939,12 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "新しい下位証明機関や証明書を作成するときには、システムは既定の値を提案します。" +msgid "" +"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " +"default values." +msgstr "" +"新しい下位証明機関や証明書を作成するときには、システムは既定の値を提案しま" +"す。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 @@ -892,13 +955,21 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." -msgstr "ただし、ここで修正した設定は 新しい 項目に対してのみ使用されることに注意してください。" +msgid "" +"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"ただし、ここで修正した設定は 新しい 項目に対してのみ使用されること" +"に注意してください。" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "下位 CA, クライアント証明書, サーバ証明書 に対する既定の設定を変更することができます。" +msgid "" +"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " +"certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "" +"下位 CA, クライアント証明書, サーバ証明書 に対する既" +"定の設定を変更することができます。" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -918,7 +989,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " +"saved." msgstr "この枠内には保存前の全ての既定値を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1032,8 +1105,14 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての証明書が表示されています。それぞれの列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN (識別情報) や証明書の状態 ('有効' や '失効' など) があります。" +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " +"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "" +"ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての証明書が表示されています。それぞれの" +"列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN (識別情報) や証明書の状態 ('有効' や " +"'失効' など) があります。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1042,22 +1121,34 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." -msgstr "表示 を押すと証明書に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。" +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"表示 を押すと証明書に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。</" +"p>" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." -msgstr "また、それぞれの証明書について 失効, 削除, エクスポート を行なうことができます。" +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"また、それぞれの証明書について 失効, 削除, エクスポート</" +"b> を行なうことができます。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "追加 を利用すると新しいサーバ証明書またはクライアント証明書を生成することができます。" +msgstr "" +"追加 を利用すると新しいサーバ証明書またはクライアント証明書を生成す" +"ることができます。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " +"certificate." msgstr "ここには選択した証明書に関して最も重要な情報を表示しています。" #. popup window header @@ -1067,7 +1158,9 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "証明書の失効手続きだけを行なっています。新しい CRL は作成されないことに注意してください。" +msgstr "" +"証明書の失効手続きだけを行なっています。新しい CRL は作成されないことに注意し" +"てください。" #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1335,7 +1428,8 @@ #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "With Generate CRL, a new CRL will be generated." -msgstr "CRL の生成 を利用すると、新しい CRL を生成することができます。" +msgstr "" +"CRL の生成 を利用すると、新しい CRL を生成することができます。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 @@ -1345,7 +1439,9 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに エクスポート することができます。" +msgstr "" +"CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに エクスポート することがで" +"きます。" #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1404,8 +1500,11 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "新しい CRL を作成する場合、あらかじめシステム側で一部の既定値を提案します。" +msgid "" +"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "" +"新しい CRL を作成する場合、あらかじめシステム側で一部の既定値を提案しま" +"す。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1441,8 +1540,16 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "警告! CRL の自動作成とエクスポートを有効化すると、証明機関のパスワードをディスク上の設定ファイルに書き込むことになります。パスワードは CRL を作成するために暗号化されないありのままの状態で保存されます。 root ユーザであればパスワードを読むことができてしまいます。" +msgid "" +"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " +"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " +"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " +"readable for the root user." +msgstr "" +"警告! CRL の自動作成とエクスポートを有効化すると、証明機関のパスワードを" +"ディスク上の設定ファイルに書き込むことになります。パスワードは CRL を作成する" +"ために暗号化されないありのままの状態で保存されます。 root ユーザであればパス" +"ワードを読むことができてしまいます。" #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1454,15 +1561,33 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "この証明機関の CRL を一度だけエクスポートするには、 一度だけエクスポート を選択してください。" +msgstr "" +"この証明機関の CRL を一度だけエクスポートするには、 一度だけエクスポー" +"ト を選択してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." -msgstr "CRL の再発行を繰り返し行なうよう設定するには、 再発行を繰り返してエクスポート を選択してください。この場合、再発行の間隔を 発行間隔 で指定してください。再発行の間隔を 24 時間に設定した場合、エクスポート処理をいつ行なうのか時間を選択することができます。 セキュリティ情報 をお読みになり、ご理解のうえ設定してください。" +msgid "" +"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " +"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " +"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " +"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " +"understand the Security Information." +msgstr "" +"CRL の再発行を繰り返し行なうよう設定するには、 再発行を繰り返してエクス" +"ポート を選択してください。この場合、再発行の間隔を 発行間隔 で指" +"定してください。再発行の間隔を 24 時間に設定した場合、エクスポート処理をいつ" +"行なうのか時間を選択することができます。 セキュリティ情報 をお読みにな" +"り、ご理解のうえ設定してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ ローカルファイルにエクスポート と LDAP にエクスポート を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " +"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" +"b> and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "" +"CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方" +"に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ ローカルファイルにエクスポート" +" と LDAP にエクスポート を設定してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1618,15 +1743,18 @@ #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." -msgstr "新しい証明機関を生成するには、いくつかの項目を設定する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"新しい証明機関を生成するには、いくつかの項目を設定する必要があります。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "新しい証明書を生成するにはいくつかの項目を設定する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"新しい証明書を生成するにはいくつかの項目を設定する必要があります。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "新しい要求を生成するにはいくつかの項目を設定する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"新しい要求を生成するにはいくつかの項目を設定する必要があります。" #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 @@ -1640,30 +1768,47 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "証明機関名 は証明機関に記載される証明書の名前です。半角英字のほか、 \"-\", \"_\" のみを使用することができます。" +msgid "" +"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " +"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "" +"証明機関名 は証明機関に記載される証明書の名前です。半角英字のほ" +"か、 \"-\", \"_\" のみを使用することができます。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "共通名 は証明機関の名前です。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " +"certificate." msgstr "共通名 は証明書を作成する相手のユーザの名前です。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "共通名 はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ドメイン名) です。" +msgid "" +"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "" +"共通名 はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ドメイ" +"ン名) です。" #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." -msgstr "メールアドレス はユーザまたはサーバ管理者の正式なメールアドレスです。" +msgid "" +"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"メールアドレス はユーザまたはサーバ管理者の正式なメールアドレスで" +"す。" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." -msgstr "組織, 部署, 市区町村, 都道府県 はいずれもオプション項目です。" +msgid "" +"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " +"State are often optional." +msgstr "" +"組織, 部署, 市区町村, 都道府県 はいずれもオプ" +"ション項目です。" #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1694,18 +1839,32 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr " 証明機関の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " +"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +" 証明機関の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があり" +"ます。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "各証明機関にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"各証明機関にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用" +"するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +"" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまでの日数を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " +"time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまで" +"の日数を入力してください。" #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1713,33 +1872,61 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." -msgstr "詳細オプション は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更した場合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。" +msgid "" +"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " +"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " +"correctly." +msgstr "" +"詳細オプション は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更した場" +"合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "証明書の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"証明書の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要がありま" +"す。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "各証明書にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " +"use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"各証明書にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用す" +"るアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。</" +"p>" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまでの日数を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " +"Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまで" +"の日数を入力してください。" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "要求の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"要求の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。" +"確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "各要求にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"各要求にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用する" +"アプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1773,7 +1960,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " +"created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する証明機関の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1783,7 +1972,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " +"will be created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する証明書の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1793,7 +1984,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する要求の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1906,8 +2099,15 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "この枠内には、設定可能な詳細属性や OpenSSL X509v3 拡張を表示しています。これらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、 openssl-doc パッケージ内の /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt ファイルをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " +"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " +"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"この枠内には、設定可能な詳細属性や OpenSSL X509v3 拡張を表示しています。こ" +"れらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、 openssl-doc パッケージ内の /usr/share/" +"doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt ファイルをお読みください。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -1929,14 +2129,14 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "証明書を作成しています..." #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -1945,35 +2145,38 @@ "証明機関管理モジュールでも作成することができます。\n" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完了" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "設定を保存してよろしいですか？" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "終了" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "編集結果を保存しないで終了してよろしいですか？" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての要求が表示されています。それぞれの列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "" +"ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての要求が表示されています。それぞれの列" +"にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN が表示されています。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -1982,23 +2185,36 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." -msgstr "表示 を押すと要求に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。" +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"request." +msgstr "" +"表示 を押すと要求に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "また、それぞれの要求について 署名, 削除, エクスポート を行なうことができます。" +msgid "" +"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "" +"また、それぞれの要求について 署名, 削除, エクスポート</" +"b> を行なうことができます。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." -msgstr "インポート を使用すると新しい要求を読み込むことができます。また、追加 を使用すると新しい要求を生成することができます。" +msgid "" +"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " +"request." +msgstr "" +"インポート を使用すると新しい要求を読み込むことができます。また、" +"追加 を使用すると新しい要求を生成することができます。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -msgstr "ここでは、選択された要求に関して最も重要な情報を表示しています。" +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +"" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、選択された要求に関して最も重要な情報を表示しています。" #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2082,7 +2298,9 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "これは証明機関の要求ではありません。証明機関の要求として署名してよろしいですか？" +msgstr "" +"これは証明機関の要求ではありません。証明機関の要求として署名してよろしいです" +"か？" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2091,12 +2309,14 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgid "" +"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "要求には受け入れ可能な特別な要求の拡張機能があります。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgid "" +"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "これらの拡張機能を拒否すると、既定値が代わりに使用されます。" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 @@ -2109,7 +2329,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"signed." msgstr "この枠内には署名する要求の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2159,16 +2381,21 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "Select one CA and press Enter CA." -msgstr "証明機関を 1 つ選択し、 証明機関に入る を押してください。" +msgstr "" +"証明機関を 1 つ選択し、 証明機関に入る を押してください。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "ルート証明機関の作成 を押すと、新しいルート証明機関を生成することができます。" +msgid "" +"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "" +"ルート証明機関の作成 を押すと、新しいルート証明機関を生成することが" +"できます。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "" +"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "証明機関の管理について、詳しくはマニュアルをお読みください。" #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2383,15 +2610,21 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." +"\n" msgstr "" -"<big>ディスクから共通サーバ証明書 (関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形式) をインポート:</big>\n" +"<big>ディスクから共通サーバ証明書 (関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形" +"式) をインポート:</big>\n" "ファイルを 1 つだけ選択し 次へ を押してください。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "サーバ証明書と関連する証明機関をインポートし、他の YaST モジュールが共通証明書を探す場所にコピーします。" +msgid "" +"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " +"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" +"サーバ証明書と関連する証明機関をインポートし、他の YaST モジュールが共通証明" +"書を探す場所にコピーします。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2432,7 +2665,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " +"subject alternative names." msgstr "" "このサーバのホスト名 (コマンド: hostname --long) は、証明書の共通名\n" "(CN) または別名のいずれかに合致していなければなりません。" @@ -2460,7 +2694,9 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." -msgstr "ファイル形式が正しくありません。 PEM または DER ファイル形式を使用してください。" +msgstr "" +"ファイル形式が正しくありません。 PEM または DER ファイル形式を使用してくださ" +"い。" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 @@ -2503,10 +2739,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " +"encrypted key." msgstr "" "鍵のパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n" -"既に暗号化されている鍵の場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていないパスワードの場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" +"既に暗号化されている鍵の場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていな" +"いパスワードの場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ msgstr "使用済み" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "いいえ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" -msgstr "いいえ" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" @@ -80,7 +80,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "指定した範囲が正しくありません。誤った値は '%s' のスニペット内にあります" +msgstr "" +"指定した範囲が正しくありません。誤った値は '%s' のスニペット内にあります" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" @@ -89,11 +90,13 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "カンマ区切りで、禁止を解除するチャンネルの範囲を指定します。\n" -"範囲はチャンネルそのもののほか、ゼロ埋めしたチャンネルの一部を指定したり、ダッシュで範囲を指定したりすることができます。\n" +"範囲はチャンネルそのもののほか、ゼロ埋めしたチャンネルの一部を指定したり、" +"ダッシュで範囲を指定したりすることができます。\n" "例: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -127,11 +127,13 @@ #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" -msgstr "マルチキャスト転送を指定した場合は、期待する投票を指定しなければなりません" +msgid "" +"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "" +"マルチキャスト転送を指定した場合は、期待する投票を指定しなければなりません" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "マルチキャストアドレスを指定しなければなりません" @@ -140,8 +142,12 @@ msgstr "マルチキャストのポート番号は正の整数でなければなりません" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." -msgstr "複数のインターフェイスを使用する場合は、 passive (パッシブ) または active (アクティブ) のみを選択することができます。 passive に設定します。" +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." +msgstr "" +"複数のインターフェイスを使用する場合は、 passive (パッシブ) または active (ア" +"クティブ) のみを選択することができます。 passive に設定します。" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 @@ -157,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "バインドネットワークアドレス:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "マルチキャストアドレス:" @@ -207,123 +213,131 @@ "メンバー一覧を設定しなおしてください。その他の設定についてもご確認ください。" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "セキュリティ認証を有効にする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "新しく作成したクラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押すと /etc/corosync/authkey を生成することができます。" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" +"authkey." +msgstr "" +"新しく作成したクラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押すと /etc/corosync/authkey を生" +"成することができます。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "既存のクラスタに追加する場合は、他のノードから手作業で /etc/corosync/authkey をコピーしてください。" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"既存のクラスタに追加する場合は、他のノードから手作業で /etc/corosync/authkey " +"をコピーしてください。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey の作成に失敗しました" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey の作成に成功しました" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "実行中" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "実行されていません" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "起動中" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "オン -- システム起動時に pacemaker を起動する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "オフ -- 手動で pacemaker サービスを起動する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "開始／停止" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "現在の状態: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "今すぐ pacemaker を起動する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "今すぐ pacemaker を停止する" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "同期ホスト" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "削除" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "同期ファイル" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "推奨されるファイルの追加" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "事前共有鍵の生成" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2 の状態は不明です" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Csync2 を有効にする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Csync2 を無効にする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "ホスト名の入力" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "ホスト名の編集" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "同期するファイルの選択" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "ファイル名の編集" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -332,12 +346,12 @@ "上書きしてもよろしいですか？" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "鍵ファイル %1 の削除に失敗しました。" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -345,110 +359,247 @@ "鍵ファイル %1 を生成しました。\n" "\"推奨されるファイルの追加\" を押すと、同期一覧の中に追加することができます。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "鍵の作成に失敗しました。" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"conntrackd は、クラスタノード間でファイアウオールの設定を複製する処理を支援するデーモンです。\n" -"YaST では conntrackd のうち、いくつかの基本的な要素を設定することができます。\n" +"conntrackd は、クラスタノード間でファイアウオールの設定を複製する処理を支援す" +"るデーモンです。\n" +"YaST では conntrackd のうち、いくつかの基本的な要素を設定することができま" +"す。\n" "設定後は ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd で起動する必要があります。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "専用インターフェイス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "グループ番号:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf の生成" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "グループ番号は正の整数でなければなりません" #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +"nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " +"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " +"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." +" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " +"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " +"be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " +"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." +" \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " +"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " +"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " +"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " +"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." +" \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> ここでは、 openais の実行ファイルがバインドすべきアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは、必ずゼロで終わるものである必要があります。たとえば totem のトラフィックが 192.168.5.92 を介して通信されるべき環境の場合、ここで設定すべき値は 192.168.5.0 になります。 また、 IPv6 で通信する必要がある場合は、 IPv6 のアドレスを指定します。この場合、 IPv4 のサブネット内で行なわれるようなネットワークインターフェイスの自動選択は使用せず、完全なアドレスを指定しなければなりません。また、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。 \n" -"<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> ここでは、openais の実行ファイルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。ほとんどの場合は既定値のままで動作しますが、ネットワーク管理者に対して使用すべきマルチキャストアドレスを尋ねておいてください。なお、 224.x.x.x のアドレスは、 \"config\" (設定) 用のマルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用は避けてください。 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は、 IPv6 のマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。この場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。\n" -"<big>ポート</big> ここでは UDP のポート番号を指定します。これは、 openais のサービスを別々の UDP ポートで設定することで、同じマルチキャストアドレスを複数のサービスで共有することができるためです。 \n" -"<big>メンバーアドレス</big> この一覧には、 IP アドレスですべてのノードを指定します。 udpu (ユニキャスト) を利用した場合にのみ設定可能です。 \n" -"<big>ノード ID</big> このオプションは、 IPv4 ネットワークを使用する場合は任意のもので、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は必須となるものです。これはクラスタのメンバーシップサービスに送信される、 32 ビットのノード識別子です。 IPv4 ネットワークで値を指定しない場合、ノード ID はリング識別子 0 に割り当てられた 32 ビットの IP アドレスから、自動的に生成される値になります。なお、ノード ID = 0 は予約値であるため、使用すべきではありません。 \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> ここでは冗長リングのモードを指定します。 none (なし), active (アクティブ), passive (パッシブ)の中からいずれかを選択します。 active (アクティブ) レプリケーションを選択すると、ネットワーク環境に問題がある場合でも遅延を比較的少なくすることができますが、性能が落ちます。 passive (パッシブ) アプリケーションを選択すると、 cpu 側の性能上限に引っかからない限り、おおよそ 2 倍程度 totem プロトコルを速くすることができます。最後の選択肢は none (なし) ですが、これは totem プロトコルを扱うネットワークインターフェイスが 1 つしかない場合にのみ選択すべきものです。インターフェイスの設定が 1 つしかない場合、 none (なし) を自動的に選択します。複数のインターフェイス設定がある場合は、 active または passive のいずれかを選択します。 \n" -"<big>期待する投票</big> クォーラム (定足数) の投票を行なう際の期待する得票値です。 corosync.conf で nodelist {} のセクションが存在する場合、この値は自動的に計算されるほか、 quorum {} セクションで指定することもできます (クラスタの全ノード数を指定すべきです) 。なお、ユニキャスト転送内に投票が存在する場合、自動的に生成された値を上書きする形になります。 \n" -"<big>ノード ID の自動生成</big> IPv6 を使用する場合、ノード ID を設定する必要があります。自動生成では、これを自動的に生成することができます。 \n" +"<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> ここでは、 openais の実" +"行ファイルがバインドすべきアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは、必ずゼロで終" +"わるものである必要があります。たとえば totem のトラフィックが 192.168.5.92 を" +"介して通信されるべき環境の場合、ここで設定すべき値は 192.168.5.0 になります。" +" また、 IPv6 で通信する必要がある場合は、 IPv6 のアドレスを指定します。こ" +"の場合、 IPv4 のサブネット内で行なわれるようなネットワークインターフェイスの" +"自動選択は使用せず、完全なアドレスを指定しなければなりません。また、 IPv6 " +"ネットワークを使用する場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。 </" +"p>\n" +"<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> ここでは、openais の実行ファイ" +"ルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。ほとんどの場合は既定値のまま" +"で動作しますが、ネットワーク管理者に対して使用すべきマルチキャストアドレスを" +"尋ねておいてください。なお、 224.x.x.x のアドレスは、 \"config\" (設定) 用の" +"マルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用は避けてください。 IPv6 ネットワーク" +"を使用する場合は、 IPv6 のマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。この場合は、" +"ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。\n" +"<big>ポート</big> ここでは UDP のポート番号を指定します。これ" +"は、 openais のサービスを別々の UDP ポートで設定することで、同じマルチキャス" +"トアドレスを複数のサービスで共有することができるためです。 \n" +"<big>メンバーアドレス</big> この一覧には、 IP アドレスですべての" +"ノードを指定します。 udpu (ユニキャスト) を利用した場合にのみ設定可能です。" +" \n" +"<big>ノード ID</big> このオプションは、 IPv4 ネットワークを使用" +"する場合は任意のもので、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は必須となるもので" +"す。これはクラスタのメンバーシップサービスに送信される、 32 ビットのノード識" +"別子です。 IPv4 ネットワークで値を指定しない場合、ノード ID はリング識別子 0 " +"に割り当てられた 32 ビットの IP アドレスから、自動的に生成される値になりま" +"す。なお、ノード ID = 0 は予約値であるため、使用すべきではありません。 </" +"p>\n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> ここでは冗長リングのモードを指定します。 " +"none (なし), active (アクティブ), passive (パッシブ)の中からいずれかを選択し" +"ます。 active (アクティブ) レプリケーションを選択すると、ネットワーク環境に問" +"題がある場合でも遅延を比較的少なくすることができますが、性能が落ちます。 " +"passive (パッシブ) アプリケーションを選択すると、 cpu 側の性能上限に引っかか" +"らない限り、おおよそ 2 倍程度 totem プロトコルを速くすることができます。最後" +"の選択肢は none (なし) ですが、これは totem プロトコルを扱うネットワークイン" +"ターフェイスが 1 つしかない場合にのみ選択すべきものです。インターフェイスの設" +"定が 1 つしかない場合、 none (なし) を自動的に選択します。複数のインターフェ" +"イス設定がある場合は、 active または passive のいずれかを選択します。 </" +"p>\n" +"<big>期待する投票</big> クォーラム (定足数) の投票を行なう際の期" +"待する得票値です。 corosync.conf で nodelist {} のセクションが存在する場合、" +"この値は自動的に計算されるほか、 quorum {} セクションで指定することもできま" +"す (クラスタの全ノード数を指定すべきです) 。なお、ユニキャスト転送内に投票が" +"存在する場合、自動的に生成された値を上書きする形になります。 \n" +"<big>ノード ID の自動生成</big> IPv6 を使用する場合、ノード ID " +"を設定する必要があります。自動生成では、これを自動的に生成することができま" +"す。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " +"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " +"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " +"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " +"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " +"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " +"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " +"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " +"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " +"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " +"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> これを指定すると、すべてのメッセージを認証するにあたって、 HMAC/SHA1 認証を使用するようになります。また、データの盗聴を防ぐ目的で、すべてのデータを sober128 暗号化アルゴリズムを使用します。このオプションを選択すると、 totem から送信されるメッセージに 36 バイトのヘッダが追加されるようになるため、その分だけ通信帯域が狭まることに注意してください。また暗号化と認証には、 gprof を有効にした場合、 aisexec で CPU サイクルの 75% が消費されます。 100 メガビットのネットワークで 1500 MTU フレーム転送の場合、 3GHz の CPU を使用すると 100% の CPU 使用率で 9Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。同じ 3GHz の CPU でこのオプションを無効にすると、 20% の CPU 使用率で 1 0Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。ギガビットイーサネットでラージフレームを有効化した場合は、このオプションを有効にすると、 3GHz の CPU で 20Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。このオプションを無効にすると、同じ環境では 60Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。既定では有効に設定されます。 \n" +"<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> これを指定すると、すべて" +"のメッセージを認証するにあたって、 HMAC/SHA1 認証を使用するようになります。ま" +"た、データの盗聴を防ぐ目的で、すべてのデータを sober128 暗号化アルゴリズムを" +"使用します。このオプションを選択すると、 totem から送信されるメッセージに 36 " +"バイトのヘッダが追加されるようになるため、その分だけ通信帯域が狭まることに注" +"意してください。また暗号化と認証には、 gprof を有効にした場合、 aisexec で " +"CPU サイクルの 75% が消費されます。 100 メガビットのネットワークで 1500 MTU " +"フレーム転送の場合、 3GHz の CPU を使用すると 100% の CPU 使用率で 9Mb/s のス" +"ループットを得ることができます。同じ 3GHz の CPU でこのオプションを無効にする" +"と、 20% の CPU 使用率で 10Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。ギガビッ" +"トイーサネットでラージフレームを有効化した場合は、このオプションを有効にする" +"と、 3GHz の CPU で 20Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。このオプション" +"を無効にすると、同じ環境では 60Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。既定" +"では有効に設定されます。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " +"Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>起動</big> システムの起動時に corosync サービスを開始するかどうかを指定します。\n" -"\t\t\t<big>ファイアウオール設定</big> ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、ポートを有効にします\n" +"\t\t\t<big>起動</big> システムの起動時に corosync サービスを開始" +"するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\t\t\t<big>ファイアウオール設定</big> ファイアウオールが有効化さ" +"れている場合、ポートを有効にします\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " +"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " +"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " +"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" +"p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで設定するホスト名は、クラスタノード内にあるローカルのホスト名群でなければなりません。言い換えれば、 hostname コマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名でなければならない、という意味です。\n" -"\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を、完全絶対パスで指定します。\n" -"\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2 では、 IP アドレスと事前共有鍵の両方で認証を行ないます。鍵ファイルは csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup で作成することができます。作成後は、クラスタ内のすべてのノードに対して key_hagroup ファイルを手作業でコピーする必要があります。\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで設定するホスト名は、クラスタノー" +"ド内にあるローカルのホスト名群でなければなりません。言い換えれば、 hostname " +"コマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名でなければならない、という意味で" +"す。\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を、完全絶対パス" +"で指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2 では、 IP アドレスと事前共有鍵" +"の両方で認証を行ないます。鍵ファイルは csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup で作" +"成することができます。作成後は、クラスタ内のすべてのノードに対して " +"key_hagroup ファイルを手作業でコピーする必要があります。\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " +"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " +"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>専用インターフェイス</big> 同期に使用する専用のネットワークインターフェイスを指定します。インターフェイスはマルチキャストに対応し、有効化されていなければなりません。また、事前の設定が必要となる場合もあります。\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用のネットワークインターフェイスに割り当てる IPv4 アドレスです。自動的に検出されます。\n" -"\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期に使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。\n" -"\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期の際に使用するグループ内での識別番号を指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>専用インターフェイス</big> 同期に使用する専用のネット" +"ワークインターフェイスを指定します。インターフェイスはマルチキャストに対応" +"し、有効化されていなければなりません。また、事前の設定が必要となる場合もあり" +"ます。\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用のネットワークインターフェイスに割り当て" +"る IPv4 アドレスです。自動的に検出されます。\n" +"\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期に使用するマルチキャス" +"トアドレスを指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期の際に使用するグループ内での識別" +"番号を指定します。\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -502,96 +653,96 @@ msgstr "準備しています..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "クラスタ設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースの読み込み" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall 設定の読み込み" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall の設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできません。" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "既存の設定を読み込むことができません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "データベース 1 を読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "データベース 2 を読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "デバイスを検出できません。" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "クラスタ設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "SuSEFirewall に対する変更の保存" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall に対して変更を保存しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができませんでした。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -55,8 +55,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "キーボードレイアウト '%1' は正しくありません。 'list' コマンドを使用して設定可能な値を確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"キーボードレイアウト '%1' は正しくありません。 'list' コマンドを使用して設定" +"可能な値を確認してください。" #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -89,8 +92,12 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "ここで行なった設定はコンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザインターフェイスでのキーボードは、他のツールで設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " +"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここで行なった設定はコンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカル" +"ユーザインターフェイスでのキーボードは、他のツールで設定してください。\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -171,14 +178,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "キーボードレイアウト から、インストール時\n" "およびインストール後に利用するキーボードレイアウトを選んでください。\n" "選択したレイアウトをテストするには テスト 内で行なってください。\n" -"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内にあります。\n" +"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内に" +"あります。\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -197,13 +206,18 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " +"your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、 キーボードレイアウト から選んでください。\n" -"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内にあります。\n" -"お使いのデスクトップ環境におけるキーボードレイアウトツールなどがある場合もあります。\n" +"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、 キーボードレイアウト から選" +"んでください。\n" +"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内に" +"あります。\n" +"お使いのデスクトップ環境におけるキーボードレイアウトツールなどがある場合も" +"あります。\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -342,8 +356,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "%1 は正しい言語ではありません。 list コマンドを利用して設定可能な値を確認してください。" +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"%1 は正しい言語ではありません。 list コマンドを利用して設定可能な値を確認して" +"ください。" #. label text #. heading text @@ -389,11 +406,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " +"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択した第一言語・第二言語に対応した追加のパッケージがインストールされます。必要のないパッケージは削除されます。\n" +"選択した第一言語・第二言語に対応した追加のパッケージがインストールされます。" +"必要のないパッケージは削除されます。\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -473,13 +492,19 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " +"primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " +"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " +"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"キーボードレイアウトを適用する を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" -"また、タイムゾーンを適用する を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンが既に既定の言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" +"キーボードレイアウトを適用する を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを" +"第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" +"また、タイムゾーンを適用する を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のも" +"のに合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンが既に既定の言" +"語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -533,18 +558,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "root ユーザのロケール設定\n" -"では、 root ユーザに対してロケール変数 (LC_*) をどのように設定するのかを指定します。" +"では、 root ユーザに対してロケール変数 (LC_*) をどのように設定するのかを指定" +"します。" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " +"values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype のみ: root ユーザに対しては LC_CTYPE のみ一般ユーザと同じ値に設定します。それ以外の\n" +"ctype のみ: root ユーザに対しては LC_CTYPE のみ一般ユーザと同じ値に" +"設定します。それ以外の\n" "環境変数は設定しません。 \n" "はい: root ユーザは一般ユーザと同じロケール設定にします。 \n" "いいえ: root ユーザでは全てのロケール変数を設定しません。\n" @@ -552,8 +580,14 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "詳細なロケール設定 を利用すると、メインダイアログには表示されていない第一言語を設定することができます。ここで選択するロケールには翻訳が用意されていない場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " +"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " +"not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"詳細なロケール設定 を利用すると、メインダイアログには表示されていな" +"い第一言語を設定することができます。ここで選択するロケールには翻訳が用意され" +"ていない場合があります。" #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -621,11 +655,13 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "このメディアには、選択した言語に対する最小限の対応しか含まれていません。\n" -"この言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして言語アドオン CD を追加して\n" +"この言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして言語アドオ" +"ン CD を追加して\n" "ください。\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -720,20 +756,28 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " +"Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " +"Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " +"time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"マシン内に保存する時刻を、ローカルタイム (各地域固有の時間) ではなくUTC (世界協定時間) にしたい場合は、 ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定する を選択してください。他のオペレーティングシステム (Microsoft Windows など) がインストールされている場合は、ローカルタイムのままに設定しておくのがよいでしょう。\n" +"マシン内に保存する時刻を、ローカルタイム (各地域固有の時間) ではなくUTC (世界" +"協定時間) にしたい場合は、 ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定する を選択" +"してください。他のオペレーティングシステム (Microsoft Windows など) がインス" +"トールされている場合は、ローカルタイムのままに設定しておくのがよいでしょ" +"う。\n" "逆に Linux だけをインストールするコンピュータの場合には、\n" " UTC に設定しておくのが一般的です。\n" -"なお、ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定していると、標準時間と夏時間の切り替えを\n" +"なお、ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定していると、標準時間と夏時間の切り替え" +"を\n" "自動的に行なうようになります。\n" "\n" @@ -758,11 +802,14 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " +"system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " +"year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " +"backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -770,13 +817,18 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここではローカルタイムを選択しましたが、お使いのシステムには Linux しかインストール\n" -"されていないようです。このような場合は、キャンセルボタンを押して UTC を選択して\n" +"ここではローカルタイムを選択しましたが、お使いのシステムには Linux しかインス" +"トール\n" +"されていないようです。このような場合は、キャンセルボタンを押して UTC を選択し" +"て\n" "おくことを強くお勧めします。\n" "\n" -"ローカルタイムを選択した場合、夏時間 (サマータイム) が適用される地域で開始時と終了時、年に 2 回\n" -"CMOS クロックを切り替えなければならなくなります。時計の調整を誤ると、バックアップが失敗したり\n" -"する場合があるほか、メールシステムがメールを喪失してしまったりする場合もあります。\n" +"ローカルタイムを選択した場合、夏時間 (サマータイム) が適用される地域で開始時" +"と終了時、年に 2 回\n" +"CMOS クロックを切り替えなければならなくなります。時計の調整を誤ると、バック" +"アップが失敗したり\n" +"する場合があるほか、メールシステムがメールを喪失してしまったりする場合もあり" +"ます。\n" "\n" "UTC を選択した場合は、 Linux 側でこれらの時刻を自動的に調整します。\n" "\n" @@ -784,8 +836,12 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されています。必要であれば、これらの値を手動で変更するか、ネットワーク時刻プロトコル (NTP) を利用してください。" +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " +"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されています。必要であれば、これらの値" +"を手動で変更するか、ネットワーク時刻プロトコル (NTP) を利用してください。" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -850,49 +906,49 @@ "日付 (DD-MM-YYYY) %1 が正しくありません。\n" "正しい日付を入力してください。\n" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "その他の設定 (&S)..." #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "日付と時刻 (NTP 設定済み)" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日付と時刻" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定する (&H)" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "地域 (&R)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン (&T)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日付と時刻:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -901,38 +957,42 @@ "<big>タイムゾーンと時計の設定</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" +"b>.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"お使いのシステムで使用するタイムゾーンを選択するには、まず 地域 を選択してください。\n" -"次に タイムゾーン に表示される国や地域から適切なタイムゾーンを選択してください。\n" +"お使いのシステムで使用するタイムゾーンを選択するには、まず 地域 を選択" +"してください。\n" +"次に タイムゾーン に表示される国や地域から適切なタイムゾーンを選択して" +"ください。\n" "\n" "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"なお、現在の時刻が誤っている場合は、 変更 を使用して時刻を調整してください。\n" +"なお、現在の時刻が誤っている場合は、 変更 を使用して時刻を調整してくだ" +"さい。\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "時計とタイムゾーン" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "正しいタイムゾーンを選択してください。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -135,7 +135,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "ローテーションのバージョンの最大数 ('0' はローテーションしないことを意味)" +msgstr "" +"ローテーションのバージョンの最大数 ('0' はローテーションしないことを意味)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -165,12 +166,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "" +"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "ネームサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "" +"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "メールサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -220,8 +223,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "example.org の A レコードに対して 192.0.34.166 を設定するなどの DNS リソースレコード値" +msgid "" +"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "" +"example.org の A レコードに対して 192.0.34.166 を設定するなどの DNS リソース" +"レコード値" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 @@ -424,8 +430,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "フォワーダ" @@ -558,8 +564,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS ゾーン" @@ -581,7 +587,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP サポートを有効にする (&L)" @@ -606,32 +612,32 @@ msgstr "DNS サーバ熟練者設定 (&E)..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS サーバ" #. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "変更の適用" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "基本オプション" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 msgid "Logging" msgstr "ログ" @@ -639,8 +645,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" @@ -648,8 +654,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG 鍵" @@ -736,7 +742,8 @@ "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"DNS の問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまいます。\n" +"DNS の問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしま" +"います。\n" "IP アドレス %1 は現在のところ、このサーバで使用されているため、\n" "ローカル側のアドレス %2 に変更します。" @@ -1191,7 +1198,8 @@ "Continue?" msgstr "" "有効期限の設定がゾーンの更新間隔の設定よりも短く\n" -"なっています。これにより、スレーブネームサーバではゾーンが利用できなくなります。\n" +"なっています。これにより、スレーブネームサーバではゾーンが利用できなくなりま" +"す。\n" "続行しますか？" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name @@ -1315,10 +1323,12 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " +"characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"正しくない %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは '=' を除く印刷可能な US-ASCII の文字から\n" +"正しくない %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは '=' を除く印刷可能な US-" +"ASCII の文字から\n" "構成されていなければならず、少なくとも 1 文字の長さが必要です。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1410,7 +1420,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " +"feature." msgstr "" "現在のゾーンは %1 ゾーンから自動的に生成されています。\n" "レコードを変更するには、自動レコード生成の機能を無効化する必要があります。" @@ -1546,7 +1557,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>chroot 環境</big> \n" "DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動するには、\n" -"DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" +"DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを " +"chroot 環境下で\n" "起動すると、より堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #. help 3/4 @@ -1562,7 +1574,8 @@ "DNS ゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から該当する項目を選んで\n" "編集 を押してください。\n" "新しい DNS ゾーンを追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" -"既存の DNS ゾーンを削除するには、作事世する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" +"既存の DNS ゾーンを削除するには、作事世する項目を選んで 削除 を押して" +"ください。" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 @@ -1626,7 +1639,8 @@ "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "新しいレコードをゾーンに追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" -"レコードを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" +"レコードを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。</" +"p>" #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -1643,12 +1657,15 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" +"b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " +"Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>マスターサーバ</big> \n" -"このゾーンのマスターネームサーバの IP アドレスを設定します。新しいマスターネームサーバを追加するには、\n" +"このゾーンのマスターネームサーバの IP アドレスを設定します。新しいマスター" +"ネームサーバを追加するには、\n" " 追加 を押してください。既存のマスターネームサーバを削除するには、\n" "削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" @@ -1657,27 +1674,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" +"b>\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>ゾーンの種類</big> \n" "このネームサーバをゾーンの情報を提供する一次ソースに設定する場合は\n" " マスター を選択します。二次ソースに設定する場合は スレーブ \n" -"または スタブ を選択します。二次ソースに設定すると、マスターサーバ (一次ソース) から\n" +"または スタブ を選択します。二次ソースに設定すると、マスターサーバ (一" +"次ソース) から\n" "情報を引き出して複製するようになります。" #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " +"back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>ゾーンの方向</big> \n" -"DNS はドメイン名を IP アドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆に IP アドレスをホスト名に変換することも行ないます。\n" +"DNS はドメイン名を IP アドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆に IP アドレスをホスト" +"名に変換することも行ないます。\n" "このゾーンを、ドメイン名から IP アドレスに変換する目的で作成する場合は\n" " 転送 を、 IP アドレスからドメイン名に変換する場合は\n" " 逆 をそれぞれ選択してください。\n" @@ -1750,11 +1771,14 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"シリアル番号 は、マスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" -"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要な時に必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" +"シリアル番号 は、マスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する" +"情報と\n" +"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要な時に必要な部分だ" +"けゾーンを\n" "更新できることになります) 。\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -1764,7 +1788,8 @@ "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." msgstr "" -"更新間隔 は、マスターサーバからスレーブサーバに対して、どれくらいの\n" +"更新間隔 は、マスターサーバからスレーブサーバに対して、どれくらい" +"の\n" "時間間隔で同期を行なうかを指定します。" #. help text 7/9 - Retry @@ -1775,7 +1800,8 @@ "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" "再試行間隔 は、スレーブサーバがマスターサーバと同期する際に\n" -"何らかの失敗があった場合、どれだけの間隔を空けて再試行するかを指定します。" +"何らかの失敗があった場合、どれだけの間隔を空けて再試行するかを指定します。</" +"p>" #. help text 8/9 - Expiry #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 @@ -1784,8 +1810,10 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合に、スレーブサーバ\n" -"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了するまでは\n" +"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合に、スレーブサー" +"バ\n" +"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が" +"完了するまでは\n" "スレーブサーバが応答しなくなります。" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -1795,7 +1823,8 @@ "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"最小値 には、スレーブサーバが否定応答 (名前解決の失敗) を記憶し続ける\n" +"最小値 には、スレーブサーバが否定応答 (名前解決の失敗) を記憶し続け" +"る\n" "時間を設定します。" #. ddns keys dialog @@ -1805,15 +1834,18 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" +"b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" +"b>.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG 鍵管理</big> \n" "動的ゾーン更新に使用する TSIG 鍵を定義します。\n" "新しい TSIG 鍵を追加するには、 ファイル名 テキストフィールドに入力\n" "するか 参照 ボタンで検索したのち、 追加 を押してください。\n" -"既存の TSIG 鍵を削除するには、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してください。\n" +"既存の TSIG 鍵を削除するには、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してくださ" +"い。\n" "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -1874,8 +1906,10 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"新しいフォワーダを追加するには、 IP アドレス を設定してから 追加 を押してください。\n" -"設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。" +"新しいフォワーダを追加するには、 IP アドレス を設定してから 追" +"加 を押してください。\n" +"設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してくださ" +"い。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -1902,7 +1936,9 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "オプションを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。" +msgstr "" +"オプションを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。</" +"p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -1911,26 +1947,33 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>ログ</big> \n" -"このダイアログでは、 DNS サーバの各種ログオプションを設定することができます。" +"このダイアログでは、 DNS サーバの各種ログオプションを設定することができます。" +"" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " +"system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " +"and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" +"b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" DNS サーバのログメッセージをシステムログに記録するには、 システムログに記録 を選択してください。\n" +" DNS サーバのログメッセージをシステムログに記録するには、 システムログに記" +"録 を選択してください。\n" " DNS サーバのログメッセージを個別のファイルに記録するには、\n" -" ファイルに記録 を選択して ファイル名 に保存先のファイル名を指定し、\n" +" ファイルに記録 を選択して ファイル名 に保存先のファイル名を指" +"定し、\n" "ログファイルの 最大サイズ を指定してください。\n" " DNS サーバはログファイルを自動的に切り替えます。 最大バージョン \n" -"を指定すると、どれだけのログファイルを保存するのかを指定することができます。\n" +"を指定すると、どれだけのログファイルを保存するのかを指定することができます。" +"\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1944,10 +1987,14 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "追加のログ機能 では、\n" -"どの動作をログに記録するのかを指定することができます。一般的な動作は常にログに記録されます。\n" -"全ての DNS の問い合わせを記録 を選択すると、クライアントからサーバに対して発せられた全ての問い合わせを記録します。\n" -"ゾーン更新を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンが更新されるとログに記録が行なわれます。\n" -"ゾーン転送を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンを他のサーバに完全に転送し終わるとログに記録が行なわれます。\n" +"どの動作をログに記録するのかを指定することができます。一般的な動作は常にログ" +"に記録されます。\n" +"全ての DNS の問い合わせを記録 を選択すると、クライアントからサーバに対" +"して発せられた全ての問い合わせを記録します。\n" +"ゾーン更新を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンが更新されるとログに記録が行なわ" +"れます。\n" +"ゾーン転送を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンを他のサーバに完全に転送し終わる" +"とログに記録が行なわれます。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1969,7 +2016,8 @@ "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい ACL 項目を追加するには、オプションの 名前 および 値 を入力し、\n" +"新しい ACL 項目を追加するには、オプションの 名前 および 値 " +"を入力し、\n" " 追加 を押してください。既に設定されている ACL 項目を削除するには、\n" "該当する項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -1992,11 +2040,14 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "作成済みのキーを追加するには、 ファイル名 を入力\n" -" (または 参照 ボタンでファイル選択) してから 追加 を押してください。\n" -"新しい鍵を生成するには、 ファイル名 および 鍵 ID を入力してから\n" +" (または 参照 ボタンでファイル選択) してから 追加 を押してくだ" +"さい。\n" +"新しい鍵を生成するには、 ファイル名 および 鍵 ID を入力してか" +"ら\n" "生成 を押してください。新しい鍵を生成して追加します。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 @@ -2020,38 +2071,49 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" +"b>,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ゾーン名 に名前を入力して ゾーン種類\n" +"新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ゾーン名 に名前を入力して ゾーン種" +"類\n" " を選択し、 追加 を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " +"followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " +"select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください (たとえば、\n" -"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> に対応します)。その後、\n" +"新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に" +"並べ、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください " +"(たとえば、\n" +"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> " +"に対応します)。その後、\n" " ゾーン種類 を選択して 追加 を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " +"followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " +"name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"新しい IPv6 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください。いくつかの書式に対応しています:\n" +"新しい IPv6 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に" +"並べ、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください。いくつかの書" +"式に対応しています:\n" "一般的な書式: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "転送書式: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "ネットマスク指定無しの転送書式: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2066,17 +2128,20 @@ msgstr "" "ゾーンの転送方法や名前、メールサーバなど、ゾーンの設定を\n" "変更するには、該当する項目を選択して 編集 を押してください。\n" -"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。\n" +"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してくださ" +"い。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " +"access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS とゾーン転送</big> \n" -"このダイアログではゾーンの動的 DNS (DDNS) の設定を変更したりアクセス権限の設定を\n" +"このダイアログではゾーンの動的 DNS (DDNS) の設定を変更したりアクセス権限の設" +"定を\n" "行なったりすることができます。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2089,7 +2154,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにするには、 動的更新の許可 と \n" -" TSIG 鍵 をそれぞれ設定してください。ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにする前に、\n" +" TSIG 鍵 をそれぞれ設定してください。ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにす" +"る前に、\n" "少なくとも 1 つ以上の鍵を設定する必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2104,7 +2170,8 @@ "\n" "ゾーンの転送を許可するには、 ゾーン転送を有効にする を選択してから\n" "ゾーンの転送の際に確認される ACL (アクセス権) を設定してください。\n" -"ゾーンの転送を許可するには、少なくとも 1 つの ACL を設定する必要があります。\n" +"ゾーンの転送を許可するには、少なくとも 1 つの ACL を設定する必要がありま" +"す。\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2117,7 +2184,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "逆引きゾーンのレコードは、他のマスターゾーンから生成することができます。\n" -"これを行なうには、 以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成 のチェックボックスを選び、\n" +"これを行なうには、 以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成 のチェックボッ" +"クスを選び、\n" "どのゾーンから生成するかを選択してください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2128,19 +2196,22 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何であるかを\n" +"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何で" +"あるかを\n" "接続済み逆引きゾーン の項目から知ることができます。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" +"b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS レコード</big> \n" -"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力してから 追加 を押してください。\n" +"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力してから 追" +"加 を押してください。\n" "ネームサーバを削除するには、一覧から選択して\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2154,7 +2225,8 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX レコード</big> \n" -"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの アドレス と 優先度 を入力して\n" +"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの アドレス と 優先度" +" を入力して\n" "追加 を押してください。\n" "メールサーバを削除するには、一覧から選択して\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2164,11 +2236,14 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"シリアル番号 はマスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" -"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要な時に必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" +"シリアル番号 はマスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情" +"報と\n" +"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要な時に必要な部分だけ" +"ゾーンを\n" "更新できることになります) 。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2187,8 +2262,10 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合にスレーブサーバ\n" -"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了するまでは\n" +"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合にスレーブサー" +"バ\n" +"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が" +"完了するまでは\n" "スレーブサーバが応答しなくなります。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2201,7 +2278,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>レコード</big> \n" "このダイアログでは、ゾーンのリソースレコードを編集することができます。\n" -"新しいリソースレコードを追加するには、 レコードキー, 種類, 値 \n" +"新しいリソースレコードを追加するには、 レコードキー, 種類, " +"値 \n" "をそれぞれ設定して 追加 を押してください。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2212,7 +2290,8 @@ "Delete." msgstr "" "既存のレコードを変更するには、該当する項目を選択して\n" -"必要な項目を修正し、 変更 を押してください。レコードを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで\n" +"必要な項目を修正し、 変更 を押してください。レコードを削除するには、" +"削除する項目を選んで\n" " 削除 を押してください。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 @@ -2222,7 +2301,8 @@ "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"それぞれのレコードの種類には、 RFC で規定されたそれぞれの書式があります。\n" +"それぞれのレコードの種類には、 RFC で規定されたそれぞれの書式があります。</" +"p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2248,27 +2328,35 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME: 別名定義:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定する" +"か、もしくは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に、現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" -" A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。 レコードキー が 値 の別名となります。\n" +"値 にも同様に、現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、" +"もしくは\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、この" +"ホスト名は\n" +" A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。 レコードキー が " +"値 の別名となります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " +"absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: ネームサーバ:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定する" +"か、もしくは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" +"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、も" +"しくは\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、この" +"ホスト名は\n" " A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) @@ -2281,10 +2369,13 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX: メールリレー:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定する" +"か、もしくは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" +"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、も" +"しくは\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、この" +"ホスト名は\n" " A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) @@ -2293,7 +2384,8 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" +"tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2302,12 +2394,15 @@ "PTR: 逆変換:\n" "レコードキー には IP アドレスから導き出される完全逆ゾーン名か、\n" "もしくは現在のゾーン名からの相対ゾーン名を指定します。\n" -"完全逆ゾーン名はドット (.) で終わるもので、たとえば <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> に対応する\n" +"完全逆ゾーン名はドット (.) で終わるもので、たとえば <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> に対" +"応する\n" "ゾーン名は <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> になります。\n" "また、相対ゾーン名は現在のゾーン名からの相対値で指定するもので、たとえば\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> のゾーン内で <tt>1</tt> という相対ゾーン名を指定\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> のゾーン内で <tt>1</tt> という相対ゾーン名を" +"指定\n" "すると <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> の意味になります。\n" -"値 にはドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" +"値 にはドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してくださ" +"い。\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2325,7 +2420,8 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "SuSEfirewall2 の設定を調整して、お使いの DNS サーバに\n" -"対して全てのクライアントが接続できるようにするには、 ファイアウオールでポートを開く を選択してください。" +"対して全てのクライアントが接続できるようにするには、 ファイアウオールで" +"ポートを開く を選択してください。" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2693,7 +2789,8 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "cn=defaultDNS,%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。 LDAP を使用できません。" +msgstr "" +"cn=defaultDNS,%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。 LDAP を使用できません。" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -45,10 +45,13 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"\n" msgstr "" -"設定後の初回起動時に YaST 初回起動ユーティリティを開始するには、 初回起動手順を有効にする を選択してください。\n" +"設定後の初回起動時に YaST 初回起動ユーティリティを開始するには、 初回起" +"動手順を有効にする を選択してください。\n" "詳細は yast2-firstboot モジュールのドキュメントをお読みください。\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -121,13 +124,13 @@ msgstr "ラベル" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "状態" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "モジュール名" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "状態" - # translators: dialog text #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 @@ -223,13 +226,17 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " +"start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"必要であれば、ここから全ての SuSE 設定モジュールを使用することができます。\n" +"必要であれば、ここから全ての SuSE 設定モジュールを使用することができま" +"す。\n" " YaST コントロールセンターの起動 を選択しておくと、\n" -" 完了 ボタンを押した後にコントロールセンターが起動します。注意: コントロールセンターには\n" +" 完了 ボタンを押した後にコントロールセンターが起動します。注意: コント" +"ロールセンターには\n" "このインストール手順に戻るためのボタンは用意されていません。\n" #. popup text @@ -272,7 +279,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"設定作業時、およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n" +"設定作業時、およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイア" +"ウト を\n" "選択してください。\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fonts\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -23,61 +23,126 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "ビットマップフォント" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 -msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." -msgstr "'アウトラインフォント' (曲線を数学的に記述するフォント; プロファイル内の残りの箇所で選択します) とは異なり、 'ビットマップフォント' には各グリフおよびサイズに対するビットマップ (点描画) が含まれています。そのため、各フォントには複数のサイズが用意されています。ビットマップは計算の必要が無くそのまま描画できるため、非常に高速であり、かつ小さいサイズで表示する場合には見やすく表示することができます。なお、アウトラインフォントによっては、小さいサイズ向けに '内蔵ビットマップ' が用意されている場合もあります。ビットマップフォントは白と黒だけで描画され、中間色がありません。そのため、見た目が滑らかになることもありません。" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 +msgid "" +"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in " +"the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which " +"contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for " +"each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute " +"the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, " +"some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of " +"itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not " +"smoothed." +msgstr "" +"'アウトラインフォント' (曲線を数学的に記述するフォント; プロファイル内の残り" +"の箇所で選択します) とは異なり、 'ビットマップフォント' には各グリフおよびサ" +"イズに対するビットマップ (点描画) が含まれています。そのため、各フォントには" +"複数のサイズが用意されています。ビットマップは計算の必要が無くそのまま描画で" +"きるため、非常に高速であり、かつ小さいサイズで表示する場合には見やすく表示す" +"ることができます。なお、アウトラインフォントによっては、小さいサイズ向けに " +"'内蔵ビットマップ' が用意されている場合もあります。ビットマップフォントは白と" +"黒だけで描画され、中間色がありません。そのため、見た目が滑らかになることもあ" +"りません。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "白黒描画" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 -msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." -msgstr "アンチエイリアス (灰色を利用した滑らかな表示) を利用せずに描画すると、白と黒のみを利用して描画します。滑らかに表示できるフォントとは異なり、表示がはっきりして読みやすくなります (滑らかに表示すると、ぼやけたりして読みにくくなる場合があります) 。たとえば Liberation 1 フォントのように、適切なヒント設定が為されたフォントであれば、この設定によりビットマップと同等の品質を確保しながら、滑らかにも表示できるようになります。" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. " +"In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any " +"drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good " +"hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap " +"quality fonts while maintaining scalability." +msgstr "" +"アンチエイリアス (灰色を利用した滑らかな表示) を利用せずに描画すると、白と黒" +"のみを利用して描画します。滑らかに表示できるフォントとは異なり、表示がはっき" +"りして読みやすくなります (滑らかに表示すると、ぼやけたりして読みにくくなる場" +"合があります) 。たとえば Liberation 1 フォントのように、適切なヒント設定が為" +"されたフォントであれば、この設定によりビットマップと同等の品質を確保しなが" +"ら、滑らかにも表示できるようになります。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "等幅フォント向けの白黒描画" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 -msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." -msgstr "等幅フォントを滑らかには描画しません。その他のフォント (sans-serif, sans など) は既定の設定を使用します。既定のファミリ設定一覧を使用します。" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 +msgid "" +"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and " +"unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"等幅フォントを滑らかには描画しません。その他のフォント (sans-serif, sans な" +"ど) は既定の設定を使用します。既定のファミリ設定一覧を使用します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "既定値" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 -msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." -msgstr "フォントはアンチエイリアス処理で滑らかに表示されます。白黒で描画する場合とは異なり、この設定によってフォントを '美しく' 表示することができますが、読みやすさの点では劣るようになります。適切なヒント指定が含まれている TrueType フォントの場合は、バイトコードインタプリタを利用して表示しますが、そうでない場合は FreeType の自動ヒント処理が 'hintslight' のヒントレベルで動作します。フォント内のネイティブなヒント指定を利用すると、書体はより細くなります。また、既定のファミリ設定リストを使用します (新しい TrueType フォントであれば、適切なヒント指定を優先します) 。" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 +msgid "" +"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, " +"this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of " +"readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting " +"instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType " +"autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native " +"hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default " +"family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good " +"instructions are prefered)." +msgstr "" +"フォントはアンチエイリアス処理で滑らかに表示されます。白黒で描画する場合とは" +"異なり、この設定によってフォントを '美しく' 表示することができますが、読みや" +"すさの点では劣るようになります。適切なヒント指定が含まれている TrueType フォ" +"ントの場合は、バイトコードインタプリタを利用して表示しますが、そうでない場合" +"は FreeType の自動ヒント処理が 'hintslight' のヒントレベルで動作します。フォ" +"ント内のネイティブなヒント指定を利用すると、書体はより細くなります。また、既" +"定のファミリ設定リストを使用します (新しい TrueType フォントであれば、適切な" +"ヒント指定を優先します) 。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "CFF フォント" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 -msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." -msgstr "Adobe 社から FreeType ライブラリへの貢献により、 CFF フォントは一般に、読みやすさと滑らかの両方を維持したまま書体を描画することができます。" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 +msgid "" +"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered " +"good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgstr "" +"Adobe 社から FreeType ライブラリへの貢献により、 CFF フォントは一般に、読みや" +"すさと滑らかの両方を維持したまま書体を描画することができます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "排他的自動ヒント描画" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 -msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." -msgstr "既定のプロファイルとは異なり、適切なヒント処理があった場合でも FreeType の自動ヒント処理を使用します ('hintslight' レベル) 。これにより、より太くかつ荒い (そのため読みにくさが増す) 書体表示になります。既定のファミリ設定リストを使用します。" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 +msgid "" +"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter " +"is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes " +"fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference " +"list is used." +msgstr "" +"既定のプロファイルとは異なり、適切なヒント処理があった場合でも FreeType の自" +"動ヒント処理を使用します ('hintslight' レベル) 。これにより、より太くかつ荒" +"い (そのため読みにくさが増す) 書体表示になります。既定のファミリ設定リストを" +"使用します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "サブピクセルレンダリング" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 -msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." -msgstr "LCD モニタ向けのサブピクセルレンダリング処理を使用します。サブピクセル描画機能が有効化された FreeType ライブラリが必要となります。" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 +msgid "" +"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel " +"rendering enabled FreeType library." +msgstr "" +"LCD モニタ向けのサブピクセルレンダリング処理を使用します。サブピクセル描画機" +"能が有効化された FreeType ライブラリが必要となります。" #. for testsuite #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 @@ -146,7 +211,8 @@ "If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" "reread the profile to see results.\n" msgstr "" -"フォントは fontinfo.opensuse.org などを利用してインストールすることができます。\n" +"フォントは fontinfo.opensuse.org などを利用してインストールすることができま" +"す。\n" "この YaST モジュールが動作している際にフォントをインストールすると、\n" "結果を表示するためにプロファイルを再読み込みします。\n" @@ -169,7 +235,9 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" -msgstr "yast2-fonts パッケージのドキュメンテーションにある README.subpixel-patents をお読みください。\n" +msgstr "" +"yast2-fonts パッケージのドキュメンテーションにある README.subpixel-patents を" +"お読みください。\n" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 msgid "Match for %s" @@ -341,120 +409,202 @@ #. we are in user mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 -msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." -msgstr "この処理により、このモジュールで以前に設定していたユーザ設定を復元不可能な形で削除します。" +msgid "" +"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgstr "" +"この処理により、このモジュールで以前に設定していたユーザ設定を復元不可能な形" +"で削除します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" msgstr "<h1>フォント設定モジュール</h1>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 -msgid "Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." -msgstr "システム全体 もしくは ユーザ単位 にフォントの描画設定を行ないます。" +msgid "" +"Module to control system wide or user font rendering " +"setting." +msgstr "" +"システム全体 もしくは ユーザ単位 にフォントの描画設定を行な" +"います。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 -msgid "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " -msgstr "ディストリビューションの規定値 は、インストールメディア内に含まれているフォント設定で、何年にもわたって変わらない設定です (ただし個別の DE で設定した場合を除きます) 。" +msgid "" +"Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that " +"one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgstr "" +"ディストリビューションの規定値 は、インストールメディア内に含まれてい" +"るフォント設定で、何年にもわたって変わらない設定です (ただし個別の DE で設定" +"した場合を除きます) 。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" msgstr "この設定は変更可能です:<ul>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 -msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create system setting. " -msgstr "システム設定 を作成するには、 <tt>root</tt> でモジュールを動作させてください。この場合、システム全体に反映されます。" +msgid "" +"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create " +"system setting. " +msgstr "" +"システム設定 を作成するには、 <tt>root</tt> でモジュールを動作させてく" +"ださい。この場合、システム全体に反映されます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 -msgid "System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" -msgstr "システムは、フォントモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や、 既定値 を選択した場合は、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li>" +msgid "" +"System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, " +"uses distribution default.</li>" +msgstr "" +"システムは、フォントモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や、 既定値 を選" +"択した場合は、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 msgid "<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. " -msgstr "<li>モジュールを一般ユーザで動作させた場合、 ユーザ設定 になります。" +msgstr "" +"<li>モジュールを一般ユーザで動作させた場合、 ユーザ設定 になります。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses system settings. " -msgstr "ユーザは、このモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や システム設定を使用する を選択すると、システム設定を使用します。 " +msgid "" +"User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, " +"uses system settings. " +msgstr "" +"ユーザは、このモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や システム設定を使用する</" +"b> を選択すると、システム設定を使用します。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 -msgid "User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" -msgstr "ユーザは、 規定値 のプリセットを選択すると、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></" +"ul>" +msgstr "" +"ユーザは、 規定値 のプリセットを選択すると、ディストリビューションの既" +"定値を使用します。</li></ul>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 msgid "NOTE: " msgstr "注意: " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 -msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " -msgstr "一般的には、ユーザモードによるフォントモジュールの設定と、その他のフォント設定を組み合わせないことをお勧めします。 " +msgid "" +"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with " +"other font setting. " +msgstr "" +"一般的には、ユーザモードによるフォントモジュールの設定と、その他のフォント設" +"定を組み合わせないことをお勧めします。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 -msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." -msgstr "しかしながら、 <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> 内の設定は、常に任意のフォントモジュールの設定より優先して働きます。" +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should " +"always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgstr "" +"しかしながら、 <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> 内の設定は、常に任意" +"のフォントモジュールの設定より優先して働きます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 msgid "Help for Presets button and for the current tab follows." msgstr "プリセット ボタンと現在のタブに対するヘルプです。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 -msgid "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" -msgstr "プリセット ボタンは、事前に設定済みのプロファイルの中から選択できる機能を提供します: <ul>" +msgid "" +"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " +"<ul>" +msgstr "" +"プリセット ボタンは、事前に設定済みのプロファイルの中から選択できる" +"機能を提供します: <ul>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 msgid "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" msgstr "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 -msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs." -msgstr "ここにあるメニュー項目を選択すると、すべてのタブ内にある設定項目に入力を行ないます。入力された設定は、後からそれぞれのタブ内にある項目を編集することで、個別に修正することができます。" +msgid "" +"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. " +"That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective " +"individual fields of corresponding tabs." +msgstr "" +"ここにあるメニュー項目を選択すると、すべてのタブ内にある設定項目に入力を行な" +"います。入力された設定は、後からそれぞれのタブ内にある項目を編集することで、" +"個別に修正することができます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2>結果プレビュータブ</h2>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 -msgid "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module." -msgstr "この段落において、 現在の設定 はシステムの設定に加え、現在実行中のフォントモジュールで変更した内容を含みます。" +msgid "" +"In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system " +"plus changes made in currently running fonts module." +msgstr "" +"この段落において、 現在の設定 はシステムの設定に加え、現在実行中の" +"フォントモジュールで変更した内容を含みます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 msgid "Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " msgstr "システムの汎用別名の適用例は、冒頭のタブで表示することができます。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 -msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to current setting." -msgstr "言い換えると、それぞれの別名 (%s) に対して、 現在の設定 に従って指定した別名に解決することのできるファミリ名がある、ということになります。" +msgid "" +"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves " +"to given alias according to current setting." +msgstr "" +"言い換えると、それぞれの別名 (%s) に対して、 現在の設定 に従って指定し" +"た別名に解決することのできるファミリ名がある、ということになります。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 -msgid "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " -msgstr "それに加えてグラフィカルモードでは、該当するフォントに対して 現在の設定 を適用した場合の、描画例を表示することができます。 " +msgid "" +"In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the " +"matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " +msgstr "" +"それに加えてグラフィカルモードでは、該当するフォントに対して 現在の設定" +" を適用した場合の、描画例を表示することができます。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 -msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." -msgstr "また、関連するコンボボックス内で、該当するフォントの文字範囲を表示することができるほか、指定した文字列に対する見本を選択することもできます。" +msgid "" +"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen " +"and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgstr "" +"また、関連するコンボボックス内で、該当するフォントの文字範囲を表示することが" +"できるほか、指定した文字列に対する見本を選択することもできます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 -msgid "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly." -msgstr "下のほうには、描画の詳細タブにある設定のうち、重要な項目を抜粋して表示しています。これにより、描画結果をその場で確認することができるようになっています。" +msgid "" +"At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from " +"Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on " +"the fly." +msgstr "" +"下のほうには、描画の詳細タブにある設定のうち、重要な項目を抜粋して表示して" +"います。これにより、描画結果をその場で確認することができるようになっていま" +"す。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">描画の詳細タブ</h2>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 -msgid "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." -msgstr "このタブでは、フォントを どのように 描画するのかを制御します。使用するフォントの描画方法を変更したり、オプションを変更したりすることもできます。" +msgid "" +"This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend " +"font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." +msgstr "" +"このタブでは、フォントを どのように 描画するのかを制御します。使用" +"するフォントの描画方法を変更したり、オプションを変更したりすることもできま" +"す。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" msgstr "<h3>アンチエイリアス</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 -msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." -msgstr "既定では、すべてのアウトラインフォントを アンチエイリアス と呼ばれる方式で滑らかに表示します。" +msgid "" +"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called " +"antialiasing." +msgstr "" +"既定では、すべてのアウトラインフォントを アンチエイリアス と呼ばれ" +"る方式で滑らかに表示します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 -msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." -msgstr " 白黒での描画は、すべてのフォントに対して強制することができるほか、等幅フォントのみに強制することもできます。" +msgid "" +" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced " +"only." +msgstr "" +" 白黒での描画は、すべてのフォントに対して強制することができるほか、等幅フォン" +"トのみに強制することもできます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 @@ -466,48 +616,88 @@ msgstr "<h3>ヒント処理</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 -msgid "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." -msgstr "ヒント指定は、ラスタライザに対して文字の軸を格子にあわせるよう支援します。" +msgid "" +"Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." +msgstr "" +"ヒント指定は、ラスタライザに対して文字の軸を格子にあわせるよう支援します。" +"" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 -msgid "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by Force Autohinting On option." -msgstr "既定の設定では、 FreeType の自動ヒント機能はフォントの種類や自身のヒント設定品質に依存して使用することができます。また、自動ヒントは 自動ヒントを強制的に有効にすね オプションを選択することで、強制的に有効化することもできます。" +msgid "" +"In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on " +"font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced " +"by Force Autohinting On option." +msgstr "" +"既定の設定では、 FreeType の自動ヒント機能はフォントの種類や自身のヒント設" +"定品質に依存して使用することができます。また、自動ヒントは 自動ヒントを強" +"制的に有効にすね オプションを選択することで、強制的に有効化することもでき" +"ます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 msgid "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." -msgstr "それぞれのヒント処理アルゴリズムに対して、ヒントスタイル (ヒントレベル) を選択します。" +msgstr "" +"それぞれのヒント処理アルゴリズムに対して、ヒントスタイル (ヒントレベル) を" +"選択します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." -msgstr " ヒントスタイルの強制 オプションを設定することで、全体のヒントスタイルを設定することもできます。" +msgid "" +" It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +"" +msgstr "" +" ヒントスタイルの強制 オプションを設定することで、全体のヒントスタイル" +"を設定することもできます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" msgstr "<h3>内蔵ビットマップ</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 -msgid "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." -msgstr "アウトラインフォントによっては、ビットマップストライクと呼ばれる、特定サイズ用のビットマップ版フォントが用意されている場合があります。この章では、これを完全に無効化するか、もしくは指定した言語をカバーするフォントに対してのみ有効化するか、もしくはすべてに対して有効化するかを選択することができます。" +msgid "" +"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version " +"of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off " +"entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every " +"font." +msgstr "" +"アウトラインフォントによっては、ビットマップストライクと呼ばれる、特定サイ" +"ズ用のビットマップ版フォントが用意されている場合があります。この章では、これ" +"を完全に無効化するか、もしくは指定した言語をカバーするフォントに対してのみ有" +"効化するか、もしくはすべてに対して有効化するかを選択することができます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" msgstr "<h3>サブピクセルレンダリング</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 -msgid "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." -msgstr "サブピクセルレンダリングとは、 LCD ディスプレイの原色 (サブピクセル) を利用して、一方向に対する解像度を増やす技術です。" +msgid "" +"Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour " +"primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." +msgstr "" +"サブピクセルレンダリングとは、 LCD ディスプレイの原色 (サブピクセル) を利" +"用して、一方向に対する解像度を増やす技術です。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 -msgid "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation." -msgstr "使用すべき LCD フィルタと表示の際に使用するサブピクセルのレイアウト、そしてその向きを選択します。" +msgid "" +"Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout " +"corresponding to display and its rotation." +msgstr "" +"使用すべき LCD フィルタと表示の際に使用するサブピクセルのレイアウト、そし" +"てその向きを選択します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 -msgid "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." -msgstr "なお、特許上の理由により、既定では FreeType はサブピクセルレンダリングの機能が無効化されています。" +msgid "" +"Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned " +"off by default." +msgstr "" +"なお、特許上の理由により、既定では FreeType はサブピクセルレンダリングの機" +"能が無効化されています。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 -msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." -msgstr " FreeType のサブピクセルレンダリングのサポートがコンパイルされ内蔵されていないと、このセクションでの設定は意味をなしません。" +msgid "" +" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this " +"section has no effect." +msgstr "" +" FreeType のサブピクセルレンダリングのサポートがコンパイルされ内蔵されていな" +"いと、このセクションでの設定は意味をなしません。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" @@ -522,56 +712,98 @@ msgstr "<h3>設定リスト</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 -msgid "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." -msgstr "ここでは、一般的な別名 (%s) に対するファミリ優先リスト (FPL) を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be " +"defined." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、一般的な別名 (%s) に対するファミリ優先リスト (FPL) を設定しま" +"す。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 -msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." -msgstr " これらは並べ替えられたファミリ名の一覧です。優先するファミリが先に表示されています。" +msgid "" +" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr "" +" これらは並べ替えられたファミリ名の一覧です。優先するファミリが先に表示されて" +"います。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." -msgstr " それぞれの汎用の別名に対して設定された、既定の (システム全体での) FPL もあります。" +msgstr "" +" それぞれの汎用の別名に対して設定された、既定の (システム全体での) FPL もあり" +"ます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." msgstr " このダイアログ内で設定された FPL はそれらの冒頭に追加されます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 -msgid "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org." -msgstr "システムでは、まず インストール済み のファミリを検索します。もちろん他の問い合わせ要素も反映します。 SUSE ディストリビューションで利用可能なフォントパッケージは、 fontinfo.opensuse.org で参照してインストールすることができます。" +msgid "" +"System will look for the first installed family in the list, other " +"query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for " +"SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse." +"org." +msgstr "" +"システムでは、まず インストール済み のファミリを検索します。もちろ" +"ん他の問い合わせ要素も反映します。 SUSE ディストリビューションで利用可能な" +"フォントパッケージは、 fontinfo.opensuse.org で参照してインストールす" +"ることができます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ファミリ設定の強制</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 -msgid "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role." -msgstr "場合によっては、このダイアログ内で設定した FPL が適用されないことがあります。下記 2 つのオプションで役割を強化することができます。" +msgid "" +"In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into " +"account. Following two options strenghten their role." +msgstr "" +"場合によっては、このダイアログ内で設定した FPL が適用されないことがありま" +"す。下記 2 つのオプションで役割を強化することができます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" msgstr "<h4>メトリック互換を検索</h4>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 -msgid "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc." -msgstr "すべての関連する文字が同じサイズであった場合、それらのフォントはメトリック互換があるものとみなされます。これはつまり、どちらのフォントを使用して文書を表示しても同じサイズで、同じ改行位置などにもなることを示します。" +msgid "" +"Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of " +"the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the " +"same same size too, same line wraps etc." +msgstr "" +"すべての関連する文字が同じサイズであった場合、それらのフォントはメトリック" +"互換があるものとみなされます。これはつまり、どちらのフォントを使用して文書を" +"表示しても同じサイズで、同じ改行位置などにもなることを示します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 -msgid "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." -msgstr "既定の設定を通して、システムはメトリック互換フォントの置き換えを実施するほか、このダイアログで設定した FPL を迂回するルールなどを設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts " +"preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." +"" +msgstr "" +"既定の設定を通して、システムはメトリック互換フォントの置き換えを実施するほ" +"か、このダイアログで設定した FPL を迂回するルールなどを設定することができま" +"す。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 -msgid "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." -msgstr "メトリック互換を気にしない場合は、チェックを外してもかまいません。" +msgid "" +"Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." +"" +msgstr "" +"メトリック互換を気にしない場合は、チェックを外してもかまいません。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" msgstr "<h4>他のフォントを使用しない</h4>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 -msgid "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset." -msgstr "このオプションを有効にすると、ここで設定した優先リストを非常に強い位置に配置します。必要な文字セットが含まれている限り、文書や GUI が要求するよりも前に、これらのファミリを優先して使用するようにします。" +msgid "" +"When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here " +"defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or " +"GUI requests, if they cover required charset." +msgstr "" +"このオプションを有効にすると、ここで設定した優先リストを非常に強い位置に配" +"置します。必要な文字セットが含まれている限り、文書や GUI が要求するよりも前" +"に、これらのファミリを優先して使用するようにします。" #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -106,13 +106,14 @@ #. translators: error message for command line #: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." -msgstr "'id' オプションは他のオプションと組み合わせて指定することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"'id' オプションは他のオプションと組み合わせて指定することはできません。" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" @@ -124,15 +125,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Wait" msgstr "待機" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "User" msgstr "ユーザ" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Server" msgstr "サーバ" @@ -147,12 +148,12 @@ msgstr "オフ" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" @@ -168,127 +169,135 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "書き込み処理の際にパッケージ %1 をインストールします。" #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." -msgstr "パッケージ %1 をインストールできませんでした。サービスを編集することができません。" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 をインストールできませんでした。サービスを編集することができま" +"せん。" #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 は正常にインストールされました。" #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "全てのサービスを有効にする (&A)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "全てのサービスを無効にする (&D)" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "無効 (&I)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "有効 (&L)" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "現在利用可能なサービス" #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Ch" msgstr "変更" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Type " msgstr "種類 " -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "サーバ／引数" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "&Add" msgstr "追加 (&A)" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除 (&D)" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "状態を変更する (オン／オフ) (&T)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "全てのサービスの状態 (&S)" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの設定 (xinetd)" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "新しいサービス項目を追加する" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "サービスを削除できません。インストールされていません。" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "サービスを削除するには、削除するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があります" +msgstr "" +"サービスを削除するには、削除するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があ" +"ります" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "サービスを有効／無効にするには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"サービスを有効／無効にするには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する" +"必要があります。" #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "サービス項目を編集する" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "サービスを編集するには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があります" +msgstr "" +"サービスを編集するには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があ" +"ります" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -297,54 +306,54 @@ "インターネットスーパサーバは無効になります。" #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "&Service" msgstr "サービス (&S)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC バージョン (&N)" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "このサービスを有効にする (&V)" #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "ソケット種類 (&Y)" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル (&P)" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "待機 (&W)" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "&User" msgstr "ユーザ (&U)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 msgid "&Group" msgstr "グループ (&G)" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "サーバ (&E)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "サーバの引数 (&T)" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "コメント (&M)" @@ -358,14 +367,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--デフォルト--" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -374,12 +383,12 @@ "正しい値を入力してください。\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "サービス名に \"/\" の文字を使用することはできません。" #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "ユーザ %1 は内部サーバプロセスのみに予約されています。" @@ -441,8 +450,10 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークサービスの設定</big> \n" -"スーパサーバの設定で管理するネットワークサービスを有効にするには、 有効 を\n" -"選択してください。スーパサーバを停止するには、 無効 を選択してください。\n" +"スーパサーバの設定で管理するネットワークサービスを有効にするには、 有効</" +"b> を\n" +"選択してください。スーパサーバを停止するには、 無効 を選択してくださ" +"い。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" @@ -459,20 +470,24 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " +"configured." msgstr "" "<big>サービスの状態:</big> \n" "--- と書かれているサービスは無効に設定されているものです。\n" "オン と書かれているサービスは有効に設定されているものです。\n" -"NI と書かれているサービスは必要なソフトウエアがインストールされていないため設定できないものです。" +"NI と書かれているサービスは必要なソフトウエアがインストールされていない" +"ため設定できないものです。" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " +"Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービスの状態の変更:</big> \n" -"サービスを有効または無効にするには、該当する項目を選択してから 状態を変更する (オン／オフ) を押してください。\n" +"サービスを有効または無効にするには、該当する項目を選択してから 状態を変更" +"する (オン／オフ) を押してください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -502,7 +517,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " +"will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>設定の中止:</big>\n" "設定を中止するには 中止 ボタンを押してください。\n" @@ -547,8 +563,12 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" -msgstr "ここでは概要のみを示します。詳細は info xinetd.conf を参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは概要のみを示します。詳細は info xinetd.conf を参照してくだ" +"さい。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -565,18 +585,23 @@ "requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" "transmission.\n" msgstr "" -"ソケット種類 には、 stream, dgram, raw, seqpacket のいずれかを指定します。\n" -"このソケット種類はサービスがストリームを利用するものか、データグラムを利用するものか、\n" -" IP パケットへの直接アクセスを必要とするものか、信頼性のある順序保証データ配信を\n" +"ソケット種類 には、 stream, dgram, raw, seqpacket のいずれかを指定" +"します。\n" +"このソケット種類はサービスがストリームを利用するものか、データグラムを利用す" +"るものか、\n" +" IP パケットへの直接アクセスを必要とするものか、信頼性のある順序保証データ配" +"信を\n" "必要とするものかによって変わります。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" +"protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"プロトコル は /etc/protocols に指定されているプロトコルである必要があります。\n" +"プロトコル は /etc/protocols に指定されているプロトコルである必要が" +"あります。\n" "たとえば tcp, udp, rpc/tcp, rpc/udp などです。\n" "\n" @@ -595,17 +620,24 @@ "because udp is not connection oriented. tcp/stream servers\n" "normally expect the value to be no.\n" msgstr "" -"待機 項目は、サービスがシングルスレッドで動作するものかマルチスレッドで\n" -"動作するものか、 xinetd が接続を受け付けるかプログラム側で接続を受け付けるかを\n" -"設定するものです。この値を はい に設定すると、サービスはシングルスレッドとして\n" -"扱われます。この設定では xinetd がサーバを起動したら、サーバが終了するまで xinetd は\n" +"待機 項目は、サービスがシングルスレッドで動作するものかマルチスレッ" +"ドで\n" +"動作するものか、 xinetd が接続を受け付けるかプログラム側で接続を受け付けるか" +"を\n" +"設定するものです。この値を はい に設定すると、サービスはシングルスレッ" +"ドとして\n" +"扱われます。この設定では xinetd がサーバを起動したら、サーバが終了するまで " +"xinetd は\n" "その要求に対して何も処理を行なわず、サーバソフトウエア側で接続を受け付ける\n" "ことになります。\n" -"この値を いいえ に設定すると、サービスはマルチスレッドとして扱われます。\n" -"この設定では xinetd が新しいサービス要求を処理し、 xinetd が接続を受け付けます。\n" +"この値を いいえ に設定すると、サービスはマルチスレッドとして扱われま" +"す。\n" +"この設定では xinetd が新しいサービス要求を処理し、 xinetd が接続を受け付けま" +"す。\n" "\n" "udp/dgram サービスの場合、通常は はい を選んでください。\n" -"これは、 UDP が接続志向の通信ではないためです。 tcp/stream サービスの場合は\n" +"これは、 UDP が接続志向の通信ではないためです。 tcp/stream サービスの" +"場合は\n" "通常 いいえ を選んでください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -630,7 +662,8 @@ msgstr "" "サーバプログラム には要求が届いた際にスーパサーバが起動する\n" "プログラムのパス名を入力してください。\n" -"このプログラムに対するパラメータは サーバ引数 で指定することができます。\n" +"このプログラムに対するパラメータは サーバ引数 で指定することができま" +"す。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -658,57 +691,57 @@ msgstr "初期化しています..." #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetd 設定を準備しています" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます..." #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetd 設定を保存しています" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "設定を書き込めません！" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>全てのサービスに停止マークを付けました。</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 msgid "Network services" msgstr "ネットワークサービス" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "%1 でネットワークサービスを管理します" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "このサービスを有効にします" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 21:39+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ msgstr "メディアの変更" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "CD %1 を選択し、 '続行' を押してください。" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "CD %1 の ISO イメージを選択し、 '続行' を押してください。" #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "%1 枚目 (全 %2 枚) の CD を挿入してください。" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "ISO イメージ %1 (全 %2 イメージ) を選択してください。" #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ "を入れてください" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "%1 を選択" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -111,63 +111,63 @@ "先にこの製品を含むメディアを指定してください。" #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "CD の内容をローカルディレクトリにコピーしています" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "リポジトリ内容の移動中にエラーが発生しました。" #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "リポジトリ設定" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD または DVD メディアを読み込む (&C)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "データソース (&S)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "ISO イメージを使用する (&I)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "CD イメージがあるディレクトリ (&R):" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリを選択する (&D)" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "インストールサーバの名前が設定されていません。" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ "CD の内容をコピーできません。" #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -185,20 +185,20 @@ " をリポジトリに追加しますか?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "リポジトリ名 (&N):" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "SLP を使用するインストールサービスとして通知する (&N)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "リポジトリ名が正しくありません。" #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ "別の名前を入力してください。" #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ "が書き込み可能であることを確認して再実行してください。\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -235,87 +235,87 @@ "古い情報を消去して新たに作成してよろしいですか？" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "初期セットアップ -- 初期セットアップ" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "ネットワークサービスを設定しない (&W)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "リポジトリを設置するディレクトリ (&R):" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "HTTP リポジトリとして設定する (&C)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "FTP リポジトリとして設定する (&C)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "NFS リポジトリとして設定する (&C)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "インストールサーバのディレクトリが指定されていません。" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "インストールサーバ -- NFS" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "ワイルドカードホスト (&H)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 msgid "&Options" msgstr "オプション (&O)" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "NFS の設定中にエラーが生じました。" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "インストールサーバ -- FTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "FTP サーバのルートディレクトリ (&F):" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "ディレクトリ別名 (&D):" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "FTP の設定中にエラーが発生しました。" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "インストールサーバ -- HTTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "ディレクトリ別名 (&D)" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "HTTPD 設定を作成中にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -334,7 +334,8 @@ "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "" msgstr "" -"サーバオプションのうちのいずれか 1 つを選択し、リポジトリ全体がローカルシステム上の\n" +"サーバオプションのうちのいずれか 1 つを選択し、リポジトリ全体がローカルシ" +"ステム上の\n" "どこで提供されるべきかを指定してください。\n" "" @@ -373,23 +374,30 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " +"192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"エクスポートしたディレクトリについてホスト単位のアクセス制御をかける場合は、\n" -"より制限の厳しいワイルドカードマスクを設定してください。たとえば 192.168.1.0/24\n" -" のように設定すると、 192.168.1.0 サブネットからのアクセスだけを受け入れるようになります。\n" +"エクスポートしたディレクトリについてホスト単位のアクセス制御をかける場合" +"は、\n" +"より制限の厳しいワイルドカードマスクを設定してください。たとえば " +"192.168.1.0/24\n" +" のように設定すると、 192.168.1.0 サブネットからのアクセスだけを受け" +"入れるようになります。\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " +"available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"エクスポートオプションを指定することもできます。利用可能なオプションについての\n" -"詳細は、 exports のマニュアルページ (man exports(5)) をご覧ください。\n" +"エクスポートオプションを指定することもできます。利用可能なオプションについ" +"ての\n" +"詳細は、 exports のマニュアルページ (man exports(5)) をご覧くださ" +"い。\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 @@ -424,18 +432,23 @@ "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"選択したソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが FTP サーバのディレクトリ構造から\n" -"外れている場合、<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> ファイル内にマウント項目が書き込まれます。\n" -"これにより FTP サーバからソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが見えるようになります\n" +"選択したソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが FTP サーバのディレクトリ構" +"造から\n" +"外れている場合、<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> ファイル内にマウント項目が書き込まれま" +"す。\n" +"これにより FTP サーバからソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが見えるようにな" +"ります\n" " (<tt>mount</tt> コマンドの <tt>--bind</tt> オプションを利用します)。\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " +"URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"インストールサーバを利用するには、クライアントから以下の URL を指定してください:\n" +"インストールサーバを利用するには、クライアントから以下の URL を指定してく" +"ださい:\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -467,9 +480,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " +"below:\n" msgstr "" -"短くて覚えやすい別名を選んでください。たとえば SUSE を別名に選んだとすると、\n" +"短くて覚えやすい別名を選んでください。たとえば SUSE を別名に選ん" +"だとすると、\n" "リポジトリは以下のような形で利用できるようになります:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 @@ -490,11 +505,13 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " +"product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" -"リポジトリ名は全ての製品 CD をコピーして管理するディレクトリとして使われます。\n" +"リポジトリ名は全ての製品 CD をコピーして管理するディレクトリとして使われま" +"す。\n" "リポジトリは設定したプロトコル経由でアクセスできます (NFS, FTP, HTTP) 。\n" " \n" @@ -504,26 +521,34 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " +"server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"SLP (サービスロケーションプロトコル) を利用することで、インストールサーバの発見を容易にすることができます。 \n" -"この項目を有効にすると、リポジトリは SLP を利用してネットワーク内に通知を行ないます。\n" +"SLP (サービスロケーションプロトコル) を利用することで、インストールサーバ" +"の発見を容易にすることができます。 \n" +"この項目を有効にすると、リポジトリは SLP を利用してネットワーク内に通知を行な" +"います。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " +"product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"一覧からコピー元のドライブを選択し、製品の 1 枚目のメディアを挿入してください。\n" +"一覧からコピー元のドライブを選択し、製品の 1 枚目のメディアを挿入してくだ" +"さい。\n" "次へ を押すと、メディアの内容をリポジトリ内にコピーします。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " +"additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"製品をリポジトリにコピーした後、追加の CD をリポジトリに追加することができます\n" +"製品をリポジトリにコピーした後、追加の CD をリポジトリに追加することができ" +"ます\n" "(たとえばサービスパック CD やアドオン CD など) 。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 @@ -532,10 +557,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" +"b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"ISO イメージは CD, DVD メディアの代用として使用することができます。 次へ を押すと、\n" +"ISO イメージは CD, DVD メディアの代用として使用することができます。 次" +"へ を押すと、\n" " ISO イメージファイルを選択することができます。\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -591,9 +618,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " +"made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " +"and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリの追加: \n" "リポジトリのディレクトリ内から未設定のディレクトリを検出し、\n" @@ -644,9 +673,10 @@ "編集 または 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " +"package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "FTP インストールサーバを設定するには FTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\n" @@ -661,7 +691,8 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " +"package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" "HTTP インストールサーバには HTTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\n" @@ -671,7 +702,7 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -680,72 +711,72 @@ "NFS のエクスポート設定を変更せずに進めますか？\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "新しいリポジトリを検索" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "新しいリポジトリを検索しています..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "現在の設定を読み込めませんでした。" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "インストールサーバの設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig を起動する" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig を実行しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができませんでした。" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "設定済みリポジトリ" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 20:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -42,27 +42,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "コピー先のファイルシステムを検証しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "ルートファイルシステムをコピーしています..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "ライブイメージをコピーしています..." #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "%1 をコピーしています..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -76,80 +76,64 @@ "には、より大きいディスクパーティションを選択してください。" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "ライブイメージをハードディスクにコピーするのに失敗しました。" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "インストール設定" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "システムを分析しています..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "Linux 用にディスク %2 を %1%% 使う" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "ディスク %1 を使用しない" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "パーティション分割" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "システムスタートアップ" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "Linux を起動するか既存のシステムを起動するかを尋ねる" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "Linux だけを起動する" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "システム開始時の時間切れ設定: %1 秒" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "キーボード" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "時間帯" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "インストール設定の変更" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "\n" -"了解 ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを開始します。" +"了解 ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを開始します。</" +"p>" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -160,14 +144,15 @@ "もしくは インストール設定の変更 メニューをご利用ください。\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても問題はありません。\n" +"まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても問題はありませ" +"ん。\n" "" #. help text 1/1 @@ -222,7 +207,8 @@ msgstr "" "YaST はマウント済みのリムーバブルメディアを検出しました。 YaST は\n" "マウント済みのメディア上にインストールすることができません。\n" -"これらのメディア上にインストールするには、まずはマウントを解除してください。\n" +"これらのメディア上にインストールするには、まずはマウントを解除してくださ" +"い。\n" #. continue-cancel popup #: src/clients/live-installer.rb:157 @@ -275,7 +261,7 @@ "押す必要があるかもしれません。" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "インストールしたシステムへファイルをコピーしています..." @@ -299,3 +285,15 @@ #: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:80 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "タイムゾーンを保存しています..." + +#~ msgid "System start-up" +#~ msgstr "システムスタートアップ" + +#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +#~ msgstr "Linux を起動するか既存のシステムを起動するかを尋ねる" + +#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux だけを起動する" + +#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +#~ msgstr "システム開始時の時間切れ設定: %1 秒" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -126,32 +126,43 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>ファイアウオールと SSH</big> \n" -"ファイアウオールは、お使いのコンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るための防御の仕組みです。\n" -"SSH は、専用の SSH クライアントを利用して、お使いのコンピュータに遠隔からログインすることができる\n" +"ファイアウオールは、お使いのコンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るため" +"の防御の仕組みです。\n" +"SSH は、専用の SSH クライアントを利用して、お使いのコンピュータに遠隔からログ" +"インすることができる\n" "サービスです。" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"ここでは、インストール後にファイアウオールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定することができます。\n" +"ここでは、インストール後にファイアウオールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定" +"することができます。\n" "有効に設定したままにしておくのがお勧めです。" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"ファイアウオールを有効に設定する場合、 SSH サービス向けにファイアウオールのポートを開き、\n" -"ログインを受け付けるかどうかを設定することができます。この設定は SSH サービスの起動\n" -"(コンピュータの起動時に SSH も起動するかどうか) とは別途に設定することができます。" +"ファイアウオールを有効に設定する場合、 SSH サービス向けにファイアウオール" +"のポートを開き、\n" +"ログインを受け付けるかどうかを設定することができます。この設定は SSH サービス" +"の起動\n" +"(コンピュータの起動時に SSH も起動するかどうか) とは別途に設定することができ" +"ます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 @@ -162,7 +173,8 @@ msgstr "" "ファイアウオールの設定では、 VNC のポートを開くように設定することも\n" "できます。ただし、インストール作業時には必要に応じてインストーラが\n" -"ポートを開くため、ここでの設定は今現在のシステムに対しては効果がありません。" +"ポートを開くため、ここでの設定は今現在のシステムに対しては効果がありません。" +"" #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) @@ -221,7 +233,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "ホスト設定の概要:" @@ -358,8 +370,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "リリースノートの URL が設定されていません。インターネット接続テストは実行できません。" +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"リリースノートの URL が設定されていません。インターネット接続テストは実行でき" +"ません。" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -368,14 +383,19 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " +"steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"最新のリリースノートをダウンロードしようとしましたが、サーバ側のエラーにより\n" -"ダウンロードできませんでした。ネットワークの設定ミスによるものかどうかは不明です。\n" +"最新のリリースノートをダウンロードしようとしましたが、サーバ側のエラーによ" +"り\n" +"ダウンロードできませんでした。ネットワークの設定ミスによるものかどうかは不明" +"です。\n" "\n" -"'続行' を押すと次のインストール手順に進みます。インターネット接続が必要となる\n" +"'続行' を押すと次のインストール手順に進みます。インターネット接続が必要とな" +"る\n" "手順を飛ばしたり、ネットワークの設定を確認してやり直したりするには、\n" "'キャンセル' を押してください。\n" @@ -493,7 +513,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "設定エラー: インターフェイスが初期化されていません。" @@ -553,7 +573,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "リモート管理を許可するには 'はい' を、許可しない場合は 'いいえ' を選択します。" +msgstr "" +"リモート管理を許可するには 'はい' を、許可しない場合は 'いいえ' を選択しま" +"す。" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:126 @@ -582,7 +604,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "ルーティングの設定" @@ -736,8 +758,12 @@ msgstr "宛先 IP アドレスを指定しなければなりません。" #: src/clients/routing.rb:348 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "少なくとも下記のパラメータのうちいずれかを指定しなければなりません (ゲートウエイ、ネットマスク、デバイス、オプション)" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"少なくとも下記のパラメータのうちいずれかを指定しなければなりません (ゲートウ" +"エイ、ネットマスク、デバイス、オプション)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -749,13 +775,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "警告: 暗号化は使用されていません。" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Change." msgstr "変更してください。" @@ -1045,7 +1071,8 @@ #. Label text #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" -msgstr "YaST オンライン更新を利用してダウンロードとインストールを実行しますか？" +msgstr "" +"YaST オンライン更新を利用してダウンロードとインストールを実行しますか？" #. Heading #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 @@ -1070,7 +1097,7 @@ #. Table header label #. Table header label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス" @@ -1078,7 +1105,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "追加 (&D)" @@ -1088,7 +1115,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1099,7 +1126,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" @@ -1146,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "トンネルのグループ" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "ブリッジ接続デバイス" @@ -1181,12 +1208,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "ボンドドライバのオプションを選択し、必要に応じて編集してください。 " +msgstr "" +"ボンドドライバのオプションを選択し、必要に応じて編集してください。 " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "リンクおよび IP の設定無し (ボンドスレーブ)" @@ -1219,7 +1247,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス (&I)" @@ -1247,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "S/390 (&S)" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1258,13 +1286,13 @@ "お使いください。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "設定 %1 はすでに存在します。" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1278,20 +1306,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "ネットマスクまたはプレフィクス長が正しくありません。" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "正しくないホスト名です。" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1299,14 +1327,15 @@ "\n" "Really leave the hostname blank?\n" msgstr "" -"ホスト名が設定されていません。ホスト名は、これを固定の IP アドレスに割り当てる際に\n" +"ホスト名が設定されていません。ホスト名は、これを固定の IP アドレスに割り当て" +"る際に\n" "必要となるものです。設定を行なわないと、ネットワーク接続無しでは\n" "マシン名を解決できなくなってしまいます。\n" "\n" "本当にホスト名を指定しないままにしておきますか？\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1316,79 +1345,85 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195 msgid "&General" msgstr "一般 (&G)" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "デバイスの起動" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "ファイアウオールゾーン" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "最大転送単位 (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "詳細なネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができます。" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 msgid "&Address" msgstr "アドレス (&A)" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスを設定してください。" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "ハードウエア (&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "ボンドスレーブ (&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "ワイヤレス (&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd の優先度" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " +"Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD の優先度</big> \n" -" ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 の設定と IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 の設定は、互いに排他関係にあります。\n" -"1 つ以上のインターフェイスが ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 に設定されている場合、\n" -"インターフェイスの判別方法が必要となるためです。そのため、ここで各インターフェイスの優先順位を設定します。\n" +" ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 の設定と IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 の設定" +"は、互いに排他関係にあります。\n" +"1 つ以上のインターフェイスが ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 に設定されて" +"いる場合、\n" +"インターフェイスの判別方法が必要となるためです。そのため、ここで各インター" +"フェイスの優先順位を設定します。\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "ネットワークカードの設定" #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1577,8 +1612,12 @@ msgstr "デバイスを判定するために \"id\" オプションを使用します。" #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "\"id\" の値は範囲外です。 \"list\" オプションを使用し、 \"id\" の最大値を確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"\"id\" の値は範囲外です。 \"list\" オプションを使用し、 \"id\" の最大値を確認" +"してください。" #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1656,7 +1695,8 @@ "See %1 for details." msgstr "" "Xen ネットワークブリッジが検出されました。\n" -"ブリッジスクリプトによりネットワークインターフェイスの名前が変更されたため、\n" +"ブリッジスクリプトによりネットワークインターフェイスの名前が変更されたた" +"め、\n" "ネットワークインターフェイスを設定したり再起動したりすることができません。\n" "詳細は %1 をご覧ください。" @@ -1671,7 +1711,8 @@ msgstr "" "ファームウエアが必要です。ファームウエアは\n" "アドオン CD からインストールすることができます。\n" -"ファームウエアをインストールするには、 YaST ソフトウエアリポジトリにアドオン CD を追加し、\n" +"ファームウエアをインストールするには、 YaST ソフトウエアリポジトリにアドオン " +"CD を追加し、\n" "この設定ダイアログに戻ってきてください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 @@ -1682,10 +1723,13 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"デバイスを正しく機能させるためにはファームウエアが必要です。ファームウエアは通常、\n" +"デバイスを正しく機能させるためにはファームウエアが必要です。ファームウエアは" +"通常、\n" "ハードウエアの製造元の Web ページからダウンロードすることができます。\n" -"既にファームウエアをダウンロードしてインストール済みである場合には 続行 \n" -"を押してデバイスの設定を行なってください。そうでない場合は キャンセル を押して\n" +"既にファームウエアをダウンロードしてインストール済みである場合には 続行</" +"b> \n" +"を押してデバイスの設定を行なってください。そうでない場合は キャンセル " +"を押して\n" "ファームウエアをインストールし、この設定ダイアログに戻ってきてください。\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1697,8 +1741,12 @@ msgstr "ファームウエアをインストールしています" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "ファームウエアのインストールを完了するには 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' スクリプトを実行する必要があります。今すぐ実行しますか？" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"ファームウエアのインストールを完了するには 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' スクリ" +"プトを実行する必要があります。今すぐ実行しますか？" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1720,12 +1768,14 @@ "インターフェイスは NetworkManager により管理されなくなります。\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "選択しているデバイスは STARTMODE=nfsroot の設定になっています。本当に削除しますか？" +msgstr "" +"選択しているデバイスは STARTMODE=nfsroot の設定になっています。本当に削除しま" +"すか？" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "ネットワークの設定方法" @@ -1734,7 +1784,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "ネットワーク設定" @@ -1782,50 +1832,72 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Udev ルール は、カーネルのデバイスマネージャに対して MAC アドレスや\n" -"バス ID を元にしてデバイス名 (例: eth1, wlan0) を設定し、たとえ再起動したとしても\n" +"Udev ルール は、カーネルのデバイスマネージャに対して MAC アドレス" +"や\n" +"バス ID を元にしてデバイス名 (例: eth1, wlan0) を設定し、たとえ再起動したとし" +"ても\n" "デバイス名が変わらないようにするための仕組みです。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " +"start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"確認用のポート識別を表示 を使用すると、設定済みの NIC に対して物理的な識別を行なうことができるようになります。\n" -"時間を設定して 点滅 を押すと、指定した時間だけお使いの NIC 上にある LED が点滅します。\n" +"確認用のポート識別を表示 を使用すると、設定済みの NIC に対して物理" +"的な識別を行なうことができるようになります。\n" +"時間を設定して 点滅 を押すと、指定した時間だけお使いの NIC 上にある " +"LED が点滅します。\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"カーネルモジュール. ここには、お使いのネットワークデバイスに対するカーネルモジュール\n" -" (他の表現で言うと 'ドライバ') 名を入力してください。デバイスが既に設定されている場合、\n" -"利用可能な 1 つ以上のデバイスから、ドロップダウンリストを用いて選択することができます。\n" +"カーネルモジュール. ここには、お使いのネットワークデバイスに対する" +"カーネルモジュール\n" +" (他の表現で言うと 'ドライバ') 名を入力してください。デバイスが既に設定されて" +"いる場合、\n" +"利用可能な 1 つ以上のデバイスから、ドロップダウンリストを用いて選択することが" +"できます。\n" "多くの場合は既定の値のままにしておくとよいでしょう。\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " +"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" -"また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を オプション の項目で指定することができます。この値は\n" -"オプション名=値 の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで区切って\n" -"記入します。たとえば io=0x300 irq=5 のようになります。 注意: 2 つのネットワークカードが\n" -"同じモジュールを利用するものである場合、オプション設定は保存する際に 1 つにまとめられます。\n" +"また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を オプション の項目で指定する" +"ことができます。この値は\n" +"オプション名=値 の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合" +"はスペースで区切って\n" +"記入します。たとえば io=0x300 irq=5 のようになります。 注意: 2 " +"つのネットワークカードが\n" +"同じモジュールを利用するものである場合、オプション設定は保存する際に 1 つにま" +"とめられます。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Ethtool オプション に何らかのオプションを指定すると、 ifup はこの値で ethtool を呼び出します。\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ethtool オプション に何らかのオプションを指定すると、 ifup はこの値" +"で ethtool を呼び出します。\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -1844,7 +1916,8 @@ "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "ここでは、ネットワークデバイスの設定を行ないます。ここで設定した値は\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf および /etc/chandev.conf に書き込まれます。\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf および /etc/chandev.conf に書き込まれます。" +"\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 @@ -1852,7 +1925,8 @@ "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"このモジュールのオプションは、マニュアル内の IBM デバイスドライバとインストールコマンド\n" +"このモジュールのオプションは、マニュアル内の IBM デバイスドライバとイン" +"ストールコマンド\n" "にある書式で記述する必要があります。" #. CheckBox label @@ -1921,7 +1995,8 @@ "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "設定を行なうネットワークカードを選択します。\n" -"検索項目に名前を入力することで、ネットワークカードを検索することもできます。" +"検索項目に名前を入力することで、ネットワークカードを検索することもできます。" +"" #. Selection box label #. Selection box title @@ -2003,24 +2078,42 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "このインターフェイスの ポート名 を入力してください (大文字小文字は区別されます) 。" +msgstr "" +"このインターフェイスの ポート名 を入力してください (大文字小文字は" +"区別されます) 。" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "このインターフェイスの 追加オプション をスペースで区切って入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"このインターフェイスの 追加オプション をスペースで区切って入力して" +"ください。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr " このインターフェイスで IP アドレスの引き継ぎ機能を有効にする場合は IP アドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " +"enabled for this interface." +msgstr "" +" このインターフェイスで IP アドレスの引き継ぎ機能を有効にする場合は IP " +"アドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする を選択してください。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 サポートを有効にする を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 サポー" +"トを有効にする を選択してください。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 MAC アドレス を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 MAC ア" +"ドレス を入力してください。" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 @@ -2039,7 +2132,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." -msgstr "このインターフェイスの LANCMD タイムアウト を指定してください。" +msgstr "" +"このインターフェイスの LANCMD タイムアウト を指定してください。" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 @@ -2157,7 +2251,8 @@ "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" " デスクトップ環境を動作させない場合や、同時に複数の\n" -"インターフェイスを利用する必要がある場合は、 wicked をお使いください。 \n" +"インターフェイスを利用する必要がある場合は、 wicked をお使いくださ" +"い。 \n" #. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 @@ -2188,7 +2283,8 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークカードの追加:</big> \n" -"追加 を押すと、ネットワークカードを手動で設定することができます。\n" +"追加 を押すと、ネットワークカードを手動で設定することができます。</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -2207,13 +2303,17 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 プロトコルの設定</big>\n" -"IPv6 を有効にする を選択すると、カーネル内の IPv6 モジュールを有効にします。\n" -"IPv6 は IPv4 と共に使用することができますし、この機能は既定で有効化されています。\n" -"IPv6 を無効にするにはチェックを外してください。このことで IPv6 のモジュールが\n" +"IPv6 を有効にする を選択すると、カーネル内の IPv6 モジュールを有効" +"にします。\n" +"IPv6 は IPv4 と共に使用することができますし、この機能は既定で有効化されていま" +"す。\n" +"IPv6 を無効にするにはチェックを外してください。このことで IPv6 のモジュール" +"が\n" "ブラックリストに登録されます。 IPv6 プロトコルをお使いでない場合、\n" "応答時間がより早くなります。\n" @@ -2231,8 +2331,10 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "このダイアログでは、経路設定を行ないます。\n" -"デフォルトゲートウエイ は、他の経路設定に適合しない全ての宛先に到達するために利用されるゲートウエイです。\n" -"通信先に対して他の経路設定が存在する場合、この経路情報はデフォルトゲートウエイよりも\n" +"デフォルトゲートウエイ は、他の経路設定に適合しない全ての宛先に到達す" +"るために利用されるゲートウエイです。\n" +"通信先に対して他の経路設定が存在する場合、この経路情報はデフォルトゲートウエ" +"イよりも\n" "優先して使われます。デフォルトゲートウエイの考え方を\n" "わかりやすく言うと \"その他の送信先\" です。\n" @@ -2240,12 +2342,17 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." +"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"それぞれの経路に対して、宛先のネットワーク IP アドレスとゲートウエイアドレス、\n" -"およびネットマスクを入力してください。これらの値を省略する場合はハイフン記号 \"-\"\n" -"を入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選択することもできます\n" -" (\"-\" を指定すると、どのインターフェイスでも構わないという意味になります) 。\n" +"それぞれの経路に対して、宛先のネットワーク IP アドレスとゲートウエイアドレ" +"ス、\n" +"およびネットマスクを入力してください。これらの値を省略する場合はハイフン記号 " +"\"-\"\n" +"を入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選" +"択することもできます\n" +" (\"-\" を指定すると、どのインターフェイスでも構わないという意味になりま" +"す) 。\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 @@ -2253,7 +2360,8 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv4 転送 (外部のネットワークから\n" +"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv4 転送 (外部の" +"ネットワークから\n" "内部のネットワークにパケットを転送する) を有効にしてください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 @@ -2263,46 +2371,63 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv6 転送 (外部のネットワークから\n" +"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv6 転送 (外部の" +"ネットワークから\n" "内部のネットワークにパケットを転送する) を有効にしてください。\n" -"警告: IPv6 転送を設定すると、 IPv6 stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC)\n" +"警告: IPv6 転送を設定すると、 IPv6 stateless address " +"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)\n" "が無効化されます。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " +"is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"重要: ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、転送を許可するだけでは不十分です。\n" -"転送を許可したあと、ファイアウオールの設定でアドレス変換を設定するか、少なくとも\n" -"1 つ以上の転送ルールを追加する必要があります。 YaST ファイアウオールモジュールをお使いください。\n" +"重要: ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、転送を許可するだけで" +"は不十分です。\n" +"転送を許可したあと、ファイアウオールの設定でアドレス変換を設定するか、少なく" +"とも\n" +"1 つ以上の転送ルールを追加する必要があります。 YaST ファイアウオールモジュー" +"ルをお使いください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " +"DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " +"desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" " DHCP を利用して IP アドレスを取得している環境の場合、 DHCP を利用して\n" -"ホスト名の取得を行なうかどうかを指定することができます。ホスト名は DHCP クライアントで自動的に設定します。\n" -"なお、使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうと、グラフィカルデスクトップを使用する際に混乱を来たすことがあります。\n" -"そのため、異なるホスト名が割り当てられる複数のネットワークに接続する場合は、\n" +"ホスト名の取得を行なうかどうかを指定することができます。ホスト名は DHCP クラ" +"イアントで自動的に設定します。\n" +"なお、使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうと、グラフィカルデスクトップを使用す" +"る際に混乱を来たすことがあります。\n" +"そのため、異なるホスト名が割り当てられる複数のネットワークに接続する場合" +"は、\n" "この設定を無効にしておくのがよいでしょう。 " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " +"even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " +"especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"ホスト名をループバック IP に割り当てる を選択すると、 <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>\n" +"ホスト名をループバック IP に割り当てる を選択すると、 <tt>/etc/" +"hosts</tt>\n" "内でお使いのホスト名を <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (ループバック) に割り当てます。\n" -"この選択は、ネットワーク無しでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合に便利です。\n" +"この選択は、ネットワーク無しでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合" +"に便利です。\n" "それ以外の場合、特に複数のネットワークサービスを提供している場合などは、\n" "注意してお使いください。\n" @@ -2330,7 +2455,8 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " +"domains\n" "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "検索ドメインとは、ホスト名の検索を開始するためのドメイン名です。\n" @@ -2340,29 +2466,40 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " +"DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"このコンピュータに設定する短い名前 (例 mymachine) と、所属する DNS ドメイン\n" -"(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインは、このコンピュータがメールサーバである場合、\n" -"重要な設定となります。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 hostname コマンドを\n" +"このコンピュータに設定する短い名前 (例 mymachine) と、所属する DNS " +"ドメイン\n" +"(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインは、このコンピュータが" +"メールサーバである場合、\n" +"重要な設定となります。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 " +"hostname コマンドを\n" "利用します。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " +"most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "ここでは、 DNS 設定の変更方法 (ネームサーバ、検索リスト、および\n" -"/etc/resolv.conf ファイル) を選択します。既定では netconfig スクリプトで\n" -"固定設定の内容と動的に取得した内容 (たとえば DHCP クライアントや NetworkManager など) \n" -"を合わせて使用します。これが既定値 既定のポリシーを使用する オプションの動作で、\n" +"/etc/resolv.conf ファイル) を選択します。既定では netconfig ス" +"クリプトで\n" +"固定設定の内容と動的に取得した内容 (たとえば DHCP クライアントや " +"NetworkManager など) \n" +"を合わせて使用します。これが既定値 既定のポリシーを使用する オプション" +"の動作で、\n" "ほとんどの場合に十分な設定です。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2383,7 +2520,8 @@ "カンマ区切りの一覧を指定するもので、インターフェイス名 (ワイルドカード\n" "も使用できます) のほか、 STATIC または STATIC_FALLBACK として特別な値を\n" "指定することもできます。詳しくは netconfig のマニュアルページを\n" -"お読みください。注意: なお、この項目に何も記入しない場合は、 手動のみ\n" +"お読みください。注意: なお、この項目に何も記入しない場合は、 手動のみ</" +"b>\n" "ポリシーと同じ意味になります。\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2391,16 +2529,23 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>アドレス設定</big>\n" -" このデバイスに対して IP アドレスを設定しない場合は、 アドレスを設定しない を選んでください。\n" -"この設定は Ethernet デバイスに対してボンド機能を利用する場合などに利用します。\n" +" このデバイスに対して IP アドレスを設定しない場合は、 アドレスを設定し" +"ない を選んでください。\n" +"この設定は Ethernet デバイスに対してボンド機能を利用する場合などに利用しま" +"す。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "お使いの BIOS で指定したネットワーク設定を利用する場合は、 iBFT を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"お使いの BIOS で指定したネットワーク設定を利用する場合は、 iBFT を" +"選択してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 @@ -2408,7 +2553,8 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスが割り当てられていない場合は、 \n" +"システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスが割" +"り当てられていない場合は、 \n" "可変 IP アドレス を選択してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2418,42 +2564,57 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネットワークで DHCP サーバ\n" -"が動作している場合は DHCP を選んでください。サーバから自動的にアドレスを取得して\n" +"アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネット" +"ワークで DHCP サーバ\n" +"が動作している場合は DHCP を選んでください。サーバから自動的にアドレス" +"を取得して\n" "設定するようになります。\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "利用可能な IP アドレスを自動的に検索し、固定で割り当てたい場合は\n" -"Zeroconf を選択してください。最初に DHCP を使い、それでうまくいかない場合に\n" -"Zeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外の場合は 固定 IP アドレス を選択してアドレスを設定してください。\n" +"Zeroconf を選択してください。最初に DHCP を使い、それでうまくいかない" +"場合に\n" +"Zeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外" +"の場合は 固定 IP アドレス を選択してアドレスを設定してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -" お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) と\n" -"相手側の リモート IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) をそれぞれ\n" +" お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば " +"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) と\n" +"相手側の リモート IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) をそ" +"れぞれ\n" "入力してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " +"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"固定アドレス設定 を指定した場合、 IP アドレス (例: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" -"とネットワークマスク (一般には <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> またはプレフィクス表記で <tt>/24</tt>) を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\n" -"を入力することもできます。この値は <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> に書き込まれます。\n" +"固定アドレス設定 を指定した場合、 IP アドレス (例: " +"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" +"とネットワークマスク (一般には <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> またはプレフィクス表記" +"で <tt>/24</tt>) を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\n" +"を入力することもできます。この値は <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> に書き込まれます。</" +"p>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 @@ -2483,16 +2644,24 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" "<big>ファイアウオールゾーン</big>\n" -"このインターフェイスをどのファイアウオールゾーンに配置するのかを選択します。\n" -"ゾーンを選択するとファイアウオールが有効になります。他のインターフェイスでは\n" -"ゾーンを選択しているにも関わらず、ここで選択しない場合は、ファイアウオールが\n" +"このインターフェイスをどのファイアウオールゾーンに配置するのかを選択しま" +"す。\n" +"ゾーンを選択するとファイアウオールが有効になります。他のインターフェイスで" +"は\n" +"ゾーンを選択しているにも関わらず、ここで選択しない場合は、ファイアウオール" +"が\n" "有効にはなりますが、このインターフェイスでの通信は全てブロックされます。\n" "全てのインターフェイスでゾーンを選択しない場合は、ファイアウオールが\n" "起動されなくなります。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "必須のインターフェイス では、システム起動時にインターフェイスを開始できなかった場合にネットワークサービスが障害を報告するかどうかを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"必須のインターフェイス では、システム起動時にインターフェイスを開始" +"できなかった場合にネットワークサービスが障害を報告するかどうかを指定します。" +"" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2500,23 +2669,27 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " +"recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>最大転送単位</big>\n" "最大転送単位 (MTU) は、ネットワーク上に送信する 1 パケットの\n" "最大サイズを指定します。通常は、この値を設定する必要はありませんが、\n" "遅いダイヤルアップ接続などの特殊な場合においてこの値を小さくすると\n" -"ネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを選択するか、\n" +"ネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを" +"選択するか、\n" "独自の値を設定してください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "ボンドデバイスのスレーブとなるものを選択してください。\n" -"デバイスの起動 が 起動しない で、かつ アドレス設定 が アドレスを設定しない になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" +"デバイスの起動 が 起動しない で、かつ アドレス設定 が " +"アドレスを設定しない になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 @@ -2527,14 +2700,17 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " +"each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" "DHCP クライアント識別子 を設定しない場合は、既定で\n" -"ネットワークインターフェイスのハードウエアアドレスを利用します。単一のネットワーク内では\n" -"この値は唯一でなければなりません。従って、同じネットワークインターフェイスで\n" +"ネットワークインターフェイスのハードウエアアドレスを利用します。単一のネット" +"ワーク内では\n" +"この値は唯一でなければなりません。従って、同じネットワークインターフェイス" +"で\n" "複数のマシン (特に仮想マシン) を動作させる場合は、それぞれ別々の\n" "識別子を設定してください。" @@ -2542,19 +2718,27 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " +"server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" +"b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" +"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"送信するホスト名 では、 DHCP クライアントがサーバにメッセージを送信する際に\n" -"使用する、ホスト名を指定します。 DHCP サーバによってはネームサーバの正引きおよび\n" -"逆引きのゾーンを更新するものがある (動的 DNS) ため、その機能に対応するためのオプションです。\n" -"また、 DHCP サーバによっては 送信するホスト名 の項目に特定の文字列が含まれて\n" -"いることを求める場合もあります。 自動 に設定すると、現在のホスト名 (<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>\n" +"送信するホスト名 では、 DHCP クライアントがサーバにメッセージを送信" +"する際に\n" +"使用する、ホスト名を指定します。 DHCP サーバによってはネームサーバの正引きお" +"よび\n" +"逆引きのゾーンを更新するものがある (動的 DNS) ため、その機能に対応するための" +"オプションです。\n" +"また、 DHCP サーバによっては 送信するホスト名 の項目に特定の文字列が含" +"まれて\n" +"いることを求める場合もあります。 自動 に設定すると、現在のホスト名 " +"(<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>\n" "に設定されているものなど) を送信します。\n" "ホスト名を送信したくない場合は、何も指定しないでください。\n" @@ -2579,18 +2763,25 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters." msgstr "" "IPv4 アドレスラベル は別名とも呼ばれ、任意指定の古い設定です。\n" "インターフェイス名全体の長さ (コロンやラベルを含む) は、\n" -"最大で 15 文字以内にする必要があります。また、古いバージョンの ifconfig ユーティリティでは、 9 文字目以降を削除してしまいます。" +"最大で 15 文字以内にする必要があります。また、古いバージョンの ifconfig ユー" +"ティリティでは、 9 文字目以降を削除してしまいます。" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "ラベルにはインターフェイス名を含めないでください。たとえば eth0:foo ではなく foo のように指定します。" +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"ラベルにはインターフェイス名を含めないでください。たとえば eth0:foo</" +"b> ではなく foo のように指定します。" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2619,7 +2810,8 @@ " 16 進数: 鍵を 16 進数の表現で直接入力します。 10 文字\n" "の 16 進数であれば 64 ビットの鍵が、 26 文字であれば 128 ビットの鍵が、\n" "32 文字であれば 156 ビットの鍵が、 58 文字であれば 256 ビットの鍵がそれぞれ\n" -"生成できます。 <tt>-</tt> (ハイフン) を使って桁を区切ることもできます。たとえば\n" +"生成できます。 <tt>-</tt> (ハイフン) を使って桁を区切ることもできます。たとえ" +"ば\n" "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt> のようになります。\n" " \n" @@ -2642,9 +2834,12 @@ "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" "動作モード ではネットワーク方式を設定することができます。モードは\n" -"それぞれ以下のとおりです。 アドホック (アクセスポイントを利用しない 1 対 1 ネットワーク),\n" -"管理 (アクセスポイントで管理するネットワーク、 インフラストラクチャモード\n" -"とも呼びます), マスター (指定のネットワークカードをアクセスポイントとして\n" +"それぞれ以下のとおりです。 アドホック (アクセスポイントを利用しない 1 " +"対 1 ネットワーク),\n" +"管理 (アクセスポイントで管理するネットワーク、 インフラストラクチャ" +"モード\n" +"とも呼びます), マスター (指定のネットワークカードをアクセスポイントと" +"して\n" "動作させる)\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 @@ -2652,13 +2847,15 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " +"authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "無線 LAN のネットワークを識別するため、 ネットワーク名 (ESSID)\n" -"を入力してください。無線 LAN では、 ESSID を利用してネットワークを区別します。\n" +"を入力してください。無線 LAN では、 ESSID を利用してネットワークを区別しま" +"す。\n" "動作モード を 管理 に設定し WPA の認証モードを\n" "利用しない場合には、この項目に何も指定しないか <tt>any</tt> に設定すること\n" "ができます。この場合、お使いの無線 LAN カードは最も強い信号を発信している\n" @@ -2678,7 +2875,8 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2689,14 +2887,20 @@ "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) は指定した暗号鍵で暗号化を施す方法で、追加で\n" "ユーザ認証を行なうこともできます。\n" "WEP を利用する多くの場合は WEP-オープン が利用できます。この場合は\n" -"指定する暗号鍵によるもの以外のユーザ認証は行ないません。暗号化を行なわない場合は\n" +"指定する暗号鍵によるもの以外のユーザ認証は行ないません。暗号化を行なわない場" +"合は\n" "暗号化無し を選んでください。\n" -"ネットワークによっては WEP-共有鍵 (認証) を設定する必要がある場合があります。\n" +"ネットワークによっては WEP-共有鍵 (認証) を設定する必要がある場合があ" +"ります。\n" "注意: 共有鍵による認証は非常に簡素なもので、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては\n" -"容易に侵入可能な方法です。何らかの理由で共有鍵認証が必要である場合を除いて、\n" -" WEP-オープン を使ってください。 WEP は既に安全でないものであることが\n" -"証明されているためです。 WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) はこれら WEP の\n" -"セキュリティ欠陥に対応するために作られたものですが、全てのハードウエアで対応\n" +"容易に侵入可能な方法です。何らかの理由で共有鍵認証が必要である場合を除い" +"て、\n" +" WEP-オープン を使ってください。 WEP は既に安全でないものであること" +"が\n" +"証明されているためです。 WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) はこれら WEP " +"の\n" +"セキュリティ欠陥に対応するために作られたものですが、全てのハードウエアで対" +"応\n" "しているわけではありません。 WPA を利用する場合は WPA-PSK または\n" "WPA-EAP を指定してください。 WPA は 動作モード が 管理\n" "である場合にのみ使用できます。\n" @@ -2714,7 +2918,8 @@ "使用する WEP 暗号鍵を入力してください。鍵の長さは\n" "64, 128, 156, 256 ビットのいずれかですが、デバイスによっては特定の長さに\n" "対応していない場合があります。このうち 24 ビット分\n" -"は動的に生成されるため、実際には 40 ビットから 232 ビットの分のみ入力する必要があります。\n" +"は動的に生成されるため、実際には 40 ビットから 232 ビットの分のみ入力する必要" +"があります。\n" # Wireless dialog help #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2746,12 +2951,15 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" -"これらの値は、 '/etc/sysconfig/network' ディレクトリにあるインターフェイス\n" +"これらの値は、 '/etc/sysconfig/network' ディレクトリにあるインターフェイ" +"ス\n" "設定ファイル 'ifcfg-*' に書き込まれます。追加の設定項目がある場合は、\n" -"このファイルに手動で追加してください。設定可能な項目は、同じディレクトリにある\n" +"このファイルに手動で追加してください。設定可能な項目は、同じディレクトリにあ" +"る\n" " 'wireless' ファイルをお読みください。" #. TextEntry label @@ -2772,7 +2980,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP アドレスが正しくありません。" @@ -2843,7 +3051,8 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" " TTLS と PEAP の場合、 識別情報 と パスワード\n" " を指定してください。\n" @@ -2869,13 +3078,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -" TLS ではユーザ名とパスワードの組み合わせの代わりとして クライアント証明書\n" -"を認証に使用します。暗号化通信を行なうには、公開鍵のほかに機密鍵が必要になるため、\n" +" TLS ではユーザ名とパスワードの組み合わせの代わりとして クライアント証" +"明書\n" +"を認証に使用します。暗号化通信を行なうには、公開鍵のほかに機密鍵が必要になる" +"ため、\n" "機密鍵を含む クライアント鍵 ファイルを合わせて指定します。\n" "また、クライアント鍵ファイルは一般に暗号化されているため、\n" "クライアント鍵パスワード も設定してください。\n" @@ -2932,7 +3144,8 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"ここでは内部認証方式 (フェーズ 2 とも呼ばれます) を指定することができます。\n" +"ここでは内部認証方式 (フェーズ 2 とも呼ばれます) を指定することができま" +"す。\n" "既定では全ての方式が許可されます。認証方式を限定したい場合や、認証の際に\n" "正しい値を入力したのにうまく認証できないなどの場合、\n" "内部認証方式を設定してください。\n" @@ -2947,7 +3160,8 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -" PEAP を使用する場合、 PEAP バージョン (0 または 1) を指定することもできます。\n" +" PEAP を使用する場合、 PEAP バージョン (0 または 1) を指定することもできま" +"す。\n" "通常の環境では使用する必要はありません。\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3037,48 +3251,48 @@ msgstr "WEPキー (&W)" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA 認証は '動作モード' が '管理' である場合にのみ使用できます。" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "このモードのネットワーク名を指定してください。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "ネットワーク名の長さは 32 文字以下で指定してください。" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "パスフレーズの長さは 8 から 63 文字で指定してください。" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "キーは %1 桁の 16 進数でなければなりません。" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "暗号鍵が無効です。" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "この認証モードでは暗号鍵を指定する必要があります。" # Popup text #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3088,13 +3302,13 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "無線デバイスの熟練者向け設定" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698 msgid "" "Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed)." @@ -3104,11 +3318,12 @@ # Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702 msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "無線LAN カードの '動作モード' を 'マスター' または 'アドホック'\n" @@ -3117,7 +3332,7 @@ "チャンネルを自動で検出するためです。\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709 msgid "" "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." @@ -3126,93 +3341,97 @@ "既定では、可能な限り最速の通信速度で通信を行ないます。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713 msgid "" "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"複数の アクセスポイント がある環境では、 MAC アドレスを指定することで\n" +"複数の アクセスポイント がある環境では、 MAC アドレスを指定すること" +"で\n" "アクセスポイントの選択を行なうこともあります。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717 msgid "" "Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -" 電源管理機能を利用するには 電源管理を使用する を選択してください。\n" +" 電源管理機能を利用するには 電源管理を使用する を選択してくださ" +"い。\n" "この選択はラップトップコンピュータなどで AC アダプタの接続がない環境では\n" "有効な手段です。\n" #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "自動" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "チャンネル (&C)" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "ビットレート (&I)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "アクセスポイント (&A)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "電源管理を使用する (&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP スキャンモード" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "暗号化キーを入力してください" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "鍵 (&K)" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "無線鍵" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " +"keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "このダイアログボックスではデータを送受信する際に使用する\n" -" WEP 鍵を設定します。最大で 4 つの鍵までを指定できますが、送信の際に利用できる鍵は\n" +" WEP 鍵を設定します。最大で 4 つの鍵までを指定できますが、送信の際に利用でき" +"る鍵は\n" " 既定の鍵 1 つだけです。\n" "その他の鍵は受信の際に利用する鍵です。一般には 1 つだけ指定します。\n" "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3221,58 +3440,63 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "鍵の長さ では、 WEP 鍵の長さを指定します。\n" -"64 ビット (40 ビット鍵と呼ぶ場合もあります) または 128 ビット (104 ビット鍵と\n" +"64 ビット (40 ビット鍵と呼ぶ場合もあります) または 128 ビット (104 ビット鍵" +"と\n" "呼ぶ場合もあります) を指定します。古いハードウエアでは 128 ビットの長さに\n" -"対応していない場合もあります。その場合は正しい鍵を設定しても通信が行なえませんので、\n" +"対応していない場合もあります。その場合は正しい鍵を設定しても通信が行なえませ" +"んので、\n" "64 ビットを設定してください。" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP 鍵" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "鍵の長さ (&K)" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "番号" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "鍵" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "既定" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "既定に設定 (&S)" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "証明書を選択してください" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " +"connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"認証機関 (CA) を使用しない証明書を使用すると、機密が保持されないばかりか、悪意のある\n" -"ネットワークに接続してしまう危険性があります。認証機関 (CA) 無しでよろしいですか？" +"認証機関 (CA) を使用しない証明書を使用すると、機密が保持されないばかりか、悪" +"意のある\n" +"ネットワークに接続してしまう危険性があります。認証機関 (CA) 無しでよろしいで" +"すか？" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3281,47 +3505,47 @@ "クライアント証明書を入力してください。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354 msgid "Any" msgstr "任意" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP の詳細" @@ -3352,15 +3576,18 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" +"tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>リモート管理の設定</big>\n" "この機能を有効にすると、お使いのマシンを他のマシンから管理\n" -"することができるようになります。 krdc のような VNC クライアントソフトウエアを\n" +"することができるようになります。 krdc のような VNC クライアントソフトウエア" +"を\n" "利用して <ホスト名 >:%1 に接続するか、もしくは\n" " Java 対応の Web ブラウザを利用して http://<ホスト名>:%2/\n" -" に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意ください。\n" +" に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますの" +"でご注意ください。\n" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 @@ -3368,12 +3595,12 @@ msgstr "リモート管理の設定" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "次のパッケージをインストールする必要があります:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3385,78 +3612,28 @@ "\n" "再試行しますか？\n" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DNS の設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DSL の設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ホストの設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ISDN の設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ネットワークカードの設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "モデムの設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "プロキシの設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "プロバイダの設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ルーティング設定は正常に保存されました" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "電子メールの設定を行ないますか？" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "%1 の設定を行ないますか？" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3465,33 +3642,33 @@ "完全に無効化されています。そのため、 YaST で設定できない項目があります。" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "ネットワークカード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871 msgid "Modems" msgstr "モデム" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN カード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL デバイス" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "すべてのネットワークデバイス" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "ホスト名が正しくありません。" @@ -3563,8 +3740,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "ホスト名とドメイン名" @@ -3590,28 +3767,32 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "マルチキャスト DNS であるため、ドメイン名に .local を使用することはお勧めできません。リスクを承知でお使いになりますか？" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " +"it at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"マルチキャスト DNS であるため、ドメイン名に .local を使用することはお勧めでき" +"ません。リスクを承知でお使いになりますか？" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "検索リストには最大 %1 個のドメインを入れることができます。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "検索リストには最大 %1 文字を使用できます。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "検索ドメイン '%1' が正しくありません。" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "ホスト名とネームサーバの設定" @@ -3645,27 +3826,27 @@ "ホストの別名 (オプション) をスペース区切りで入力してください。\n" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "現在の hosts ファイル" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "ホスト名" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "ホストの別名" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "ホストの別名 (&T)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "別名 \"%1\" が正しくありません。" @@ -3701,40 +3882,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "宛先 (&D)" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "ネットマスク (&N)" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "ゲートウエイ (&G)" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "デバイス (&V)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "宛先が正しくありません。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "ゲートウエイ IP アドレスが正しくありません。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "サブネットマスクが正しくありません。" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "デフォルトゲートウエイが正しくありません。" @@ -3767,15 +3948,18 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " +"expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" " ダイヤルプレフィクス正規表現 を設定すると、一般ユーザが\n" -" KInternet を利用し、指定した正規表現に適合する範囲内でダイヤルプレフィクスを変更できるようになります。\n" +" KInternet を利用し、指定した正規表現に適合する範囲内でダイヤルプレフィクスを" +"変更できるようになります。\n" "推奨される値は <tt>[09]?</tt> で、 <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" -" またはプレフィクス無しを選択できるようになります。この項目に入力を行なわない場合は、\n" +" またはプレフィクス無しを選択できるようになります。この項目に入力を行なわない" +"場合は、\n" "ユーザがプレフィクスを変更することができなくなります。\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -3852,7 +4036,8 @@ msgstr "" "ケーブル接続時:\n" "インターフェイスは、物理的な接続状態に依存して有効／無効が切り替わります。\n" -"ケーブルが接続されていたり、アクセスポイントが利用可能であったりする場合に、\n" +"ケーブルが接続されていたり、アクセスポイントが利用可能であったりする場合" +"に、\n" "インターフェイスが有効になります。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -3881,13 +4066,18 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインターフェイスは\n" -" <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> については通常通り停止できます。\n" -"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" +"NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したイン" +"ターフェイスは\n" +" <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> につい" +"ては通常通り停止できます。\n" +"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステム" +"をルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 @@ -3899,12 +4089,14 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>デバイスの起動</big> \n" -"指定したインターフェイスがどの段階で開始されるべきかを指定します。 起動時 を指定すると、システム起動時にインターフェイスが開始されます。\n" +"指定したインターフェイスがどの段階で開始されるべきかを指定します。 起動" +"時 を指定すると、システム起動時にインターフェイスが開始されます。\n" "開始しない を選択するとインターフェイスは開始されません。\n" "%1\n" @@ -3978,7 +4170,8 @@ msgstr "" "NetworkManager はデスクトップアプレット\n" "(KDE の場合は Plasma ウイジェット, GNOME の場合は nm-applet)\n" -"から操作されるものです。起動しているかどうかわからない場合、または起動していない場合は、手動で起動してください。" +"から操作されるものです。起動しているかどうかわからない場合、または起動してい" +"ない場合は、手動で起動してください。" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 msgid "General Network Settings" @@ -3989,7 +4182,7 @@ msgstr "IP プロトコル設定" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 を有効にする" @@ -4043,8 +4236,12 @@ msgstr "ネットワークの再起動に対する確認" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "ブリッジ型のネットワークであるため、設定を適用するには YaST2 でネットワークを再起動する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"ブリッジ型のネットワークであるため、設定を適用するには YaST2 でネットワークを" +"再起動する必要があります。" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 @@ -4080,7 +4277,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "設定の更新" @@ -4103,7 +4300,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "設定を更新しています..." @@ -4115,100 +4312,100 @@ msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf を更新しています..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "ホスト名: DHCP で設定" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "ホスト名: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts にホスト名を書き込まない" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "ネームサーバ: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "検索リスト: %1" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts の更新" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "ホスト名の設定を保存しています" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "/etc/hosts を更新しています..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークの設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "ネットワークデバイスの検出" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "ドライバ情報の読み込み" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "デバイス設定の読み込み" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定の読み込み" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の読み込み" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "ホスト名および DNS 設定の読み込み" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "インストール情報の読み込み" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "ルーティング設定の読み込み" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "現在の状況検出" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "ndiswrapper を検出しています..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4218,7 +4415,7 @@ "カーネルモジュールが読み込まれていません。\n" "ndiswrapper を読み込みますか？\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4227,282 +4424,281 @@ "設定を手動で確認してください。\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "ネットワークデバイスを検出しています..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "デバイスの設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワークの設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "ホスト名および DNS 設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "インストール情報を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "ルーティング設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "現在の状況を検出しています..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "この変更を適用するには、システムの再起動が必要です。" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークの設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "ドライバ情報の書き込み" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "デバイス設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "ルーティング設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "ホスト名および DNS 設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの設定" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの有効化" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "デバイスの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワークの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "ルーティング設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "ホスト名および DNS 設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "ネットワークサービスを設定しています..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "ネットワークサービスを有効にしています..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638 msgid "No network running" msgstr "稼働中のネットワークはありません" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "AutoYaST ネットワーク設定管理: NetworkManager が利用できません。 Wicked を使用します。" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "ネットワークモード" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager でインターフェイスをコントロールする" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager の無効化" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "ifup を使用した従来の方法" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager の有効化" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "IPv6 プロトコルのサポートが有効になっています。" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 を無効にする" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "IPv6 プロトコルのサポートが無効になっています。" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "connected" msgstr "接続済み" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200 msgid "datagram" msgstr "データグラム" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "起動時に自動的に開始" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager による管理" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "開始しない" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "手動で開始" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "以下のものを使用して IP アドレスを割り当てる " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP アドレス: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP アドレス: %s, サブネットマスク %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "未設定" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "デバイス名: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "ボンディングスレーブ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "%s のスレーブ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "ボンディングマスター" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "未接続" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "ハードウエア情報がありません" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "カーネルデバイスが存在しないため、ネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができません。これは主に無線 LAN デバイスなどでファームウエアが存在しない場合に起こるものです。詳細は dmesg の出力をお読みください。" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " +"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"カーネルデバイスが存在しないため、ネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができ" +"ません。これは主に無線 LAN デバイスなどでファームウエアが存在しない場合に起こ" +"るものです。詳細は dmesg の出力をお読みください。" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4510,17 +4706,17 @@ "デバイスは設定されていません。 設定 ボタン\n" "を押すと設定することができます。\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "ファームウエアが必要です" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4529,35 +4725,35 @@ "ファイアウオール設定は無効化されます。" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャの設定" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "サービスの再起動" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "リモート管理設定を保存しています" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャを保存しています..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "サービスを再起動しています..." #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "サービス %{service} の有効化に失敗しました" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4568,30 +4764,30 @@ "もしくはログインし直してください。" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "リモート管理は有効です。" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "リモート管理は無効です。" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "IP 転送設定の保存" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "ルーティング設定の保存" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "ルーティング設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "IP 転送設定を書き込んでいます..." @@ -4600,22 +4796,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "ルーティング設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "ゲートウエイ: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IPv4 転送: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IPv6 転送: %s" @@ -4634,3 +4830,46 @@ #: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(保護しない)" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DNS の設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DSL の設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ホストの設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ISDN の設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ネットワークカードの設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "モデムの設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "プロキシの設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "プロバイダの設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ルーティング設定は正常に保存されました" + +#~ msgid "Configure mail now?" +#~ msgstr "電子メールの設定を行ないますか？" + +#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +#~ msgstr "%1 の設定を行ないますか？" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, " +#~ "Wicked will be used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "AutoYaST ネットワーク設定管理: NetworkManager が利用できません。 Wicked を" +#~ "使用します。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -29,22 +29,44 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "今すぐ同期する を押すと、選択した NTP サーバからの情報を元にお使いのシステムの時刻を修正します。恒久的に NTP サーバを使用したい場合は、 NTP 設定の保存 を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " +"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " +"the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "" +"今すぐ同期する を押すと、選択した NTP サーバからの情報を元にお使い" +"のシステムの時刻を修正します。恒久的に NTP サーバを使用したい場合は、 NTP " +"設定の保存 を選択してください。" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "NTP をデーモンとして実行する オプションを有効にすると、 NTP サービスはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定期的に同期するようになります。既定では 15 分おきに同期を行ないます。 yast2 ntp-client module を実行してインストールを行なうと、同期間隔を設定することができるようになります。" +msgid "" +"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " +"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "" +"NTP をデーモンとして実行する オプションを有効にすると、 NTP サービ" +"スはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定" +"期的に同期するようになります。既定では 15 分おきに同期を行ないます。 " +"yast2 ntp-client module を実行してインストールを行なうと、同期間隔を設" +"定することができるようになります。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "設定 ボタンを押すと、 NTP の詳細な設定を開くことができます。" +msgid "" +"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"設定 ボタンを押すと、 NTP の詳細な設定を開くことができます。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." -msgstr " NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定することができます。" +msgid "" +"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " +"configured." +msgstr "" +" NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定するこ" +"とができます。" #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -78,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "設定 (&C)..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -87,25 +109,26 @@ "NTP サーバとの同期を行なうことができません。" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "NTP サーバと同期しています..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "選択した NTP サーバへの接続が失敗しました。" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" "サーバ '%1' に対する問い合わせテストが失敗しました。\n" -"現時点ではサーバにアクセスできない場合や、ネットワークの設定が未完了の場合は、\n" +"現時点ではサーバにアクセスできない場合や、ネットワークの設定が未完了の場合" +"は、\n" "'いいえ' を押して無視してください。 NTP サーバ設定に戻りますか？" #. local clock type name @@ -617,16 +640,21 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " +"activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " +"is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>NTP デーモンの起動</big> \n" -"今すぐ、およびシステム起動時に NTP デーモンを起動するかどうかを選択してください。\n" +"今すぐ、およびシステム起動時に NTP デーモンを起動するかどうかを選択してくださ" +"い。\n" "NTP デーモンは初期化の際にホスト名を解決しますので、\n" "NTP デーモンを起動する前にネットワークを起動しなければなりません。\n" -"また、 デーモンを使用せずに同期する を選択した場合は、 NTP デーモンは有効化されず、\n" -"定期的にシステムの時刻を設定することになります。この場合の間隔は設定可能です。既定値は 15 分で、\n" +"また、 デーモンを使用せずに同期する を選択した場合は、 NTP デーモンは" +"有効化されず、\n" +"定期的にシステムの時刻を設定することになります。この場合の間隔は設定可能で" +"す。既定値は 15 分で、\n" "システムの設定後に変更することができます。" #. help text 2/5 @@ -639,23 +667,31 @@ msgstr "" "<big>chroot 環境</big> \n" "chroot 環境下で NTP デーモンを起動するには\n" -"NTP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" +"NTP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する を選択してください。デーモンを " +"chroot 環境下で\n" "起動することはより堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " +"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" +"tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " +"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NTP のセキュリティ設定</big> \n" "NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する のオプションを選択すると、\n" -"お使いのコンピュータの NTP 設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したりすることを\n" -"禁止することができます。 NTP のサービスは /etc/ntp.conf に記載されたサーバと\n" +"お使いのコンピュータの NTP 設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したり" +"することを\n" +"禁止することができます。 NTP のサービスは /etc/ntp.conf に記載された" +"サーバと\n" "ローカルホストからしかアクセスできなくなります。 \n" -"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセスコントロールフラグを設定することが\n" -"できます。なお、このオプションは NTP を DHCP 経由で設定した場合には利用できません。\n" +"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセスコントロールフラグを設定" +"することが\n" +"できます。なお、このオプションは NTP を DHCP 経由で設定した場合には利用できま" +"せん。\n" "\n" #. help text 3/5 @@ -668,9 +704,11 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP 経由での設定</big> \n" -"設定を手動で行なわず、お使いのネットワークサーバから DHCP プロトコルを介して\n" +"設定を手動で行なわず、お使いのネットワークサーバから DHCP プロトコルを介し" +"て\n" " NTP サーバの情報を取得したい場合は、 DHCP 経由で NTP デーモンを設定\n" -"を選択してください。 NTP サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから取得できるかどうかについては、\n" +"を選択してください。 NTP サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから取得できるかどうかにつ" +"いては、\n" "お使いのネットワークの管理者にお尋ねください。" #. help text 4/5 @@ -678,14 +716,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " +"synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>設定したサーバ</big> \n" -" NTP サーバやピア、ローカルクロックや NTP ブロードキャストをそれぞれ調整するには、\n" -"それぞれ該当する行を選んで 編集 を押してください。新しい同期先を追加するには、\n" -" 追加 を押してください。既存の同期先を削除するには、削除する項目を選んで\n" +" NTP サーバやピア、ローカルクロックや NTP ブロードキャストをそれぞれ調整する" +"には、\n" +"それぞれ該当する行を選んで 編集 を押してください。新しい同期先を追加す" +"るには、\n" +" 追加 を押してください。既存の同期先を削除するには、削除する項目を選ん" +"で\n" "削除 を押してください。" #. help text 5/5 @@ -695,13 +737,15 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ログの表示</big>\n" -"NTP デーモンのログを新しいウインドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"NTP デーモンのログを新しいウインドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタ" +"ンを押してください。\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " +"against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>高度な設定</big> \n" @@ -732,7 +776,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " +"link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -740,11 +785,14 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>デバイス</big> \n" -"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボリックリンク\n" +"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボ" +"リックリンク\n" "を作成する必要がある場合があります。これを行なうには、\n" -"シンボリックリンクの作成 を選択し、 デバイス を設定してください。デバイスを参照するには\n" +"シンボリックリンクの作成 を選択し、 デバイス を設定してくださ" +"い。デバイスを参照するには\n" "参照 ボタンを押してください。\n" -"クロックの種類によってはシンボリックリンクを作成する必要がないものや、シンボリックリンクを\n" +"クロックの種類によってはシンボリックリンクを作成する必要がないものや、シンボ" +"リックリンクを\n" "手動で作成する必要があるものもあります。" #. help text 4/4 @@ -766,7 +814,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>NTP サーバのアドレス</big> \n" "NTP サーバのアドレスを設定するには アドレス 項目を使用します。\n" -"NTP サーバを見つけるには、お使いのネットワークの管理者またはインターネットプロバイダに\n" +"NTP サーバを見つけるには、お使いのネットワークの管理者またはインターネットプ" +"ロバイダに\n" "お尋ねください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -780,7 +829,8 @@ "<big>サーバの選択</big> \n" "ローカルネットワーク内で見つかった NTP サーバや既知の NTP サーバの一覧から\n" "選択するには 選択 ボタンを押し、\n" -"ローカル NTP サーバ または 公開 NTP サーバ を選んでください。" +"ローカル NTP サーバ または 公開 NTP サーバ を選んでください。</" +"p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -831,12 +881,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " +"the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>オプション</big> \n" -"同期ソースについてより細かい調整を行なうには、 オプション のテキスト項目に\n" +"同期ソースについてより細かい調整を行なうには、 オプション のテキスト項" +"目に\n" "オプションを入力してください。詳細は\n" " /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm をご覧ください。\n" @@ -844,18 +896,24 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " +"remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>アクセスコントロールオプション</big> \n" -"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の restrict \n" -"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションには、このサーバが\n" -"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行なうことができるのかを指定します。既定では\n" -" notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリティ設定 \n" -" にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合にのみ\n" +"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の " +"restrict \n" +"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションに" +"は、このサーバが\n" +"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行なうことができるのかを指定しま" +"す。既定では\n" +" notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリ" +"ティ設定 \n" +" にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合" +"にのみ\n" "利用できます。\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -909,8 +967,10 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"ネットワーク内に存在する他のコンピュータから発信される時刻情報のブロードキャストを受け取って\n" -"それをローカルタイムに適用するには、 受信ブロードキャスト を選択してください。" +"ネットワーク内に存在する他のコンピュータから発信される時刻情報のブロード" +"キャストを受け取って\n" +"それをローカルタイムに適用するには、 受信ブロードキャスト を選択してく" +"ださい。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -942,11 +1002,13 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " +"display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>公開 NTP サーバの選択</big> \n" -"公開 NTP サーバ の一覧から NTP サーバを選択してください。特定の国にある NTP \n" +"公開 NTP サーバ の一覧から NTP サーバを選択してください。特定の国にあ" +"る NTP \n" "サーバのみを表示するには、 国 を選択してください。" #. help text 4/5 @@ -962,9 +1024,11 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Note</big> \n" -"一覧に掲載されている NTP サーバはどの国からでもアクセスできるというものではありません。\n" +"一覧に掲載されている NTP サーバはどの国からでもアクセスできるというものではあ" +"りません。\n" "場合によっては特定の国や地域からしかアクセスできないかもしれません。\n" -"また一覧から NTP サーバを選択して使用する前に、お使いのシステムの管理者やインターネットプロバイダなどに対して\n" +"また一覧から NTP サーバを選択して使用する前に、お使いのシステムの管理者やイン" +"ターネットプロバイダなどに対して\n" "より近い NTP サーバが存在しないかどうかをあらかじめお尋ねください。\n" "\n" "NTP サーバの一覧は http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" @@ -977,7 +1041,8 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>サーバの動作確認</big> \n" -"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには テスト を押してください。" +"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには テスト を押してく" +"ださい。" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -985,38 +1050,50 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " +"are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " +"that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ランダムサーバの使用</big> \n" -"このサービスは pool.ntp.org が提供しているものです。このオプションを選択すると、\n" -"設定内に 3 つの異なるサーバを追加します。これらのサーバ名は常に変わることなく一定ですが、\n" -"1 時間ごとにそれらの DNS レコード (IP アドレス) が変わります。このことで、 NTP サーバは\n" +"このサービスは pool.ntp.org が提供しているものです。このオプションを選択する" +"と、\n" +"設定内に 3 つの異なるサーバを追加します。これらのサーバ名は常に変わることなく" +"一定ですが、\n" +"1 時間ごとにそれらの DNS レコード (IP アドレス) が変わります。このことで、 " +"NTP サーバは\n" " 1 時間ごとに違うサーバと同期することになります。\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " +"calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " +"particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>クロックドライバの調整</big> \n" -"クロックドライバには調整が必要となることがあります。このダイアログでは、様々な調整\n" -"オプションを設定することができます。それぞれのドライバにはそれぞれのオプションの意味が\n" -"あります。また、全てのドライバで全てのオプションを利用できるわけではありません。" +"クロックドライバには調整が必要となることがあります。このダイアログでは、様々" +"な調整\n" +"オプションを設定することができます。それぞれのドライバにはそれぞれのオプショ" +"ンの意味が\n" +"あります。また、全てのドライバで全てのオプションを利用できるわけではありませ" +"ん。" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.\n" msgstr "" "それぞれのオプションの意味について詳しく知りたい場合は、パッケージ\n" "ntp-doc をインストールのうえ、\n" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm ファイルをお読みください。\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm ファイルをお読みくだ" +"さい。\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1059,7 +1136,8 @@ "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" "NTP サーバ '%1' の設定が正しくありません。\n" -"ホスト名、完全修飾ホスト名、 IPv4 アドレス、または IPv6 アドレスのいずれかを設定してください。" +"ホスト名、完全修飾ホスト名、 IPv4 アドレス、または IPv6 アドレスのいずれかを" +"設定してください。" #. if there is already some server defined #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-07 07:55+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" @@ -245,7 +245,8 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要です。\n" +"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要で" +"す。\n" "\n" "設定してよろしいですか？" @@ -389,18 +390,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 次へ を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 次へ を押してください。</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 完了 を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 完了 を押してください。</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." -msgstr "利用済みのリポジトリを削除するには、単にその選択を外してください。" +msgstr "" +"利用済みのリポジトリを削除するには、単にその選択を外してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 @@ -410,9 +420,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "リポジトリマネージャが、リポジトリの詳細をダウンロードしています..." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリマネージャが、リポジトリの詳細をダウンロードしています..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -477,7 +488,8 @@ "システムメモリが %dMiB より少ない場合、初期インストールの時点でオンライン\n" "リポジトリを追加するのはお勧めできません。\n" "\n" -"このままオンラインリポジトリを追加すると、追加のパッケージデータがより大きな\n" +"このままオンラインリポジトリを追加すると、追加のパッケージデータがより大き" +"な\n" "メモリ領域を要求するため、インストーラがクラッシュしたりフリーズしたりする\n" "場合があります。\n" "\n" @@ -491,7 +503,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています..." @@ -507,8 +519,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセクションを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセ" +"クションを確認してください。" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -531,8 +547,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "準備しています..." @@ -562,100 +578,89 @@ msgstr "ソフトウエアマネージャ設定を保存しています..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "優先度 (&P)" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには" +"対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 msgid "Default" msgstr "デフォルト" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "不明な名前" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "変換前 URL: %1" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "不明なリポジトリ名" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "分類: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "サービス: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "全てのリポジトリ" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 msgid "All services" msgstr "すべてのサービス" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "サービス '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "サービスで提供されていないサービスのみ" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "View" msgstr "表示" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先度" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" @@ -664,88 +669,88 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "自動更新" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "置換 (&R)..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "選択したものを更新 (&F)" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "有効化／無効化 (&O)" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "更新可否 (&S)" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "名前を設定 (&N)..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 msgid "Properties" msgstr "プロパティ" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "有効 (&E)" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "自動的に更新する (&R)" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "GPG 鍵 (&G)" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "更新" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "自動更新対象をすべて更新 (&E)" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "有効なものをすべて更新 (&E)" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "設定されたソフトウエアリポジトリ" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" @@ -753,26 +758,38 @@ "\n" "ソフトウエアリポジトリとサービスの設定を管理します。\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッケージリポジトリの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更することができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供することができます。" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッ" +"ケージリポジトリの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者" +"によって動的に変更することができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供する" +"ことができます。" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "新しいリポジトリやサービスの追加 \n" -"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービスを指定します。\n" -"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出します。\n" +"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービ" +"スを指定します。\n" +"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的" +"に検出します。\n" "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -785,7 +802,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -806,51 +823,76 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "リポジトリやサービスの状態変更\n" -"リポジトリの場所を変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを削除\n" -"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起動時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスをお使いください。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリ" +"を削除\n" +"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起" +"動時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックス" +"をお使いください。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリの優先順序 \n" -"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順位) の間で指定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。\n" +"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順" +"位) の間で指定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケー" +"ジが見つかった場合、より高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用しま" +"す。\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選択してください。" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選" +"択してください。" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." msgstr "" -"ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションを選択すると、\n" -"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッシュに\n" -"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に削除されます。" +"ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションを選択する" +"と、\n" +"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッ" +"シュに\n" +"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはイン" +"ストール後に削除されます。" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルから変更することができます。" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "" +"既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages " +"にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルか" +"ら変更することができます。" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -860,7 +902,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細: " @@ -868,18 +910,18 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "もう一度試してみますか？" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "リポジトリ設定の中止" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -888,7 +930,7 @@ "全ての変更内容は破棄されます。" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -897,40 +939,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリを更新しています" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "サービスを更新しています" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリの更新" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "サービスの更新" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を更新しています..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "サービス %1 を更新しています..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "一覧からリポジトリを削除しますか？" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -939,7 +981,7 @@ "とそのリポジトリを削除してよろしいですか？" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -948,7 +990,7 @@ "ことはできません。" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -956,12 +998,13 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %1\n" -"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるものと思われます。\n" +"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるも" +"のと思われます。\n" "\n" "リポジトリをもう一度追加しますか？" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "リポジトリ設定を復元する際にエラーが発生しました。\n" @@ -976,7 +1019,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "依存関係を自動では解決できませんでした。手動で解決する必要があります。" #. this is a heading @@ -991,8 +1035,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスに" +"は対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1002,7 +1050,9 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できませんでした。パッケージをインストールできません。" +msgstr "" +"エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できませんでした。パッケージをインストールでき" +"ません。" #. error message #. error message @@ -1074,7 +1124,7 @@ "これらを今すぐインストールしますか？\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1082,7 +1132,7 @@ "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" "オンライン更新リポジトリを設定することができません" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1091,7 +1141,7 @@ "オンラインのリポジトリを検索することができません" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1123,7 +1173,9 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、 ISO ファイルシステムが破損しています。" +msgstr "" +"ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、 ISO ファイルシステムが破損していま" +"す。" #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1132,8 +1184,11 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "エラー -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません このメディアは使用できません。" +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"エラー -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません このメディアは使用できませ" +"ん。" #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1159,34 +1214,41 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に何か問題が発生した場合、\n" -" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していないかどうか確認\n" +" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していな" +"いかどうか確認\n" "してください。\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" "ドライブを選択し、そのドライブにメディアを入れて チェック開始\n" -" を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してください。\n" +" を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してくださ" +"い。\n" "ドライブの速度とメディアのサイズによりますが、しばらくの時間がかかります。\n" "この確認では MD5 チェックサムを検証します。 " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" "メディアの確認に失敗した場合は、インストールを続行すべきではありません。\n" -"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れたメディア\n" +"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れ" +"たメディア\n" "は使用せず、他のメディアに交換して再度テストを行なってください。\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 @@ -1200,22 +1262,33 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "注意: システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできません。" +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"" +msgstr "" +"注意: システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできま" +"せん。" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメディア確認をお使いください。" +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメ" +"ディア確認をお使いください。" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" "ご自分でメディアに書き込みを行なう場合は、お使いの書き込みソフトウエアで\n" -"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問題を回避することができます。\n" +"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問" +"題を回避することができます。\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1225,7 +1298,8 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "インストール中に問題が発生しないようにするため、全ての\n" -"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次へ' を押してください。" +"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次" +"へ' を押してください。" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1301,7 +1375,8 @@ #. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1 (The key is expired.)" -msgstr "期限切れ日時: %1 (この鍵の期限が切れています)" +msgstr "" +"期限切れ日時: %1 (この鍵の期限が切れています)" #. summary string - the GPG key never expires #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 @@ -1398,7 +1473,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "新しい GPG 鍵の追加 \n" -"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" +"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してく" +"ださい。\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1412,7 +1488,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "GPG 鍵の状態を更新する\n" -"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除するには \n" +"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除す" +"るには \n" "削除 を押してください。\n" "\n" @@ -1431,42 +1508,42 @@ "'%2'" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "新しいリポジトリの追加" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "リポジトリ種類の確認" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "リポジトリの追加" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "リポジトリのライセンスの読み込み" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "リポジトリの種類を確認しています" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "リポジトリを追加しています" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "リポジトリのライセンスを読み込んでいます" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 msgid "Repository" msgstr "リポジトリ" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1483,7 +1560,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1493,21 +1570,22 @@ "作成できませんでした。" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"ftp または http プロトコルを利用した ISO イメージの使用には対応していません。\n" +"ftp または http プロトコルを利用した ISO イメージの使用には対応していませ" +"ん。\n" "プロトコルを変更するか、サーバ側で ISO イメージを展開してください。" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "URL を変更してもう一度試しますか？" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1522,19 +1600,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "インストールシステムの準備中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "メディアに制御ファイル %1 がありません。" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1544,60 +1622,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "追加の製品を使用することができません。" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, パス: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "追加の製品" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "インストールリポジトリには、一覧にある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n" "使用したいものを選択してください。\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "選択する追加のリポジトリ" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "選択した製品の追加 (&P)" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "アドオン %1 のメディアを挿入してください" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "%1 の %2 メディアを挿入してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "製品 %1 を追加することができません。" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" @@ -1733,28 +1812,48 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディ" +"ストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのかを示しています。" +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのか" +"を示しています。" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示されたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われます。" +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時" +"ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示さ" +"れたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 " +"25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われま" +"す。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" " 'ダウンロード' で示されているサイズは、リモート (ネットワーク)\n" -"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" +"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かっ" +"たりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1793,18 +1892,30 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡" +"を取ってください。" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、アドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、アドオンの製造元に連絡を取って" +"ください。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インストールを開始することができません。" +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インス" +"トールを開始することができません。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 @@ -1819,7 +1930,9 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "ディスクの使用可能な容量が不足しています。一度で選択するパッケージを減らしてください。" +msgstr "" +"ディスクの使用可能な容量が不足しています。一度で選択するパッケージを減らして" +"ください。" #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 @@ -1861,15 +1974,20 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>いくつかの製品を自動削除しようとしています。</li>\n" "<ul><li>削除するアドオンに対して、その製造元にお問い合わせいただき、\n" -"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</li><li>そのほか、登録時に適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選択\n" -"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release パッケージ) を削除するように\n" +"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</" +"li><li>そのほか、登録時に適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選" +"択\n" +"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release " +"パッケージ) を削除するように\n" "マーキングすることも可能です。\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -1881,13 +1999,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれています。\n" +"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに" +"含まれています。\n" "インターネットに接続していれば、設定作業の間に\n" -" SUSE Linux の Web サーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。\n" +" SUSE Linux の Web サーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができ" +"ます。\n" "\n" #. popup - information label @@ -1954,8 +2075,12 @@ msgstr "ライセンスファイル %1 を読み込めません" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディアのルートディレクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディア" +"のルートディレクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2137,7 +2262,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "SMB/CIFS (&M)" @@ -2206,7 +2331,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス (&P)" @@ -2274,7 +2399,7 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ローカルディレクトリ" @@ -2295,50 +2420,55 @@ msgstr "サーバとディレクトリ" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "リポジトリの名前を入力する必要があります。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "リポジトリ名 (&R)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>リポジトリ名</big> \n" -"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" +"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジ" +"トリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "サービス名 (&S)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービス名</big> \n" -"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス URL の一部を名前として採用します。\n" +"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス " +"URL の一部を名前として採用します。\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL　は必ず指定してください。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL (&U)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2350,16 +2480,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "URL を部分的に編集" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "URL 全体を編集" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2369,43 +2499,47 @@ "サーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\n" "では、それぞれ NFS サーバのホスト名とパスを指定します。" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>マウントオプション</big> \n" -"ここでは、 NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に設定するオプションを設定することができます。\n" -"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めします。詳細と\n" +"ここでは、 NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に設定するオプションを設定することが" +"できます。\n" +"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めしま" +"す。詳細と\n" "対応するオプションの一覧については、 man 5 nfs をお読みください。" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM (&C)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM (&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>CD または DVD メディア</big> \n" -"メディアの種類として CD-ROM または DVD-ROM を指定してください。" +"メディアの種類として CD-ROM または DVD-ROM を指定してください。" +"" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO イメージファイル" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2414,7 +2548,7 @@ "もしくはディレクトリが存在しません。\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2423,7 +2557,7 @@ "もしくはファイルが存在しません。\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2434,17 +2568,17 @@ "このファイルを本当に使いますか？\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリへのパス (&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ (&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2454,25 +2588,27 @@ msgstr "" "<big>ローカルディレクトリ</big> \n" "ディレクトリへのパス を利用してディレクトリへのパスを\n" -"指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" +"指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単" +"に\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" +"b>\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB 大容量記憶域デバイス (&U)" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363 msgid "&File System" msgstr "ファイルシステム (&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "ディレクトリ (&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2487,12 +2623,13 @@ "リポジトリの場所を指定するには ディレクトリのパス を押してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" +"b>\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2500,14 +2637,15 @@ msgstr "" "ファイルシステムの項目で 'auto' を選択すると、そのデバイスで使用している\n" "ファイルシステムを自動的に検出します。検出が失敗した場合、もしくは既に\n" -"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してください。\n" +"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してく" +"ださい。\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "ディスクデバイス (&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2522,16 +2660,17 @@ "リポジトリの場所を指定するには ディレクトリのパス を押してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" +"b>\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO イメージへのパス (&P)" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2542,71 +2681,71 @@ "を指定することができます。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "サーバ名 (&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ポート (&P)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "&Share" msgstr "共有 (&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO イメージ (&I)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "サーバ内のディレクトリ (&D)" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "認証 (&T)" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "匿名 (&A)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン (&W)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP (&F)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP (&T)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS (&P)" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2614,7 +2753,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2623,31 +2763,36 @@ "サーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\n" "では NFS サーバのホスト名とサーバ内でのパスを指定します。\n" "ユーザ認証が必要な場合は 匿名 のチェックを外し、\n" -"ユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。\n" +"ユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。</" +"p>\n" "\n" -"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまたは\n" +"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまた" +"は\n" "ISO イメージへのパス をそれぞれ指定します。\n" -"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ\n" +"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ</" +"b>\n" "を設定してください。\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することができます。\n" +"HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することが" +"できます。\n" "既定のポートを使用する場合は何も入力する必要はありません。\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "追加のアドオン製品をインストールする" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2658,7 +2803,7 @@ "上に設定可能です。" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2669,7 +2814,7 @@ "製品の CD セットまたは DVD を用意してください。" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2685,7 +2830,7 @@ "各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2698,52 +2843,56 @@ "を指定してください。\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "メディア種類を選択してください。" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "アドオン製品の CD を挿入してください" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "アドオン製品の DVD を挿入してください" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "USB ディスクは検出されませんでした" -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "ファイルのダウンロード \n" -"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を説明するための説明ファイルがあります。\n" -"リポジトリの説明をダウンロード のチェックを付けると、この YaST モジュールを\n" -"閉じたタイミングで、ファイルのダウンロードを行ないます。チェックしない場合は、\n" +"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を説明するための説明ファイルがありま" +"す。\n" +"リポジトリの説明をダウンロード のチェックを付けると、この YaST モ" +"ジュールを\n" +"閉じたタイミングで、ファイルのダウンロードを行ないます。チェックしない場合" +"は、\n" "必要に応じて後からそれらを自動でダウンロードします。\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "メディア種類" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "アドオン製品" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "URL スキーム '%s' が正しくありません。" @@ -2952,3 +3101,9 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "いくつかのパッケージ選択を解除してください。" + +#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s" +#~ msgstr "変換前 URL: %1" + +#~ msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +#~ msgstr "サービスで提供されていないサービスのみ" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -23,34 +23,58 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." -msgstr "<BIG>利用可能なパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>設定されたリポジトリから利用可能なオブジェクトを読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " +"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " +"while..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>利用可能なパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>設定された" +"リポジトリから利用可能なオブジェクトを読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちくださ" +"い..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." -msgstr "<BIG>インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>パッケージマネージャはインストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " +"reading installed packages..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>" +"パッケージマネージャはインストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." -msgstr "<BIG>新しいリポジトリの登録</BIG>新しいリポジトリを登録しようとしています。パッケージマネージャはリポジトリ内にあるパッケージ一覧を読み込んでいます..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " +"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " +"packages in the repository..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>新しいリポジトリの登録</BIG>新しいリポジトリを登録しよ" +"うとしています。パッケージマネージャはリポジトリ内にあるパッケージ一覧を読み" +"込んでいます..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "<BIG>リポジトリを保存しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャは設定されたリポジトリを更新しています..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>リポジトリを保存しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャは" +"設定されたリポジトリを更新しています..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." -msgstr "<BIG>リポジトリを更新しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャはリポジトリの内容を更新しています..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating the repository content..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>リポジトリを更新しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャは" +"リポジトリの内容を更新しています..." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "何もインストールするパッケージを選択していません。" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "パッケージが利用できません。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." -msgstr "エラー: %1 を読み込めません (おそらく何も書かれていないファイルです) 。" +msgstr "" +"エラー: %1 を読み込めません (おそらく何も書かれていないファイルです) 。" #. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST #. where %1 is replaced by the file name. @@ -72,17 +73,26 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "印刷を設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups-client がインストールされていません) 。" +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"印刷を設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups-client がインストールさ" +"れていません) 。" #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups がインストールされていません) 。" +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups がインス" +"トールされていません) 。" #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "ローカルプリンタにアクセスできません (印刷にはリモートの CUPS サーバ '%1' を使用します)" +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" +"ローカルプリンタにアクセスできません (印刷にはリモートの CUPS サーバ '%1' を" +"使用します)" #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -124,7 +134,9 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (ローカルの cupsd にアクセスできません) 。" +msgstr "" +"ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (ローカルの cupsd にアクセスできま" +"せん) 。" #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -185,22 +197,27 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "USB プリンタを接続した際、自動での設定を行なうかどうかを指定します" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" -msgstr "自動的な USB プリンタの設定に udev-configure-printer パッケージを使用する (&U)" +msgid "" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" +msgstr "" +"自動的な USB プリンタの設定に udev-configure-printer パッケージを使用する " +"(&U)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -210,18 +227,23 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." -msgstr "リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムのプリンタ自動設定と矛盾しています。" +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." +msgstr "" +"リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムのプリンタ自動設定と矛盾していま" +"す。" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "/etc/cups/client.conf から 'ServerName' の項目を削除するのに失敗しました。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/client.conf から 'ServerName' の項目を削除するのに失敗しました。" #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage @@ -342,7 +364,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" @@ -446,8 +468,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "何も選択しませんでした" @@ -497,8 +519,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "キュー名には [A-Z および a-z], 数字 [0-9], アンダースコア '_' のいずれかの文字のみを使用することができます。" +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " +"allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "" +"キュー名には [A-Z および a-z], 数字 [0-9], アンダースコア '_' のいずれかの文" +"字のみを使用することができます。" #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -511,7 +537,8 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" -msgstr "'%1' は無効であるか、既に存在しています。 '%2' を代わりに使用しますか？" +msgstr "" +"'%1' は無効であるか、既に存在しています。 '%2' を代わりに使用しますか？" #. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown @@ -520,8 +547,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "次のダイアログには、必要な新しいプリンタの設定が表示されません。しばらく待ってから '一覧の更新' ボタンを押してください。" +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"次のダイアログには、必要な新しいプリンタの設定が表示されません。しばらく待っ" +"てから '一覧の更新' ボタンを押してください。" #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -567,8 +598,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "ドライバは使われていません ('未加工の' キューであるか、もしくは 'System V スタイルのインターフェイススクリプト' が使用されています)" +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " +"script' is used)" +msgstr "" +"ドライバは使われていません ('未加工の' キューであるか、もしくは 'System V ス" +"タイルのインターフェイススクリプト' が使用されています)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -619,8 +654,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "次のダイアログには、必要な変更が表示されません。しばらく待ってから '一覧の更新' ボタンを押してください。" +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"次のダイアログには、必要な変更が表示されません。しばらく待ってから '一覧の更" +"新' ボタンを押してください。" #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -633,7 +672,9 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "考えられる原因: 何も選択していない、もしくはリモートのキューであるなどが考えられます。" +msgstr "" +"考えられる原因: 何も選択していない、もしくはリモートのキューであるなどが考え" +"られます。" #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -645,8 +686,11 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "'raw キュー' を設定する場合を除き、プリンタの型番を保持するか、プリンタの製造元を選択 (&M)" +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "" +"'raw キュー' を設定する場合を除き、プリンタの型番を保持するか、プリンタの製造" +"元を選択 (&M)" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -696,7 +740,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "任意の 'オプション=値' パラメータ (通常は何も指定しません) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" +msgstr "" +"任意の 'オプション=値' パラメータ (通常は何も指定しません) [パーセント記号で" +"エンコード]" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -764,8 +810,11 @@ msgstr "ストップビット (&T)" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "Bluetooth プリンタにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ bluez-cups をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Bluetooth プリンタにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ bluez-cups をインストー" +"ルしなければなりません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -842,11 +891,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Input field label #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "URI (プリンタのマニュアルをお読みください) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" +msgstr "" +"URI (プリンタのマニュアルをお読みください) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストー" +"ルしなければなりません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -911,7 +965,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "IPX 印刷キューにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ ncpfs をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"IPX 印刷キューにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ ncpfs をインストールしなけ" +"ればなりません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -946,7 +1002,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "'パイプ' を利用して印刷するには、 RPM パッケージ cups-backends をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"'パイプ' を利用して印刷するには、 RPM パッケージ cups-backends をインストール" +"しなければなりません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -962,11 +1020,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "プログラム (/path/to/command?option=value) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" +msgstr "" +"プログラム (/path/to/command?option=value) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "'beh' を利用するには、 RPM パッケージ cups-backends をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"'beh' を利用するには、 RPM パッケージ cups-backends をインストールしなければ" +"なりません。" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 @@ -1108,7 +1169,8 @@ #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." -msgstr "CUPS バージョン 1.5 より、 SCSI プリンタへの対応は行なわれなくなりました。" +msgstr "" +"CUPS バージョン 1.5 より、 SCSI プリンタへの対応は行なわれなくなりました。" #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 @@ -1162,11 +1224,14 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "'スペース' パリティチェックはデータビット数が 7 の場合にのみ対応しています。" +msgstr "" +"'スペース' パリティチェックはデータビット数が 7 の場合にのみ対応しています。" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "'マーク' パリティチェックはデータビット数が 7 の場合にのみ対応しています。" +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" +"'マーク' パリティチェックはデータビット数が 7 の場合にのみ対応しています。" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1212,7 +1277,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "デバイス URI 、再試行回数、待機時間をそれぞれ指定しなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"デバイス URI 、再試行回数、待機時間をそれぞれ指定しなければなりません。" #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1336,13 +1402,19 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." -msgstr "Active Directory (R) に対応させるには、 RPM パッケージ samba-krb-printing をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory (R) に対応させるには、 RPM パッケージ samba-krb-printing を" +"インストールしなければなりません。" #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "Active Directory (R) への対応は、すべての SMB 印刷キューに対して無効化されます。" +msgstr "" +"Active Directory (R) への対応は、すべての SMB 印刷キューに対して無効化されま" +"す。" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1520,7 +1592,8 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "プリンタ定義ファイルが仕様に準拠していません。" #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1531,8 +1604,11 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "仕様に準拠していないプリンタ定義ファイルを使用すると、予測できないエラーが発生する可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" +"仕様に準拠していないプリンタ定義ファイルを使用すると、予測できないエラーが発" +"生する可能性があります。" #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" @@ -1580,22 +1656,28 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>印刷キューの概要</big> \n" -"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、印刷キューを介して使用します。 \n" +"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、印刷キューを介して使用します。" +" \n" "様々なアプリケーションプログラムが同時に印刷ジョブを送信した場合、\n" "それらのジョブはキューに貯められ、プリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \n" -"同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数の印刷キューを作成することもできます。\n" -"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して、モノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目のキューを作成したり、\n" -"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。\n" +"同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数の印刷キューを作成することもできま" +"す。\n" +"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して、モノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目" +"のキューを作成したり、\n" +"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成し" +"たりすることができます。\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1613,7 +1695,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>リモートキューの使用:</big> \n" -"遠隔 (リモート) のキューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されているため、\n" +"遠隔 (リモート) のキューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されてい" +"るため、\n" "それらのキューはここから変更することはできません。 \n" "ここに表示されたリモートのキューは、このホスト内で既知のものであり、\n" "通常はアプリケーション側から直接使用することができます。\n" @@ -1631,7 +1714,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>プリンタの設定:</big> \n" -"追加 ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定することができます。\n" +"追加 ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定すること" +"ができます。\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1719,26 +1803,37 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." +" \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>プリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定</big> \n" -"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、印刷キューを介して使用します。 \n" +"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、印刷キューを介して使用します。" +" \n" "様々なアプリケーションプログラムが同時に印刷ジョブを送信した場合、\n" "それらのジョブはキューに貯められてプリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \n" -"また、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数の印刷キューを作成することもできます。\n" -"たとえば同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なるプリンタドライバを利用したい場合、\n" +"また、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数の印刷キューを作成することもでき" +"ます。\n" +"たとえば同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なるプリンタドライバを利用したい場" +"合、\n" "複数のキューを作成する必要が発生する場合があります。\n" -"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対してモノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目のキューを作成したり、\n" -"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。これは、 PCL ドライバのほうがより高速であるためです (ただし品質は劣ります)。\n" +"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対してモノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目の" +"キューを作成したり、\n" +"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成し" +"たりすることができます。これは、 PCL ドライバのほうがより高速であるためです " +"(ただし品質は劣ります)。\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: @@ -1762,7 +1857,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1770,22 +1866,27 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"接続 では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n" +"接続 では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定" +"します。 \n" "間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず、\n" "印刷出力が行なわれなくなります。 \n" "2 つ以上の方法でプリンタデバイスにアクセスできる場合は、\n" "それぞれの接続種類が表示されます。 \n" -"特に HP 社製のデバイスは 'usb:/...' と 'hp:/...' の両方からアクセスできます。\n" +"特に HP 社製のデバイスは 'usb:/...' と 'hp:/...' の両方からアクセスできま" +"す。\n" "\n" "後者の方法は HP ドライバパッケージ 'hplip' が提供している方法です。\n" "単純な印刷であればいずれの接続であっても動作しますが、それ以外の機能\n" -"(たとえば 'hp-toolbox' を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HP オールインワンデバイスを利用してスキャンしたり)\n" +"(たとえば 'hp-toolbox' を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HP オールインワ" +"ンデバイスを利用してスキャンしたり)\n" "については 'hp:/...' 接続を使用しなければなりません。\n" "\n" @@ -1796,7 +1897,8 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1821,7 +1923,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1843,9 +1946,12 @@ "\n" "ドライバ は特定のプリンタの型式に対して正しいデータを生成するための\n" "ものです。 \n" -"間違ったドライバを割り当ててしまうと、正しくないデータがプリンタに出力されること\n" -"になりますので、見栄えの悪い出力になったり変な出力になったり、場合によっては全く出力されないこともあります。 \n" -"初期状態では、ドライバの検索文字列の項目に現在選択している方法で接続されている\n" +"間違ったドライバを割り当ててしまうと、正しくないデータがプリンタに出力される" +"こと\n" +"になりますので、見栄えの悪い出力になったり変な出力になったり、場合によっては" +"全く出力されないこともあります。 \n" +"初期状態では、ドライバの検索文字列の項目に現在選択している方法で接続されてい" +"る\n" "モデル名が入力されています。\n" "これにより、ドライバの説明文に記載されているモデル名を検索して\n" "該当するドライバを表示しています。 \n" @@ -1868,15 +1974,18 @@ "そのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\n" "お使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、\n" "必要に応じて設定を調整してください。 \n" -"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、\n" +"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合で" +"も、\n" "その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n" "自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n" "異なる場合もあるということです。\n" "そのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\n" -"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。 \n" +"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。" +" \n" "なお、通常は既定のドライバオプション設定は適切に設定され、\n" "お使いのプリンタで動作するようになっています。\n" -"ドライバのオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに正しく一致していなければならない場合もあります。\n" +"ドライバのオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに正しく一致していなけれ" +"ばならない場合もあります。\n" "特にドライバにおける既定の用紙サイズの設定については、\n" "お使いのプリンタに設置されているものと正しく一致していなければなりません。\n" "A4 またはレターサイズを既定の用紙サイズとして設定することもできますし、\n" @@ -1903,7 +2012,8 @@ "アプリケーションプログラムは実際の印刷デバイスを表示しませんが、\n" "その代わりに関連づけられた キュー名 を表示します。 \n" "キュー名については文字 (a-z および A-Z), 数字 (0-9), アンダースコア '_'\n" -"の文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の 1 文字はアルファベットでなければなりません。\n" +"の文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の 1 文字はアルファベットでなければ" +"なりません。\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: @@ -1925,15 +2035,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "いずれか 1 つの印刷キューを 既定として使用する ことができます。 \n" -"ユーザ側で特に何も印刷キューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラムはここで設定した\n" +"ユーザ側で特に何も印刷キューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラムはこ" +"こで設定した\n" "システム既定の印刷キューを利用して印刷を行なうべきものです。\n" "ただし '唯一無二' の印刷キューというわけではありません。\n" "システム既定の印刷キューが存在するだけでなく、ユーザ側でも独自の既定値を\n" "設定することができるほか、任意のアプリケーションプログラムが\n" -"独自の方法で既定の印刷キューを判断する場合もあります (たとえば、アプリケーションが直前に使用した\n" +"独自の方法で既定の印刷キューを判断する場合もあります (たとえば、アプリケー" +"ションが直前に使用した\n" "印刷キューを記憶するなど) 。 \n" -"詳しくは http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (日本語) または\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (英語) にある openSUSE サポートデータベース記事をお読みください。 \n" +"詳しくは http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (日本語) また" +"は\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (英語) にある openSUSE サ" +"ポートデータベース記事をお読みください。 \n" "\n" "" @@ -1956,17 +2070,24 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"HP デバイスを設定するためのもう 1 つの方法として、 hp-setup の起動 があります。 \n" -"HP 独自のツールである 'hp-setup' では、特に HP 社製のプリンタおよびオールインワンデバイスに対して\n" -"プロプライエタリドライバプラグインのダウンロードと適切なインストール作業の実施を行なう、\n" +"HP デバイスを設定するためのもう 1 つの方法として、 hp-setup の起動 が" +"あります。 \n" +"HP 独自のツールである 'hp-setup' では、特に HP 社製のプリンタおよびオールイン" +"ワンデバイスに対して\n" +"プロプライエタリドライバプラグインのダウンロードと適切なインストール作業の実" +"施を行なう、\n" "セットアップサポートを提供します。\n" "\n" -"また、 'hp-setup' では HP 社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネットワークデバイスに対しても、\n" -"便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これは HP 独自のツールでは HP ネットワークデバイスについて\n" +"また、 'hp-setup' では HP 社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネット" +"ワークデバイスに対しても、\n" +"便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これは HP 独自のツールでは HP ネット" +"ワークデバイスについて\n" "特別な処理を行なうことができるためです。\n" " \n" -"詳しくは http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (日本語) または\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語) にある openSUSE サポートデータベース記事\n" +"詳しくは http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (日本語) また" +"は\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語) にある openSUSE " +"サポートデータベース記事\n" "'HP 社製プリンタの設定方法' をお読みください。 \n" "" @@ -1987,7 +2108,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1995,8 +2117,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2026,16 +2150,20 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"接続 はプリンタデバイスに対してデータを送信する方法を設定します。 \n" -"謝った接続を選択してしまうと、データをデバイスに送信することができませんので、\n" +"接続 はプリンタデバイスに対してデータを送信する方法を設定します。" +" \n" +"謝った接続を選択してしまうと、データをデバイスに送信することができませんの" +"で、\n" "印刷が全く出力されなくなります。 \n" "また、プリンタデバイスへの接続方法が 2 種類以上存在する場合は、\n" "それぞれの接続方法が表示されます。 \n" "特に HP デバイスの場合は、 'usb:/...' 接続と\n" "'hp:/...' 接続の両方が表示されます。\n" "後者は HP ドライバパッケージ 'hplip' で提供されるものです。\n" -"特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ以外の場合\n" -"(たとえばデバイスの状態を 'hp-toolbox' で表示させたり、 HP のオールインワンデバイスでスキャンしたりする場合など)\n" +"特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ" +"以外の場合\n" +"(たとえばデバイスの状態を 'hp-toolbox' で表示させたり、 HP のオールインワンデ" +"バイスでスキャンしたりする場合など)\n" " は 'hp:/...' の接続方法を使用しなければなりません。 \n" "接続方法を一方のものから他方のものに変更する場合は、\n" "ドライバの検索文字列の項目は\n" @@ -2061,12 +2189,14 @@ "そのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\n" "お使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、\n" "必要に応じて設定を調整してください。 \n" -"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、\n" +"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合で" +"も、\n" "その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n" "自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n" "異なる場合もあるということです。\n" "そのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\n" -"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。 \n" +"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。" +" \n" "\n" #. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: @@ -2076,9 +2206,12 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." +" \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2087,7 +2220,8 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." +" \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2095,7 +2229,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " +"not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2108,10 +2243,14 @@ "ドライバ では特定のプリンタ型番に対して正しいデータを生成する方法を\n" "指定します。 \n" "間違ったドライバを割り当てるとプリンタに対して間違ったデータが送信され、\n" -"見栄えの悪い出力になったり、まともに読めないような出力になったり、全く出力されなかったりします。 \n" -"また、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりすることができますし、\n" -"ここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更することもできます。 \n" -"なお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなければならないものもあります。\n" +"見栄えの悪い出力になったり、まともに読めないような出力になったり、全く出力さ" +"れなかったりします。 \n" +"また、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりする" +"ことができますし、\n" +"ここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更す" +"ることもできます。 \n" +"なお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなけれ" +"ばならないものもあります。\n" "たとえばドライバに対する既定の紙サイズの設定は\n" "プリンタに取り付けられている紙に適合しなければなりません。 \n" "その他のドライバオプション設定は自由に変更できます。\n" @@ -2119,20 +2258,25 @@ "それぞれのドライバで問題なく動作するはずです。\n" "ドライバ側で対応していない高い解像度で印刷しようとした場合は、\n" "うまくいかない場合もあります。たとえばレーザープリンタをお使いの場合で\n" -"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当します。 \n" +"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当しま" +"す。 \n" "現在使用中のドライバを別のものに入れ替えた場合は、\n" "最初にその変更を印刷キューに適用して\n" "キューが新しいドライバを使用するよう設定し\n" "(手順の最初でこのダイアログを完了しなければならない、という意味です)、\n" "次の手順としてこのダイアログを再度使用し、必要な全てのドライバオプションを\n" "設定する、という流れになります。 \n" -"また、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に対して、\n" +"また、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に" +"対して、\n" "現在使用中のドライバの説明が入力されています。\n" "これにより、一般に 1 つのドライバのみが該当することになりますので、\n" "検索文字列をより短く指定して\n" -"別のドライバを参照するか、もしくは 'さらなるドライバ' ボタンをお使いください。\n" -"該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないということになります。\n" -"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになっていて、これにより全てのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" +"別のドライバを参照するか、もしくは 'さらなるドライバ' ボタンをお使いくださ" +"い。\n" +"該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないという" +"ことになります。\n" +"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになってい" +"て、これにより全てのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: @@ -2140,8 +2284,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " +"location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2156,10 +2302,13 @@ "\n" "正しいものを選択しなければならない接続とドライバに比べ、\n" "説明 と 場所 については自由に入力することができます。\n" -"アプリケーションによっては印刷ダイアログで説明や場所を表示する場合があります。\n" -"これらの文字列を様々なユーザの様々なアプリケーションの言語環境で表示できるようにするため、\n" +"アプリケーションによっては印刷ダイアログで説明や場所を表示する場合がありま" +"す。\n" +"これらの文字列を様々なユーザの様々なアプリケーションの言語環境で表示できるよ" +"うにするため、\n" "\n" -"特別な文字を使用しない ASCII 文字 (つまり文字 (a-z および A-Z), 数字 (0-9), およびスペース)\n" +"特別な文字を使用しない ASCII 文字 (つまり文字 (a-z および A-Z), 数字 (0-9), " +"およびスペース)\n" "で入力することをお勧めします。\n" "一般に説明には型番とドライバ (補足) についての説明\n" "(たとえば 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver') を、\n" @@ -2185,7 +2334,8 @@ "<big>ドライバオプションの設定</big> \n" "通常の印刷では既定の設定が最も適切であるため、この欄は\n" "ドライバの既定値そのままの状態にしておくのが最適です。 \n" -"場合によっては、通常のアプリケーションプログラム内に表示される印刷ダイアログが、\n" +"場合によっては、通常のアプリケーションプログラム内に表示される印刷ダイアログ" +"が、\n" "ドライバオプションを併せて表示することもあります。これは個別の印刷に対して\n" "ドライバオプションを設定できるようにしているためです。 \n" "プリンタで実際に既定で使用される紙のサイズについては、\n" @@ -2205,10 +2355,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"既定でない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果になる場合があります。 \n" +"既定でない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果になる場" +"合があります。 \n" "たとえばレーザープリンタをお使いの場合で、\n" -"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当します。 \n" -"また解像度が高すぎると、インクジェットプリンタで印刷に時間のかかる場合もあります。\n" +"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当しま" +"す。 \n" +"また解像度が高すぎると、インクジェットプリンタで印刷に時間のかかる場合もあり" +"ます。\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2227,10 +2380,12 @@ "\n" "一方、プリンタの機能を完全に利用するために、ある特定の条件でプリンタ\n" "固有のドライバ設定を設定しなければならないことがあります。 \n" -"たとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの紙フィーダなどのオプション機器が\n" +"たとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの紙フィーダなどのオプション" +"機器が\n" "搭載されている場合、適切なドライバ設定を選択して設定する必要があります。\n" " \n" -"たとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを 'installed (インストール済み)' や 'true (はい)'\n" +"たとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを 'installed (インストール済み)' や 'true " +"(はい)'\n" "に設定しないと、両面印刷の設定を無視して印刷してしまうかもしれません。\n" "\n" @@ -2294,17 +2449,21 @@ "が必要です。 \n" "PPD ファイルが /usr/share/cups/model/ ディレクトリに存在していない\n" "場合は、それを利用したプリンタ設定を行なうことはできません。\n" -"そのため、お使いのシステムで上記以外の場所にプリンタ定義ファイルが存在する場合は、\n" +"そのため、お使いのシステムで上記以外の場所にプリンタ定義ファイルが存在する場" +"合は、\n" " PPD ファイルのフルパスを指定して /usr/share/cups/model ディレクトリに\n" "インストールする必要があります。 \n" -"なお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してください。 \n" -"非 PostScript プリンタの場合、プリンタ設定を行なって正しく動作させるためには\n" +"なお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してくださ" +"い。 \n" +"非 PostScript プリンタの場合、プリンタ設定を行なって正しく動作させるために" +"は\n" " PPD ファイルだけでは足りません。\n" "特に非 PostScript プリンタで PPD ファイルだけをインターネットから\n" "ダウンロードして設定しても動作させることはできません。\n" "\n" "プリンタの設定そのものは問題なく進めることができますが、\n" -"実際に印刷を行なおうとしてもプリンタドライバが存在しないために動作しないものになってしまいます。\n" +"実際に印刷を行なおうとしてもプリンタドライバが存在しないために動作しないもの" +"になってしまいます。\n" "非 PostScript プリンタの場合、プリンタドライバに正確に適合した\n" " PPD ファイルが必要です。\n" "プリンタドライバをインストールすれば、\n" @@ -2320,14 +2479,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>接続方法の指定</big> \n" -"接続 ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n" +"接続 ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定し" +"ます。 \n" "間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず\n" "印刷出力が行なわれなくなります。 \n" "\n" @@ -2338,19 +2499,24 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +"transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +" \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2373,14 +2539,19 @@ "何らかの追加コンポーネントを指定します。\n" "また、 URI にスペースは指定できません。\n" "そのため、 URI コンポーネント内でスペースを指定したい場合は、\n" -"'%20' のようにエンコードして指定してください (20 はスペースを表わす 16 進数です) 。 \n" +"'%20' のようにエンコードして指定してください (20 はスペースを表わす 16 進数で" +"す) 。 \n" "URI のコンポーネントは、特別に用意された文字で区切ります。\n" -"コロン ':', スラッシュ '/', クエスチョンマーク '?', アンパサンド '&', イコール記号 '=' などを利用します。 \n" +"コロン ':', スラッシュ '/', クエスチョンマーク '?', アンパサンド '&', イ" +"コール記号 '=' などを利用します。 \n" "\n" -"最後にオプションパラメータを指定します (クエスチョンマーク '?' で区切ります)。\n" -" 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' のように記述します。\n" +"最後にオプションパラメータを指定します (クエスチョンマーク '?' で区切りま" +"す)。\n" +" 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' のように記述しま" +"す。\n" "以上から、 URI は下記のようになります: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" "いくつかの例: \n" "USB プリンタが 'ACME' 製のモデル 'Fun Printer 1000+' \n" "で、シリアル番号が 'A1B2C3' である場合、 URI は以下のようになります: \n" @@ -2475,8 +2646,10 @@ "<big>パーセント記号でのエンコード</big> \n" "この問題は複雑なものです。\n" "URI 内のコンポーネントの値を予約文字やスペースをユーザ自身で設定する場合\n" -"(つまり、リモートの印刷キューにアクセスするにあたって、リモート側の設定を変更したりすることが\n" -"できず、これらの記号を利用することが避けられない場合) は、それらの文字を避けて\n" +"(つまり、リモートの印刷キューにアクセスするにあたって、リモート側の設定を変更" +"したりすることが\n" +"できず、これらの記号を利用することが避けられない場合) は、それらの文字を避け" +"て\n" "設定する必要があります。\n" "'非予約文字' と呼ばれる文字は、大文字や小文字のアルファベット、\n" "数字やハイフン、ピリオド、アンダースコア、チルダが含まれます。\n" @@ -2494,18 +2667,23 @@ "設定しなければなりません。\n" "そのような入力フィールドでは、全てのスペースや予約文字が\n" "自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードされます。\n" -"たとえば実際のパスワードが 'Foo%20Bar' (パーセント記号でのエンコードは行なっていない場合)\n" -"であるとすると、それらはダイアログ内のパスワード入力フィールドにそのまま入力しなければなりません。\n" -"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果 'Foo%2520Bar' が URI 内のパスワード項目に\n" +"たとえば実際のパスワードが 'Foo%20Bar' (パーセント記号でのエンコードは行なっ" +"ていない場合)\n" +"であるとすると、それらはダイアログ内のパスワード入力フィールドにそのまま入力" +"しなければなりません。\n" +"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果 'Foo%2520Bar' が URI 内のパスワー" +"ド項目に\n" "入力されるようになっています。 \n" "逆に、ダイアログ内の入力フィールドが URI の単一コンポーネントに対して\n" -"複数の入力を許している場合 ('option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\n" +"複数の入力を許している場合 ('option1=value1&option2=value2&" +"option3=value3'\n" "または URI 全体の入力を 1 つの項目で行なう場合) は、\n" "自動でのパーセント記号によるエンコードが行なわれないため、\n" "それぞれをエンコードして指定しなければなりません。\n" "たとえばオプションパラメータを 'option=value'\n" "のような形で指定する場合、値が 'this&that' という形であれば、\n" -"オプションパラメータは 'option=this&that' のように指定することになります。\n" +"オプションパラメータは 'option=this&that' のように指定することになりま" +"す。\n" "ただし、もともとの '&' 記号はそれぞれのオプションパラメータを\n" "区切る記号であるため、 'option=this&that' のように入力してしまうと、\n" "1 つめのオプションが 'option=this' で、 2 つめのオプションが 'that'\n" @@ -2535,7 +2713,8 @@ "アットマーク @ は %40 のようにエンコード \n" "開き角括弧 [ は %5B のようにエンコード \n" "閉じ角括弧 ] は %5D のようにエンコード \n" -"詳しくは、下記にある 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' をお読みください \n" +"詳しくは、下記にある 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' をお" +"読みください \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2550,14 +2729,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>直接接続されているデバイスのデバイス URI</big> \n" -"USB で接続されているデバイスは自動検出され、デバイス URI も自動的に生成されます。\n" +"USB で接続されているデバイスは自動検出され、デバイス URI も自動的に生成されま" +"す。\n" "例: \n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" +"b> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2594,12 +2775,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>ネットワークプリンタや印刷サーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバイス URI</big> \n" +"<big>ネットワークプリンタや印刷サーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバイス " +"URI</big> \n" "印刷サーバボックスとは、 USB やパラレルポートに接続されたプリンタと\n" "ネットワークとを接続する小さな箱状のデバイスです。\n" "ネットワークプリンタには同種の機能が内蔵されています。\n" "アクセスするには 3 つの異なるプロトコルのいずれかを使用します。\n" -"お使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、お使いのネットワークプリンタや\n" +"お使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、お使いのネット" +"ワークプリンタや\n" "印刷サーバのマニュアルをお読みください: \n" "TCP ポート (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" "アクセスするには IP アドレスとポート番号の指定が必要です。\n" @@ -2618,9 +2801,11 @@ "デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" "インターネット印刷プロトコル (IPP) \n" -"IPP は印刷サーバ側で対応している必要がありますが、実際のコンピュータで動作する\n" +"IPP は印刷サーバ側で対応している必要がありますが、実際のコンピュータで動作す" +"る\n" " CUPS でのネイティブなプロトコルです。\n" -"印刷サーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュメント内で\n" +"印刷サーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュメン" +"ト内で\n" "公式に対応していると表明している場合にのみ使うべきものです。\n" "デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource \n" @@ -2641,7 +2826,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2684,7 +2870,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" +"Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2705,38 +2892,58 @@ "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>印刷サーバのマシンを経由して印刷を行なうためのデバイス URI</big> \n" +"<big>印刷サーバのマシンを経由して印刷を行なうためのデバイス URI</big></" +"b> \n" "印刷サーバボックスとは異なり、印刷サーバマシンとは\n" "印刷サービスを提供しているコンピュータのことを指します。 \n" -"印刷サーバマシンには様々なネットワークプロトコルでアクセスすることができます。\n" +"印刷サーバマシンには様々なネットワークプロトコルでアクセスすることができま" +"す。\n" "印刷サーバマシンがどのプロトコルでサービスを提供しているかについては、\n" "ネットワーク管理者にお尋ねください: \n" "Windows (R) または Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージは、 SMB プリンタ共有に対して実際にデータ送信を行なう <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>\n" -"プログラムが含まれ、このプログラムへのリンクとして CUPS のバックエンド 'smb'\n" +"SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストー" +"ルしなければなりません。\n" +"このパッケージは、 SMB プリンタ共有に対して実際にデータ送信を行なう <tt>/usr/" +"bin/smbspool</tt>\n" +"プログラムが含まれ、このプログラムへのリンクとして CUPS のバックエンド " +"'smb'\n" "が提供されています。 \n" -"アクセスするにはサーバ名とプリンタの共有名、およびワークグループ名 (オプション)\n" +"アクセスするにはサーバ名とプリンタの共有名、およびワークグループ名 (オプショ" +"ン)\n" "が必要です。\n" "さらにアクセスを行なうのにユーザ名とパスワードが必要になる場合もあります。\n" "なお、これらの値の中でスペースなどの特殊文字を利用する場合は、\n" -"パーセント記号でエンコードしなければなりません (上記をお読みください) 。 \n" -"また、既定では CUPS はバックエンド (ここでは smbspool) をユーザ 'lp' で動作させます。\n" -"Active Directory (R) 環境 (AD) で印刷を行なう際、ユーザ 'lp' はこの環境での印刷が\n" -"許可されておらず、ユーザ 'lp' で smbspool を利用した印刷は動作しません。 \n" -"そのため、 AD 環境での印刷に際しては samba-krb-printing パッケージをインストールしなければ\n" +"パーセント記号でエンコードしなければなりません (上記をお読みください) 。 " +" \n" +"また、既定では CUPS はバックエンド (ここでは smbspool) をユーザ 'lp' で動作さ" +"せます。\n" +"Active Directory (R) 環境 (AD) で印刷を行なう際、ユーザ 'lp' はこの環境での印" +"刷が\n" +"許可されておらず、ユーザ 'lp' で smbspool を利用した印刷は動作しません。" +" \n" +"そのため、 AD 環境での印刷に際しては samba-krb-printing パッケージをインス" +"トールしなければ\n" "なりません。パッケージをインストールすると、 CUPS バックエンド 'smb' は\n" -"<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt> へのリンクとなり、 smbspool を印刷ジョブを送信した\n" +"<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt> へのリンクとなり、 smbspool を印刷ジョ" +"ブを送信した\n" "元のユーザで実行するようになります。\n" -"AD 環境で認証用に Kerberos プロトコルを使用している場合、Gnome や KDE デスクトップに\n" -"ログインする際、ユーザはディスプレイマネージャからチケット許可チケット (TGT) を受け取ります。\n" -"smbspool が印刷ジョブを送信した元のユーザで実行される場合、このユーザの TGT にアクセスし、\n" +"AD 環境で認証用に Kerberos プロトコルを使用している場合、Gnome や KDE デスク" +"トップに\n" +"ログインする際、ユーザはディスプレイマネージャからチケット許可チケット (TGT) " +"を受け取ります。\n" +"smbspool が印刷ジョブを送信した元のユーザで実行される場合、このユーザの TGT " +"にアクセスし、\n" "これを SMB 印刷共有の受け渡しの際に送信します。\n" -"この場合、認証にあたっては固定のユーザ名やパスワードを設定する必要はありません。\n" -"なお、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザがログインするのと同じホストで、 get_printing_ticket が動作して\n" -"いる必要があります。つまり AD 環境では、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザはあらかじめワークステーション\n" -"上に設定しておかなければならず、ワークステーションから直接印刷データを SMB 印刷共有に送信しなければ\n" -"ならないことになります。特にユーザがログインするマシンと CUPS サーバを動作させるマシンが異なる場合\n" +"この場合、認証にあたっては固定のユーザ名やパスワードを設定する必要はありませ" +"ん。\n" +"なお、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザがログインするのと同じホストで、 " +"get_printing_ticket が動作して\n" +"いる必要があります。つまり AD 環境では、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザはあらかじ" +"めワークステーション\n" +"上に設定しておかなければならず、ワークステーションから直接印刷データを SMB 印" +"刷共有に送信しなければ\n" +"ならないことになります。特にユーザがログインするマシンと CUPS サーバを動作さ" +"せるマシンが異なる場合\n" "は、うまく動作しないことになります。 \n" "従来の方法を使用する場合、デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" @@ -2744,7 +2951,8 @@ "'Fun Printer 1000+' 共有にアクセスする場合は、下記のようになります: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "詳しい情報 は <tt>man smbspool</tt> と \n" -"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share をご覧ください。 \n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share を" +"ご覧ください。 \n" "'Windows' と 'Active Directory' は、アメリカおよびその他の国における\n" "マイクロソフト株式会社の登録商標です。 \n" "伝統的な UNIX サーバ (LPR) \n" @@ -2799,10 +3007,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +"beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2812,22 +3022,28 @@ "特別な用途で厳密に正しいデバイス URI をご存じの場合や、\n" "もしくは既存のデバイス URI を特別な方法で変える場合に利用します。 \n" "他のプログラムに印刷データを送信する (パイプ) \n" -"これを行なうには、 cups-backends (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージでは、指定したプログラムを実行して送信する 'pipe' CUPS バックエンド\n" +"これを行なうには、 cups-backends (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければな" +"りません。\n" +"このパッケージでは、指定したプログラムを実行して送信する 'pipe' CUPS バック" +"エンド\n" "が提供されています。\n" "デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" "デイジーチェインバックエンドエラー処理 (beh) \n" -"これを行なうには、 cups-backends (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージでは、 beh と呼ばれる通常のバックエンド向けのラッパーバックエンドが \n" +"これを行なうには、 cups-backends (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければな" +"りません。\n" +"このパッケージでは、 beh と呼ばれる通常のバックエンド向けのラッパーバックエン" +"ドが \n" "提供されています。\n" "\n" "設定次第ですが、 beh では\n" -"バックエンドの呼び出しを繰り返すことができるほか、実際のバックエンドが発した\n" +"バックエンドの呼び出しを繰り返すことができるほか、実際のバックエンドが発し" +"た\n" "エラー状態を単純に隠蔽することもできます。\n" "デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" -"ここで nodisable を '1' に設定すると、 beh は常に正常終了するようになります。\n" +"ここで nodisable を '1' に設定すると、 beh は常に正常終了するようになりま" +"す。\n" "これによりキューが無効化されてしまうことがなくなりますが、\n" "何らかのエラーが発生したときに印刷キューが失われることになります。 \n" "attempts はエラーが発生したときにバックエンドを呼び出し直す\n" @@ -2837,11 +3053,13 @@ "最後のパラメータはオリジナルの URI で、元々の URI を指定します。 \n" "たとえば以下のようになります: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"beh バックエンドはネットワークプリンタにアクセスするにあたって 5 秒間隔で 3 回の問い合わせ\n" +"beh バックエンドはネットワークプリンタにアクセスするにあたって 5 秒間隔で 3 " +"回の問い合わせ\n" "を行ないます。それでもアクセスが失敗する場合は、キューが無効化されずに\n" "印刷ジョブが失われます。 \n" "詳しい情報 は <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> と \n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler をお読みください。\n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler " +"をお読みください。\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: @@ -2849,7 +3067,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." +" \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2884,22 +3103,26 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>ネットワーク経由での印刷</big> \n" -"通常は CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) をネットワーク経由で印刷するために使用します。 \n" +"通常は CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) をネットワーク経由で印刷するために" +"使用します。 \n" "既定では CUPS は '参照' と呼ばれるモードを使用して\n" "ネットワーク内の利用可能なプリンタ検出します。 \n" "この場合はリモートの CUPS サーバがプリンタを公開していなければならず、\n" "さらにお使いのコンピュータ上の CUPS デーモンプロセス (cupsd) が\n" -"公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報を聞き取るための状態にならなくてはなりません。 \n" +"公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報を聞き取るための状態にならなくてはな" +"りません。 \n" "CUPS 参照情報は UDP ポート 631 を介して受信できます。 \n" "ファイアウオールについて: \n" "プリンタが公開されているネットワークのネットワークゾーンに\n" "ついて、ファイアウオールが有効かどうかを確認してください。\n" -"既定では SuSEfirewall は、 '内部ゾーン' に割り当てたネットワークインターフェイスからの\n" +"既定では SuSEfirewall は、 '内部ゾーン' に割り当てたネットワークインターフェ" +"イスからの\n" "全ての入力情報を許可します。\n" "これは、既定ではこのゾーンが信頼済みであるためです。 \n" "信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に設定した\n" "ネットワークインターフェイスを介して印刷を行なっても、意味がありません\n" -"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定されています) 。\n" +"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定" +"されています) 。\n" "特に、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に対して、 CUPS\n" "(IPP 向けの TCP ポート 631 と UDP ポート 631)\n" "のファイアウオール保護を外すことはしてはいけません。\n" @@ -2914,7 +3137,8 @@ "場合は、さらなるファイアウオール設定は不要です。 \n" "詳しくは openSUSE のサポートデータベース記事\n" "'CUPS と SANE ファイアウオール設定' \n" -"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings をお読みください。\n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings をお読みくださ" +"い。\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: @@ -2938,8 +3162,10 @@ "それらのサーバがネットワーク経由でプリンタ情報を公開していない場合や、\n" "公開されたプリンタに対する情報を受け入れることができない場合\n" "(たとえばプリンタが公開されているネットワークゾーンに対して、\n" -"ファイアウオール保護を行なわなければならない場合) は、 CUPS サーバに対してプリンタ情報を\n" -"要求することができます (CUPS サーバがアクセスを許可している必要があります) 。 \n" +"ファイアウオール保護を行なわなければならない場合) は、 CUPS サーバに対してプ" +"リンタ情報を\n" +"要求することができます (CUPS サーバがアクセスを許可している必要があります) 。" +" \n" " CUPS デーモンプロセス (cupsd) は、要求先のそれぞれの CUPS サーバに対して\n" "cups-polld プロセスを起動します。\n" "既定では、それぞれの cups-polld はリモートの CUPS サーバに対し、\n" @@ -2951,8 +3177,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." +" \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2962,11 +3190,15 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"ネットワーク経由の印刷しか行なわず、かつ単一の CUPS サーバしか使用しない場合は、\n" -"CUPS 参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、 CUPS デーモンをお使いのホスト上で動作させる必要もありません。\n" +"ネットワーク経由の印刷しか行なわず、かつ単一の CUPS サーバしか使用しない場合" +"は、\n" +"CUPS 参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、 CUPS デーモンをお使いのホスト上で動作" +"させる必要もありません。\n" "その代わり、 CUPS サーバの場所を指定して直接アクセスするのが便利です。 \n" -"この方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムが CUPS サーバにアクセスしようとする際、\n" -"それが利用できない場合 (たとえばラップトップで移動中など) にしばらく (時間切れになるまで)\n" +"この方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムが CUPS サーバにアクセスし" +"ようとする際、\n" +"それが利用できない場合 (たとえばラップトップで移動中など) にしばらく (時間切" +"れになるまで)\n" "待たされてしまうという点があります。\n" "通常はホスト名の解決 (DNS) の時間切れによって待たされることになるため、\n" "/etc/hosts ファイル内に CUPS サーバの項目を記入してしまうのがよいでしょう。\n" @@ -3004,7 +3236,8 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3013,7 +3246,8 @@ "<big>印刷キューの共有とネットワーク経由での公開</big> \n" "一般的に CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) は '参照' モードと呼ばれる\n" "方法を使用して設定し、ネットワーク経由で利用可能にする必要があります。 \n" -"この場合、 CUPS サーバは自身の持つローカルの印刷キューをネットワーク経由で公開\n" +"この場合、 CUPS サーバは自身の持つローカルの印刷キューをネットワーク経由で公" +"開\n" "しますので、 CUPS クライアントでは CUPS デーモンプロセス (cupsd) を起動して\n" "プリンタの情報を受け取ることになります。 \n" "CUPS 参照情報は UDP ポート 631 を介して受信します。\n" @@ -3024,26 +3258,34 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." +" \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " +"directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"まず何よりも先に CUPS クライアントシステムで CUPS サーバへのアクセスを許可しなければなりません。\n" +"まず何よりも先に CUPS クライアントシステムで CUPS サーバへのアクセスを許可し" +"なければなりません。\n" "その後クライアントに対してプリンタを公開するかどうかを指定します。\n" -"ローカルネットワーク内では、 CUPS 参照は通常、ローカルネットワーク内に存在する\n" -"すべてのホストに対してリモートアクセスを許可し、それらすべてのホストに対して\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内では、 CUPS 参照は通常、ローカルネットワーク内に存在す" +"る\n" +"すべてのホストに対してリモートアクセスを許可し、それらすべてのホストに対し" +"て\n" "プリンタを公開します。 \n" "どのような場合でも、少なくともプリンタを公開する必要はありません。\n" -"単一の CUPS サーバしかお持ちでない場合は、 CUPS 参照を使用する必要はありません。\n" +"単一の CUPS サーバしかお持ちでない場合は、 CUPS 参照を使用する必要はありませ" +"ん。\n" "その代わり、クライアントシステム側で CUPS サーバを指定させるのが簡単です\n" -"('ネットワーク経由での印刷' を使用します) 。これにより、クライアントはサーバに直接アクセスします。\n" +"('ネットワーク経由での印刷' を使用します) 。これにより、クライアントはサーバ" +"に直接アクセスします。\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: @@ -3069,8 +3311,10 @@ "どのリモートホストから CUPS サーバへのアクセスを許可するのかについては、\n" "様々な方法が存在しています。 \n" "ローカルネットワーク内のコンピュータに対してリモートアクセスを許可すると、\n" -"ローカルネットワーク内に存在するすべてのホストから印刷できるようになります。\n" -"ローカルネットワーク内のリモートホストとは、 CUPS サーバと同じネットワーク内の\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内に存在するすべてのホストから印刷できるようになりま" +"す。\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内のリモートホストとは、 CUPS サーバと同じネットワーク内" +"の\n" "IP アドレスが割り当てられているマシンのことで、ホストのネットワーク接続が\n" "PPP インターフェイス以外 (IFF_POINTOPOINT フラグが設定されていない) \n" "の手段で接続されているものを指します。 \n" @@ -3115,18 +3359,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ファイアウオールについて: \n" -"ファイアウオールは、お使いのホストで実行中のサーバプロセス (この場合は CUPS サーバ\n" +"ファイアウオールは、お使いのホストで実行中のサーバプロセス (この場合は CUPS " +"サーバ\n" "プロセス 'cupsd') を保護し、ネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。 \n" "信頼済みの内部ネットワークに接続していて、ネットワーク経由で印刷\n" "(外部のネットワークからの印刷は誰も行なうことができない場合)\n" "する場合であれば、通常ユーザは印刷結果を取りに行くために物理的なアクセスを\n" "必要とします。 \n" -"既定では SuSEfirewall は、 '内部ゾーン' に属するネットワークインターフェイス\n" +"既定では SuSEfirewall は、 '内部ゾーン' に属するネットワークインターフェイ" +"ス\n" "経由での任意のネットワークトラフィックは、問題なく通過するように\n" "設定されています。これはこのゾーンが信頼されているものであるためです。 \n" "信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に設定した\n" "ネットワークインターフェイスを介して印刷を行なっても、意味がありません\n" -"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定されています) 。\n" +"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定" +"されています) 。\n" "特に、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に対して、 CUPS\n" "(IPP 向けの TCP ポート 631 と UDP ポート 631)\n" "のファイアウオール保護を外すことはしてはいけません。 \n" @@ -3141,7 +3388,8 @@ "場合は、さらなるファイアウオール設定は不要です。 \n" "詳しくは openSUSE のサポートデータベース記事\n" "'CUPS と SANE ファイアウオール設定' \n" -"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings をお読みください。\n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings をお読みくださ" +"い。\n" "" #. Policies help 1/2: @@ -3184,7 +3432,8 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3196,8 +3445,10 @@ "失敗の種類によっては、\n" "実際のプリンタに対してデータを送信する CUPS バックエンドが\n" "既定のエラーポリシーを上書きして\n" -"その他のエラーポリシーを強制することがあります (<tt>man backend</tt> をお読みください)。\n" -"たとえば、既定のエラーポリシーがジョブの再試行を行なうように設定していたとしても、\n" +"その他のエラーポリシーを強制することがあります (<tt>man backend</tt> をお読み" +"ください)。\n" +"たとえば、既定のエラーポリシーがジョブの再試行を行なうように設定していたとし" +"ても、\n" "印刷の再試行が行なわれない場合があることを意味しています。\n" "これは、プリンタとの接続が確立できないような場合、\n" "ジョブを再試行しても意味がないなどの理由によって発生します。\n" @@ -3227,8 +3478,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>ローカル接続されているプリンタに対して自動設定を実施する</big> \n" -"ローカルホストに接続されているプリンタに対して、 YaST の自動設定を動作させる\n" +"<big>ローカル接続されているプリンタに対して自動設定を実施する</big></" +"b> \n" +"ローカルホストに接続されているプリンタに対して、 YaST の自動設定を動作させ" +"る\n" "場合にチェックを入れてください。 \n" "自動検出されたプリンタに対しては、まず YaST 側で設定済みかどうかが\n" "確認されます。以前に設定がなされていない場合は、\n" @@ -3303,56 +3556,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "表示" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "ローカル (&L)" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "リモート (&R)" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "設定" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "場所" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "デフォルト" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "一覧を更新 (&F)" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "テストページを印刷する (&T)" @@ -3362,15 +3615,19 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"ローカルで動作する CUPS デーモンが必要ですが、アクセスできないものと思われます。\n" -"'lpstat -h localhost -r' コマンドを入力して、ローカルの cupsd にアクセスできるかどうか確認してください。\n" -"cupsd にアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生します。\n" +"ローカルで動作する CUPS デーモンが必要ですが、アクセスできないものと思われま" +"す。\n" +"'lpstat -h localhost -r' コマンドを入力して、ローカルの cupsd にアクセスでき" +"るかどうか確認してください。\n" +"cupsd にアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生し" +"ます。\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). @@ -3378,7 +3635,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3390,19 +3647,22 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"CUPS デーモンは公式の IANA IPP ポート (631) で待ち受けていないものと思われます。\n" -"'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' コマンドを入力し、 cupsd が待ち受けているかどうか確認してください。\n" +"CUPS デーモンは公式の IANA IPP ポート (631) で待ち受けていないものと思われま" +"す。\n" +"'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' コマンドを入力し、 cupsd が待ち受けているかどうか" +"確認してください。\n" "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf 内で 'Listen ...:1234' や 'Port 1234' の設定\n" "(ここで、 '1234' は公式の 631 番ポートではない任意の番号を意味しています)\n" "を行なっていたり、 'BrowsePort 1234' を設定していたりすると発生します。\n" "YaST プリンタモジュールはこのような非公式ポートには対応していません。\n" -"非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続けることになってしまいます。\n" +"非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続け" +"ることになってしまいます。\n" "どうしても非公式のポートを使用する場合は、\n" "YaST プリンタモジュールをお使いいただくことができません。\n" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3411,67 +3671,73 @@ "(しばらく時間がかかります)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "アクセスのできない CUPS サーバ '%1' を使用しないように設定しますか？" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "続行するには、 '%1' を使用しないように選択する必要があります。" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でも時間がかかったり、うまく行かなかったりする場合があります。" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "" +"サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でも時間がかかったり、うま" +"く行かなかったりする場合があります。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS サーバ %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "印刷サーバにアクセスできるかどうかテストしています..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "項目を選択してください。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "削除できません" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "これはリモート設定です。ローカル設定のみを削除できます。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "削除の確認" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 -msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "" +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." msgstr "設定はすぐに削除され、元に戻すことはできません。" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "設定 %1 を削除" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "削除を行なわない" @@ -3482,33 +3748,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "クラスの削除確認" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "このツールでは、削除したクラスを再作成することはできません。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "印刷ジョブの拒否" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "印刷ジョブが拒否されたため、テストページを印刷することができません。" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "印刷禁止" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "印刷が禁止されているため、テストページを印刷することができません。" @@ -3517,25 +3783,29 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 -msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." -msgstr "テストページを印刷する前に削除すべきかもしれない、待機中の印刷ジョブが存在します。" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "" +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." +msgstr "" +"テストページを印刷する前に削除すべきかもしれない、待機中の印刷ジョブが存在し" +"ます。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "%1 向けの待機中の印刷ジョブを削除" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "テストページの印刷前にこれらを削除" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "他のジョブが終了してからテストページを印刷" @@ -3543,7 +3813,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "%1 で待機中の全ての印刷ジョブを削除するのに失敗しました。" @@ -3562,28 +3832,30 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "テスト印刷" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "1 ページだけのテストか、両面印刷をテストする場合などの 2 ページテストを行ないます" +msgstr "" +"1 ページだけのテストか、両面印刷をテストする場合などの 2 ページテストを行ない" +"ます" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "単一のテストページ" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "2 ページ分のテストページ" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "%1 でのテストページの印刷に失敗しました。" @@ -3591,26 +3863,26 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "テストページの印刷が完了するまでお待ちください" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "%1 にテストページを送信しました。まもなく出力されます。" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "テストページの印刷が成功しました" # heading text #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "テストページの印刷に失敗しました" @@ -3630,54 +3902,65 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "今すぐ削除すべきかもしれない待機中の印刷ジョブが存在します。" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "全ての待機中印刷ジョブを削除" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "これらを削除しない" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "完全なログを確認したい場合は、 /var/log/cups/error_log ファイルをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"完全なログを確認したい場合は、 /var/log/cups/error_log ファイルをお読みくださ" +"い。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "%1 向けにテストページを処理した際の CUPS ログ情報 (英語のみ)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "CUPS のログ情報を確認したい場合は、 /var/log/cups/error_log ファイルをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"CUPS のログ情報を確認したい場合は、 /var/log/cups/error_log ファイルをお読み" +"ください。" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 -msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." -msgstr "リモートシステム経由での印刷がうまくいかない場合は、リモートシステムの管理者にお尋ねください。" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "" +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." +msgstr "" +"リモートシステム経由での印刷がうまくいかない場合は、リモートシステムの管理者" +"にお尋ねください。" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "印刷キューを追加するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" +msgstr "" +"印刷キューを追加するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "修正できません" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "これはリモート設定です。ローカル設定のみを修正できます。" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy @@ -3733,8 +4016,11 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." -msgstr "リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムの設定ポリシーと矛盾しています。" +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." +msgstr "" +"リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムの設定ポリシーと矛盾しています。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -3745,13 +4031,15 @@ #. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'DefaultPolicy %1' を設定することができませんでした" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'DefaultPolicy %1' を設定することができませんでした" #. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. #. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'ErrorPolicy %1' を設定することができませんでした" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'ErrorPolicy %1' を設定することができませんでした" #. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step #. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). @@ -3823,7 +4111,9 @@ #. from where remote printer information is accepted: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "追加の IP アドレスまたはネットワーク／ネットマスク (&N) (半角スペースで区切る)" +msgstr "" +"追加の IP アドレスまたはネットワーク／ネットマスク (&N) (半角スペースで区切" +"る)" #. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 @@ -3835,7 +4125,8 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "問い合わせる CUPS サーバ名または IP アドレス (&I) (半角スペースで区切る)" +msgstr "" +"問い合わせる CUPS サーバ名または IP アドレス (&I) (半角スペースで区切る)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -3865,14 +4156,17 @@ #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "ファイアウオールが CUPS サーバからのプリンタ通知を拒否する可能性があります" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウオールが CUPS サーバからのプリンタ通知を拒否する可能性があります" #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "ファイアウオールについて詳しくは、このダイアログのヘルプテキストをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウオールについて詳しくは、このダイアログのヘルプテキストをお読みくだ" +"さい。" #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -3891,7 +4185,9 @@ #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でもうまく行かない場合があります。" +msgstr "" +"サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でもうまく行かない場合があ" +"ります。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 @@ -3901,12 +4197,15 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/client.conf で 'ServerName %1' を設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/client.conf で 'ServerName %1' を設定することができませんでした。" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "1 台の CUPS サーバ経由で全ての印刷を行なうチェックボックスは、無効化されています。" +msgstr "" +"1 台の CUPS サーバ経由で全ての印刷を行なうチェックボックスは、無効化されてい" +"ます。" #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -3919,12 +4218,15 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Browsing On' を設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Browsing On' を設定することができませんでした。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で BrowseAllow の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で BrowseAllow の値を '%1' に設定することができませんで" +"した。" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -3934,7 +4236,8 @@ #. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAllow none' に設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAllow none' に設定することができませんでした。" #. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. #. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: @@ -3945,14 +4248,17 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で BrowsePoll の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでした" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で BrowsePoll の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでし" +"た" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: #. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowsePoll none' に設定することができませんでした" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowsePoll none' に設定することができませんでした" #. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd #. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or @@ -3971,7 +4277,8 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4054,14 +4361,21 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワーク／ネットマスクからのアクセスを許可 (&N) (半角スペースで区切る)" +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "" +"これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワーク／ネットマスクからのアクセスを許可 " +"(&N) (半角スペースで区切る)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワークブロードキャストアドレスに公開 (&B) (半角スペースで区切る)" +msgid "" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" +msgstr "" +"これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワークブロードキャストアドレスに公開 (&B) (半" +"角スペースで区切る)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4083,41 +4397,55 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf を 'Listen localhost' だけに設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf を 'Listen localhost' だけに設定することができませんでし" +"た。" #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Allow' の項目を削除することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Allow' の項目を削除することができませんでした。" #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAddress' の項目を削除することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAddress' の項目を削除することができませんでし" +"た。" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Allow' の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Allow' の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでし" +"た。" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAddress' の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAddress' の値を '%1' に設定することができませ" +"んでした。" #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Listen *:631' を設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Listen *:631' を設定することができませんでした。" #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." -msgstr "ローカルのプリンタ設定を共有するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." +msgstr "" +"ローカルのプリンタ設定を共有するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾" +"しています。" #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -4380,7 +4708,9 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "該当するドライバが見つかりません。検索文字列を変更するか、 'さらなるドライバ' を試してみてください。" +msgstr "" +"該当するドライバが見つかりません。検索文字列を変更するか、 'さらなるドライ" +"バ' を試してみてください。" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4431,11 +4761,14 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -" GUI を表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、 hp-setup を実行することができません。\n" +" GUI を表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、 hp-setup を実行するこ" +"とができません。\n" "このエラーは YaST がテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\n" -" YaST を実行したユーザが DISPLAY 環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生します。\n" +" YaST を実行したユーザが DISPLAY 環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生しま" +"す。\n" "また、 GUI 画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\n" -"この場合は、ユーザ 'root' で直接 hp-setup を実行し、手動で設定する必要があります。\n" +"この場合は、ユーザ 'root' で直接 hp-setup を実行し、手動で設定する必要があり" +"ます。\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -4454,7 +4787,8 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup を開始しました。\n" "プリンタを設定するには hp-setup での作業を完了しなければなりません。\n" @@ -4468,19 +4802,27 @@ "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." msgstr "" -"hp-setup を実行するには、 RPM パッケージ hplip をインストールしなければなりません。\n" +"hp-setup を実行するには、 RPM パッケージ hplip をインストールしなければなりま" +"せん。\n" "インストールを行なうには、 'ドライバパッケージ' をお使いください。" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジトリも見つかりません。" +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジト" +"リも見つかりません。" #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストールできるリポジトリも見つかりません。" +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストール" +"できるリポジトリも見つかりません。" #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -4512,7 +4854,9 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "依存関係を壊してしまうと、予知できない何らかの問題が発生する可能性があります。" +msgstr "" +"依存関係を壊してしまうと、予知できない何らかの問題が発生する可能性がありま" +"す。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -4541,7 +4885,8 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "システム起動時に CUPS デーモンを開始するように設定することができませんでした" +msgstr "" +"システム起動時に CUPS デーモンを開始するように設定することができませんでした" #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -45,8 +45,12 @@ msgstr "このシステムは Rear でサポートされていません。理由:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." -msgstr "この警告を無視した場合、作成されたバックアップをシステム修復に使用できることを期待してはなりません。" +msgid "" +"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " +"ignore this warning." +msgstr "" +"この警告を無視した場合、作成されたバックアップをシステム修復に使用できること" +"を期待してはなりません。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -110,7 +114,8 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "完了しました。作成されたバックアップをテストしておくことを強くお勧めします。" +msgstr "" +"完了しました。作成されたバックアップをテストしておくことを強くお勧めします。" #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #. The whole sequence @@ -120,36 +125,79 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." -msgstr "ここでは、お使いのコンピュータに対する Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) 設定を行ないます。" +msgid "" +"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、お使いのコンピュータに対する Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR</" +"b>) 設定を行ないます。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "まずは 修復システム の開始方法を設定します。 USB メモリから起動したい場合は USB を、 CD-ROM から起動したい場合は ISO を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " +"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "" +"まずは 修復システム の開始方法を設定します。 USB メモリから起動した" +"い場合は USB を、 CD-ROM から起動したい場合は ISO を選択してください。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "次に バックアップ の保存先を選択します。 NFS の機能を提供するサーバをお持ちの場合は、 NFS を選択し、下記のように場所を指定します: <tt>nfs://ホスト名/ディレクトリ</tt> 。 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクなどにバックアップを保存したい場合は、 USB を選択します。" +msgid "" +"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " +"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " +"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " +"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "" +"次に バックアップ の保存先を選択します。 NFS の機能を提供するサーバ" +"をお持ちの場合は、 NFS を選択し、下記のように場所を指定します: <tt>nfs://ホス" +"ト名/ディレクトリ</tt> 。 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクなどにバックアップを" +"保存したい場合は、 USB を選択します。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "USB デバイスが何も表示されない場合は、 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクを接続してから USB デバイスの再検出 を押してください。" +msgid "" +"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " +"Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "" +"USB デバイスが何も表示されない場合は、 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクを接" +"続してから USB デバイスの再検出 を押してください。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." -msgstr "以前に採取したバックアップコピーを上書きしたくない場合は、 古いバックアップの保存 を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " +"to be overwritten." +msgstr "" +"以前に採取したバックアップコピーを上書きしたくない場合は、 古いバック" +"アップの保存 を選択してください。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "詳細 メニューを利用すると、 バックアップ対象とする追加のディレクトリ を指定することができるほか、 レスキューシステムで利用する追加のカーネルモジュール を設定することができます。これらの機能は、バックアップを採取したいディレクトリが含まれなかったような場合や、カーネルモジュールの不足によってレスキューシステムが起動しないような場合にのみ有効です。" +msgid "" +"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " +"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " +"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " +"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "" +"詳細 メニューを利用すると、 バックアップ対象とする追加のディレク" +"トリ を指定することができるほか、 レスキューシステムで利用する追加の" +"カーネルモジュール を設定することができます。これらの機能は、バックアップ" +"を採取したいディレクトリが含まれなかったような場合や、カーネルモジュールの不" +"足によってレスキューシステムが起動しないような場合にのみ有効です。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" -msgstr "保存して今すぐ Rear を実行する ボタンを押すと、 Rear を起動してその出力を表示します。 作成されたバックアップが正しく動作するかどうか、必ずテストを実施してください！" +msgid "" +"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " +"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " +"your system!" +msgstr "" +"保存して今すぐ Rear を実行する ボタンを押すと、 Rear を起動してその" +"出力を表示します。 作成されたバックアップが正しく動作するかどうか、必" +"ずテストを実施してください！" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "OK を押すと設定を保存しますが、 キャンセル を押すと保存を行なわずに設定ダイアログを閉じます。" +msgid "" +"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " +"the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "" +"OK を押すと設定を保存しますが、 キャンセル を押すと保存を行" +"なわずに設定ダイアログを閉じます。" #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 @@ -215,8 +263,12 @@ msgstr "NETFS_URL が不明な値になっているか、誤った書式になっています。\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" -msgstr "お使いの Rear の設定内には、この YaST2 モジュールでは設定できないオプションが指定されています。\n" +msgid "" +"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " +"configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"お使いの Rear の設定内には、この YaST2 モジュールでは設定できないオプションが" +"指定されています。\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" @@ -234,13 +286,13 @@ msgstr "Rear の設定を読み込んでいます" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgstr "Rear の設定を読み込んでいます" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "システムを分析しています" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" -msgstr "Rear の設定を読み込んでいます" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "システムを分析しています..." Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ "(WWPN '%2', LUN '%3') から\n" " IPL とシステムを再読み込みします。\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -197,15 +197,20 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " +"buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " +"supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" msgstr "" -"reipl メソッド 内に一覧表示された中から、お使いのマシンを再起動するためのメソッドを\n" -"ラジオボタンで 1 つ選択してください。お使いのマシンがどれに対応しているのかに依存しますが、\n" -"CCW (channel command word) デバイスと zFCP (ファイバチャネルプロトコル) 接続の SCSI デバイス\n" +"reipl メソッド 内に一覧表示された中から、お使いのマシンを再起動する" +"ためのメソッドを\n" +"ラジオボタンで 1 つ選択してください。お使いのマシンがどれに対応しているのかに" +"依存しますが、\n" +"CCW (channel command word) デバイスと zFCP (ファイバチャネルプロトコル) 接続" +"の SCSI デバイス\n" "のいずれかを選択することができます。その後、\n" "メソッドごとに必要なパラメータ項目を入力してください。\n" @@ -213,12 +218,16 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" +"device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " +"DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"デバイス は sysfs 互換の書式 0.<サブチャネルセット ID>.<デバイス ID> \n" -"で小文字を使用した正しいデバイス ID (たとえば 0.0.5c51) でなければなりません。\n" +"デバイス は sysfs 互換の書式 0.<サブチャネルセット ID></" +"i>.<デバイス ID> \n" +"で小文字を使用した正しいデバイス ID (たとえば 0.0.5c51) でなければなりませ" +"ん。\n" "選択したメソッドに依存しますので、 DASD または FCP アダプタのいずれかを\n" "参照してください。" @@ -229,7 +238,8 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"読み込みパラメータ は最大で 8 文字までで、 zipl ブートローダのメニュー内の\n" +"読み込みパラメータ は最大で 8 文字までで、 zipl ブートローダのメ" +"ニュー内の\n" "ブート設定を選択します。空白 1 文字だけを指定すると、\n" "既定の設定を使用する意味になります。" @@ -245,11 +255,15 @@ #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " +"letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." +"" msgstr "" -"論理ユニット番号 (LUN) は 16 進数で 16 文字の小文字を入力しなければなりません。\n" -"数値の桁が少ない場合は後ろ側をゼロで埋めてください。たとえば 0x52ca000000000000 のようになります。" +"論理ユニット番号 (LUN) は 16 進数で 16 文字の小文字を入力しなければ" +"なりません。\n" +"数値の桁が少ない場合は後ろ側をゼロで埋めてください。たとえば " +"0x52ca000000000000 のようになります。" #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -268,16 +282,19 @@ "The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0." msgstr "" -"ブートレコードの論理ブロックアドレス (LBA) では、マスターブートレコードを\n" +"ブートレコードの論理ブロックアドレス (LBA) では、マスターブートレ" +"コードを\n" "指定します。今のところ常に 0 でかまいません。" #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " +"shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" -"このダイアログで設定を終えたらシャットダウンをして再起動することができます。\n" +"このダイアログで設定を終えたらシャットダウンをして再起動することができま" +"す。\n" "その後、システムは自動的に指定したデバイスから起動します。" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -166,8 +166,12 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "Samba ユーザとグループ ID の 範囲 を指定してください (<tt>winbind uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)." +msgid "" +"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" +"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "" +"Samba ユーザとグループ ID の 範囲 を指定してください (<tt>winbind " +"uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -397,7 +401,8 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " +"following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -448,7 +453,8 @@ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"この変更は新しく生成したプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービスには反映されません。\n" +"この変更は新しく生成したプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービス" +"には反映されません。\n" "すべてのサービスに対して変更を有効にするには、サービスを\n" "手動で再起動するか、マシンを再起動してください。\n" @@ -501,43 +507,54 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " +"Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Linux クライアントは、 NT ドメインや Active Directory ドメインのメンバーとして設定することができます。\n" +"Linux クライアントは、 NT ドメインや Active Directory ドメインのメンバーと" +"して設定することができます。\n" "ここではメンバーシップの名前を指定することができます。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " +"joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Linux の認証に SMB の情報を使用する を選択すると、\n" -" NT サーバや Kerberos サーバ (Active Directory 使用時) でパスワードの確認を行なうことができるようになります。\n" +" NT サーバや Kerberos サーバ (Active Directory 使用時) でパスワードの確認を行" +"なうことができるようになります。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " +"list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、 プライマリ DNS サフィックスの変更\n" -"を選択してください。この設定は、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれている場合にのみ利用できます。" +"お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、 プライマリ " +"DNS サフィックスの変更\n" +"を選択してください。この設定は、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれてい" +"る場合にのみ利用できます。" #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " +"domain.\n" msgstr "" " OK を押すとメンバーシップの検証を行ないます。\n" -"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参加できるようになります。\n" +"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参" +"加できるようになります。\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.\n" -msgstr "NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。\n" +msgstr "" +"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。</" +"p>\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 @@ -550,18 +567,39 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." -msgstr "初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " +"directories created on the first login." +msgstr "" +"初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は " +"ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する を選択してください。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." -msgstr "オフライン認証 を選択すると、ドメインコントローラに接続ができない場合であってもユーザの認証を行なうことができるようになります。この機能を利用するには、そのユーザは少なくとも 1 回以上ドメインにログインしておく必要があります。ログインした時点でユーザの認証情報がお使いのコンピュータに暗号化されて保存され、ドメインコントローラに接続できない場合にその認証情報を再利用するためです。この設定は特にモバイルユーザ向けに役立つ設定です。" +msgid "" +"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " +"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " +"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " +"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " +"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " +"useful for mobile users." +msgstr "" +"オフライン認証 を選択すると、ドメインコントローラに接続ができない場" +"合であってもユーザの認証を行なうことができるようになります。この機能を利用す" +"るには、そのユーザは少なくとも 1 回以上ドメインにログインしておく必要がありま" +"す。ログインした時点でユーザの認証情報がお使いのコンピュータに暗号化されて保" +"存され、ドメインコントローラに接続できない場合にその認証情報を再利用するため" +"です。この設定は特にモバイルユーザ向けに役立つ設定です。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "WINS オプションや Active Directory ドメインのホームディレクトリのマウントなど、高度な機能については 熟練者向け設定 を押してください。" +msgid "" +"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " +"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"WINS オプションや Active Directory ドメインのホームディレクトリのマウント" +"など、高度な機能については 熟練者向け設定 を押してください。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -571,14 +609,24 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、 ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。ただしパスワードは暗号化されず、平文のままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " +"joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " +"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "" +"自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、 ユーザ名 と " +"パスワード を入力してください。ただしパスワードは暗号化されず、平文の" +"ままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." -msgstr " Active Directory に参加するには、 Active Directory サーバ を指定してください。この項目は Kerberos 設定の KDC の値としても利用されます。" +msgid "" +"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " +"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +" Active Directory に参加するには、 Active Directory サーバ を指定し" +"てください。この項目は Kerberos 設定の KDC の値としても利用されます。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -590,7 +638,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "お使いのシステムの時刻を NTP サーバと同期するには、お使いのコンピュータを\n" -" NTP クライアントとして設定してください。 NTP の設定 から設定を行なうことができます。\n" +" NTP クライアントとして設定してください。 NTP の設定 から設定を行なう" +"ことができます。\n" "\n" #. default value of Machine Account @@ -686,7 +735,9 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。共有をそのままにしますか？それとも削除しますか？" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。共有をそのままにしますか？それとも削除しま" +"すか？" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 @@ -710,8 +761,12 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用したい場合は、 ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " +"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "" +"名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用し" +"たい場合は、 ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する を選択してください。" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 @@ -720,8 +775,12 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." -msgstr " WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、 DHCP で WINS サーバのアドレスを取得 を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " +"by DHCP." +msgstr "" +" WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、 DHCP で WINS サー" +"バのアドレスを取得 を選択してください。" #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 @@ -755,37 +814,79 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." -msgstr "ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する を設定すると、 許可するグループ に所属するユーザに対して自らが所有するディレクトリを他のユーザと共有できるようになります。たとえば <tt>users</tt> を指定するとローカルユーザ全員に対して、 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> を指定するとドメインのユーザに対して許可できるようになります。また、ユーザはファイルのアクセス権を適切に設定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " +"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " +"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" +"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " +"permissions allow access." +msgstr "" +"ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する を設定すると、 許可するグ" +"ループ に所属するユーザに対して自らが所有するディレクトリを他のユーザと共" +"有できるようになります。たとえば <tt>users</tt> を指定するとローカルユーザ全" +"員に対して、 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> を指定するとドメインのユーザに対して許可" +"できるようになります。また、ユーザはファイルのアクセス権を適切に設定する必要" +"があります。" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." -msgstr "最大共有数 を指定すると共有の最大数を制限することができます。" +msgid "" +"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " +"that may be created." +msgstr "" +"最大共有数 を指定すると共有の最大数を制限することができます。" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." -msgstr "認証なしでユーザ共有へのアクセスを許可するには、 ゲストアクセスを許可 を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " +"Guest Access." +msgstr "" +"認証なしでユーザ共有へのアクセスを許可するには、 ゲストアクセスを許可</" +"b> を選択してください。" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " +"the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." -msgstr "サーバディレクトリのマウント の表では、たとえばホームディレクトリのように、ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントすべき、サーバ側のディレクトリを指定することができます。マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するには、選択したルールに ユーザ名 を指定してください。設定しない場合は、全てのユーザがログインした時にマウントされます。詳しい情報は pam_mount.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " +"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +msgstr "" +"サーバディレクトリのマウント の表では、たとえばホームディレクトリの" +"ように、ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントすべき、サーバ側のディレク" +"トリを指定することができます。マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するに" +"は、選択したルールに ユーザ名 を指定してください。設定しない場合は、全" +"てのユーザがログインした時にマウントされます。詳しい情報は pam_mount.conf の" +"マニュアルページをお読みください。" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." -msgstr "たとえば リモートパス の項目に <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定し、 ローカルマウントポイント の項目に <tt>~/</tt> を指定することでホームディレクトリをマウントするよう設定することができます。この場合、 オプション に <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " +"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " +"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " +"part of Options." +msgstr "" +"たとえば リモートパス の項目に <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定" +"し、 ローカルマウントポイント の項目に <tt>~/</tt> を指定することで" +"ホームディレクトリをマウントするよう設定することができます。この場合、 オ" +"プション に <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定する必要があります。" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." -msgstr "Kerberos メソッド では、どのようにして Kerberos のチケットを検証するかを指定します。SSH 向けシングルサインオン を使用した場合、 YaST での既定の Kerberos メソッドは <tt>secrets and keytab</tt> です。詳しくは smb.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " +"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " +"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " +"for details." +msgstr "" +"Kerberos メソッド では、どのようにして Kerberos のチケットを検証す" +"るかを指定します。SSH 向けシングルサインオン を使用した場合、 YaST で" +"の既定の Kerberos メソッドは <tt>secrets and keytab</tt> です。詳しくは smb." +"conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -851,79 +952,79 @@ msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールしています..." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM ログイン" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos を使用する" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos を使用しない" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "既定の領域" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "既定のドメイン" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC サーバアドレス" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "クロックのズレ" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "KDC サーバ: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "既定のドメイン: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "既定の領域: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "Kerberos 認証の有効化: %1" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "DNS 経由で設定を取得する" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -932,7 +1033,7 @@ "正しい値を設定してください。\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -36,52 +36,52 @@ msgstr "サポート (&S)" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "supportconfig 概要ダイアログ" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "SUSE サポートセンターを開く" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "SUSE サポートセンターポータルに接続するためのブラウザを開きます。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" msgstr "開く" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "データの収集" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "これを実行すると、収集したログファイルを含む tar ボールを作成します。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "レポート tar ボールの作成" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "データのアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "これを実行すると、収集したログを指定した URL にアップロードします。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Upload" msgstr "アップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "インストール済みのブラウザが見つかりません。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -93,184 +93,183 @@ "%1 を開くことをお勧めします。\n" "Web ブラウザを起動しますか？\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "supportconfig アップロードダイアログ" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" msgstr "名前を付けて保存" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "保存先ディレクトリ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "ログファイルを含むパッケージ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "ログファイルの tar ボールを URL にアップロードする" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "アップロード先" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "tar ボールの保存先ディレクトリの選択" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "tar ボールファイルに取り込むログファイルの選択" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig パラメータ設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "'/' から始まる完全なファイルを作成する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "詳細なディスク情報とスキャンを除外する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "eDirectory インスタンス向けのルートファイルシステムの検索" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "完全な SLP サービスリストを含める" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "インストール済みのすべての rpm に対して、 rpm -V を実行する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "ログファイルのすべての行を含め、ローテート済みのログを収集する" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "既定値を使用する (/etc/supportconfig.conf を無視する)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "すべてのサポート機能を有効化する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "最小限の情報のみを収集する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "独自の (熟練者向けの) 設定を使用する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "熟練者設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig 熟練者設定" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "既定のオプション" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig 連絡先設定" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "連絡先情報" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Company" msgstr "会社名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "電話番号" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ストア ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "端末 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "情報のアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11 桁のサービスリクエスト番号" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR 番号は 11 桁でなければなりません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "データを収集しています" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" msgstr "処理中" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "収集済みデータの概要" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" msgstr "ファイル名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "データから削除" @@ -350,15 +349,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>SUSE サポートセンターの表示</big> \n" -"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセンターを開く を押します。\n" -"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもできます。\n" -"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号を書き留めておいてください。\n" +"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセン" +"ターを開く を押します。\n" +"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもで" +"きます。\n" +"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号" +"を書き留めておいてください。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -367,7 +371,8 @@ "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>データの収集</big> \n" -"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択します。" +"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択しま" +"す。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -377,19 +382,24 @@ "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>収集したデータのアップロード</big> \n" -"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード をお使いください。\n" -"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" +"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード " +"をお使いください。\n" +"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" +"" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " +"settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>supportconfig のオプション</big> \n" -"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータを\n" -"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することもできます。" +"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータ" +"を\n" +"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することも" +"できます。" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 @@ -407,7 +417,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>オプション</big> \n" "追加の情報を収集します。通常、これらのオプションは必要となる\n" @@ -417,7 +428,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>既定のオプション</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたいデータセットを選択してください。" @@ -426,8 +438,10 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file." msgstr "" "<big>連絡先情報</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたい連絡先情報を記入してください。\n" @@ -437,39 +451,52 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>情報のアップロード</big> \n" -"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI のことを意味します。\n" -"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかです。アップロード先で\n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball キーワードをお使い\n" -"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられます。\n" +"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI の" +"ことを意味します。\n" +"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかで" +"す。アップロード先で\n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball</" +"i> キーワードをお使い\n" +"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられま" +"す。\n" "詳しくは man supportconfig(1) をお読みください。" #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>アップロード先の指定例</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップロードする場合は、\n" -"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるようにしてください。\n" +"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップ" +"ロードする場合は、\n" +"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるように" +"してください。\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -484,23 +511,29 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>収集済みデータの概要</big> \n" -"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部分的に共有したくないものが\n" -"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してください。\n" +"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部" +"分的に共有したくないものが\n" +"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してくださ" +"い。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレクトリ\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big></" +"b> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレク" +"トリ\n" "を選択して、オプションを選択してください。\n" " \n" @@ -509,7 +542,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -533,13 +567,16 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケージ の項目に\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップ" +"ロード</big> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケー" +"ジ の項目に\n" "フルパスを指定してください。\n" " \n" @@ -613,7 +650,9 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-diskio.txt)" +msgstr "" +"ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-" +"diskio.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" @@ -624,12 +663,18 @@ msgstr "Novell eDirectory ヘルスチェックの情報 (novell-edir.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" msgstr "sysctl や root の環境変数など、システムの環境情報 (env.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc.txt)" +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "" +"/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc." +"txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -648,8 +693,12 @@ msgstr "ルート DSE 検索を含む LDAP 関連の情報 (ldap.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "" +"ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell " +"Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" @@ -704,8 +753,12 @@ msgstr "OpenWBEM 関連の情報 (openwbem.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" -msgstr "ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情報 (pam.txt)" +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" +msgstr "" +"ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情" +"報 (pam.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" @@ -724,8 +777,11 @@ msgstr "更新クライアント関連の情報 (updates.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "SAR データファイルのコピーを含む、システム動作レポート関連の情報 (sar.txt)" +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "" +"SAR データファイルのコピーを含む、システム動作レポート関連の情報 (sar.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" @@ -737,13 +793,18 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" -"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" -"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正しく動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" +"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A." +"R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" +"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイ" +"ルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" +"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正し" +"く動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" @@ -774,32 +835,58 @@ msgstr "XEN 仮想化関連の情報 (xen.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されます。 -e" +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "" +"supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイ" +"ルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されま" +"す。 -e" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files.txt)" +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files." +"txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" -msgstr "VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファイルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" +msgstr "" +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファ" +"イルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "ディスクと詳細スキャンの情報量を最小化する (-d)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定すると、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "" +"通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定する" +"と、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了するまでにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "" +"すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了する" +"までにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp.txt)" +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "" +"通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定" +"すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp." +"txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" @@ -818,36 +905,61 @@ msgstr "basic-environment.txt に含める連絡先電話番号" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" +"す。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." -msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールの場所。一覧内の最初の正しい場所のみを使用します。" +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." +msgstr "" +"supportconfig の tar ボールの場所。一覧内の最初の正しい場所のみを使用します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" +"す。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイルの行数の最大値" +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイル" +"の行数の最大値" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールに含める SAR データファイル数の最大値" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" "1 に設定すると、 supportconfig は静寂モードで動作します。このオプションは、\n" -"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定してください。" +"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定し" +"てください。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバを指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "" +"-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップ" +"ロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバ" +"を指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:10:27 UTC (rev 95810) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:02+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -34,12 +34,16 @@ msgstr "仮想マシンを設定しています..." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 -msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " -msgstr "x86_64 は仮想マシンをホスティングすることのできる唯一のアーキテクチャです。お使いのアーキテクチャは " +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +msgid "" +"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " +"architecture is " +msgstr "" +"x86_64 は仮想マシンをホスティングすることのできる唯一のアーキテクチャです。お" +"使いのアーキテクチャは " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -49,153 +53,178 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "インストールされているパッケージの確認" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークブリッジの設定" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VMサーバ (ドメイン 0) を設定しています" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 -msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "<big>VM サーバの設定</big>VM サーバ (ドメイン 0) の設定には 2 つのパートがあります。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "" +"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " +"Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "" +"<big>VM サーバの設定</big>VM サーバ (ドメイン 0) の設定には " +"2 つのパートがあります。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 -msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "最初にシステムに対して必要なパッケージをインストールします。その後 GRUB が使用されていない場合はブートローダを GRUB に切り替え、 Xen セクションがない場合はブートローダメニューに追加します。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +msgid "" +"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " +"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " +"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "" +"最初にシステムに対して必要なパッケージをインストールします。その後 GRUB " +"が使用されていない場合はブートローダを GRUB に切り替え、 Xen セクションがない" +"場合はブートローダメニューに追加します。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 -msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr " GRUB は Xen および Linux カーネルを起動するのに必要なマルチブート標準をサポートしているため、必要となります。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +msgid "" +"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " +"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +" GRUB は Xen および Linux カーネルを起動するのに必要なマルチブート標準をサ" +"ポートしているため、必要となります。" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 -msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "設定が問題なく完了したら、ブートローダメニューから VM サーバを起動できます。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +msgid "" +"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " +"Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"設定が問題なく完了したら、ブートローダメニューから VM サーバを起動できま" +"す。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "インストールを中断します。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "インストールするハイパーバイザを選択してください" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "サーバ: ハイパーバイザを動作させるための最小限のシステム" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "ツール: 仮想マシンを設定／管理／監視するためのツール" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM ハイパーバイザ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM サーバ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM ツール" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC コンテナ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC デーモン" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "仮想化サーバに接続するためのソフトウエア" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "仮想化クライアントツール" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen ハイパーバイザ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen サーバ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen ツール" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "パッケージのインストールに失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "lxc に対するパッケージのインストールが失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" -msgstr "sled クライアントパターンに対するパッケージのインストールが失敗しました\n" +msgstr "" +"sled クライアントパターンに対するパッケージのインストールが失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "sles パターンに対するパッケージのインストールが失敗しました\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "テキストモードで起動しています。グラフィカルコンポーネントをインストールしてもよろしいですか？" +msgstr "" +"テキストモードで起動しています。グラフィカルコンポーネントをインストールして" +"もよろしいですか？" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "パッケージを確認しています..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできません。" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "grub2 の設定ファイルを更新しています..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しています..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "ネットワークブリッジ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 -msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "仮想マシンをホスティングする通常のネットワーク設定では、ネットワークブリッジをお勧めします。既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しますか？" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "" +"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " +"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "" +"仮想マシンをホスティングする通常のネットワーク設定では、ネットワークブリッ" +"ジをお勧めします。既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しますか？" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -206,26 +235,36 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。お使いのホストに KVM ゲストをインストールする準備が整いました。" +msgstr "" +"KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。お使いのホストに KVM ゲストをインス" +"トールする準備が整いました。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 -msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。 KVM ゲストをインストールするにはマシンを再起動し、ブートローダメニューでネイティブカーネルを選択してください。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +msgid "" +"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " +"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "" +"KVM コンポーネントをインストールしました。 KVM ゲストをインストールするにはマ" +"シンを再起動し、ブートローダメニューでネイティブカーネルを選択してください。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 -msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." -msgstr "Xen ゲストをインストールするには、マシンを再起動してブートローダの Xen セクションを選択する必要があります。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +msgid "" +"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " +"the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"Xen ゲストをインストールするには、マシンを再起動してブートローダの Xen セク" +"ションを選択する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Xen ハイパーバイザとツールをインストールしました。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "仮想化クライアントツールをインストールしました。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "libvirt LXC コンポーネントをインストールしました。"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95809 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 May '16

08 May '16

Author: belphegor Date: 2016-05-08 10:09:08 +0200 (Sun, 08 May 2016) New Revision: 95809 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po Log: merged and updated Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:37+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "ターゲット" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "ポータルグループ" @@ -101,153 +101,159 @@ msgstr "パス" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" -msgstr "クライアント" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" +msgstr "イニシエータ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "LUN マッピング" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "認証" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "LUN の編集" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "認証の編集" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "コピー" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "認証なし" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "受信認証" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "送信認証" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "システム起動時 (&B)" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動 (&M)" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "システム起動時" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "TPG 状態" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "iSCSI LIO ターゲットの概要" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI ターゲット</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットの追加" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" -msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットクライアントの設定変更" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" +msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットイニシエータの設定変更" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットにおける LUN 設定の変更" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲット熟練者設定" @@ -399,92 +405,152 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "認証方法を選択してください。 認証なし 、または 受信 と 送信 のいずれか(または両方)を使用します。次に、 ユーザ および パスワード を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " +"User and Password." +msgstr "" +"認証方法を選択してください。 認証なし 、または 受信 と 送信" +" のいずれか(または両方)を使用します。次に、 ユーザ および パス" +"ワード を設定します。" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "ターゲットのポータルグループからインポートした LUN に対し、クライアントアクセスを提供するには、 追加 を利用します。続いて、どのクライアントからのアクセスを許可するか (クライアント名は iSCSI イニシエータ内の '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' にある InitiatorName に書かれています) を設定します。 削除 を選択すると、 LUN からクライアントアクセスを削除します。" +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " +"imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " +"InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete " +"will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"ターゲットのポータルグループからインポートした LUN に対し、イニシエータ (クライアント) " +"からのアクセスを提供するには、 追加 を利用します。続いて、どのクライアントから" +"のアクセスを許可するか (クライアント名は iSCSI イニシエータ内の '/etc/iscsi/" +"initiatorname.iscsi' にある InitiatorName に書かれています) を設定しま" +"す。 削除 を選択すると、 LUN からイニシエータアクセスを削除します。</" +"p>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "LUN の編集 を利用することで LUN マッピングを編集することができます。なお、 LUN のターゲット番号は唯一のものでなければなりません。 また、 認証の編集 では、認証の種類を選択します。ここでは 受信 または 送信 (もしくはその両方) を選択します。最後に ユーザ および パスワード を設定します。前のダイアログで 認証を使用する を無効にした場合、 認証の編集 は利用できません。" +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to " +"set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth</" +"b> is disabled here." +msgstr "" +"LUN の編集 を利用することで LUN マッピングを編集することができま" +"す。なお、 LUN のターゲット番号は唯一のものでなければなりません。 また、 " +"認証の編集 では、認証の種類を選択します。ここでは 受信 または " +"送信 (もしくはその両方) を選択します。最後に ユーザ および " +"パスワード を設定します。なお、受信と送信の認証では異なる値を設定して" +"ください。前のダイアログで 認証を使用する を無効に" +"した場合、 認証の編集 は利用できません。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "コピー を利用することで、 LUN に対して追加のクライアントアクセスを設定することができます。" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " +"to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"コピー を利用することで、 LUN に対して追加のイニシエータアクセスを" +"設定することができます。" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" -"検出されたターゲットとそのポータルグループの一覧です。新しいターゲットを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。\n" -"項目を削除したり編集したりする場合は、該当する項目を選んで 編集 または 削除 を押してください。" +"検出されたターゲットとそのポータルグループの一覧です。新しいターゲットを追加" +"するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"項目を削除したり編集したりする場合は、該当する項目を選んで 編集 また" +"は 削除 を押してください。" #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI ターゲットの IP およびポート、 LUN の設定</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "任意のブロックデバイスやファイルを LUN 内に設定することができます。\n" -"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してください。\n" +"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してくださ" +"い。\n" "LUN 名 は LUN を識別するために使用する任意の名称です。\n" -"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要があります。\n" +"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要がありま" +"す。\n" "LUN を何も指定しない場合は、自動的に生成します。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"IP アドレス と ポート番号 では、どのアドレスとボードでサービスを\n" +"IP アドレス と ポート番号 では、どのアドレスとボードでサービ" +"スを\n" "提供するのかを指定します。ポート番号の既定値は 3260 です。\n" -"IP アドレスは、いずれかのネットワークカードに設定されたもののみを入力することができます。" +"IP アドレスは、いずれかのネットワークカードに設定されたもののみを入力すること" +"ができます。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "新しいターゲットを作成します。テンプレートの値を正しい値に変更してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "任意のブロックデバイスやファイルを LUN 内に設定することができます。\n" -"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してください。\n" +"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してくださ" +"い。\n" "LUN 名 は LUN を識別するために使用する任意の名称です。\n" -"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要があります。\n" +"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要がありま" +"す。\n" "LUN を何も指定しない場合は、自動的に生成します。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "全ての追加の設定オプションを 追加, 編集, 削除 することができます。" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"全ての追加の設定オプションを 追加, 編集, 削除 することが" +"できます。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"必要に応じて LUN 番号を編集し、種類 を設定してください (nullio はテスト目的で使用します) 。 \n" -"\"種類\" に \"fileio\" を設定した場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへのパスを設定します。 SCSI ID と セクタ の指定はオプションです。" +"必要に応じて LUN 番号を編集し、種類 を設定してください (nullio " +"はテスト目的で使用します) 。 \n" +"\"種類\" に \"fileio\" を設定した場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへのパス" +"を設定します。 SCSI ID と セクタ の指定はオプションです。</" +"b>" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -503,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "パスワードが正しくありません" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "選択された LUN は既に使用されています！" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 @@ -531,8 +597,8 @@ msgstr "ファイルまたはデバイスの選択" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" -msgstr "クライアント LUN" +msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgstr "イニシエータ LUN" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 msgid "Target LUN" @@ -551,8 +617,8 @@ msgstr "少なくとも 1 つの認証方法を設定する必要があります。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "クライアント名:" +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "イニシエータ名:" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" @@ -560,22 +626,22 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" -msgstr "クライアント名を指定する必要があります！" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" +msgstr "イニシエータ名を指定する必要があります！" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" -msgstr "そのクライアント名は既に存在しています！" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" +msgstr "そのイニシエータ名は既に存在しています！" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" -msgstr "新しいクライアントの名前:" +msgid "New initiator name:" +msgstr "新しいイニシエータの名前:" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" @@ -585,99 +651,105 @@ msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "有効" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "無効" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "選択した項目を削除してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "ターゲット %1 を TPG %2 で作成する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "ネットワークポータルを %1 に設定する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "LUN %1 の削除時の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "LUN %1 (名前: %2) をパス %3 に設定する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "%1:%2 上の認証を %3 に設定する際の問題" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "ターゲットを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "ターゲットのポータルグループを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "ターゲットは既に存在しています。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "受信" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "発信" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "無効" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -"クライアントが何も設定されていません。\n" -"ターゲットに対してクライアントからのログインを許可するには、\n" +"イニシエータが何も設定されていません。\n" +"ターゲットに対してイニシエータからのログインを許可するには、\n" "'追加' ボタンを押して名前を入力してください\n" "(イニシエータ側の /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi をご覧ください) 。\n" -"クライアントアクセス無しで続行してよろしいですか？" +"イニシエータアクセス無しで続行してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "%1:%2 内のクライアント %3 に対する LUN %4 の削除時の問題" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "%1:%2 内のイニシエータ %3 に対する LUN %4 の削除する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "%1:%2 内のクライアント %3 に対する LUN %4:%5 の追加時の問題" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "%1:%2 内のイニシエータ %3 に対する LUN %4:%5 の追加する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" -msgstr "%1:%2 からクライアント %3 を削除する際の問題" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" +msgstr "%1:%2 からイニシエータ %3 を削除する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" -msgstr "%1:%2 に対してクライアント %3 を作成する際の問題" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" +msgstr "%1:%2 に対してイニシエータ %3 を作成する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "%1:%2 内のクライアント %3 の認証設定変更時の問題" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "%1:%2 内のイニシエータ %3 の認証設定変更の際の問題" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 @@ -690,11 +762,11 @@ msgstr "準備しています..." #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "lio の設定を保存できません" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "tcm の設定を保存できません" @@ -794,3 +866,4 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:18+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 17:07+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -53,17 +53,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれ" +"ば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定します。" +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定しま" +"す。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." msgstr "既定のコマンドライン文字列に加えてさらに追加したい文字列を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -93,8 +103,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含むファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含む" +"ファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -138,8 +152,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), " +"ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -178,8 +196,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場" +"合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -188,8 +210,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s のいずれかで指定します。" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s の" +"いずれかで指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -363,15 +389,14 @@ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." msgstr "" -"カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲または冗長値、もしくはその両方を指定します。\n" +"カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲または冗長値、もしくはその両方を指" +"定します。\n" "これらの値は書き直されます。" #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "この変更を適用するにはシステムの再起動が必要です。" @@ -419,7 +444,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" +msgstr "" +"\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧" +"縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 @@ -741,11 +768,13 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump の有効化／無効化 \n" -" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである \"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" +" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである " +"\"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" " 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。 \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -762,10 +791,20 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプ \n" -" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施する場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これにより以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡すことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にのみ適切な方法です。" +" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、" +"パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施す" +"る場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これによ" +"り以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡す" +"ことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にの" +"み適切な方法です。" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -786,37 +825,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump Format \n" " ダンプ無し - カーネルのログのみを保存します。 \n" " ELF 形式 - ELF 形式でダンプファイルを作成します。 \n" -" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。 \n" -" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で作成します。 \n" +" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。" +" \n" +" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で" +"作成します。 \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Kdump イメージの保存先 \n" -" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種類を選択してください。 " +" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種" +"類を選択してください。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n" -" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n" -" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" +"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステム" +"に保存します。\n" +" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定" +"します。\n" +" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することがで" +"きます。\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -827,14 +876,17 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - ダンプイメージを FTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - FTP サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " 匿名 FTP サーバに対して匿名 FTP で接続するかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名と" +"パスワードを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -846,12 +898,15 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルと 'dd' を利用して保存します。\n" +"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルと 'dd' を利用して保存しま" +"す。\n" " サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" +"p>\n" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -866,9 +921,11 @@ "SFTP - ダンプイメージを SFTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" +"p>\n" #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" @@ -889,7 +946,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - ダンプイメージを NFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - NFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。 " +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -904,9 +962,11 @@ "CIFS - ダンプイメージを CIFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - CIFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " 共有名 - Windows 共有名を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " 認証利用 サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ" +"名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -915,7 +975,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができます。\n" +"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができま" +"す。\n" " たとえば /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] のうちの\n" " kernel_string の部分だけを入力してください。 " @@ -937,7 +998,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump コマンドライン追加文字列\n" -" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を指定します。\n" +" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を" +"指定します。\n" " Kdump コマンドライン を指定した場合にのみ追加されます。 \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -954,10 +1016,12 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "古いダンプイメージを削除 - \n" -" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダンプファイル\n" +" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダ" +"ンプファイル\n" " が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。 " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -970,7 +1034,8 @@ " everything in place for debugging. \n" msgstr "" "ダンプディレクトリ内にカーネルをコピーする - \n" -" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている場合) \n" +" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている" +"場合) \n" " をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n" " 既定値は \"オフ\" になっています。マシン自身でデバッグを行なう際に\n" " 有用な設定です。 \n" @@ -978,47 +1043,65 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを指定します。 " +msgstr "" +"SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを" +"指定します。 " #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" +"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用する" +"ユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの " +"SMTP を使用します。\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" +"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用す" +"るパスワードを指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの " +"SMTP を使用します。\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレスを指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレ" +"スを指定します。\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先のメールアドレスを\n" +"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先の" +"メールアドレスを\n" " スペース区切りで指定します。\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを指定します。\n" +"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを" +"指定します。\n" "ダンプファイルが指定した数を見えると、古いダンプは削除されます。" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1207,19 +1290,38 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "カーネルオプションに複数の範囲または冗長値が書かれています。書き直しますか？" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "ファームウエア支援型ダンプを使用する (&F)" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" +"Kdump はこのシステムではサポートされていません。\n" +"続行しても、モジュールが正しく動作しないものと思われます。\n" +"たとえば設定が正しく読み込まれず、結果として設定が使い物にならない\n" +"などのことが考えられます。\n" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "Kdump はサポートされていません" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1228,132 +1330,137 @@ "詳しくは %{log} をお読みください。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "カーネル起動オプションを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "メモリ制限を計算しています..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "ディスク内のパーティションを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込んで使用率を測定しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "設定ファイル /etc/sysconfig/kdump を読み込むことができません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "カーネルの起動オプションを読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込むことができません。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "起動オプションの更新" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "起動オプションを更新しています..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "ブートローダに crashkernel パラメータを追加しています。" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump の状態: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel オプションの値: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ対象: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "保存するダンプ数: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "警告: 十分な空き領域が無い可能性があります。 %{required} が必要ですが、 %{available} だけが利用可能です。" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"警告: 十分な空き領域が無い可能性があります。 %{required} が必要ですが、 " +"%{available} だけが利用可能です。" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプを利用することができません。\n" "このハードウエアには対応していません。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:03+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:42+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -67,8 +67,12 @@ msgstr "エクスポートオプション (参照: 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." -msgstr "NFSv4 ID マッピング用のドメイン指定。 'localdomain' や 'abc.com' のように指定してください。" +msgid "" +"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." +"com' etc." +msgstr "" +"NFSv4 ID マッピング用のドメイン指定。 'localdomain' や 'abc.com' のように指定" +"してください。" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -79,27 +83,27 @@ msgstr "セキュリティ付き NFS の有効化／無効化の Yes/No 設定。" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS サーバは有効です" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS サーバは無効です" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "必要なパッケージ (%1) がインストールされていません。" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "マウントポイントが指定されていません。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -110,13 +114,19 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "NFSv4 を有効化せずにドメインを設定することはできません。 'set enablev4' コマンドを利用してください。" +msgstr "" +"NFSv4 を有効化せずにドメインを設定することはできません。 'set enablev4' コマ" +"ンドを利用してください。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." -msgstr "コマンドセットは 'set option=value' のように指定しなければなりません。オプション設定については 'set help' をお読みください。" +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +msgid "" +"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " +"get information about available options." +msgstr "" +"コマンドセットは 'set option=value' のように指定しなければなりません。オプ" +"ション設定については 'set help' をお読みください。" #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -175,48 +185,59 @@ "設定ファイル内に不要なスペースが混入している可能性があります。\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリ (&D)" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "参照 (&B)..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "エクスポートパスを入力してください。例: /exports" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "エクスポートテーブルには既にこのディレクトリが含まれています。" +#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 +msgid "" +"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +"with spaces in their names.\n" +"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +msgstr "" +"ユーザモードの NFS サーバ (%1) では、名前にスペースが含まれているディレクトリ\n" +"を公開することができません。\n" +"カーネルベースのサーバ (%2) ではこれを行なうことができます。" + #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "ディレクトリが存在しません。作成しますか？" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリの選択" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "ホストのワイルドカード (&H)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "オプション (&P)" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -225,7 +246,7 @@ "にする必要があります (1 つ前のページ) 。\n" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -235,12 +256,16 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "/etc/idmapd.conf ファイルを読み込めません。ドメインは既定値の 'localdomain' になります。" +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +msgid "" +"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " +"the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "" +"/etc/idmapd.conf ファイルを読み込めません。ドメインは既定値の 'localdomain' " +"になります。" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -249,7 +274,7 @@ "どのディレクトリをエクスポートするかを選択します。" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -257,141 +282,157 @@ "NFS サーバを起動 を選択して 次へ を押すと、\n" "どのディレクトリをエクスポートするかを設定するダイアログが表示されます。" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " +"Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " +"are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"このサーバが NFSv4 クライアントとの通信を行なう必要がある場合は、 NFSv4 を有効にする\n" -"を選んでから、 ID マップデーモンが使用する NFSv4 ドメインをテキストボックスに入力してください。\n" -"よくわからない場合は \"localdomain\" のままにしておくか、 idmapd と idmapd.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"このサーバが NFSv4 クライアントとの通信を行なう必要がある場合は、 " +"NFSv4 を有効にする\n" +"を選んでから、 ID マップデーモンが使用する NFSv4 ドメインをテキストボックスに" +"入力してください。\n" +"よくわからない場合は \"localdomain\" のままにしておくか、 idmapd と idmapd." +"conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " +"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"サーバとクライアントの間で GSS ライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、 GSS セキュリティを有効にする \n" -"のチェックボックスを選んでください。 GSS API を利用するには、 Kerberos と gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) をインストールする必要があります。\n" +"サーバとクライアントの間で GSS ライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、 " +"GSS セキュリティを有効にする \n" +"のチェックボックスを選んでください。 GSS API を利用するには、 Kerberos と " +"gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) をインストールする必要があります。\n" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS サーバ" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 msgid "&Start" msgstr "開始 (&S)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "起動しない (&N)" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 を有効にする" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "NFSv4を有効にする (&V)" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "NFSv4 ドメイン名を入力してください (&M):" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "GSS セキュリティを有効にする (&G)" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS サーバの設定" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" "mount this directory.\n" msgstr "" "上記のボックスにはエクスポートするディレクトリが全て表示されています。\n" -"それぞれのディレクトリを選択すると、下のボックスにこのディレクトリをマウントできる\n" +"それぞれのディレクトリを選択すると、下のボックスにこのディレクトリをマウント" +"できる\n" "ホストが表示されます。\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " +"directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"ホストのワイルドカード は選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホストを設定します。\n" +"ホストのワイルドカード は選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホスト" +"を設定します。\n" "単一のホストを指定できるほか、グループやワイルドカード、\n" "IP ネットワークでも指定できます。\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "アスタリスク (<tt>*</tt>) を入力するとすべてのホストの意味になります。" +#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 +msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +msgstr "この項目に何も指定しないと、すべてのホストの意味になります。" + #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "詳細については <tt>man exports</tt> を参照してください。\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの追加 (&D)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "削除 (&L)" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "ホストのワイルドカード" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "ホストの追加 (&H)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "編集 (&I)" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "削除 (&T)" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリ" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -400,7 +441,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -411,60 +452,76 @@ "していません。\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS サーバの設定を書き込んでいます" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "/etc/exports を保存する" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "サービスを再起動する" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "/etc/exports を保存しています..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "サービスを再起動しています..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了しました" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS サーバの設定を書き込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "idmapd.conf に書き込めません。" +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314 +msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +msgstr "idmapd を開始できません。ドメインの設定をご確認ください。" + +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321 +msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +msgstr "idmapd を再起動できません。" + +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328 +msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +msgstr "idmapd を停止できません。" + #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." -msgstr "svcgssd を起動できません。 kerberos と gssapi (nfs-utils) が正しく設定されていることを確認してください。" +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339 +msgid "" +"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " +"is correct." +msgstr "" +"svcgssd を起動できません。 kerberos と gssapi (nfs-utils) が正しく設定されて" +"いることを確認してください。" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 -msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." -msgstr "'svcgssd' サービスを再起動できません。" +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349 +msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." +msgstr "'svcgssd' は動作中です。再起動できません。" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd' は動作中です。停止できません。" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -473,11 +530,12 @@ "変更は再起動後に有効になります。\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS エクスポート" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "idmap 用の NFSv4 ドメインは %1 です。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 17:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 @@ -76,30 +76,30 @@ msgstr "この YaST モジュールではなく、 '%s' をお使いください。" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "登録が成功しました。" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLP 検索が失敗しました。サーバが見つかりません。" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書をダウンロードしています" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書を取り込んでいます" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "%s を登録しています..." @@ -237,30 +237,17 @@ msgstr "SHA256 拇印: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" -"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができません。\n" -"今すぐネットワークを設定しますか？" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." -msgstr "ネットワークエラーです。ネットワークの設定をご確認ください。" - -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "接続が時間切れになりました。" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "このシステムが登録サーバに対して既知のものであるかどうか、ご確認ください。" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -283,20 +270,20 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "登録が失敗しました。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "登録クライアントのエラーです。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -305,19 +292,19 @@ "あとで登録をやり直してください。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "受信した SSL 証明書は、期待する証明書に合致していません。" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "詳細: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -332,23 +319,23 @@ "再度 YaST モジュールを起動してください。" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書を取り込んでいます" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s' の証明書を取り込んでいます..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "機密保持接続のエラーです: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -360,6 +347,27 @@ "サーバ側で新しい登録プロトコルに対応できるよう、\n" "最新の製品になっていることをご確認ください。" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "URL が正しくありません。" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" +"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができませ" +"ん。\n" +"今すぐネットワークを設定しますか？" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "ネットワークエラーです。ネットワークの設定をご確認ください。" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." @@ -389,12 +397,13 @@ "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" "製品がインストールされていること、および /etc/products.d/baseproduct が\n" -"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご確認ください。" +"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご" +"確認ください。" #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "システムを登録しています..." @@ -403,14 +412,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "%s に更新しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "製品を同期しています..." @@ -420,27 +429,27 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "利用可能な拡張とモジュールを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "移行製品を読み込んでいます..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "拡張とモジュールの登録" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "拡張とモジュールを登録しようとしています。" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -449,7 +458,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -459,7 +468,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -496,7 +505,7 @@ #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "リポジトリ設定の保存に失敗しました。" @@ -517,12 +526,12 @@ msgstr "サービス '%s' の保存に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の更新に失敗しました。" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -576,10 +585,13 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" "要求されている拡張やモジュール向けの登録コードを入力してください。\n" -"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" +"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない" +"場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition @@ -618,13 +630,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますので、ご注意ください。" +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますの" +"で、ご注意ください。" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインして" +"から、手作業で削除してください。" #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -634,7 +654,9 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができ" +"ます。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -648,7 +670,9 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" msgstr "ここでは、再登録を実施する拡張やモジュールを選択します。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -658,7 +682,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." msgstr "ここでは、基本製品とともに登録を行なう拡張やモジュールを選択します。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -718,26 +744,35 @@ #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "登録コード (&C)" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行なわれます。\n" +"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行な" +"われます。\n" "これにより、オンライン更新と技術サポートを受けられるようになります。\n" -"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してください。" +"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してく" +"ださい。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しくは SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設" +"定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しく" +"は SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -748,7 +783,7 @@ #. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス (&E)" @@ -820,12 +855,16 @@ msgstr "システムは登録済みです。" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンターの資格情報を入力してください。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149 +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンター" +"の資格情報を入力してください。" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -845,14 +884,15 @@ #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセンター\n" +"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセン" +"ター\n" "のユーザ名と電子メールアドレスを入力してください。\n" "セキュリティ更新や一般的な更新は、登録済みのシステムに対してのみ\n" "提供されます。" @@ -860,7 +900,7 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213 msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." @@ -868,9 +908,9 @@ #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "ネットワークの設定..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "ネットワークの設定 (&W)..." #. SSL error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 @@ -894,34 +934,50 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを" +"暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知" +"の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可することになります。" +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可するこ" +"とになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されていることを必ず確認してください。 " +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されてい" +"ることを必ず確認してください。 " #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなりえます。" +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなり" +"えます。" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "URL が正しくありません。" - #. input field label #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" @@ -950,8 +1006,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "このダイアログでは、オンライン移行時に使用するリポジトリを手動で選択することができます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内にある最新のバージョンにアップグレードされます。" +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログでは、オンライン移行時に使用するリポジトリを手動で選択するこ" +"とができます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内にある最新のバージョンにアッ" +"プグレードされます。" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 @@ -1008,8 +1070,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "ここでは、移行先の製品を選択します。登録サーバでは、新しい製品への移行に複数の方法を用意している場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、移行先の製品を選択します。登録サーバでは、新しい製品への移行に複" +"数の方法を用意している場合があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1018,8 +1084,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "移行リポジトリを後から手作業で選択するには、 %s のチェックボックスをお使いください。" +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" +"移行リポジトリを後から手作業で選択するには、 %s のチェックボックス" +"をお使いください。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1052,8 +1122,12 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "エラー: 製品 %{product} は登録サーバ (%{url}) 内で提供されていません。この移行処理を許可するため、製品を利用可能な状態にしてください。" +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"エラー: 製品 %{product} は登録サーバ (%{url}) 内で提供されていません。" +"この移行処理を許可するため、製品を利用可能な状態にしてください。" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1073,13 +1147,17 @@ #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に アップグレードしようとしています 。" +msgstr "" +"%{old_product} を %{new_product} に アップグレードしようとしています</" +"b> 。" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に ダウングレードしようとしています 。" +msgstr "" +"%{old_product} を %{new_product} に ダウングレードしようとしています</" +"b> 。" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 @@ -1102,12 +1180,20 @@ msgstr "システムは既に登録されています。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュールを登録したりすることができます。" +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュール" +"を登録したりすることができます。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログイ" +"ンしてから、手作業で削除してください。" #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1137,10 +1223,11 @@ "手作業でシステムを登録しなおすことができます。" #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "検索しています..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバを検索しています..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:19+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 17:01+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -189,7 +189,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " +"passwords)" msgstr "LDAP サーバの内容を操作する (たとえばパスワード変更など) ための LDAP DN" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -254,13 +256,14 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " +"users,\n" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "現在ユーザが Samba サーバに接続中のため、\n" "サーバは再起動ではなく再読み込みされました。\n" "ユーザの接続をいったん切断して全ての設定の適用を確認するには、\n" -"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' と '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' を実行してください。" +"'systemctl restart smb' と 'systemctl restart nmb' を実行してください。" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 @@ -290,7 +293,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "単一のバックエンドに対して複数のオプション値を設定する場合は、引用符で括る必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"単一のバックエンドに対して複数のオプション値を設定する場合は、引用符で括る必" +"要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -874,38 +879,51 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " +"click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>ワークグループまたはドメインの選択</big> \n" -"一覧の中から選択するか、もしくは新しいワークグループ名／ドメイン名を入力して 次へ を押してください。\n" +"一覧の中から選択するか、もしくは新しいワークグループ名／ドメイン名を入力して " +"次へ を押してください。\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " +"style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " +"passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " +"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " +"phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Samba サーバの種類</big>\n" -"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。\n" -"バックアップドメインコントローラは他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認証を行ないます。\n" -"プライマリドメインコントローラはユーザ名とパスワードの情報を自前で保有して認証を行ないます。\n" -"ここでの選択により、設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションが変わります。 Windows NT 形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、将来のリリースで削除される予定です。" +"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログ" +"インできるようにするものです。\n" +"バックアップドメインコントローラは他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認" +"証を行ないます。\n" +"プライマリドメインコントローラはユーザ名とパスワードの情報を自前で保有して認" +"証を行ないます。\n" +"ここでの選択により、設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションが変わります。 " +"Windows NT 形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、将来のリリースで削除される予定で" +"す。" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." +"\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Samba サーバの種類</big>\n" -"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。\n" +"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログ" +"インできるようにするものです。\n" "ここでの選択により、設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションが\n" "変わります。" @@ -978,15 +996,20 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " +"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " +"backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "基本設定ではドメインとサーバの役割を設定します。\n" -"バックアップドメインコントローラ と プライマリドメインコントローラ はそれぞれ Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。バックアップドメインコントローラは\n" -"他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認証を行ないます。プライマリドメインコントローラは\n" +"バックアップドメインコントローラ と プライマリドメインコントローラ" +" はそれぞれ Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできる" +"ようにするものです。バックアップドメインコントローラは\n" +"他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認証を行ないます。プライマリドメインコ" +"ントローラは\n" "ユーザ名とパスワードの情報を自前で保有して認証を行ないます。\n" "サーバをドメインに参加させたくない場合は、\n" " ドメインコントローラではない を選んでください。\n" @@ -1002,7 +1025,8 @@ msgstr "" "基本設定 ではドメインとサーバの役割を設定します。\n" "プライマリドメインコントローラ は Windows クライアントに対して\n" -"Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。サーバをドメインに参加させたくない場合は、\n" +"Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。サーバをドメインに参加さ" +"せたくない場合は、\n" " ドメインコントローラではない を選んでください。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 3/5 @@ -1035,7 +1059,8 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " +"settings.\n" msgstr "" "詳細設定 では詳細な設定やユーザ認証ソース、\n" "熟練者向けグローバル設定などの詳しい設定を行なうことができます。\n" @@ -1065,7 +1090,8 @@ msgstr "" "新しいドメインを一覧に追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" "ダイアログが開いたら、ドメイン名とパスワードを\n" -"それぞれ入力してください。パスワードは Samba サーバが信頼するドメインにアクセス\n" +"それぞれ入力してください。パスワードは Samba サーバが信頼するドメインにアクセ" +"ス\n" "する際に使用されます。最後に OK を押すと、\n" "信頼関係が確立されます。ドメインを削除するには、\n" "一覧からドメインを選択して 削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -1093,8 +1119,10 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい設定オプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。既存のオプションを\n" -"編集するには 編集 を押してください。また、オプションを削除するには 削除 を押してください。\n" +"新しい設定オプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。既存のオ" +"プションを\n" +"編集するには 編集 を押してください。また、オプションを削除するには " +"削除 を押してください。\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1103,7 +1131,8 @@ "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>熟練者向けグローバル設定</big> \n" -"ここではサーバのグローバルオプションについて細かく設定をすることができます。\n" +"ここではサーバのグローバルオプションについて細かく設定をすることができます。" +"\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 @@ -1112,7 +1141,8 @@ "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" "新しい設定オプションを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、\n" -"既存のオプションを編集するには 編集 ボタンを、削除するには 削除 ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。\n" +"既存のオプションを編集するには 編集 ボタンを、削除するには 削除 </" +"b> ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1129,21 +1159,27 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" +"b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "検索ベース DN (DN=Distinguished Name; 識別名) には\n" "情報を検索する際の開始地点となる識別名を指定します。 管理者 DN は\n" -"ユーザやグループを新規に作成する場合に利用します。管理者 DN を利用して書き込む際に\n" +"ユーザやグループを新規に作成する場合に利用します。管理者 DN を利用して書き込" +"む際に\n" "パスワードが必要となる場合は、 LDAP 管理者パスワードの設定 を押して\n" "設定してください。\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" -msgstr "注意: 設定は LDAP 管理者パスワードを設定する前に保存されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " +"is set.\n" +msgstr "" +"注意: 設定は LDAP 管理者パスワードを設定する前に保存されます。</" +"p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1154,18 +1190,21 @@ "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>User 認証情報バックエンド</big> \n" -"ここでは、 Samba サーバが認証情報を検索する際に、どこから探すかを選択します。\n" +"ここでは、 Samba サーバが認証情報を検索する際に、どこから探すかを選択しま" +"す。\n" " Samba では複数のバックエンドの同時設定には対応しておらず、 1 つだけを\n" "設定する必要があります。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " +"one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザ認証のソースを変更したい場合は、まず現行の認証ソースを\n" -"削除 ボタンを押して削除し、その後 追加 ボタンを押して追加してください。\n" +"削除 ボタンを押して削除し、その後 追加 ボタンを押して追加してく" +"ださい。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1194,7 +1233,9 @@ msgid "" "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" -msgstr "TDB データベース では、情報を保存したり検索したりするのに Samba 独自のバイナリデータベースを使用します。\n" +msgstr "" +"TDB データベース では、情報を保存したり検索したりするのに Samba 独" +"自のバイナリデータベースを使用します。\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore #. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ @@ -1271,14 +1312,34 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "スナップショットの公開 を選択すると、 Samba は snapper で作成したスナップショットを公開し、CIFS/SMB クライアントからアクセスしたり編集したりできるようになります。このオプションは Samba が snapper に対応していて、かつ共有パスが snapper の設定された btrfs ファイルシステムのサブボリュームである場合にのみ利用できます。 なお、関連するパーミッションも許可しておかなければなりません。詳しくは Samba の vfs_snapper(8) のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " +"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " +"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " +"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " +"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " +"details." +msgstr "" +"スナップショットの公開 を選択すると、 Samba は snapper で作成したス" +"ナップショットを公開し、CIFS/SMB クライアントからアクセスしたり編集したりでき" +"るようになります。このオプションは Samba が snapper に対応していて、かつ共有" +"パスが snapper の設定された btrfs ファイルシステムのサブボリュームである場合" +"にのみ利用できます。 なお、関連するパーミッションも許可しておかなければな" +"りません。詳しくは Samba の vfs_snapper(8) のマニュアルページをお読み" +"ください。" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "" +"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " +"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " +"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " +"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -"btrfs の機能を使用する を選択すると、 Samba が btrfs ファイルシステム固有の機能を生かすようになります。\n" -"このオプションは Samba が btrfs に対応していて、かつ共有パスが btrfs のサブボリュームである場合にのみ利用できます。詳しくは Samba の vfs_btrfs(8) のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +"btrfs の機能を使用する を選択すると、 Samba が btrfs ファイルシステ" +"ム固有の機能を生かすようになります。\n" +"このオプションは Samba が btrfs に対応していて、かつ共有パスが btrfs のサブボ" +"リュームである場合にのみ利用できます。詳しくは Samba の vfs_btrfs(8) " +"のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1287,53 +1348,90 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " +"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" +"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " +"including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " +"objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " +"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" +"b>." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP 設定</big> \n" "ここでは認証に使用する LDAP サーバを設定することができます。\n" "\n" "\n" -"LDAP パスワードバックエンド を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指定した URL の LDAP ツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、 LDAP idmap バックエンド を指定すると、 LDAP 内にSID/uid/gid のマッピングテーブルを保存できるようになります。\n" +"LDAP パスワードバックエンド を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指定した URL の " +"LDAP ツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、 LDAP idmap バックエンド</" +"b> を指定すると、 LDAP 内にSID/uid/gid のマッピングテーブルを保存できるように" +"なります。\n" "\n" -"認証のセクションでは、管理者の DN など、 LDAP サーバに対する資格情報を設定します。\n" +"認証のセクションでは、管理者の DN など、 LDAP サーバに対する資格情報を設定し" +"ます。\n" "\n" -"検索ベース DN では、 Samba 固有の LDAP オブジェクトに対する LDAP サフィックスを指定します。\n" +"検索ベース DN では、 Samba 固有の LDAP オブジェクトに対する LDAP サ" +"フィックスを指定します。\n" "\n" -"お使いの LDAP サーバとの接続をテストするには、 接続のテスト を押してください。また、LDAP 設定をエクスポートしたり既定値を使用したりしたい場合は、 詳細設定 を押してください。" +"お使いの LDAP サーバとの接続をテストするには、 接続のテスト を押してく" +"ださい。また、LDAP 設定をエクスポートしたり既定値を使用したりしたい場合は、 " +"詳細設定 を押してください。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "ユーザサフィックス では、ユーザを設定する先の LDAP ツリーを指定します。ここでの値は検索ベース DN の前に付けられます。また、 グループサフィックス では、同様にグループを設定する先のものを指定します。同様に マシンサフィックス はマシン用、 idmap サフィックス は idmap マッピング用です。" +msgid "" +"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " +"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " +"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " +"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "" +"ユーザサフィックス では、ユーザを設定する先の LDAP ツリーを指定しま" +"す。ここでの値は検索ベース DN の前に付けられます。また、 グループサ" +"フィックス では、同様にグループを設定する先のものを指定します。同様に " +"マシンサフィックス はマシン用、 idmap サフィックス は idmap マッピ" +"ング用です。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " +"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"レプリケーションスリープ は、 LDAP サーバに書き込んだ後 Samba サーバが待機を行なう時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、 LDAP のレプリカが複製に追随できることを期待するためのものです。\n" -"タイムアウト では、 LDAP の操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で指定します。" +"レプリケーションスリープ は、 LDAP サーバに書き込んだ後 Samba サー" +"バが待機を行なう時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、 LDAP のレプリカが" +"複製に追随できることを期待するためのものです。\n" +"タイムアウト では、 LDAP の操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で指" +"定します。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -msgstr "LDAP 接続に対して SSL を使用するかどうかを設定するには、 SSL または TLS を使用する を利用します。" +msgid "" +"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +"" +msgstr "" +"LDAP 接続に対して SSL を使用するかどうかを設定するには、 SSL または " +"TLS を使用する を利用します。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " +"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " +"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " +"page for details." msgstr "" -"DN の削除 では、削除操作の際に LDAP 項目を完全に削除するのか、もしくは Samba 固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。\n" -"パスワードの同期 では、 LDAP パスワードと NT/LM ハッシュ値の同期を行なうかどうかを設定します。詳しくは <tt>smb.conf</tt> のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +"DN の削除 では、削除操作の際に LDAP 項目を完全に削除するのか、もし" +"くは Samba 固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。\n" +"パスワードの同期 では、 LDAP パスワードと NT/LM ハッシュ値の同期を" +"行なうかどうかを設定します。詳しくは <tt>smb.conf</tt> のマニュアルページをお" +"読みください。" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1358,7 +1456,8 @@ msgstr "" "/tmp や /var/tmp は誰でもアクセスできるディレクトリであり、\n" "定期的なスケジュールジョブなどによってファイルが削除される可能性が\n" -"あることに注意してください。詳しくは /etc/sysconfig/cron 内の MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP \n" +"あることに注意してください。詳しくは /etc/sysconfig/cron 内の " +"MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP \n" "と TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR を参照してください。\n" #. translators: warning text @@ -1368,7 +1467,8 @@ "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" msgstr "" "/var を共有することはセキュリティ上の問題となる可能性があります。\n" -"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているためです。\n" +"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているため" +"です。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 @@ -1377,7 +1477,8 @@ "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" msgstr "" "/etc を共有することはセキュリティ上の問題となる可能性があります。\n" -"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているためです。\n" +"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているため" +"です。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 @@ -1386,12 +1487,14 @@ "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" "/ を共有することはセキュリティ上の問題となる可能性があります。\n" -"このディレクトリを共有すると、 Samba クライアントからシステム全体にアクセスできるようになってしまうためです。\n" +"このディレクトリを共有すると、 Samba クライアントからシステム全体にアクセスで" +"きるようになってしまうためです。\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " +"and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "詳細設定 では LDAP 設定やユーザ認証ソース、\n" @@ -1607,7 +1710,9 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "dcObject(dc) クラスおよび organizationalUnit(ou) クラスのみをサポートしています。" +msgstr "" +"dcObject(dc) クラスおよび organizationalUnit(ou) クラスのみをサポートしていま" +"す。" #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 @@ -1820,3 +1925,4 @@ #: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 17:05+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -123,194 +123,194 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "マジック SysRq キーを使用する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "厳密なファイルパーミッションを使用する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャへのリモートアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "ハードウエアクロックにシステム時刻を書き込む" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "常に cron スクリプトの syslog メッセージを生成する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "DHCP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "'dhcp' ユーザで DHCP デーモンを起動する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャでのリモートの root ログイン" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "X サーバに対するリモートからのアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "メール配送サブシステムへのリモートアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "更新時にサービスを再起動する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "削除時にサービスを停止する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP syncookie 機能を有効にする" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IP 転送" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IP 転送" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "基本システムサービスを有効化する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "追加のサービスを無効化する" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "セキュリティ設定" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "セキュリティ状態" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " または " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "下記の基本システムサービスが有効化されていません: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "全ての基本システムサービスが有効になっています。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "下記の追加サービスが有効化されています: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "サービス一覧を確認し、不要なサービスについては無効に設定してください。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "基本システムサービスのみが有効になっています。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "セキュリティの概要" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "状態の変更 (&S)" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "説明 (&D)" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "システムを分析しています" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "起動設定" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "起動許可設定" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "その他の設定" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "パスワード設定" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "チェック" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "パスワード有効日数" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ "できません" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -328,17 +328,17 @@ "選択された暗号化方式の最大パスワード文字数は %1 です。" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "ログイン設定" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "ログイン" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ " しばらくお待ちください... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ "中止 ボタンを押すと準備を安全に中止する事ができます" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ " しばらくお待ちください... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." @@ -373,69 +373,26 @@ "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" "中止 ボタンを押すと保存を中止できます。" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" -"<big>起動セキュリティ</big>\n" -"このダイアログではセキュリティに関連する様々な起動設定を行なうことができます。" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" -"Ctrl + Alt + Del の解釈:\n" -"ユーザがコンソールで CTRL + ALT + DEL の組み合わせを押したときに\n" -"システムがどのような応答をするのかを設定することができます。\n" -"一般には '再起動' を選択してください。たとえばこのシステムがデスクトップ\n" -" PC とサーバを兼用しているような場合など、環境によってはこのキー入力を\n" -"無視したほうが都合のいい場合もあります。 " - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" -"ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作:\n" -"このマシンを KDM からシャットダウンすることのできるユーザを設定することができます。\n" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" -"システムの休止:\n" -"システムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。既定では、有効なコンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行なうことができます。\n" -"それ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求めるかを選ぶことができます。\n" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>ローカルセキュリティ設定</BIG>\n" -"事前に設定された既定値を利用して、起動やログイン、パスワードやユーザ作成、ファイル\n" +"事前に設定された既定値を利用して、起動やログイン、パスワードやユーザ作成、" +"ファイル\n" " のアクセス権などのローカルセキュリティ設定を変更することができます。\n" " 必要があれば既定値から変更を加えることもできます。\n" "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." @@ -444,7 +401,7 @@ "ネットワークに接続されているコンピュータ向けの設定です。" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." @@ -453,7 +410,7 @@ "ネットワークに接続するデバイスの場合に指定します。" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." @@ -462,12 +419,12 @@ "コンピュータ向けの設定です。" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "カスタム設定: 独自の設定を行なうことができます。" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -478,44 +435,56 @@ "主に /etc/login.defs ファイルに保存されます。" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" +"tt>)." msgstr "" "ログイン失敗後の待機時間:\n" -"パスワード類推による攻撃を避けるため、ログインが失敗したときには一定時間の待機を与えるよう\n" -"設定することをお勧めします。パスワードを誤って入力してしまうこともありますので、待たされすぎない\n" -"ようにそれなりに少なめの値に設定してください。お勧めは <tt>3</tt> 秒程度です。" +"パスワード類推による攻撃を避けるため、ログインが失敗したときには一定時間の待" +"機を与えるよう\n" +"設定することをお勧めします。パスワードを誤って入力してしまうこともありますの" +"で、待たされすぎない\n" +"ようにそれなりに少なめの値に設定してください。お勧めは <tt>3</tt> 秒程度で" +"す。" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "成功したログインを記録: ログインの成功を記録することは、とても\n" -"有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、システムに\n" -"対して不正なログインが行なわれていないかどうか、後から調査することができるためです。\n" +"有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、シス" +"テムに\n" +"対して不正なログインが行なわれていないかどうか、後から調査することができるた" +"めです。\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " +"access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "リモートのグラフィカルログインを許可: この項目を選択すると、\n" -"ネットワークを介してグラフィカルログイン画面にアクセスすることができるようになります。\n" -"お使いのマシンにディスプレイマネージャを使ってリモートアクセスを行なうことは、セキュリティ上のリスクを伴う場合があります。" +"ネットワークを介してグラフィカルログイン画面にアクセスすることができるように" +"なります。\n" +"お使いのマシンにディスプレイマネージャを使ってリモートアクセスを行なうこと" +"は、セキュリティ上のリスクを伴う場合があります。" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." @@ -524,74 +493,92 @@ "主に /etc/login.defs ファイルに格納されます。" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"新しいパスワードのチェック: 辞書に載っている語や名前、その他一般的で簡単な語は\n" +"新しいパスワードのチェック: 辞書に載っている語や名前、その他一般的" +"で簡単な語は\n" "パスワードに使用しないようお勧めします。\n" -"この項目を選択すると、パスワードが簡単に推測できてしまうものかどうかを確認するようになります。" +"この項目を選択すると、パスワードが簡単に推測できてしまうものかどうかを確認す" +"るようになります。" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "最小パスワード文字数:\n" -"新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字 (大文字, 小文字, 数字, その他)\n" -"の最小数を指定します。詳しい説明については、 pam_cracklib のマニュアルページを\n" +"新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字 (大文字, 小文字, 数" +"字, その他)\n" +"の最小数を指定します。詳しい説明については、 pam_cracklib のマニュアルページ" +"を\n" "お読みください。このオプションは、 新しいパスワードのチェック\n" "を選択した場合にのみ設定できます。" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "記録するパスワード:\n" -"保存するユーザパスワードの数を入力することで、ユーザが同じパスワードを再度使用するのを防ぐことができます。\n" +"保存するユーザパスワードの数を入力することで、ユーザが同じパスワードを再度使" +"用するのを防ぐことができます。\n" " パスワードを保存しない場合 '0' を指定してください。" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方式:" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\n" -"パスワードは 8 文字以下に制限されます。他のシステムとの互換性を必要とする場合は、\n" +"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することが" +"できますが、\n" +"パスワードは 8 文字以下に制限されます。他のシステムとの互換性を必要とする場合" +"は、\n" "この方式をご利用ください。" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " +"Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"MD5 は、それより長いパスワードを利用できるだけでなく、現在の Linux ディストリビューション\n" -"の全てで対応している方式です。ただし他のシステムや古いソフトウエアでは対応していないかもしれません。" +"MD5 は、それより長いパスワードを利用できるだけでなく、現在の Linux " +"ディストリビューション\n" +"の全てで対応している方式です。ただし他のシステムや古いソフトウエアでは対応し" +"ていないかもしれません。" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨できません。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由があ" +"る場合を除き、他の方式は推奨できません。" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." @@ -600,27 +587,31 @@ "最小と最大を設定します。" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "パスワード失効警告日数: この項目には\n" -"ユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日からの相対日数で指定します。\n" -"この日数を長くすればするほどパスワードを推測される危険性を低くすることができます。" +"ユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日からの相対日" +"数で指定します。\n" +"この日数を長くすればするほどパスワードを推測される危険性を低くすることができ" +"ます。" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>ユーザセキュリティ</big>\n" -"このダイアログではユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更することができます。" +"このダイアログではユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更することができ" +"ます。" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." @@ -629,7 +620,7 @@ "ユーザ ID の最小値および最大値を設定します。" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." @@ -638,27 +629,34 @@ "グループ ID の最小値および最大値を設定します。" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "<big>その他のセキュリティ設定</big>\n" -"このダイアログではローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変更することができます。" +"このダイアログではローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変更すること" +"ができます。" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." +"secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." +"*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " +"by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" @@ -667,76 +665,101 @@ "/etc/permissions.secure または /etc/permissions.easy のいずれかに従って\n" "設定されます。どちらの設定を利用するかを選択してください。\n" "SuSEconfig を実行することでそれぞれの設定に応じたアクセス権を設定します。\n" -"ここでアクセス権の設定を行なうことで、アクセス権を誤って設定していても自動的に修正\n" -"されるため、悪意のあるユーザが不意にシステムファイルを覗き込むことができなくなります。\n" -"簡易 を設定すると、セキュリティの高いシステムでは本来 root ユーザにしか読み込めないファイル\n" +"ここでアクセス権の設定を行なうことで、アクセス権を誤って設定していても自動的" +"に修正\n" +"されるため、悪意のあるユーザが不意にシステムファイルを覗き込むことができなく" +"なります。\n" +"簡易 を設定すると、セキュリティの高いシステムでは本来 root ユーザにし" +"か読み込めないファイル\n" "について、一般ユーザでも読むことができるようになります。\n" "厳格 を設定すると、 /var/log/messages などのシステムファイルは\n" -" root ユーザにしか読めなくなります。また一部のプログラムはデーモンまたは root ユーザ\n" +" root ユーザにしか読めなくなります。また一部のプログラムはデーモンまたは " +"root ユーザ\n" "でしか起動できなくなり、ユーザは実行できなくなります。\n" "最もセキュリティの高い設定は 偏執 です。これを利用すると、\n" -" X アプリケーションや setuid のアクセス権が付与されたプログラムについて、どのユーザに起動を許可するかを設定する必要があります。\n" +" X アプリケーションや setuid のアクセス権が付与されたプログラムについて、どの" +"ユーザに起動を許可するかを設定する必要があります。\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" +"b>\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "updatedb を実行するユーザ: updatedb プログラムは 1 日に 1 回\n" -"実行されます。このプログラムはファイルシステム全体を捜索し、それぞれのファイルの場所を\n" -"格納したデータベース (locatedb) を作成します。このデータベースは \"locate\" コマンドで\n" -"利用することができます。ここではこのコマンドを実行する際のユーザを指定します: nobody\n" -" (少数のファイルしか捜索対象になりません) または root (全てのファイルが捜索対象になります)" +"実行されます。このプログラムはファイルシステム全体を捜索し、それぞれのファイ" +"ルの場所を\n" +"格納したデータベース (locatedb) を作成します。このデータベースは \"locate\" " +"コマンドで\n" +"利用することができます。ここではこのコマンドを実行する際のユーザを指定しま" +"す: nobody\n" +" (少数のファイルしか捜索対象になりません) または root (全てのファイ" +"ルが捜索対象になります)" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " +"system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" -"root の PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める DOS システムでは\n" -"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ内を検索してから\n" -" PATH 環境変数で指定されたディレクトリを検索します。対して UNIX 系システムでは\n" +"root の PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める DOS システムで" +"は\n" +"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ" +"内を検索してから\n" +" PATH 環境変数で指定されたディレクトリを検索します。対して UNIX 系システムで" +"は\n" " PATH 環境変数だけを検索します。" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" -"通常ユーザの PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める DOS システムでは\n" -"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ内を検索してから\n" -" PATH 環境変数で指定されたディレクトリを検索します。対して UNIX 系システムでは\n" +"通常ユーザの PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める DOS システ" +"ムでは\n" +"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ" +"内を検索してから\n" +" PATH 環境変数で指定されたディレクトリを検索します。対して UNIX 系システムで" +"は\n" " PATH 環境変数だけを検索します。" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " +"programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"システムによっては環境変数 PATH にドット \".\" を追加することで今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ\n" +"システムによっては環境変数 PATH にドット \".\" を追加することで今いる(カレ" +"ント)ディレクトリ\n" "を対象に含めるよう対処しているものがあります。\n" -"これはシステム全体にインストールされたプログラムの代わりにカレントディレクトリにある正体不明の\n" -"プログラムを不用意に起動してしまうことが考えられるため、非常に危険です。結果として\n" -"トロイの木馬 のようなシステムの脆弱性を突いてシステムを乗っ取るプログラムを\n" +"これはシステム全体にインストールされたプログラムの代わりにカレントディレクト" +"リにある正体不明の\n" +"プログラムを不用意に起動してしまうことが考えられるため、非常に危険です。結果" +"として\n" +"トロイの木馬 のようなシステムの脆弱性を突いてシステムを乗っ取るプログ" +"ラムを\n" "起動してしまう可能性があります。" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." @@ -745,131 +768,221 @@ "カレントディレクトリを最後に検索するようにします。" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" -"\"いいえ\": root ユーザがカレントディレクトリにあるプログラムを起動する際には\n" +"\"いいえ\": root ユーザがカレントディレクトリにあるプログラムを起動する際" +"には\n" "\"./\" を付けて起動します。例: \"./configure\"" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "マジック SysRq キーを有効にする この項目を選択すると、\n" -"カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であってもいくつかの操作を行なうことが\n" -"できるようになります。詳細は /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt をお読みください。" +"カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であってもいくつかの操作" +"を行なうことが\n" +"できるようになります。詳細は /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt をお読み" +"ください。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." -msgstr "セキュリティの概要 最も重要なセキュリティ設定について、概要が表示されています。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " +"security settings." +msgstr "" +"セキュリティの概要 最も重要なセキュリティ設定について、概要が表" +"示されています。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "現在の値を変更するには、オプションに結びつけられたリンクを押してください。" +msgstr "" +"現在の値を変更するには、オプションに結びつけられたリンクを押してください。" +"" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgstr "セキュリティ状態 列内のチェックが入っていると、オプションについての現在の値が安全なものであることを示しています。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure." +msgstr "" +"セキュリティ状態 列内のチェックが入っていると、オプションについての" +"現在の値が安全なものであることを示しています。" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "現在の値を読み取ることができません。おそらくサービスがインストールされていないか、システムにオプションがありません。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "" +"現在の値を読み取ることができません。おそらくサービスがインストールされ" +"ていないか、システムにオプションがありません。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " +"graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"ディスプレイマネージャは、グラフィカルなログイン画面を提供することができます。\n" -"そのための設定をしなければなりませんが、他のシステムで動作している X サーバから、\n" -"ネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。この場合、表示されるウインドウ内の\n" +"ディスプレイマネージャは、グラフィカルなログイン画面を提供することができま" +"す。\n" +"そのための設定をしなければなりませんが、他のシステムで動作している X サーバか" +"ら、\n" +"ネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。この場合、表示されるウ" +"インドウ内の\n" "データはネットワークを介して届けられます。使用するネットワークが完全には\n" "信頼できないものの場合、ネットワークを流れる通信が傍受され、ディスプレイの\n" -"グラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワードにも\n" -"アクセスできてしまいます。リモートからのグラフィカルログインに使用する\n" +"グラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワー" +"ドにも\n" +"アクセスできてしまいます。リモートからのグラフィカルログインに使用す" +"る\n" "XDMCP は、不要であれば無効に設定してください。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " +"the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" "システムの起動時に、システム時刻はコンピュータのハードウエアクロックに\n" -"合わせます。そのため、シャットダウンの前にハードウエアクロックを設定する作業が\n" +"合わせます。そのため、シャットダウンの前にハードウエアクロックを設定する作業" +"が\n" "必要になります。一貫性のあるシステム時刻は、正しいログメッセージを\n" "作成するためにきわめて重要です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "システムの機能不全は普通、その振る舞いの異常から検出することができます。たとえば定期的に記録されるような syslog イベントがあった場合は、問題を発見するのに重要な項目になるほか、 1 件だけでも記録が無かった場合でも、すべてのログ記録が無い場合より重要な情報を含んでいる場合があります。そのため、システムイベントの syslog メッセージは、それらが存在していることを確認するのが大切です。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"システムの機能不全は普通、その振る舞いの異常から検出することができます。た" +"とえば定期的に記録されるような syslog イベントがあった場合は、問題を発見する" +"のに重要な項目になるほか、 1 件だけでも記録が無かった場合でも、すべてのログ記" +"録が無い場合より重要な情報を含んでいる場合があります。そのため、システ" +"ムイベントの syslog メッセージは、それらが存在していることを確認するのが大切" +"です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "chroot 実行環境は、区切られたディレクトリ内に必要となるファイルだけを配置して、ルートディレクトリをそのディレクトリとして実行させる仕組みです。これにより、処理を抑制することができます。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " +"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " +"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"chroot 実行環境は、区切られたディレクトリ内に必要となるファイルだけを配置" +"して、ルートディレクトリをそのディレクトリとして実行させる仕組みです。これに" +"より、処理を抑制することができます。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "DHCP クライアントデーモンは dhcpd ユーザで動作させ、プログラムコード内に何らかの脆弱性が存在しても、危険性を最小限に抑えるべきものです。なお、 dhcpd は root で動作させてはならないほか、 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 機能を利用して chroot 実行環境下で制限を加えると効果的です。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " +"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " +"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective." +msgstr "" +"DHCP クライアントデーモンは dhcpd ユーザで動作させ、プログラム" +"コード内に何らかの脆弱性が存在しても、危険性を最小限に抑えるべきものです。</" +"P>なお、 dhcpd は root で動作させてはならないほか、 " +"CAP_SYS_CHROOT 機能を利用して chroot 実行環境下で制限を加えると効果" +"的です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "管理者は X ウインドウのセッション内に root でログインしないよう注意し、 root 権限の使用を最小限に抑えるべきです。このオプションは不注意な管理者を助けるものではなく、攻撃者がパスワードを類推したり獲得したりした場合に、ディスプレイマネージャを通じて root ログインをさせないよう防ぐためのものです。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "" +"管理者は X ウインドウのセッション内に root でログインしないよう注" +"意し、 root 権限の使用を最小限に抑えるべきです。このオプションは不注意" +"な管理者を助けるものではなく、攻撃者がパスワードを類推したり獲得したりした場" +"合に、ディスプレイマネージャを通じて root ログインをさせないよう防ぐ" +"ためのものです。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " +"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"お使いのディスプレイにウインドウを開くような X ウインドウクライアントは、\n" +"お使いのディスプレイにウインドウを開くような X ウインドウクライアント" +"は、\n" "物理マシン (仮想マシンではなく) 内で実行されている X サーバに接続します。\n" -"そのほかにもプログラムを異なるシステムで動作させ、その表示内容をネットワーク接続\n" -"経由で X サーバに表示させることもできます。このような機能を有効にすると、\n" +"そのほかにもプログラムを異なるシステムで動作させ、その表示内容をネットワーク" +"接続\n" +"経由で X サーバに表示させることもできます。このような機能を有効にする" +"と、\n" " X サーバはポート 6000 + (ディスプレイの番号) で待ち受けるようになります。\n" -"この場合、ネットワーク上を流れるデータは暗号化されないため、通信を傍受される\n" -"ことを考慮する必要があります。また、 X サーバのようなプログラムで開かれている他のポートが、\n" -"攻撃の対象となる可能性もあります。安全な設定はこれを無効にすることです。\n" -"ネットワークを介して X ウインドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル (ssh)\n" -"を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化された ssh コネクションの内側で X\n" +"この場合、ネットワーク上を流れるデータは暗号化されないため、通信を傍受され" +"る\n" +"ことを考慮する必要があります。また、 X サーバのようなプログラムで開かれている" +"他のポートが、\n" +"攻撃の対象となる可能性もあります。安全な設定はこれを無効にすることです。</" +"P>\n" +"ネットワークを介して X ウインドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル " +"(ssh)\n" +"を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化された ssh コネクションの内" +"側で X\n" "サーバとクライアントの通信が行なわれるようになります。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" "電子メールの配送サブシステムは常に開始されます。しかしながら、既定では\n" -"外部から SMTP のポート 25 で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの外部に公開しないようになっています。SMTP プロトコルを利用し、お使いのシステム宛の電子メールを配送しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" +"外部から SMTP のポート 25 で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの" +"外部に公開しないようになっています。SMTP プロトコルを利用し、お使いの" +"システム宛の電子メールを配送しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してくだ" +"さい。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." @@ -882,56 +995,179 @@ "実行し続ける必要があります。 この設定は、特別な理由がある場合にのみ\n" "設定すべき項目です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを削除する場合、パッケージ内のファイルを\n" -"削除する前にサービスを停止する必要があります。このような動作は多くの場合\n" -"有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによってはファイルシステム内のバイナリや\n" -"設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものもあります。これらのサービスはサービスを\n" -"停止させる (デーモンを止める) まで実行し続ける必要があります。この設定は、\n" +"現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを削除する場合、パッケージ内のファイル" +"を\n" +"削除する前にサービスを停止する必要があります。このような動作は多くの場" +"合\n" +"有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによってはファイルシステム内のバイナリ" +"や\n" +"設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものもあります。これらのサービスはサービ" +"スを\n" +"停止させる (デーモンを止める) まで実行し続ける必要があります。この設定" +"は、\n" "特別な理由がある場合にのみ設定すべき項目です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "システムが多数の接続要求を受け付けると、システムが過剰な負荷を受けてメモリを使い果たしてしまい、その結果としてサービス拒否 (Denial of Service (DoS)) 状態に陥ってしまいます。syncookie の使用はこのような状況での助けになりますが、この設定を 有効 にしていた場合でも、多数の正当な接続要求を受けた場合は過負荷状態になってしまい、 TCP の接続が受け付けられなくなります。ただし、ほとんどの場合において、 syncookie の使用は SYN flood (DoS) 攻撃に対する第一次防衛線となりますので、 有効 に設定しておくのが安全です。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "" +"システムが多数の接続要求を受け付けると、システムが過剰な負荷を受けてメモリ" +"を使い果たしてしまい、その結果としてサービス拒否 (Denial of Service (DoS)) 状" +"態に陥ってしまいます。syncookie の使用はこのような状況での助けになりま" +"すが、この設定を 有効 にしていた場合でも、多数の正当な接続要求を受け" +"た場合は過負荷状態になってしまい、 TCP の接続が受け付けられなくなります。</" +"P>ただし、ほとんどの場合において、 syncookie の使用は SYN flood (DoS) 攻撃" +"に対する第一次防衛線となりますので、 有効 に設定しておくのが安全で" +"す。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "IP 転送とは、受信したネットワークパケットを通過させるという意味ですが、システムで設定したネットワークインターフェイスのうちの 1 つで受信させるということではありません。システムはネットワークの通信を ISO/OSI レイヤ 3 上で転送する場合、それはルータと呼ばれます。ルータとしての動作を必要としない場合、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " +"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"IP 転送とは、受信したネットワークパケットを通過させるという意味ですが、シ" +"ステムで設定したネットワークインターフェイスのうちの 1 つで受信させるというこ" +"とではありません。システムはネットワークの通信を ISO/OSI レイヤ 3 上で" +"転送する場合、それはルータと呼ばれます。ルータとしての動作を必要としない場" +"合、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "この設定は IPv4 にのみ適用されます。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "この設定は IPv6 にのみ適用されます。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "マジック SysRq キーは、システムがクラッシュ状態 (カーネルのデバッグ中など) や無応答状態にあった場合でも、いくつかの操作を受け付けることができるようになります。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "" +"マジック SysRq キーは、システムがクラッシュ状態 (カーネルのデバッグ中な" +"ど) や無応答状態にあった場合でも、いくつかの操作を受け付けることができるよう" +"になります。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr " /etc/permissions.* ファイルには、事前に定義されたファイルのパーミッション (アクセス権) 情報があります。最も制限の厳しいファイルパーミッションは '厳格' または '偏執' です。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +" /etc/permissions.* ファイルには、事前に定義されたファイルのパーミッショ" +"ン (アクセス権) 情報があります。最も制限の厳しいファイルパーミッションは '厳" +"格' または '偏執' です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." -msgstr "基本システムサービスは、システムを正しく動作させるために有効にしなければならない項目で、セキュリティに関するサービスを実行するためにも必要です。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " +"to run the security-related services." +msgstr "" +"基本システムサービスは、システムを正しく動作させるために有効にしなければな" +"らない項目で、セキュリティに関するサービスを実行するためにも必要です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." -msgstr "稼働中のサービスは、いずれも潜在的なセキュリティ攻撃の標的になり得ます。そのため、システムで使用していない全てのサービスは無効に設定しておくのがお勧めです。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system." +msgstr "" +"稼働中のサービスは、いずれも潜在的なセキュリティ攻撃の標的になり得ます。そ" +"のため、システムで使用していない全てのサービスは無効に設定しておくのがお勧め" +"です。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" +"<big>起動セキュリティ</big>\n" +"このダイアログではセキュリティに関連する様々な起動設定を行なうことができま" +"す。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"通常はシステムの再起動を実行します。システムがサーバとワークステーションの" +"両方として動作しているような場合など、このイベントを無視したほうが\n" +"都合の良い場合もあります。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"既定ではシステムを停止 (halt) させますが、システムがサーバとワークステーションの" +"両方として動作しているような場合など、このイベントを無視したほうが\n" +"都合の良い場合もあります。" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" +"Ctrl + Alt + Del の解釈:\n" +"誰かがコンソールで CTRL + ALT + DEL の組み合わせを押した際に、\n" +"システムがどのような応答をするのかを設定することができます。 %s" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" +"ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作:\n" +"このマシンを %s からシャットダウンすることのできるユーザを設定することができ" +"ます。\n" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " +"authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" +"システムの休止:\n" +"システムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。既定では、有" +"効なコンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行なうことができます。\n" +"それ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求め" +"るかを選ぶことができます。\n" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" @@ -991,163 +1227,236 @@ "グループ ID の最小値を最大値より大きくすることは\n" "できません。" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del の解釈 (&I)" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "無視" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "再起動" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "停止" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "ルートのみに許可する" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "全てのユーザに許可する" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "全てのユーザに許可しない" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del の解釈 (&I)" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "リモートのグラフィカルログインを許可 (&G)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "マジック SysRq キー (&M)" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "無効" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "すべての機能を有効にする" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "ログイン失敗後の待機時間 (&D)" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "最大値 (&U)" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "最小値 (&I)" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "KDM ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作 (&S):" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "ルートのみに許可する" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "全てのユーザに許可する" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "全てのユーザに許可しない" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "システムの休止" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "有効なコンソール上にいるユーザ" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "誰にでも休止できる" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "常に認証を必要とする" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法 (&A)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "新しいパスワードのチェック (&C)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "記録するパスワードの数 (&E)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "最小パスワード文字数 (&M)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "パスワード失効警告日数 (&D)" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権 (&F)" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "簡易" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "厳格" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "偏執" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "updatedb を実行するユーザ (&U)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "最大値 (&X)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小値 (&M)" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "%s ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作 (&S):" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "事前定義済みのセキュリティ設定" @@ -1163,61 +1472,62 @@ msgstr "初期化しています..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "セキュリティの設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "セキュリティ設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "inittab 設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM 設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "システム設定の更新" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "セキュリティの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "inittab の設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM の設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "システム設定を更新しています..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: カスタム設定" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: %1" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-05-08 08:09:08 UTC (rev 95809) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:59+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -21,163 +21,134 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. The main () +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "システムスナップショットの設定" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "クリーンアップアルゴリズム" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" -msgstr "スナップショット %{num} の修正" +#. popup label, %1 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +msgstr "スナップショット %1 の修正" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" -msgstr "スナップショット %{pre} - %{post} の修正" +#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +msgstr "スナップショット %1 - %2 の修正" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Pre (%{pre})" -msgstr "事前 (%{pre})" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Pre (%1)" +msgstr "事前 (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 -msgid "Post (%{post})" -msgstr "事後 (%{post})" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +msgid "Post (%1)" +msgstr "事後 (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "新しいスナップショットの作成" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "単一スナップショット" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "事前" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "事後, 相手:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 -msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" -msgstr "スナップショット %{num} を削除してよろしいですか？" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 +msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgstr "スナップショット '%1' を削除してよろしいですか？" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 -msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" -msgstr "スナップショット %{pre} および %{post} を削除してよろしいですか？" - #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショット" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "単一" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "事前および事後" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "スナップショットの一覧を読み込んでいます..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "現在の設定" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "開始日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "終了日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "変更点の表示" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "修正" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -186,131 +157,131 @@ "そのため、差分の表示を行なうことができません。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "選択されたスナップショットの概要" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "変更されたファイルを調べています..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "ファイルの変更を調べています..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "新しいファイルが作成されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "ファイルが削除されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "ファイルの内容が変更されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "どのスナップショット内にもファイルが存在しません。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "ファイルの内容が修正されました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのモードを '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのユーザ所有権を '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのグループ所有権を '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "最初から復元する (&E)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "復元" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "2 番目から復元する (&T)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "スナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "現在のシステムと選択したスナップショットの間での差分を表示:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "最初と 2 番目のスナップショットの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "最初のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "2 番目のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "スナップショットを採取した時刻:" - -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "最初のスナップショットを採取した時刻:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "2 番目のスナップショットを採取した時刻:" +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "スナップショットを採取した時刻:" + #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "開く (&O)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "選択したものを復元" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -324,7 +295,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -332,39 +303,42 @@ "\n" "from snapshot '%2' to current system?" msgstr "" -"スナップショット '%2' から、下記のファイルを現在のシステムにコピーしてよろしいですか？\n" +"スナップショット '%2' から、下記のファイルを現在のシステムにコピーしてよろし" +"いですか？\n" "\n" "%1" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring." -msgstr "復元するファイルが選択されていませんでした。" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 +msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +msgstr "復元するファイルが選択されていませんでした" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "ファイルを復元中です" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" +"p>\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "下記のファイルをスナップショット '%1' から復元します:\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"スナップショット内にあるファイルから、現在のシステムにコピーされます。\n" +"スナップショット内にあるファイルから、現在のシステムにコピーされます。</" +"p>\n" "スナップショット内に存在しないファイルは削除されます。よろしいですか？" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -373,128 +347,191 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +"types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " +"are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " +"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " +"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " +"the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " +"the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>スナップショットの設定</big>\n" "表には、ルートファイルシステムのスナップショット一覧が表示されています。\n" "スナップショットには 3 種類のものがあり、それぞれ単一, 事前, \n" -"事後 と呼ばれます。単一スナップショットとは、特定の日時におけるファイル\n" -"システムの状態を保存するためのものです。一方、事前と事後はそれぞれ対になって\n" -"いて、特別な操作に対する実施前後の差分を採取しておく仕組みです。事前と事後は\n" +"事後 と呼ばれます。単一スナップショットとは、特定の日時におけるファイ" +"ル\n" +"システムの状態を保存するためのものです。一方、事前と事後はそれぞれ対になっ" +"て\n" +"いて、特別な操作に対する実施前後の差分を採取しておく仕組みです。事前と事後" +"は\n" "それぞれ表内で対になって表示されています。\n" -"単一のスナップショット、またはスナップショットの対を選択して 変更点の表示\n" -"を押すと、指定したスナップショットに含まれている、ファイルシステムの変更内容を\n" +"単一のスナップショット、またはスナップショットの対を選択して 変更点の表" +"示\n" +"を押すと、指定したスナップショットに含まれている、ファイルシステムの変更内容" +"を\n" "表示することができます。\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " +"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " +"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " +"creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " +"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n" "\n" -"このツリーには、最初 ('事前') と 2 番目 ('事後') のスナップショット間で変更されたすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、最初のスナップショットを作成した際の説明のほか、両方のスナップショットを採取した時刻が表示されています。\n" +"このツリーには、最初 ('事前') と 2 番目 ('事後') のスナップショット間で変更さ" +"れたすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、最初のスナップショットを作" +"成した際の説明のほか、両方のスナップショットを採取した時刻が表示されていま" +"す。\n" "\n" "\n" -"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルに対して行なわれた変更点を表示できます。既定では、選択したスナップショット間での変更が表示されますが、異なるバージョンとのファイル比較を行なうこともできます。\n" +"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルに対して行なわれた変更点を表示で" +"きます。既定では、選択したスナップショット間での変更が表示されますが、異なる" +"バージョンとのファイル比較を行なうこともできます。\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " +"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " +"of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " +"snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n" "\n" -"このツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのあるすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日時が表示されています。\n" +"このツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのある" +"すべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日" +"時が表示されています。\n" "\n" "\n" -"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点を表示できます。\n" +"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点" +"を表示できます。\n" "\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 -msgid "Failed to get config:\n" -msgstr "設定の取得に失敗しました:\n" +#. popup error +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 +msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +msgstr "スナップショット '%1' が見つかりませんでした。" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 -msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" -msgstr "スナップショットのマウントポイントの取得に失敗しました:\n" - -#. Create new snapshot +#. Initialize snapper agent #. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 -msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -msgstr "新しいスナップショットの作成に失敗しました:\n" - +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 -msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -msgstr "スナップショットの修正に失敗しました:\n" +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 +msgid "Reason not known." +msgstr "理由は不明です。" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 +msgid "Configuration not found." +msgstr "設定が見つかりませんでした。" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 +msgid "Configuration is not valid." +msgstr "設定が正しくありません。" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 +msgid "" +"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"snapper ライブラリの準備に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 +msgid "Snapshot was not found." +msgstr "スナップショットが見つかりません。" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 +msgid "" +"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"スナップショットの削除に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 +msgid "" +"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"スナップショットの修正に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" + #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -msgstr "スナップショットの削除に失敗しました:\n" +msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +msgstr "正しくないスナップショットの種類が指定されています。" +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 +msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +msgstr "'事前' スナップショットが指定されていません。" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 +msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +msgstr "指定した '事前' スナップショットが見つかりません。" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 +msgid "" +"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"新しいスナップショットの作成に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" + #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "snapper を準備しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 -msgid "Read list of configurations" -msgstr "設定の一覧の読み込み" - -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 -msgid "Read list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 +msgid "Read the list of snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットの一覧の読み込み" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 -msgid "Reading list of configurations" -msgstr "設定の一覧を読み込んでいます" +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "データベースを読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 -msgid "Reading list of snapshots" -msgstr "スナップショットの一覧を読み込んでいます" - #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 -msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" -msgstr "snapper の設定問い合わせに失敗しました:" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -504,21 +541,18 @@ "以上の設定を作成しなければなりません。 snapper コマンドラインツールを\n" "利用することで、設定を作成することができます。" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 -msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" -msgstr "snapper のスナップショット問い合わせに失敗しました:" - #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "ファイルを復元しています..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "%1 を削除しました\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 を飛ばしました\n" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95808 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 May '16

08 May '16

Author: belphegor Date: 2016-05-08 09:30:36 +0200 (Sun, 08 May 2016) New Revision: 95808 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po Log: merged and updated Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:28+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 15:29+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -22,256 +22,216 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"お疲れ様でした！\n" -"openSUSE のインストールが完了しました。\n" -"完了 ボタンを押すとシステムにログインすることができます。\n" -"よろしければ %1 もご覧ください。\n" -"お楽しみください！ openSUSE 開発チーム一同\n" -"\t " +"\n" +"インストールが正常に完了しました。\n" +"システムをご利用いたたく準備ができています。\n" +"完了 を押してシステムにログインしてください。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Web サイト http://www.suse.com/ もご覧ください。\n" +"\n" +" " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"お使いのコンピュータにおけるデスクトップ環境とは、お使いのコンピュータにおける\n" -"グラフィカルユーザインターフェイスのことを指すほか、電子メールや Web ブラウザ、\n" -"オフィススイートやゲーム、コンピュータの管理などのアプリケーション集を選択することにも\n" -"なります。\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE ではデスクトップ環境を選択することができます。もっとも幅広く利用されている\n" -"デスクトップ環境は、それぞれ GNOME と KDE と呼ばれています。これらは openSUSE で\n" -"同等にサポートされています。いずれのデスクトップ環境とも使いやすくかつ高度に統合され、\n" -"魅力的な外観を備えています。それぞれのデスクトップ環境にはそれぞれ独特の\n" -"スタイルがありますので、どれが適切であるかは個人的な趣味や嗜好に依存します。" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "CIM サーバ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME デスクトップ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE デスクトップ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE デスクトップ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE デスクトップ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "最小限の X Window システム" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Enlightenment デスクトップ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "最小限のサーバ (テキストモード)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "インストール設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概要" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "熟練者" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ライブインストールの設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "更新設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "ハードウエア設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "準備" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "linuxrc ネットワーク設定の読み込み" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "ネットワークの自動設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "ようこそ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "ネットワークの有効化" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ディスクの有効化" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "システム分析" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "アドオン製品" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "オンラインリポジトリ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "アドオン製品" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "デスクトップの選択" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "ユーザ設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "インストール" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "インストールの概要" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "インストールの実行" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "インストール" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "更新するシステム" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 msgid "Update" msgstr "更新" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "更新の概要" + # power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "更新の実行" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "設定" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "基本インストール" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST 設定" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "設定" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "システムの設定" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: crowbar\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 20:15+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 15:32+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -26,20 +26,10 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "crowbar の設定" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "すべてに対する一般的な設定" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" -msgstr "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" +msgstr "SLES 12 SP1" #. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 @@ -50,23 +40,29 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough " +"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/" +"product for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"ここでは、 更新リポジトリ の場所を指定します。\n" +"ここでは、 更新リポジトリ の場所を編集することができます。\n" "\n" -"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE マネージャのサーバ内に用意されている場合、サーバの URL を指定すれば、\n" -"残りは自動的に補完されます。独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" +"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE Manager Server 内に用意されている場合、サー" +"バの URL を指定すれば、\n" +"残りは自動的に補完されます。独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例と" +"しては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/\n" +"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/\n" "<li>SUSE Manager Server の場合: http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…\n" "\n" "詳しい説明については、配置ガイドをお読みください。\n" @@ -90,11 +86,15 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー を設定します。\n" -" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインターフェイス名を指定することもできます。 " +" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー</" +"b> を設定します。\n" +" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインター" +"フェイス名を指定することもできます。 " #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -113,7 +113,8 @@ "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" "Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." msgstr "" -"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があります:\n" +"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要がありま" +"す:\n" "<tt>[符号類] [速度] [順序]</tt>\n" "たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。" @@ -189,28 +190,31 @@ msgstr "IP アドレス (&I)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "エラー時に尋ねる" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "ターゲットとなるプラットフォーム" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "アーキテクチャ" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -219,72 +223,77 @@ "他の名前を選んでください。" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "サーバの URL (&U)" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "リポジトリ名" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "エラー時に尋ねる (&A)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "リポジトリ URL (&U)" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "何も URL を指定しない場合、既定値が使用されます。" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "リポジトリの追加 (&D)" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "ローカルの SMT サーバ" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "リモートの SMT サーバ" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "SUSE マネージャサーバ" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "独自" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "パスワードを再度入力してください" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "ユーザ名を指定する必要があります。" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -293,7 +302,7 @@ "もう一度試してください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -302,17 +311,17 @@ "他の名前を選んでください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "インターフェイスの書式 '%1' が正しくありません" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -322,7 +331,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -331,7 +340,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -340,17 +349,17 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "ルータアドレス '%1' は、 '%2' ネットワーク内にありません。" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "アドレス '%1' は '%2' のネットワーク内にありません。" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -359,60 +368,62 @@ "'範囲の編集' ボタンを利用して調整してください。" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "最小 IP アドレス" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "最大 IP アドレス" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "アドレス '%1' は、 '%2' ネットワーク内にありません。" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "開始アドレスは終了アドレスよりも前でなければなりません。" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "範囲 '%1' と '%2' は重複しています。" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "ユーザ設定 (&U)" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値が使用されます。" +msgstr "" +"何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値が" +"使用されます。" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "ネットワークモード (&E)" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Bastion ネットワーク" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "ネットワーク (&W)" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "リポジトリ (&P)" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -425,7 +436,7 @@ "Crowbar Web UI にアクセスするには、 http://%1:3000/ を開いてしてください。" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Crowbar の設定概要" @@ -480,37 +491,38 @@ msgstr "準備しています..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "crowbar 設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "設定の読み込み" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "crowbar 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:09+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -63,9 +63,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP のサブネットオプションを管理する" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを設定した全てのホストを表示する" @@ -105,242 +103,249 @@ msgstr "固定アドレスを設定したホストの IP アドレス (またはホスト名)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "使用するネットワークインターフェイスを選択する" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示する" +msgstr "" +"現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示" +"する" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "現在のオプションを表示する" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "グローバルオプションを設定する" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "オプションキー (ntp-servers など)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "オプション値 (IP アドレスなど)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "動的に割り当てるアドレス範囲の開始 IP アドレス" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "動的に割り当てるアドレス範囲の終了 IP アドレス" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "既定の貸与時間 (秒単位)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "最大貸与時間 (秒単位)" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP サーバは有効です" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP サーバは無効です" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "ホスト: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "ハードウエア: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP アドレス: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "ホスト名が指定されていません。" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "指定されたホストは存在していません。" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "選択したインターフェイス: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "その他のインターフェイス: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "指定したインターフェイスは存在しません。" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "インターフェイスの操作を指定していません。" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "オプションキーを設定する必要があります。" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "値を設定する必要があります。" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "アドレス範囲: %1-%2" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "デフォルトの貸与時間: %1" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "最大貸与時間: %1" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました。設定を変更しますか？" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "グローバルオプション" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "サブネットの設定" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "固定アドレスを設定したホスト" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "共有ネットワーク" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "アドレスプール(P)" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "グループ固有のオプション" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "クラス" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "サブネット (&S)" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "ホスト (&H)" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "共有ネットワーク (&N)" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "グループ (&G)" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "アドレスプール (&P)" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "クラス (&C)" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "宣言種類" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "宣言種類" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "インターフェイス設定" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG 鍵管理" @@ -365,253 +370,215 @@ msgstr "秒" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP サーバ: 起動" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP サーバ: カードの選択" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "カードの選択" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP サーバ: グローバル設定" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "グローバル設定" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP サーバ: 動的 DHCP" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "ダイナミック DHCP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCPサーバ: ホスト管理" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "ホスト管理" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCPサーバ: 熟練者設定" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "熟練者設定" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "システム起動時 (&B)" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動 (&M)" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "システム起動時" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "DHCP サーバは動作中です" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "DHCP サーバは動作していません" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP サーバを起動する (&S)" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP サーバを停止する (&T)" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "設定を保存して DHCP サーバを再起動する (&N)" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP サーバを起動する" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP サーバを停止する" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "設定を保存して DHCP サーバを再起動する" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "DHCP サーバの起動パラメータ" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "DHCP サーバのネットワークカード" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "選択済" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "インターフェイス名" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "選択 (&S)" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "選択解除 (&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP アドレス" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのネットワークインターフェイスを選択する必要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレスやサブネットマスクなどが\n" +"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレス" +"やサブネットマスクなどが\n" "設定されていません) 。" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "LDAP サポート (&L)" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP サーバ名 (&N) (オプション)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ドメイン名 (&D)" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "プライマリネームサーバ IP (&P)" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "セカンダリネームサーバ IP (&S)" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "デフォルトゲートウエイ (ルータ) (&G) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP 時刻サーバ (&T)" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "プリントサーバ (&P)" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "WINS サーバ (&W)" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "既定の貸与時間 (&L)" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "単位 (&U)" @@ -619,48 +586,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "指定した値は正しいホスト名でも IP アドレスでもありません。" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "サブネット情報" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "現在のネットワーク (&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "現在のネットマスク (&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "ネットマスクビット (&T)" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "最小 IP アドレス (&I)" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "最大 IP アドレス (&X)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP アドレス範囲" @@ -668,10 +635,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "最初の IP アドレス (&F)" @@ -679,61 +646,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "最後の IP アドレス (&L)" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "動的 BOOTP の許可 (&B)" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "貸与時間" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "既定 (&D)" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "最大値 (&X)" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "単位 (&T)" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "まったく新しい DNS ゾーンの作成" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "既存の DNS ゾーンの編集" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "既存のゾーン情報の取得" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNS サーバと同期 (&S)..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -743,8 +710,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "IP アドレス範囲の両端の値を入力してください。" @@ -752,137 +719,139 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があります。\n" +"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があり" +"ます。\n" "IP %1 がネットワーク %2/%3 と一致しません。" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "登録済みホスト" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "ハードウエアアドレス" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "設定の表示" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名前 (&N)" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス (&I)" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "ハードウエアアドレス (&H)" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "イーサネット (&E)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "トークンリング (&T)" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "一覧の変更 (&H)" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "一覧から削除 (&T)" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "イーサネット" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "トークンリング" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "ハードウエアアドレスが正しくありません。\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "ハードウエアアドレスは一意である必要があります。" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "ホスト名は必ず指定してください。" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 という名前のホストは既に存在しています。" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "ホスト IP を入力してください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "ハードウエアアドレスを設定する必要があります。" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "まずホストを選択してください。" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "入力値を設定する必要があります。" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -903,19 +872,20 @@ "続行してよろしいですか？" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" は正しい DHCP サーバコマンドラインオプションではありません。" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP サーバコマンドラインオプション \"-%1\" は引数を必要とします。" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " +"write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -923,14 +893,16 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP サーバに対して代替となる設定ファイルを指定しています。\n" "\n" -"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /etc/dhcpd.conf \n" -"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、全ての設定は\n" +"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /" +"etc/dhcpd.conf \n" +"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、" +"全ての設定は\n" "既定の設定ファイルのみに保存されます。\n" " \n" "続行してもよろしいですか？\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP サーバウイザード (%1/4)" @@ -943,7 +915,8 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " +"hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -954,11 +927,13 @@ "<big>DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加</big> \n" "最初の IP アドレス には IP アドレス範囲の\n" "開始部分を指定してください。 最後の IP アドレス には\n" -"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するための\n" +"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するため" +"の\n" "基礎となる文字列を指定します (例: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>, <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>) 。\n" "<tt>%i</tt> の部分が範囲の中でそれぞれの数字に置き換えられる部分です。\n" "文字列内に <tt>%i</tt> を含めていない場合は、指定した文字列の後ろに\n" -"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定してください。\n" +"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定し" +"てください。\n" "開始 には最初のホスト名の番号を指定してください。\n" "ホスト名はその番号から1つずつ数字を足していく形で作成されます。\n" @@ -974,19 +949,24 @@ msgstr "" "<big>DNS ウイザード</big> \n" "このウイザードでは、 DHCP サーバの設定から直接 DNS ゾーンを作成する\n" -"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーンを\n" -"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへの変換に\n" -"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するための\n" +"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーン" +"を\n" +"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへ" +"の変換に\n" +"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するた" +"めの\n" "逆ゾーンを作成することもできます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.\n" msgstr "" " 新規ゾーン名 と 逆ゾーン名 は、それぞれ DHCP サーバと\n" -"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。\n" +"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1021,25 +1001,32 @@ "the zone name servers.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS クエリ</big> \n" -"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合など、\n" +"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合な" +"ど、\n" "それぞれの DNS クエリでは、最初に親となるゾーン\n" -"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサーバを\n" +"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサー" +"バを\n" "問い合わせ、その後これらのネームサーバに対して IP アドレスの問い合わせ\n" "を行ないます。 \n" -"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるのは\n" +"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるの" +"は\n" "このためです。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " +"current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示された\n" -"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレスとともに\n" -"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指定してください。\n" +" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示" +"された\n" +"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレス" +"とともに\n" +"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指" +"定してください。\n" "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1059,12 +1046,15 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS レコード</big> \n" -"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホスト名を\n" -"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけです。\n" +"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホ" +"スト名を\n" +"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけ" +"です。\n" "これらの規則は、利用する IP アドレスの範囲と、\n" "その範囲内で作成するホスト名の文字列を指定することによって行ないます。\n" @@ -1133,9 +1123,11 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が表示されています。\n" +"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が" +"表示されています。\n" "ドメイン には現在の DHCP の設定が表示されています。\n" -"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な DHCP\n" +"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な " +"DHCP\n" "アドレス範囲が設定されています。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1155,10 +1147,13 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " +"corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " +"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1167,8 +1162,10 @@ " DNS の項目をその逆引きゾーンと同期するには、\n" " 逆引きゾーンと同期 を選んでください。\n" " DNS サーバからこの範囲の IP アドレスに関連する情報を削除するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してください。\n" +" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。" +"新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" +" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してくださ" +"い。\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1220,7 +1217,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "最後の IP アドレスは最初の IP アドレスよりも大きな数値となる必要があります。" @@ -1247,7 +1244,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "正しくないホスト名です。" @@ -1258,9 +1255,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスが正しくありません。" @@ -1278,44 +1275,44 @@ " (%2-%3) 内にありません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "DNS ゾーン項目を再生成しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "新しい DNS レコードを追加する" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名 (&H)" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "DHCP 範囲 %1-%2 を DNS サーバに追加しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "該当する DNS レコードを削除しています" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "DNS サーバからレコード %1-%2 の範囲を削除しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1324,7 +1321,7 @@ "そのため、 DNS サーバはレコードに書き込むことができません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1334,18 +1331,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "ゾーン %1 が作成できませんでした。" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "DNS 逆引きレコードを同期しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1354,62 +1351,62 @@ "この操作をキャンセルしてもよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "ドメイン (&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "ネットワーク (&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ネットマスク (&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS ゾーンレコード" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "割り当てる IP" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "追加 (&A)..." #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "特殊作業 (&S)" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "DNS ゾーンを最初から作成するウイザードを実行" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "逆引きゾーン %1 と同期" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP サーバ: DNS サーバ同期" @@ -1446,7 +1443,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "現在の DNS ゾーンにはネームサーバの IP アドレスが設定されていません。\n" @@ -1705,15 +1703,15 @@ "しばらくお待ちください..." #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" "Available Interfaces." msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークインターフェイス</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインターフェイス \n" +"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインター" +"フェイス \n" "から選択してください。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1730,23 +1728,13 @@ "選択したインターフェイスを通してリモートコンピュータから\n" "このサービスにアクセスできるようファイアウオールを開くには、\n" "ファイアウオールで選択したインターフェイスを開く を\n" -"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ\n" +"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にの" +"み\n" "利用できます。" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"お使いのコンピュータを起動した際に DHCP サーバを開始するには、\n" -"DHCP サーバの起動 を選択してください。" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1754,11 +1742,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動するには、\n" -"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" +"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを " +"chroot 環境下で\n" "起動することはより堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1769,7 +1758,7 @@ "LDAP サポート を選択してください。" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1784,7 +1773,7 @@ "宣言を削除するには、その項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1799,16 +1788,17 @@ "できます。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>サブネットの設定</big> \n" -"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を設定してください。" +"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を" +"設定してください。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1819,7 +1809,7 @@ "設定を行ないたいホストの名前を指定してください。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1832,7 +1822,7 @@ " DHCP サーバの動作には何も影響しません。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1845,7 +1835,7 @@ " DHCP サーバの動作には何も影響しません。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1858,7 +1848,7 @@ " DHCP サーバの動作には何も影響しません。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -1867,7 +1857,7 @@ "クラス名 でホストのクラス名を設定してください。" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1882,16 +1872,17 @@ "削除するには項目を選んで 削除 をそれぞれ押してください。" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS を使用してください。" +"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS " +"を使用してください。" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1902,7 +1893,7 @@ "このサブネットでダイナミック DNS を有効にする を設定してください。" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1917,7 +1908,7 @@ "両方のゾーン用の鍵を指定してください。" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1930,42 +1921,51 @@ "グローバルダイナミック DNS 設定の更新 を設定してください。" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>更新するゾーン</big> \n" -"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネームサーバ\n" -"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作している場合は、\n" +"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネーム" +"サーバ\n" +"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作してい" +"る場合は、\n" "この欄に記入する必要はありません。" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " +"with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP サーバ開始パラメータ</big> \n" "ここでは DHCP サーバに対して開始時のパラメータを指定することができます。\n" -"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するなどです。\n" -"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" +"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するな" +"どです。\n" +"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。" +"何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークカードの選択</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してください。\n" +"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してくださ" +"い。\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ "(LDAP オブジェクトの dhcpServer の名前) を指定することができます。\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." @@ -1993,7 +1993,7 @@ "設定するドメイン名を設定します。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2004,16 +2004,17 @@ "これらの項目は IP アドレスで指定する必要があります。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" "デフォルトゲートウエイ は\n" -"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定されます。" +"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定さ" +"れます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -2022,12 +2023,14 @@ "使用するサーバを通知するために利用します。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知するために利用されます。" +msgstr "" +"プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知す" +"るために利用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -2036,16 +2039,19 @@ "既定の WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) サーバとして設定されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " +"expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定します。\n" -"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" +"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定" +"します。\n" +"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" +"" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2053,29 +2059,35 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>サブネット情報</big>\n" -"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレスやネットマスク、\n" +"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレス" +"やネットマスク、\n" "クライアントに貸与するアドレス範囲の最大値と最小値などです。\n" "\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP アドレス範囲</big> \n" -"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス\n" -"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要があります。\n" +"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス</" +"b>\n" +"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要が" +"あります。\n" "たとえば <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> と <tt>192.168.1.64</tt> のようになります。\n" -"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアントと\n" -"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。\n" +"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアント" +"と\n" +"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。</" +"p>\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2083,10 +2095,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>貸与時間</big> \n" "このアドレス範囲での 既定の 貸与時間を設定してください。\n" -"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになります。 " +"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになりま" +"す。 " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." @@ -2095,7 +2108,7 @@ "DHCP サーバが貸与したアドレスを保護する時間を意味します。 " #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2106,7 +2119,7 @@ "DHCP サーバ熟練者設定 を押してください。" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." @@ -2115,7 +2128,7 @@ "このダイアログでは、固定でアドレスを割り振るホストを編集します。" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2130,17 +2143,19 @@ "必要な値を変更し、 一覧を変更 を押してください。" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してください。" +msgstr "" +"ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してくださ" +"い。" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "追加する宣言の種類を選択してください。" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2149,7 +2164,7 @@ "サブネット を選択してください。" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2158,7 +2173,7 @@ " ホスト を選択してください。" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2167,7 +2182,7 @@ "追加するには、 共有ネットワーク を選択してください。" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." @@ -2176,7 +2191,7 @@ "追加するには グループ を選択してください。" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2187,7 +2202,7 @@ "アドレスプール を選択してください。" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2200,23 +2215,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "アドレス (&D)" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "入力されたアドレスが正しくありません。" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "1 つ以上のアドレスを指定してください。" @@ -2226,94 +2241,94 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "値 (&V)" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "入力されたアドレスが正しくありません。" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "1 つ以上のアドレス対を指定してください。" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "オン" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "オフ" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "値を指定してください。" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "新しいアドレス (&N)" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "新しい値 (&N)" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "複数のアドレスはスペースで区切ってください。" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "アドレス対の追加 (&A)" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "開始アドレスは終了アドレスよりも前でなければなりません。" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "これを変更する場合は syslog の設定も更新してください。" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "ハードウエアの種類 (&H)" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "MAC アドレス (&M)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "開始 IP アドレス (&L)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "終了 IP アドレス (&H)" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2322,7 +2337,7 @@ "変更した内容はすべて失われます。終了してよろしいですか？" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2333,29 +2348,31 @@ "続行してよろしいですか？" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" +"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していま" +"せん。\n" "%1\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." msgstr "" -"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" +"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していませ" +"ん。\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2363,199 +2380,188 @@ "自動インストールの準備の際には\n" "この機能は使用できません。" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "DHCP サーバの再起動" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "設定を保存して DHCP サーバを再起動する" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "設定済みの宣言 (&C)" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "ダイナミック DNS (&D)" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "正引きゾーンの TSIG 鍵 (&K)" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "逆引きゾーンの TSIG 鍵 (&K)" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "認証鍵ファイルの選択" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" -msgstr "DHCP サーバの起動 (&S)" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "変更の適用" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "Chroot 環境下で DHCP サーバを実行 (&R)" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "高度な設定 (&V)" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "ログの表示 (&L)" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "インターフェイス設定 (&I)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "ネットワークアドレス (&N)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "ネットワークマスク (&M)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "グループ名 (&N)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "プール名 (&N)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "共有ネットワーク名 (&N)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "クラス名 (&N)" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "利用可能なインターフェイス" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "ファイアウオールで選択したインターフェイスを開く (&F)" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "このサブネットのダイナミック DNS を有効にする (&E)" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "グローバルダイナミック DNS 設定の更新 (&U)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "ゾーン (&Z)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "プライマリ DNS サーバ (&P)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "逆引きゾーン (&V)" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "プライマリ DNS サーバ (&I)" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DHCP サーバ熟練者設定 (&E)..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を準備しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境の確認" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の読み込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCPサーバ設定の読み込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS サーバ設定の読み込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "環境を確認しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS サーバ設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2571,8 +2577,8 @@ "\n" "設定を中止しています。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2581,7 +2587,7 @@ "設定を行なうことができないものと思われます。" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2590,87 +2596,87 @@ "新たに設定を作成しますか？" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を保存しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定の書き込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP サーバの再起動" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS サーバ設定の書き込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "DHCP サーバを再起動しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS サーバ設定を書き込んでいます..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "DHCP デーモンを再起動する際にエラーが発生しました。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "システム起動時に DHCP サーバを起動する" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "システム起動時には DHCP サーバを起動しない" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "待ち受け: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "動的なアドレス範囲: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 設定が正しくありません。 LDAP を使用できません。" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "複数の dhcpServiceDN のサポートは実装されていません。" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DHCP サービスの DN が定義されていません。" @@ -2678,22 +2684,23 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1 を作成する際にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1 を更新する際にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 を作成する際にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf へ書き込む際にエラーが発生しました。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:11+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:03+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -223,146 +223,274 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "起動:\n" -"\t\t\t\"オン\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバを今すぐ起動し、システム起動時にも開始するように設定します。\n" -"\t\t\t\"オフ\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバは手作業で起動するように設定されます。\n" +"\t\t\t\"オン\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバを今すぐ起動し、システム起動時に" +"も開始するように設定します。\n" +"\t\t\t\"オフ\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバは手作業で起動するように設定され" +"ます。\n" "\t\tオンとオフの切り替え:\n" "\t\t\tDRBD サーバを今すぐ起動、もしくは今すぐ停止します。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD のリソース設定</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"\"追加\", \"編集\", \"削除\" の各ボタンを利用して、リソースの追加／編集／削除を行なうことができます。\n" +"\"追加\", \"編集\", \"削除\" の各ボタンを利用して、リソースの追加／編集／" +"削除を行なうことができます。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " +"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " +"resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" (名前) は必ず設定しなければならない項目で、いずれかのノードに対する Linux のホスト名 (uname -n) に一致していなければなりません。また、ホスト名には \".\" を含めてはなりません。 \n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": (アドレス:ポート) リソースにはデバイスごとに 1 つの IP アドレスが必要です。このアドレスを利用して、対向のデバイスからの接続を受け付け、情報を受信します。また、それぞれの DRBD リソースには、対向のデバイスと接続するための TCP ポートを設定します。\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": (デバイス) 定義しているリソースのブロックデバイスノード名を指定します。お使いのアプリケーション (ファイルシステム) からは、このデバイスを利用してアクセスするものとし、 disk パラメータで指定している直接のデバイスにはアクセスしないでください。なお、名前またはマイナー名(および番号)を省略することもできます。名前を省略した場合は、 /dev/drbd'マイナー番号' の既定値を使用します。\n" -"\t\t例: '/dev/drbd{サービス} minor {マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}' もしくは '/dev/drbd{マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": (ディスク) DRBD はこのブロックデバイスを利用して、実際のデータを保存します。DRBD を動作させている間は、これらのデバイスに直接アクセスしてはなりません。\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": (メタディスク) internal を指定します。この値を指定すると、利用しているデバイスの最後の部分にメタデータを保存して使用するようになります。\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" (名前) は必ず設定しなければならない項目で、いずれかのノードに" +"対する Linux のホスト名 (uname -n) に一致していなければなりません。また、ホス" +"ト名には \".\" を含めてはなりません。 \n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": (アドレス:ポート) リソースにはデバイスごとに 1 つの " +"IP アドレスが必要です。このアドレスを利用して、対向のデバイスからの接続を受け" +"付け、情報を受信します。また、それぞれの DRBD リソースには、対向のデバイスと" +"接続するための TCP ポートを設定します。\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": (デバイス) 定義しているリソースのブロックデバイスノード名" +"を指定します。お使いのアプリケーション (ファイルシステム) からは、このデバイ" +"スを利用してアクセスするものとし、 disk パラメータで指定している直接のデバイ" +"スにはアクセスしないでください。なお、名前またはマイナー名(および番号)を省略" +"することもできます。名前を省略した場合は、 /dev/drbd'マイナー番号' の既定値を" +"使用します。\n" +"\t\t例: '/dev/drbd{サービス} minor {マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}' もしくは " +"'/dev/drbd{マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": (ディスク) DRBD はこのブロックデバイスを利用して、実際のデー" +"タを保存します。DRBD を動作させている間は、これらのデバイスに直接アクセスして" +"はなりません。\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": (メタディスク) internal を指定します。この値を指定する" +"と、利用しているデバイスの最後の部分にメタデータを保存して使用するようになり" +"ます。\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": (ノード ID) ノード ID は DRBD 向けの内部値で、" +" YaST が自動的に生成する値です。異なるリソースに対しては、異なる \"ノード ID\" " +"を割り当てて使用します。\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol (プロトコル)\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: ローカル側のディスクと、ローカル側の TCP 送信バッファにデータを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: ローカル側のディスクと、リモート側のバッファキャッシュにデータを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: ローカル側およびリモート側の両方のディスクにデータを書き込んだ時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: ローカル側のディスクと、ローカル側の TCP 送信バッファに" +"データを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようにな" +"ります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: ローカル側のディスクと、リモート側のバッファキャッシュに" +"データを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようにな" +"ります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: ローカル側およびリモート側の両方のディスクにデータを書き込" +"んだ時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\twfc-timeout (WFC タイムアウト): 接続タイムアウトの待機時間を指定します。\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout (縮退時 WFC タイムアウト): このノードが属するクラスタが縮退状態にある場合の、接続タイムアウトを指定します。\n" +"\t\twfc-timeout (WFC タイムアウト): 接続タイムアウトの待機時間を指" +"定します。\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout (縮退時 WFC タイムアウト): このノードが属する" +"クラスタが縮退状態にある場合の、接続タイムアウトを指定します。\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: 低レベルのデバイスが IO エラーを報告した場合、何をすべきかを指定します。\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: TCP ソケットの送信バッファサイズを指定します。\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: DRBD で割り当て可能な最大リクエスト数を指定します。\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: 低レベルのデバイスが IO エラーを報告した場合、何を" +"すべきかを指定します。\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: TCP ソケットの送信バッファサイズを指定します。</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: DRBD で割り当て可能な最大リクエスト数を指定しま" +"す。\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: 相手側のノードが、ここで指定した値の 0.1 倍の秒数を待っても期待する応答パケットを送信しない場合、相手側のノードが死んでしまったものと判断し、 TCP/IP の接続をあきらめるようになります。この値は connect-int および ping-int の値よりも小さくなければいけません。既定値は 60 で、 6 秒を意味します。\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答するまでの待機時間を指定します。ここで指定した時間内に相手側から応答が届かない場合は、相手が死んでしまったものと判断します。既定値は 500 ミリ秒で、既定の単位は 100 ミリ秒です。\n" -"\t\tping-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答するまでの待機時間を指定します。\n" +"\t\ttimeout: 相手側のノードが、ここで指定した値の 0.1 倍の秒数を" +"待っても期待する応答パケットを送信しない場合、相手側のノードが死んでしまった" +"ものと判断し、 TCP/IP の接続をあきらめるようになります。この値は connect-int " +"および ping-int の値よりも小さくなければいけません。既定値は 60 で、 6 秒を意" +"味します。\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答す" +"るまでの待機時間を指定します。ここで指定した時間内に相手側から応答が届かない" +"場合は、相手が死んでしまったものと判断します。既定値は 500 ミリ秒で、既定の単" +"位は 100 ミリ秒です。\n" +"\t\tping-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答する" +"までの待機時間を指定します。\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: 2 つの書き込みバリア間で許容される、最大のデータブロック数を指定します。\n" -"\t\tko-count: ここで指定した回数だけ、セカンダリノードが単一の書き込み要求を失敗すると、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。既定値は 0 で、この機能は無効化されています。\n" -"\t\trate: DRBD 上で動作するアプリケーションが円滑に動作するため、裏で動作する同期処理で使用する帯域を制限することができます。既定値は 250 [KB 毎秒] で、既定の単位は KB 毎秒です。\n" -"\t\tal-extents: どれだけホットエリア (= 動作中のセット) を一括で取得できるかを指定します。既定値は 127 です (最小: 7, 最大: 3843) 。\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: 2 つの書き込みバリア間で許容される、最大のデー" +"タブロック数を指定します。\n" +"\t\tko-count: ここで指定した回数だけ、セカンダリノードが単一の書き" +"込み要求を失敗すると、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。既定値は 0 で、こ" +"の機能は無効化されています。\n" +"\t\trate: DRBD 上で動作するアプリケーションが円滑に動作するため、裏" +"で動作する同期処理で使用する帯域を制限することができます。既定値は 250 [KB 毎" +"秒] で、既定の単位は KB 毎秒です。\n" +"\t\tal-extents: どれだけホットエリア (= 動作中のセット) を一括で取" +"得できるかを指定します。既定値は 127 です (最小: 7, 最大: 3843) 。\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>LVM 設定</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" +"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: " +"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed " +"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " +"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " +"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " +"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " +"environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tLVM 設定ファイル /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tDRBD で LVM を使用するには、 LVM 設定ファイル内にあるいくつかの項目を変更し、ノード内の古いキャッシュ項目を削除するように設定する必要があります。\t\tファイルレイアウトを含む詳しい説明については、 'man lvm.conf' をお読みください。\n" +"\t\tDRBD で LVM を使用するには、 LVM 設定ファイル内にあるいくつかの項目を" +"変更し、ノード内の古いキャッシュ項目を削除するように設定する必要があります。" +"\t\tファイルレイアウトを含む詳しい説明については、 'man lvm.conf' をお" +"読みください。\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tデバイスフィルタ: ここでは、 LVM が物理ボリュームの署名を検出する処理で、除外すべきブロックデバイスを一覧で指定します。この値を設定することで、 LVM がブロックデバイスに直接アクセスするのではなく、 DRBD のデバイスにアクセスして署名を検出できるようにすることができます。\t\t自動フィルタ: DRBD の設定に従って LVM のフィルタを自動的に変更します。フィルタを手作業で設定したい場合は、この項目のチェックを外してください。\n" -"\t\tフィルタでは正規表現の配列を指定します。正規表現は任意の文字で区切ることができ、冒頭に 'a' (受け入れる場合) または 'r' (除外する場合) をそれぞれ指定します。\t\t例: [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tデバイスフィルタ: ここでは、 LVM が物理ボリュームの署名を検出す" +"る処理で、除外すべきブロックデバイスを一覧で指定します。この値を設定すること" +"で、 LVM がブロックデバイスに直接アクセスするのではなく、 DRBD のデバイスにア" +"クセスして署名を検出できるようにすることができます。\t\t自動フィル" +"タ: DRBD の設定に従って LVM のフィルタを自動的に変更します。フィルタを手" +"作業で設定したい場合は、この項目のチェックを外してください。\n" +"\t\tフィルタでは正規表現の配列を指定します。正規表現は任意の文字で区切るこ" +"とができ、冒頭に 'a' (受け入れる場合) または 'r' (除外する場合) をそれぞれ指" +"定します。\t\t例: [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM キャッシュ: LVM キャッシュは既定で有効化されています。ネットワークストレージ (nfs など) の場合は無効化してください。 \n" +"\t\tLVM キャッシュ: LVM キャッシュは既定で有効化されています。ネッ" +"トワークストレージ (nfs など) の場合は無効化してください。 \n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: lvmetad を有効化すると、ボリュームグループのメタデータと" +" PV の状態フラグは lvmetad インスタンスから取得するようになり、個別のコマンドごとに" +"スキャンを実施するようなことがなくなります。 lvmetad のキャッシュはノード間で" +"同期することができないため、クラスタ環境では lvmetad を無効化しておくことをお勧めします。\n" +"\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD のグローバル設定</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "drbdadm の正常性確認の 1 つを無効にするには、 \"IP 検証の無効化\" を選択してください。" - #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"drbdadm の正常性確認の 1 つを無効にするには、 \"IP 検証の無効化\" " +"を選択してください。" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点からの秒がカウントされ\n" -" 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに接続している場合、\n" +"ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点" +"からの秒がカウントされ\n" +" 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに" +"接続している場合、\n" " これを無効化することができます。\n" " \n" -" ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントするほか、\n" +" ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントす" +"るほか、\n" " 0 に設定することで再描画を停止させることもできます。" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -371,12 +499,13 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "マイナーカウント:\n" -" モジュールの再読み込みを行なわずに、より多くの資源を定義したい場合に使用します。\n" +" モジュールの再読み込みを行なわずに、より多くのリソースを設定したい場合" +"に使用します。\n" " 既定では、このファイルに記載されたデバイス数と同じだけの\n" " モジュールを読み込みます。" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" @@ -385,7 +514,7 @@ "ここでは DRBD を設定します。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -398,7 +527,7 @@ "設定 を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -408,7 +537,7 @@ "編集 ボタンを押すと設定変更のダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -419,7 +548,7 @@ "設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -428,7 +557,7 @@ "追加 ボタンを押すと DRBD を設定することができます。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -439,7 +568,7 @@ "編集 または 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -451,7 +580,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -462,7 +591,7 @@ " " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -473,50 +602,107 @@ " \n" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBD の LVM フィルタ設定" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "LVM デバイスフィルタの設定を自動的に修正する" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "デバイスフィルタ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "LVM キャッシュを書き込んでいます" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "LVM キャッシュの有効化" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "警告: drbd を利用する場合は LVM キャッシュを無効化すべきです。" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "LVM 向けに lvmetad を使用する" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "LVM metad を使用する" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "警告: クラスタでは lvmetad を使用すべきではありません。" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143 msgid "Resource Name" -msgstr "資源名" +msgstr "リソース名" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "ノード" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "追加" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "編集" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "削除" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "保存" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "OK" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "キャンセル" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584 +msgid "Node name can not be empty." +msgstr "ノード名を指定する必要があります。" + #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." -msgstr "ノード名が異なるものでなければなりません。" - -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "ノード名には \".\" が入っていてはいけません。ローカルのホスト名を使用します。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "すべての項目に記入してください。" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "2 ノード以上を設定してください。" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "ノード名の入力:" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757 +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "ノード名は異なるものでなければなりません。" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -620,70 +806,72 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "個別の DRBD 設定ファイルを統合することができませんでした\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "drbd.conf.YaST2prepare への書き込みに失敗しました" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を準備しています" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "リソースの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM 設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "デーモン状態の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SUSEFirewall 設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "リソースを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM の設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "drbd.conf のバックアップに失敗しました" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" -msgstr "drbdadm のテスト用に drbd.conf をクリーンアップしようとしましたが、失敗しました" +msgstr "" +"drbdadm のテスト用に drbd.conf をクリーンアップしようとしましたが、失敗しまし" +"た" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -691,12 +879,12 @@ "リソース %1 の設定が正しくありません\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "drbd.conf の書き戻しに失敗しました" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を書き込んでいます" @@ -704,46 +892,47 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "リソースの書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM 設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "デーモン状態の設定" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall 設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "リソースを書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM の設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を設定しています..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall の設定を書き込んでいます" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "/etc/drbd.d ディレクトリの作成に失敗しました" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:12+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" @@ -118,17 +118,17 @@ msgstr "調停サーバ" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" @@ -137,24 +137,24 @@ msgstr "サイト" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "チケット" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "認証" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "キャンセル (&N)" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" @@ -163,177 +163,193 @@ msgstr "セキュリティ認証を有効にする" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "認証ファイル" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." -msgstr "相対パスは /etc/booth 内に保存されます。絶対パスは直接使用することができます。" +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." +msgstr "ファイルは /etc/booth に書き込まれます。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." -msgstr "新しく作成した geo クラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押して /etc/booth/<鍵> を作成してください。" +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." +msgstr "異なるディレクトリに書き込みたい場合は、絶対パスを入力してください。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." -msgstr "既存の geo クラスタに参加するには、他のノードから手作業で /etc/booth/<鍵> ファイルをコピーしてください。" +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" +"booth/<key>." +msgstr "" +"新しく作成した geo クラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押して /etc/booth/<鍵> を作" +"成してください。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"既存の geo クラスタに参加するには、他のノードから手作業で /etc/booth/<鍵> " +"ファイルをコピーしてください。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "認証鍵ファイルの生成" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "基本" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "正しい IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "チケットと有効期限を入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "タイムアウト" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "再試行" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "重さ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "有効期限" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "タイムアウトの値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "有効期限が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafter の値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "再試行の値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "再試行の値には 3 以上を指定してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "重さの値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "チケットには何らかの値を指定する必要があります" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "お使いの調停サーバの IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "調停サーバの IP アドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "お使いのサイトに対する IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "お使いのサイトの IP アドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "その名前のチケットは既に存在しています。" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "設定名を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "設定名には重複した値を指定することはできません。" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "ポートが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "トランスポートの値を指定しなければなりません。" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "調停サーバを指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "サイトの値を指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "チケットの値を指定しなければなりません！" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738 +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "認証ファイルの作成に失敗しました " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " -msgstr "認証ファイルの作成に成功しました。 " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "認証ファイル " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr " が正しく作成されました。" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "GeoCluster の設定選択" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "設定ファイルの選択:" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "認証設定" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -480,3 +496,4 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "設定概要 ..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:47+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." @@ -190,7 +190,8 @@ "(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" "installation settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" -"続行すると、お使いのハードディスクにある 既存のパーティション は、\n" +"続行すると、お使いのハードディスクにある 既存のパーティション " +"は、\n" "直前のダイアログで設定したとおりに 削除 または フォーマット\n" "(パーティション内の 全てのデータが消去) されます。" @@ -209,28 +210,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "何か不安な箇所があれば戻って確認してください。" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "更新を確認" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "更新に必要なすべての情報が集まりました。" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -243,7 +244,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "更新開始 (&U)" @@ -261,18 +262,27 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定が有効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</a>)" +msgstr "" +"デバイスのブラックリスト設定が有効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定が無効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</a>)" +msgstr "" +"デバイスのブラックリスト設定が無効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "カーネルのメモリ使用率を下げる目的で、特定のデバイスに対するチャンネルをブラックリストに設定したい場合は、 デバイスのブラックリスト設定 をお使いください。" +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"カーネルのメモリ使用率を下げる目的で、特定のデバイスに対するチャンネルをブ" +"ラックリストに設定したい場合は、 デバイスのブラックリスト設定 をお使い" +"ください。" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -280,51 +290,7 @@ msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定を行なっています..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "必要に応じて AutoYaST プロファイルを作成しています..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 システム設定の複製 を選択してください。\n" -"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\n" -"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するためのプロファイルが必要となります。\n" -"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "インストールの完了時、 AutoYaST プロファイルを /root/autoinst.xml に書き込みますか？" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "システム設定の複製" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "システム設定の複製 (&C)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST のプロファイルを /root/autoinst.xml に書き込みます (<a href=\"%1\">作成しない</a>)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST のプロファイルを保存しません (<a href=\"%1\">作成する</a>)" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "インストールしたシステムへファイルをコピーしています..." @@ -352,8 +318,12 @@ msgstr "イメージからのインストール" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "RPM のインストールを高速化するため、 Novell 側で事前設定したイメージを利用することができます。" +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"RPM のインストールを高速化するため、 Novell 側で事前設定したイメージを利用す" +"ることができます。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -364,7 +334,9 @@ msgstr "イメージからはインストールしない (&D)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" msgstr "カスタムなイメージ配置 - インストール元として URL を設定する必要があります" #. Image name, Image location @@ -373,12 +345,18 @@ msgstr "ここでは、カスタムなイメージを作成することができます。\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" msgstr "ここでイメージを作成する前に、ソフトウエアの選択を設定しなければなりません" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "イメージファイルの作成 (インストールの際、 AutoYaST は指定された場所にアクセスします)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"イメージファイルの作成 (インストールの際、 AutoYaST は指定された場所にアクセ" +"スします)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -403,25 +381,35 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"イメージからインストールする は、インストールを素早く行なうために利用します。\n" -"イメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップショットが\n" -"含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方法で\n" +"イメージからインストールする は、インストールを素早く行なうために利" +"用します。\n" +"イメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップ" +"ショットが\n" +"含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方" +"法で\n" "インストールします。\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation." msgstr "" -"RPM のインストール手順を完全に飛ばしたい場合は、 独自のイメージを作成\n" -"を使用することができます。その代わり、 AutoYaST は高速かつ事前に設定を行なうことのできる\n" +"RPM のインストール手順を完全に飛ばしたい場合は、 独自のイメージを作成</" +"b>\n" +"を使用することができます。その代わり、 AutoYaST は高速かつ事前に設定を行なう" +"ことのできる\n" "ハードディスク上にイメージを生成します。\n" -"RPM インストール以外の全ての作業は、通常の自動インストールのようにして行ないます。" +"RPM インストール以外の全ての作業は、通常の自動インストールのようにして行ない" +"ます。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 @@ -431,11 +419,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"なお、イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在する全てのパッケージのタイムスタンプは、\n" -"実際のインストール時刻ではなく、イメージを作成した時刻になってしまうことに注意してください。" +"なお、イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在する全てのパッケー" +"ジのタイムスタンプは、\n" +"実際のインストール時刻ではなく、イメージを作成した時刻になってしまうことに注" +"意してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -477,13 +469,17 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "イメージからのインストールが有効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">無効にする</a>)" +msgstr "" +"イメージからのインストールが有効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">無効にする</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "イメージからのインストールが無効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">有効にする</a>)" +msgstr "" +"イメージからのインストールが無効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">有効にする</" +"a>)" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -521,7 +517,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 向けの更新" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" @@ -550,52 +546,26 @@ "今すぐオンライン更新を実行するかどうかを選択してください。\n" "ここでは行なわず、後から実行することもできます。\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "言語／キーボード／ライセンス同意" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "言語 (&L)" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "リリースノート (&L)..." -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "キーボードレイアウト (&K)" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "はい、ライセンスに同意します (&A)" - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "キーボードのテスト (&E)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "ライセンス同意" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "ライセンス翻訳 (&T) ..." - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -603,26 +573,29 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n" +"インストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイ" +"アウト を\n" "選択してください。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "インストールを続行するには、ライセンスを受け入れる必要があります。\n" -"ライセンス翻訳... を押すと、利用可能なライセンスの翻訳を表示することができます。\n" +"ライセンス翻訳... を押すと、利用可能なライセンスの翻訳を表示することが" +"できます。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -633,7 +606,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -646,7 +619,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -658,22 +631,48 @@ "中止することができます。\n" "\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "リリースノート (&L)..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "ライセンス同意" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "言語 (&L)" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "キーボードレイアウト (&K)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "はい、ライセンスに同意します (&A)" + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#. !/usr/bin/env rspec +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287 +#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "この製品をインストールするには、ライセンスに合意しなければなりません" +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "キーボードのテスト (&E)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "ライセンス翻訳 (&T) ..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -752,20 +751,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 このシステムを AutoYaST 用に複製する を選択してください。\n" -"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\n" -"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するプロファイルが必要となります。\n" -"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" +"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 このシステムを AutoYaST 用に複製" +"する を選択してください。\n" +"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段で" +"す。\n" +"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するプロファイルが必要" +"となります。\n" +"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/" +"autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "現在のシステムを複製するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"現在のシステムを複製するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールしなけれ" +"ばなりません。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -776,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr "autoyast2 パッケージがインストールされていません。複製は無効になります。" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "システムを再起動します..." @@ -785,8 +793,8 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." @@ -794,7 +802,7 @@ #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -803,29 +811,30 @@ "インストールを中止しています...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "デバッグが有効になっています。\n" "YaST はパッケージの状態を調べるため、パッケージマネージャを起動します。" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "イメージ %1 を速度 %1/s でダウンロードしています" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "イメージ %1 を速度 %2/s でダウンロードしています" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "イメージを配置しています..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "イメージ %1 を配置しています..." @@ -843,42 +852,48 @@ msgstr "使用するディスク (&D)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "イメージの配置先となるディスクを選択してください。指定したディスク内にある全てのデータは失われ、イメージ内で設定されているとおりにパーティションが作成されます。" +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"イメージの配置先となるディスクを選択してください。指定したディスク内にある全" +"てのデータは失われ、イメージ内で設定されているとおりにパーティションが作成さ" +"れます。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "イメージを配置するためのハードディスク" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "利用可能なコントローラを検出しています" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ディスクの有効化" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD ディスクの設定 (&D)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "ZFCP ディスクの設定 (&Z)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "FCoE インターフェイスの設定 (&F)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "iSCSI ディスクの設定 (&I)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" -msgstr "ネットワーク設定の変更 (&W)" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "ネットワーク設定 (&W)..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 @@ -896,7 +911,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "しばらくお待ちください" @@ -936,53 +951,53 @@ msgstr "呼び出すべき完了スクリプトの一覧を作成しています..." #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "インストールしたシステムへのファイルコピー" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "設定の保存" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "インストール設定の保存" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "ブートローダのインストール" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "初期起動のためのシステム準備" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "ステージを確認しています: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "ステップ %1 を呼び出しています..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "インストールエラー" @@ -1007,27 +1022,27 @@ msgstr "初期システム設定を準備しています..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "インストールオプション" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "インストール前にオンラインリポジトリを追加する (&A)" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする (&C)" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>インストールオプション</big>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -1038,20 +1053,27 @@ "インストール前にオンラインリポジトリを追加する を選んでください。" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"&product; と共に、別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするには、\n" -"別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする を選んでください。\n" +"&product; と共に、別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするに" +"は、\n" +"別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする を選んでくだ" +"さい。\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 http://drivers.suse.com サイトをご確認ください。 " +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" +"drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 http://" +"drivers.suse.com サイトをご確認ください。 " #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1105,10 +1127,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "ネットワーク上のリポジトリやアドオン製品を利用するには、ネットワーク\n" -"設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定を\n" +"設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定" +"を\n" "飛ばすこともできます。\n" #. error popup @@ -1123,25 +1147,33 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -" Linux では 選択 が最も重要です。 openSUSE では複数の異なるデスクトップ環境を\n" +" Linux では 選択 が最も重要です。 openSUSE では複数の異なる" +"デスクトップ環境を\n" "提供しています。ここでは有名な 2 種類のデスクトップ環境、\n" "GNOME と KDE を表示しています。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" "その他 のオプションを選択すると、上記以外のデスクトップ環境\n" "(または最小インストールパターンのうちのいずれか) を選択することができます。\n" -"ソフトウエアの選択を行なった後や、インストールが完了した後からでも、デスクトップ環境の選択を変更したり追加したりすることができます。この画面では既定値を選択します。" +"ソフトウエアの選択を行なった後や、インストールが完了した後からでも、デスク" +"トップ環境の選択を変更したり追加したりすることができます。この画面では既定値" +"を選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1204,7 +1236,8 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"インストール済みの Linux システムに対する リリースノート が表示されています。\n" +"インストール済みの Linux システムに対する リリースノート が表示され" +"ています。\n" "ここには、新しい機能や変更点などの概要が記されています。\n" #. informative message in RichText widget @@ -1311,19 +1344,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "YaST はコンピュータのハードウエアと、インストール済みのシステムを検出しています。" +msgstr "" +"YaST はコンピュータのハードウエアと、インストール済みのシステムを検出していま" +"す。" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 'drivers.suse.com' をご確認ください。" +"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 'drivers.suse." +"com' をご確認ください。" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1332,7 +1369,7 @@ "インストールに利用できるハードディスクが見つかりませんでした。\n" "お使いのハードウエアをご確認ください！\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1343,19 +1380,20 @@ "(特に s390 や iSCSI システムの場合)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" "Check your hardware.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"インストールに利用できるハードディスクや、そのコントローラが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"インストールに利用できるハードディスクや、そのコントローラが見つかりませんで" +"した。\n" "お使いのハードウエアをご確認ください。\n" "\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1363,6 +1401,39 @@ "ソフトウエアリポジトリの準備に失敗しました。\n" "インストールを中止します。" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s には正しい更新が見つかりませんでした。\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s から更新を取得できませんでした。\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215 +msgid "" +"Downloading installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration?" +msgstr "" +"%s からのインストーラの更新のダウンロードが失敗しました。\n" +"\n" +"ネットワーク設定を確認しますか？" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1416,8 +1487,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "変更 (&C)..." @@ -1430,10 +1501,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "アップグレードしようとしているシステムに設定されていた、ソフトウエア\n" -"リポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエアを\n" +"リポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエア" +"を\n" "含める場合は有効に設定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 @@ -1654,7 +1727,7 @@ msgstr "リンカのキャッシュを設定しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワークの設定を保存しています..." @@ -1782,33 +1855,22 @@ msgstr "PREP パーティションを縮小しています..." #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "すべての設定を既定値に戻してもよろしいですか?" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "すべての変更内容が失われます。" -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "保存済み設定の場所" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました。詳細はログに記録されています。" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "ユーザの要求により、設定を飛ばしています" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1817,25 +1879,25 @@ "続行するにはエラーを解決する必要があります。\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "現在の設定に沿うよう提案内容を適合させています..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "システムを分析しています..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "エラー: 提案項目がありません" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1848,44 +1910,38 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "設定をせずに飛ばす (&S)" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "以下の設定を利用する (&U)" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "設定のエクスポート (&E)" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" "設定を変更するには、下記のタイトル部分のリンクを押すか、\n" "もしくは下にある \"変更...\" メニューをお使いください。" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "設定を変更するには、下記のタイトル部分のリンクを押してください。" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "既定値に戻す (&D)" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "更新 (&U)" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "インストール (&I)" @@ -1915,25 +1971,28 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"この時点では、まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても問題はありません。\n" +"この時点では、まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても" +"問題はありません。\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを行ないます。\n" +"インストール ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを行ない" +"ます。\n" "\n" #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1945,7 +2004,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1957,7 +2016,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1969,7 +2028,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1980,12 +2039,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML インストールの提案" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1996,7 +2055,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2013,6 +2072,16 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "リモート管理を有効化しています..." +#. skip forward or backward +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "システムの役割" + +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "システムの役割を変更すると、これまでに設定した調整項目のいくつかが失われます。" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -2020,10 +2089,71 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "ルートファイルシステムのスナップショットを作成しています..." +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "HTTP(S) プロトコルで URL '%1' を見つけることができませんでした。サーバは %2 を返しました。" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "FTP プロトコルで URL '%1' を見つけることができませんでした。サーバは %2 を返しました。" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "ファイル %1/%2 の読み込みに失敗しました。\n" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "ファイル %1 の読み込みに失敗しました。\n" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "%1 のマウントに失敗しました。" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "CD 内のファイルの読み込みに失敗しました。パス: %1/%2" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "リモートファイル %1 が取得できません" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "%1 はマウントされておらず、マウントが失敗しました" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "ファイル %1 が見つかりません" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "TFTP プロトコルで URL '%1' を見つけることができませんでした。" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "不明なプロトコル %1 です。" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures @@ -2060,3 +2190,4 @@ "パッケージの依存関係を自動で解決することができなかったため、\n" "インストールを行なうことができませんでした。ソフトウエアマネージャを\n" "起動しますので、手作業で依存関係を解決してください。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:29+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ msgstr "編集" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Disconnect" -msgstr "切断" +msgid "Log Out" +msgstr "ログアウト" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -129,6 +129,9 @@ msgstr "検出" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +msgid "Log In" +msgstr "ログイン" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "接続" @@ -210,8 +213,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI イニシエータ</h1>" @@ -283,7 +286,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big> \n" "検出されたイニシエータの一覧からいずれかを選択してください。\n" -" iSCSI イニシエータが自動的に検出されない場合は、 その他 (未検出) を選んで\n" +" iSCSI イニシエータが自動的に検出されない場合は、 その他 (未検出) を選" +"んで\n" "設定 を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -329,49 +333,83 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." -msgstr "現在のセッションの一覧です。追加 ボタンを押すことで、追加のターゲットを設定することができます。また、新しいターゲットを検出する処理が動作しているほか、既に接続されているターゲットの開始モードも維持されています。 接続を終了するには、一覧からターゲットを選択して 切断 ボタンを押してください。 開始状態を変更するには、 編集 を押してください。" +msgid "" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" +"b>.\n" +"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" +"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のセッションの一覧です。新しいターゲットを追加するには、追加したいものを選択して" +"追加 を押します。\n" +"削除するには ログアウト を押します。\n" +"起動状態を変更するには、 切り替え を押します。\n" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr " iSCSI デバイスに対して READ/WRITE でアクセスしている場合、このアクセスが排他的に行なわれていることを確認してください。排他的に行なわれていないと、データが壊れてしまう危険があります。\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.\n" +msgstr "" +" iSCSI デバイスに対して READ/WRITE でアクセスしている場合、" +"このアクセスが排他的に行なわれていることを確認してください。排他的に行なわれ" +"ていないと、データが壊れてしまう危険があります。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Initiator Name は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値です。\n" -"iBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変更できます。" +"Initiator Name は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値" +"です。\n" +"iBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変" +"更できます。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"ターゲット検出を行なう際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" -" iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 です。\n" +"ターゲット検出を行なう際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS " +"(Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" +" iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 で" +"す。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " +"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" -"iSCSI ターゲットサーバの IP アドレス を入力してください。\n" -"必要な場合にのみ ポート を変更してください。認証を行なう場合は ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。認証が必要ない場合は\n" +"検出したサーバの IP アドレス を入力してください。\n" +"必要な場合にのみ ポート を変更してください。認証を行なう場合は ユー" +"ザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。認証が不要な場合は、\n" "認証なし を選択してください。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットにより提示されるノードの一覧です。いずれかの項目を選択して 接続 を押してください。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"Connect. " +msgstr "" +"iSCSI ターゲットにより提示されるノードの一覧です。いずれかの項目を選択して " +"接続 を押してください。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " +"Password." +msgstr "認証の種類を選択し、 ユーザ名 および パスワード に入力してください。" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>スタートアップ</h1>" @@ -380,9 +418,11 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "手動 は、 iSCSI ターゲットを既定では接続しない設定です。\n" @@ -390,22 +430,19 @@ "起動時 は、 iSCSI ターゲットを起動時に接続する設定です。\n" "ルートファイルシステムが iSCSI ターゲット上にある場合などに使用します。\n" "そのため、 initrd 内から接続を行ないます。\n" -"自動 は iSCSI ターゲットを iSCSI サービス自身の開始時に接続する設定です。\n" +"自動 は iSCSI ターゲットを iSCSI サービス自身の開始時に接続する設定" +"です。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 -msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" -msgstr "<h1>認証</h1>" - +#. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." -msgstr "ここでの既定値は 認証なし です。セキュリティ上の理由で認証が必要な場合、このチェックを外してください。チェックを外した場合は、 '受信認証' と '送信認証' のいずれか、もしくはその両方に ユーザ名 と パスワード を指定してください。注意: '受信認証' は iSCSI のターゲットサーバの '送信認証' と一致している必要があります。" +msgid "" +"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " +"to any target." +msgstr "" +"検出したターゲットの一覧です。新しく 検出 を実行することができるほか、" +"ターゲットに 接続 することもできます。" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." -msgstr "この画面には、検出済みのターゲットが一覧表示されています。IP アドレスを指定して利用可能な iSCSI ターゲットを取得するには、 検出 ボタンを押してください。 ターゲットへの接続を確立するには、 接続 を押します。ログインが成功すると、 接続済み の列が 'はい' になり、 接続したターゲット 内にターゲットが表示されるようになります。 ターゲットを削除したい場合は、 削除 ボタンを押してください。 ヒント: ターゲットの削除は、接続が行なわれていない場合にのみ実行できます。必要であれば 接続したターゲット 内にある 切断 を先に押す必要があります。注意: 検出 を再度開始すると再検出を行ないますが、これによって接続済みのターゲ� ��トの起動モードが規定値の '手動' に変更されてしまうことに注意してください。起動モードを変更せずにターゲットを追加したい場合は、 接続したターゲット 画面に移動して 追加 ボタンを使用してください。" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -456,39 +493,31 @@ msgstr "ポート番号を指定する必要があります。" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 -msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" -msgstr "イニシエータ名が正しくありません" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 msgid "" -"\n" +"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -"\n" +"InitiatorName の値が正しくありません。\n" "正しい書式は以下のとおりです。\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\n" "または eui.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\n" "\n" "例:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -"\n" -"この名前を使用してよろしいですか？\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスを入力してください。" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "ポート番号を入力してください。" @@ -496,36 +525,40 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "はい" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "いいえ" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "このターゲット名のターゲットには既に接続しています。データ損傷を防止するためマルチパスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"このターゲット名のターゲットには既に接続しています。データ損傷を防止するため" +"マルチパスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "続行" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "ターゲットには既に接続しています。" @@ -542,8 +575,12 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr " iSCSI イニシエータを設定するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必要があります。" +msgid "" +"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +"" +msgstr "" +" iSCSI イニシエータを設定するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必" +"要があります。" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -614,23 +651,20 @@ msgstr "全て" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"InitiatorName が iBFT からのものと <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からのものとで異なっています。\n" +"InitiatorName が iBFT からのものと <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> か" +"らのものとで異なっています。\n" "古いイニシエータ名は iBFT からの値で上書きし、バックアップを作成します。\n" "別のイニシエータ名を使用する場合は BIOS で変更してください。\n" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 -msgid "Target connection failed.\n" -msgstr "ターゲットとの接続に失敗しました。\n" - #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-05-08 07:30:36 UTC (rev 95808) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 20:16+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 15:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -36,11 +36,15 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n" +"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が" +"必要です。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n" -"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\n" -"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、それらの変更はカーネル側で\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワッ" +"プとして\n" +"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわな" +"いでください。\n" +"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、それらの変更は" +"カーネル側で\n" "検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n" "\n" "この警告を理解した上で続行するには、 'はい' を押してください。\n" @@ -104,7 +108,8 @@ "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "自動的な提案を行なうことができませんでした。\n" -"パーティション分割ダイアログを利用して手動でマウントポイントを指定してください。" +"パーティション分割ダイアログを利用して手動でマウントポイントを指定してくださ" +"い。" #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -137,7 +142,8 @@ "partitioner dialog.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ファイルシステムの種類を変更するなど、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整したい\n" +"ファイルシステムの種類を変更するなど、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整した" +"い\n" "場合は、 %1 を選び、熟練者向けパーティション設定の\n" "ダイアログ内で変更を行なってください。\n" @@ -169,14 +175,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "ルートボリュームに対してスナップショットを提案するのに十分な容量がありません。" +msgstr "" +"ルートボリュームに対してスナップショットを提案するのに十分な容量がありませ" +"ん。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "/home を分離した提案を行なうのに十分な容量がありません。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません。続行できません。" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -272,7 +284,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってから\n" +"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってか" +"ら\n" "になります。それまでの間であれば、お使いの Windows パーティションには\n" "何も書き込みません。\n" "\n" @@ -417,7 +430,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"空き領域 はパーティションの現在の空き領域 (Linuxをインストールする前) を\n" +"空き領域 はパーティションの現在の空き領域 (Linuxをインストールする" +"前) を\n" "表しています。\n" "\n" "" @@ -516,7 +530,8 @@ "内部エラーが発生しました。\n" "\n" "\t インストール処理の最中に Windows パーティションの\n" -"\t 縮小を行なうことができませんでした。ハードディスクは変更していません。\n" +"\t 縮小を行なうことができませんでした。ハードディスクは変更していませ" +"ん。\n" "\n" "\t インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" "\t Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" @@ -525,7 +540,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "お使いのシステムを設定するには、カスタムなパーティション設定を選択する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムを設定するには、カスタムなパーティション設定を選択する必要が" +"あります。" #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -663,7 +680,9 @@ #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用してみてください。" +msgstr "" +"ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用して" +"みてください。" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -678,7 +697,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここにはお使いのシステムで自動的に検出された全てのハードディスクが表示されて\n" +"ここにはお使いのシステムで自動的に検出された全てのハードディスクが表示され" +"て\n" "います。 &product; をインストールするハードディスクを選択してください。\n" "\n" @@ -707,7 +727,8 @@ "\n" "熟練者向けオプション設定である カスタムなパーティション設定 では、\n" "ハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する全ての機能が使えるだけでなく、\n" -"&product; をインストールするパーティションのマウント位置を設定することができます。\n" +"&product; をインストールするパーティションのマウント位置を設定することができ" +"ます。\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -904,7 +925,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"注意: 空き と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、そこに書き込まれている\n" +"注意: 空き と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、そこに書き込まれてい" +"る\n" "ハードディスク上のデータがあればそれらが失われます。これらは他の\n" "オペレーティングシステムのものかもしれません。\n" "" @@ -940,7 +962,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択したハードディスクには Windows がインストールされているようです。 &product; 用の\n" +"選択したハードディスクには Windows がインストールされているようです。 " +"&product; 用の\n" "空き容量が十分にはありません。 Windows を完全に削除 または\n" "Windows パーティションを縮小 を選択し、空き領域を確保してください。\n" "" @@ -956,16 +979,18 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Windows を削除すると、それらのパーティションにあったデータはインストールの際に\n" +"Windows を削除すると、それらのパーティションにあったデータはインストールの際" +"に\n" " 完全に失われ ます。また、 Windows のパーティションを縮小する際は \n" -" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強くお勧めします。\n" +" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強" +"くお勧めします。\n" "ごく稀に縮小に失敗する危険性があるためです。\n" "\n" #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "/home パーティションを分離して提案する (&H)" @@ -983,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "提案種類" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -992,13 +1017,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント \"/\" \n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルート" +"マウントポイント \"/\" \n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1008,13 +1034,14 @@ msgstr "" "以下のマウントポイントのいずれかに FAT パーティションを\n" "利用しようとしています: / /usr /home /opt /var\n" -"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。これらのマウントポイントに対しては、\n" +"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。これらのマウントポイントに対して" +"は、\n" "ext3, ext4 などの Linux 用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1029,7 +1056,7 @@ "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1045,7 +1072,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1054,13 +1081,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告:\n" -"お使いのシステムには、タイプ 0x41 PReP/CHRP の起動用パーティションが必要です。\n" +"お使いのシステムには、タイプ 0x41 PReP/CHRP の起動用パーティションが必要で" +"す。\n" "パーティションを作成してください。\n" "\n" "この設定のまま続行しますか？\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1081,7 +1109,7 @@ "この設定を使用してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1096,7 +1124,7 @@ "このままのサイズ設定でよろしいですか？\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1114,7 +1142,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1132,7 +1160,7 @@ "/boot パーティション無しで設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1144,23 +1172,26 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告: 現在の設定ではルートパーティション (/) から起動するよう\n" -"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置に\n" -"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータの BIOS はおそらく %1 シリンダを\n" +"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置" +"に\n" +"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータの BIOS はおそらく %1 シリン" +"ダを\n" "越えた位置で終わるパーティションからの起動が行なえません。\n" -"従って、 %2 のインストールをしても直接起動できないシステムとなるかもしれません。\n" +"従って、 %2 のインストールをしても直接起動できないシステムとなるかもしれませ" +"ん。\n" "\n" "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告: ルートファイルシステムのうち、いくつかのサブボリュームが\n" -"他のファイルシステムでマウントされていて、隠される設定になっています。\n" +"他のファイルシステムのマウントポイントになっていて、隠される設定になっています。\n" "このままでは問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1227,7 +1258,8 @@ "\n" "この設定では通常起動の際に重大な問題を引き起こします。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、 %1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティションを\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、 %1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティショ" +"ンを\n" "作成してください。\n" "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1244,7 +1276,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1252,8 +1285,10 @@ "\n" "現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\n" "スワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを強くお勧めします。\n" -"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n" -"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\n" +"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウ" +"インドウ内に\n" +"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが " +"\"swap\" に\n" "なっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n" "\n" "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1270,7 +1305,8 @@ "警告:\n" "\n" "既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n" -"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n" +"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証すること" +"ができません。\n" "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1282,7 +1318,8 @@ "- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" msgstr "" "- このパーティションが既存の reiserfs パーティションである場合\n" -"- このパーティションに既に Linux ディストリビューションがインストールされていて、\n" +"- このパーティションに既に Linux ディストリビューションがインストールされてい" +"て、\n" "それを上書きしようとしている場合\n" "- このパーティションにはそもそもファイルシステムが作成されていなかった場合\n" @@ -1290,11 +1327,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" -"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /var の\n" +"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定" +"し直してください。\n" +"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /" +"var の\n" "いずれかである場合は、ご注意ください。\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1304,12 +1344,13 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"このパーティションをフォーマットすると、その中にあるデータは全て失われます。\n" +"このパーティションをフォーマットすると、その中にあるデータは全て失われま" +"す。\n" "\n" "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1318,7 +1359,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前に RAID アレイから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1327,7 +1368,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前にボリュームグループから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1336,7 +1377,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前にボリュームを削除する必要があります。\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1345,7 +1386,7 @@ "このデバイスを削除する前に RAID アレイから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1353,12 +1394,12 @@ "デバイス (%2) は %1 で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを削除する前に %1 を削除する必要があります。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "マウントされている場合は削除することができません。" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1368,20 +1409,24 @@ "使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあ" +"ります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *" +"強く* お勧めします。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1390,13 +1435,14 @@ "before deleting the extended partition.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択した拡張パーティションにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティションが\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティ" +"ションが\n" "あります。拡張パーティションを削除する\n" "前に、該当するボリュームグループからそれらのパーティションを\n" "取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1411,7 +1457,7 @@ "取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1430,13 +1476,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "パスワードを指定しなくてもかまいません。" @@ -1465,7 +1511,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください (&E):" @@ -1476,7 +1522,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "確認のため、再度パスワードを入力してください (&V):" @@ -1499,7 +1545,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1510,7 +1556,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1589,8 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab のマウント方法: \n" @@ -1557,12 +1604,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "ボリュームラベル:\n" -"この項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通常、\n" +"この項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通" +"常、\n" "ボリュームラベルでマウントするよう設定した場合にのみ意味を持ちます。\n" "ボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。\n" @@ -1685,7 +1734,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "選択したパーティション (%1) は現在 %2 にマウントされています。\n" -"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なうと、\n" +"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なう" +"と、\n" "インストール済みの Linux を壊してしまう可能性があります。\n" "\n" "可能であれば先にマウントを解除してください。また、特別な\n" @@ -1703,7 +1753,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では、このパーティションのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" +"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだ" +"けです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1714,7 +1765,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では、この論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" +"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだ" +"けです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1739,7 +1791,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシス" +"テムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 @@ -1750,7 +1803,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシス" +"テムだけです。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1759,11 +1813,15 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしています。" +msgstr "" +"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしていま" +"す。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしています。" +msgstr "" +"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしていま" +"す。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" @@ -1774,7 +1832,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理になります。\n" +"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理" +"になります。\n" "事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n" "\n" "今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" @@ -1784,12 +1843,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除" +"しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1837,11 +1898,15 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることができます。\n" +msgstr "" +"btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除" +"したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "snapper を利用して btrfs ファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にします。" +msgstr "" +"snapper を利用して btrfs ファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にし" +"ます。" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1868,7 +1933,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットの有効化" @@ -1883,7 +1948,7 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "サブボリューム名には何らかの名前を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1891,11 +1956,11 @@ "現時点では、サブボリューム名は \"%1\" で始まるもののみが許されます。\n" "サブボリューム名の頭には、自動的に \"%1\" が付けられます。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "サブボリューム名 %1 は既に存在します。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "このダイアログ内での変更点は失われてしまいます。" @@ -1938,37 +2003,44 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するものです。\n" -"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" -"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクト" +"リに相当するものです。\n" +"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側" +"で\n" +"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にあ" +"る全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなくなります。\n" -"パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" +"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全" +"くアクセスできなくなります。\n" +"パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧め" +"です。\n" "なおパスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、 2 回入力します。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1976,17 +2048,20 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"大文字と小文字はそれぞれ区別して入力してください。また、パスワードは少なくとも\n" -" %1 文字以上で、特殊な文字 (漢字や記号など全角文字、およびアクセント文字など)\n" +"大文字と小文字はそれぞれ区別して入力してください。また、パスワードは少なくと" +"も\n" +" %1 文字以上で、特殊な文字 (漢字や記号など全角文字、およびアクセント文字な" +"ど)\n" " を使うことはできません。\n" "\n" @@ -2008,7 +2083,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2033,14 +2108,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"暗号化ファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず、更新の際に必要なファイル\n" -"システムでない場合、 飛ばす を押して手順を飛ばすことができます。この場合、\n" +"暗号化ファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず、更新の際に必要な" +"ファイル\n" +"システムでない場合、 飛ばす を押して手順を飛ばすことができます。この場" +"合、\n" "更新の間はファイルシステムにアクセスすることはありません。\n" "\n" @@ -2152,13 +2230,17 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントを swap に設定することができます。" +msgstr "" +"スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントを swap に設定することができま" +"す。" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別のマウントポイントを選択してください。" +msgstr "" +"このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別のマウントポイントを選択して" +"ください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 @@ -2166,13 +2248,16 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定しています。\n" +"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファ" +"イルシステムを指定しています。\n" "この操作は行なうことができません。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" +msgstr "" +"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#" +"\" を使用しないでください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2219,7 +2304,7 @@ "のデバイスに割り当てることはできません。" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2243,12 +2328,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "ファイルシステムは現在、 %1 にマウントされています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2259,30 +2344,37 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "マウント解除" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n" +"今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもでき" +"ます。\n" "特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここではキャンセルを押してください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小すること" +"はできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張すること" +"はできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更" +"することはできません。" #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2374,7 +2466,8 @@ "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" -"ディスクの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"ディスクの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" +"す。\n" "再検出を行なってよろしいですか？" #. popup text @@ -2383,7 +2476,8 @@ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"iSCSI の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"iSCSI の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" +"す。\n" "iSCSI の設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. popup text @@ -2403,7 +2497,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"マルチパスの設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"マルチパスの設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" +"す。\n" "マルチパスの設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text @@ -2430,7 +2525,8 @@ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"XPRAM の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"XPRAM の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" +"す。\n" "XPRAM の設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. dialog title @@ -2703,32 +2799,37 @@ msgstr "デバイスの役割を選択してください。" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "EFI 起動パーティション" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "オペレーティングシステム" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "データおよび ISV アプリケーション" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "スワップ" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "何もしないボリューム (フォーマットしない)" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "役割" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2737,67 +2838,70 @@ "選択してから、ファイルシステムを選択してください。" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n" -"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\n" +"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方" +"法を変更すると、\n" "そのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "その後、パーティションをマウントするかどうかを\n" -"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください ( /, /boot, /home, /var など) 。 " +"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください ( /, /boot, /home, /var な" +"ど) 。 " #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "フォーマットのオプション" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "パーティションをフォーマットする" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "パーティションをフォーマットしない" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "パーティションをマウントしない" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "マウントのオプション" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "パーティションをマウントする" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "fstab オプション (&T) ..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "暗号ファイルは暗号化しなければなりません。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2810,17 +2914,17 @@ "フォーマットオプションについても確認してください。\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "暗号ファイルにはマウントポイントを設定してください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "tmpfs にはマウントポイントが必要です。" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2835,7 +2939,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2844,26 +2948,28 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワード" +"を\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 " +"(ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "ボリューム上に存在している全てのデータが失われます！" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "下位のデバイスがサイズ変更に対応していません。" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2873,7 +2979,7 @@ "選択したパーティションのファイルシステムはサイズ変更に対応していないため、\n" "これを行なうことができません。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2882,7 +2988,7 @@ "を判断することはできません。" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2891,21 +2997,21 @@ "パーティション %1 はサイズ変更できません。\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "%1 パーティションのサイズ変更" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "%1 論理ボリュームのサイズ変更" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "現在のサイズ: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "現在使用中: %1" @@ -2913,8 +3019,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2926,61 +3032,64 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大サイズ (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "最小サイズ (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "カスタムサイズ" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "新しいサイズを選択してください。" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してください。" +msgstr "" +"指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してくださ" +"い。" #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" "to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" "resize task a lot." msgstr "" -"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、 %1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしています。\n" +"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、 %1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしてい" +"ます。\n" "この処理は非常に遅く、時間も長くかかります。ファイルシステムの\n" "マウントを解除すれば、サイズ変更の速度を速く、かつかかる時間を短くする\n" "ことができますので、そちらをお勧めします。" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 の出力" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "ディスクを再検出しています..." @@ -3016,7 +3125,8 @@ "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、他のビューで既に含められているものを除いた\n" -"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスクや\n" +"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスク" +"や\n" " BIOS RAID ディスク、 LVM 論理ボリュームはここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext @@ -3172,50 +3282,50 @@ msgstr "入力した領域は正しくありません。" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "%1 にパーティションを追加" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "パーティション %1 を編集" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "%1 パーティションを移動する領域がありません。" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を前に移動しますか？" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を後ろに移動しますか？" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を移動しますか？" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "前" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "後ろ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "全てのパーティションの削除確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3223,61 +3333,68 @@ "ディスク \"%1\" には 1 つ以上のパーティションが存在しています。\n" "続行すると、以下のパーティションは削除されます:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "\"%1\" にあるすべてのパーティションを削除してよろしいですか？" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "ハードディスクが選択されていません。" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "LDL 形式でフォーマットされた DASD 内にはパーティションテーブルを作成できません。" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ディスクは現在使用中であるため、変更できません。" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "%1 のパーティションテーブル種類を選択してください。" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なうと、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" +"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なう" +"と、\n" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグ" +"ループも削除されます。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "ディスクが選択されていません。" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1 を本当に削除してよろしいですか？" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "パーティション済み RAID %1 を削除してよろしいですか？" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "このディスクには削除すべきパーティションはありません。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "%1 にはパーティションを作成できません。" @@ -3285,15 +3402,15 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "パーティションが選択されていません。" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3302,12 +3419,12 @@ "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "拡張パーティションは編集できません。" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3316,12 +3433,12 @@ "移動できません。" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "拡張パーティションは移動できません。" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3330,12 +3447,12 @@ "%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "拡張パーティションはサイズ変更できません。" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3350,7 +3467,7 @@ "1 つ以上のパーティションが含まれています。複製を行なうと、\n" "これらのパーティションは削除されます。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3358,11 +3475,11 @@ "下記のパーティションが削除され、\n" "中にあるデータは全て失われます:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "これらのパーティションを削除してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3372,7 +3489,7 @@ "複製するディスクには、少なくとも 1 つのパーティションが必要です。\n" "ディスクを複製する前に、いくつかのパーティションを作成してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3380,20 +3497,20 @@ "このディスクは複製できません。同じパーティション配置にする\n" "ことのできる、適切なディスクがありません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "%1 のパーティション配置の複製" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "利用可能なターゲットディスク:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "複製先のディスクを選択してください" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3402,7 +3519,7 @@ "本当にディスク %1 で dasdfmt を実行してもよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3499,7 +3616,8 @@ "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" -"このビューには、 iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスクを\n" +"このビューには、 iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスク" +"を\n" "含む全てのハードディスクと、それらのパーティションが表示されています。\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) @@ -3566,7 +3684,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスク内に存在する\n" -"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクやマルチパス\n" +"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクや" +"マルチパス\n" "で使用されている場合、ここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext @@ -3577,7 +3696,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスクに対応する\n" -"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、 BIOS RAID やパーティション設定済みの\n" +"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、 BIOS RAID やパーティション設" +"定済みの\n" "ソフトウエア RAID　、マルチパスディスクの場合にのみ利用できます。\n" #. tab heading @@ -3612,7 +3732,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST はお使いのハードディスクを検索し、 1 つまたは複数の\n" -"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイントは\n" +"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイント" +"は\n" "一覧内に表示されています。\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3622,7 +3743,8 @@ "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." msgstr "" -"ここから既存のシステムボリューム (たとえば /, /usr など) をインストール時に\n" +"ここから既存のシステムボリューム (たとえば /, /usr など) をインストール時" +"に\n" "フォーマットするかどうかを選択することができます。\n" "システム以外のボリューム (たとえば /home など) はフォーマットされません。" @@ -3664,11 +3786,11 @@ msgstr "間違ったパスワードを指定しています。" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVM で使用されているパーティションの削除確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3678,15 +3800,15 @@ "システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記のボリュームグループと\n" "それに属する全ての論理ボリュームを削除します:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "パーティション \"%1\" とボリュームグループ \"%2\" を今すぐ削除しますか？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAID で使用されているパーティションの削除確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3695,24 +3817,24 @@ "選択したパーティションは、RAID \"%1\" に属しています。\n" "システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記の RAID デバイスを削除します:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "パーティション \"%1\" と RAID \"%2\" を今すぐ削除しますか？" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "%1 にあるすべてのパーティションを削除しますか？" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 を削除してよろしいですか？" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3722,7 +3844,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "パーティション未設定" @@ -3730,31 +3852,31 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "未割り当て" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "<h1>パーティションは何も変更していません。</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "<h1>パーティション設定の変更:</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "ストレージ設定は何も変更していません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "ストレージ設定:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "インストールすべきパッケージ:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "インストールすべきパッケージはありません。" @@ -3785,7 +3907,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3802,7 +3925,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが" +"既に存在している場合、\n" "そのファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" #. helptext @@ -3859,7 +3983,9 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してください。" +msgstr "" +"指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してくださ" +"い。" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -3873,12 +3999,12 @@ "設定してください。" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "暗号ファイルの追加" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "暗号ファイル %1 の編集" @@ -4002,13 +4128,16 @@ "and deleted:" msgstr "" "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" には 1 つ以上の論理ボリュームが含まれています。\n" -"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され (もしマウントされている場合)、\n" +"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され (もしマウントされている場" +"合)、\n" "削除されます:" #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" と関連する全ての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいですか？" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループ \"%1\" と関連する全ての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいで" +"すか？" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4051,7 +4180,9 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" +msgstr "" +"新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してくだ" +"さい。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 @@ -4089,11 +4220,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数" +"は、ボリュームグループの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" #. helptext @@ -4109,7 +4242,8 @@ "Thin ボリューム と呼ばれるボリュームを、任意のボリュームサイズで\n" "作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた Thin プール\n" "の要件に応じて決まります。そのため、 Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの\n" -"Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き\n" +"Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書" +"き\n" "込むべきデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりませ\n" "ん。なお、 Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" @@ -4144,27 +4278,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "論理ボリュームを 通常ボリューム として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" +"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前の" +"LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合" +"は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "また、論理ボリュームを Thin プール として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" +"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを" +"意味します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." -msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." +msgstr "" +"さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもで" +"きます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュー" +"ムを意味します。" #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4204,12 +4347,12 @@ msgstr "使用済みプール" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "論理ボリュームを %1 に追加" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2 にある論理ボリューム %1 を編集" @@ -4218,13 +4361,16 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" -"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっ" +"ている\n" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パー" +"ティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4247,9 +4393,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "論理ボリュームが選択されていません。" @@ -4259,7 +4405,7 @@ msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" 内に空き容量がありません。" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4268,7 +4414,7 @@ "編集することができません。" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4434,7 +4580,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を %1 で\n" +"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を " +"%1 で\n" "終了してしまうと、変更点が失われます。\n" "終了してよろしいですか？" @@ -4455,8 +4602,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされてい" +"るか確認してください。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4487,34 +4638,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" -"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" +"RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させま" +"す。\n" +"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損" +"すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: この RAID レベルは最も冗長性の高い方式です。 2 台以上のディスク\n" -"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデータのコピーを\n" -"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この RAID レベルを\n" -"使用するパーティションは、それぞれほぼ同一のサイズである必要があります。\n" +"RAID 1: この RAID レベルは最も冗長性の高い方式です。 2 台以上" +"のディスク\n" +"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデー" +"タのコピーを\n" +"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この " +"RAID レベルを\n" +"使用するパーティションは、それぞれほぼ同一のサイズである必要があります。</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: この RAID レベルは多数のディスク管理と冗長性の保持の\n" -"両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必要です。\n" -" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが失われます。\n" +"両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必" +"要です。\n" +" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に" +"破損するとデータが失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4531,12 +4695,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全て" +"のパーティションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さい" +"パーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になりま" +"す。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4544,7 +4713,8 @@ "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" msgstr "" -"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るにはそれぞれ異なるデバイス上にある\n" +"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るにはそれぞれ異なるデバイス上" +"にある\n" "パーティションを指定します。\n" #. heading @@ -4599,12 +4769,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" -"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は " +"32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しませ" +"ん。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4614,10 +4788,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対" +"称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4650,17 +4826,17 @@ msgstr "RAID で使用するデバイスを変更してください。" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 の追加" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 のサイズ変更" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 の編集" @@ -4729,7 +4905,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID アレイ %1 は既にディスク上に作成されています。\n" -"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更するには、\n" +"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更す" +"るには、\n" "いったん削除してから作成し直してください。" #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 @@ -4898,17 +5075,24 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "規定のマウント方法 では、新しく作成する\n" -"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス は、\n" -"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" -"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID と\n" -"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" +"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネ" +"ルが\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID " +"と デバイスパス は、\n" +"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これ" +"らはいずれも\n" +"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID</" +"i> と\n" +"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラ" +"ベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4923,13 +5107,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "新しく作成するパーティションの配置\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" -"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、" +"ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" +"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当て" +"るか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換があるように割り当てます。\n" #. helptext @@ -4939,7 +5127,8 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "ストレージデバイスの表示方法 では、\n" -"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。" +"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。</" +"p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -4956,7 +5145,7 @@ msgstr "このビューには、インストール概要を表示しています。" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "tmpfs マウントの追加" @@ -5020,7 +5209,8 @@ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" -"未使用デバイスの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"未使用デバイスの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルさ" +"れます。\n" "未使用デバイスの再検出を行なってよろしいですか？" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -5200,26 +5390,34 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "このダイアログは、 RAID アレイ内に含まれているデバイスについて、\n" "その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A, B, C, D, E ですが、\n" -"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A, B だけ、など) 。" +"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A, B だけ、な" +"ど) 。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" -"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" -"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" -"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" +"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や " +"Shift キーを\n" +"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定すること" +"もできます。\n" +"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスを" +"それぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 @@ -5244,10 +5442,13 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"インターリーブ を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスに続いて分類 B の\n" -"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A の\n" +"インターリーブ を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスに続いて分類 B " +"の\n" +"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A " +"の\n" "2 つめのデバイス、分類 B の 2 つめのデバイスが続きます。" #. dialog help text @@ -5265,20 +5466,30 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"\"%1\" を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda.* A\")\n" -"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバイスが、\n" -"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) のほか、\n" -"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) や\n" -"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して設定する\n" -"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分類に\n" +"\"%1\" を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば " +"\"sda.* A\")\n" +"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバ" +"イスが、\n" +"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) " +"のほか、\n" +"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) や\n" +"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して" +"設定する\n" +"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分" +"類に\n" "割り当てられます。" #. headline text @@ -5303,8 +5514,10 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K, M, G, % などを指定してください。\n" -"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してください。" +"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K, M, G, % などを指定してくださ" +"い。\n" +"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してくださ" +"い。" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5314,12 +5527,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "tmpfs サイズ:\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けること\n" -"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定することもできます。" +"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) " +"の接尾語を付けること\n" +"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定すること" +"もできます。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5349,11 +5565,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "読み込み専用でマウント:\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) で" +"す。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントさ" +"れます。" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5367,7 +5586,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "アクセスタイムを使用しない: \n" -"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) " +"です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5381,7 +5601,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザによるマウントを許可: \n" -"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は " +"'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5394,14 +5615,18 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができます。\n" -"(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウント" +"を行なうことができます。\n" +"(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指" +"定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text @@ -5417,7 +5642,8 @@ "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントす" +"ることを指定します。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" #. label text @@ -5433,16 +5659,20 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "データジャーナリングモード:\n" "ファイルデータに対するジャーナル方法を指定します。\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- 全てのデータは、ファイルシステム本体に書き込む前に\n" "ジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。 \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\n" -"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。 \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。\n" +"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響がありま" +"す。 \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響は" +"ありません。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5478,18 +5708,24 @@ msgstr "その他のオプション値 (&V)" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めないでください。" +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含め" +"ないでください。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "その他のオプション値:\n" -"この項目には /etc/fstab の 4 番目の項目に指定する任意のマウントオプションを記入します。\n" +"この項目には /etc/fstab の 4 番目の項目に指定する任意のマウントオプションを記" +"入します。\n" "複数のオプションはカンマで区切ります。\n" #. label text @@ -5504,7 +5740,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" -"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" +"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセッ" +"トを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5515,10 +5752,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT の短縮ファイル名に使用するコードページ: \n" -"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" +"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字" +"を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5529,10 +5768,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "FAT の数:\n" -"ファイルシステム内のファイルアロケーションテーブルの数を指定します。既定は 2 です。" +"ファイルシステム内のファイルアロケーションテーブルの数を指定します。既定は 2 " +"です。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5543,10 +5784,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT サイズ:\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定しま" +"す。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的" +"に選択します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5556,7 +5801,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "\"ルートディレクトリの項目数\" の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してください。" +msgstr "" +"\"ルートディレクトリの項目数\" の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してくださ" +"い。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5576,10 +5823,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "ハッシュ関数: \n" -"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" +"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定" +"します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5590,10 +5839,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができま" +"す。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も" +"新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでの" +"み使用することができます。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5605,10 +5860,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, " +"1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイ" +"ズ 4096 を設定します。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5635,10 +5894,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "inode 領域の割合:\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセン" +"ト単位で指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5649,7 +5910,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5677,10 +5939,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "ログサイズ\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体" +"のサイズの 40% です。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5718,10 +5982,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, " +"2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシス" +"テムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5737,13 +6005,19 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode ごとのバイト数:\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" -" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバ" +"イト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode " +"の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきで" +"す。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイ" +"ルシステム作成後は\n" +" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力" +"してください。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5762,8 +6036,15 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック" +"数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギ" +"ガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5791,7 +6072,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能" +"を有効にします。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5802,63 +6084,86 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "ジャーナル無し:\n" -"ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、何が起こるのかを\n" +"ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、何が起こる" +"のかを\n" "事前にご確認のうえご利用ください。\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" -msgstr "ディスク %1 に対する操作は許可されていません。\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" +msgstr "ディスク %{device} に対する操作は許可されていません。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941 msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} のパーティションテーブルは、\n" +"パーティションツール parted で変更することができません。\n" +"(ディスクが LDL 形式でフォーマットされています。) \n" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} にあるパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" +"フォーマットやマウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なう\n" +"ことができますが、このディスクに対するパーティションの追加／編集／\n" +"サイズ変更／削除は行なうことができません。\n" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ディスク %1 のパーティション情報をパーティションツール parted で\n" -"読み込むことができないか、もしくはこのツールでサポートされていません。\n" +"ディスク %{device} のパーティション情報をパーティションツール parted で\n" +"読み込むことができないか、もしくはこのツールで変更することができません。\n" "\n" -"\n" -"ディスク %1 にあるパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" +"ディスク %{device} にあるパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" "フォーマットやマウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なう\n" "ことができますが、このディスクに対するパーティションの追加／編集／\n" "サイズ変更／削除は行なうことができません。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ディスク %1 にはパーティションテーブルが含まれていませんが、\n" +"ディスク %{device} にはパーティションテーブルが含まれていませんが、\n" "互換性確保の理由から、カーネルはディスク全体を表わす\n" "パーティションを自動生成しました。\n" "\n" -"生成されたディスク %1 上のパーティションはそのまま利用すること\n" +"生成されたディスク %{device} 上のパーティションはそのまま利用すること\n" "ができるほか、フォーマットやマウントも通常通り行なうことができます。\n" "ただし、パーティションのサイズ変更や削除は行なうことができません。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5868,12 +6173,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティションテーブルの作成\n" -"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\n" -"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" +"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティショ" +"ンテーブルの作成\n" +"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができま" +"す。\n" +"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えて" +"しまいます。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5891,7 +6199,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "サイズ変更できません:" @@ -5904,7 +6212,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5917,7 +6225,7 @@ "入力した暗号化パスワードが正しくない可能性があります。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5928,7 +6236,7 @@ "もう一度入力してください。" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5940,24 +6248,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力 (&E):" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "パスワードの提供" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下記の暗号化ボリュームが既に利用できます。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "暗号化されたボリュームの有効化" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5966,87 +6274,91 @@ msgstr "" "下記のボリュームには暗号化の設定が為されていますが、\n" "パスワードが不明です。\n" -"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュームが\n" +"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュー" +"ムが\n" "組まれるものであったりした場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "暗号化パスワードを指定しますか？" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" "Password will be tried for all devices." msgstr "" -"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" +"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力し" +"てください。\n" "パスワードは全てのデバイスで試されます。" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "解錠する暗号化ボリュームがありません。" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "下記のデバイスのいずれかに対するパスワードを入力してください:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "下記のデバイスに対するパスワードを入力してください:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "暗号化ボリュームを解錠しようとしています..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "指定されたパスワードでは、どのボリュームも解錠できませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "エラーを無視して続行しますか？" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができません。" +msgstr "" +"ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除す" +"ることができません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6056,17 +6368,18 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" +"め、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6076,17 +6389,18 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" +"め、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6094,21 +6408,23 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになりま" +"す。\n" "ここにはインストール作業に必要なスワップが含まれています。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになりま" +"す。\n" "ここにはインストールを実行するのに必要なデータが含まれています。\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6119,18 +6435,18 @@ "パーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません！" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "インストールは、ほぼ間違いなく致命的なエラーになります！" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "下記の解決方法を追加することができませんでした: %1" @@ -6240,7 +6556,8 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "バス にはそのデバイスがシステムに対してどのように接続されているか\n" -"が表示されています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合もあります。" +"が表示されています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合" +"もあります。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6347,7 +6664,8 @@ "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." msgstr "" -"フォーマット には以下のようなフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt> はパーティションを\n" +"フォーマット には以下のようなフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt> はパー" +"ティションを\n" "フォーマットするよう選択したことを示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6387,24 +6705,31 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示し" +"ています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID に" +"よって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" -"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" -"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" +"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示していま" +"す。\n" +"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用し" +"ていることを意味しています。\n" +"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を" +"行ないません。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 @@ -6419,11 +6744,13 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば " +"<tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 @@ -6487,7 +6814,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "ストライプ には、 LVM 論理ボリュームの\n" -"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示されています。\n" +"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示され" +"ています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6503,7 +6831,8 @@ "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" "デバイス ID には、永続的なデバイス ID が\n" -"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。\n" +"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合がありま" +"す。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 @@ -6521,7 +6850,8 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"使用先 には、デバイスが RAID, LVM などで使用されているかどうかを表示しています。\n" +"使用先 には、デバイスが RAID, LVM などで使用されているかどうかを表示し" +"ています。\n" "いずれでも使用されていない場合は、何も書かれません。\n" "\n" @@ -6768,7 +7098,8 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"不明なアプリケーションにより、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" +"不明なアプリケーションにより、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されてい" +"ます。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. error popup @@ -6777,100 +7108,113 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" +"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) さ" +"れています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702 +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で" +"該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "LVM ベースの提案を作成する (&L)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "ボリュームグループの暗号化 (&Y)" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションに対するファイルシステム" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "home パーティションに対するファイルシステム" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "サスペンド用にスワップを拡大する (&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "提案設定" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"LVM ベースの提案を作成するには、対応するボタンを押してください。\n" -"LVM ベースの提案の場合、暗号化を選択することもできます。\n" +"LVM を使用したくない場合は、 パーティションベースの提案 を選択してください。\n" +"また、暗号化を行なわない LVM を使用したい場合は LVM ベースの提案 を、\n" +"システムを暗号化したい場合は 暗号化された LVM ベースの提案 を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションに設定するファイルシステムは、対応するコンボボックスで\n" +"ルートパーティションに設定するファイルシステムは、対応するコンボボックス" +"で\n" "選択することができます。 btrfs ファイルシステムを選択した場合、 snapper\n" "による自動スナップショットを設定することもできます。これを選択すると、\n" "ルートパーティションのサイズが増大することになります。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "提案では、ホームディレクトリに対して個別のパーティションを設定することも\n" -"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。" +"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックス" +"で選択できます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"多くの場合、スワップパーティションはディスクへのサスペンドを実行するために\n" +"多くの場合、スワップパーティションはディスクへのサスペンドを実行するため" +"に\n" "十分な容量を確保しておくのがよいでしょう。" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "暗号化を提案するため、パスワードを入力してください。" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363 msgid "Password:" msgstr "パスワード:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "確認のため再度パスワードを入力してください:" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572 +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "パーティションベースの提案 (&P)" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574 +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "LVM ベースの提案 (&L)" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576 +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "暗号化された LVM ベースの提案 (&E)" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. @@ -6913,3 +7257,4 @@ #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" +

1 0